summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorJack Humbert <jack.humb@gmail.com>2017-07-07 17:55:23 +0200
committerJack Humbert <jack.humb@gmail.com>2017-07-07 17:55:23 +0200
commit60b30c036397cb5627fa374bb930794b225daa29 (patch)
treee156c2d6b27f01db6985f2cc560c9c345d48fdac
downloadqmk_firmware-60b30c036397cb5627fa374bb930794b225daa29.tar.gz
qmk_firmware-60b30c036397cb5627fa374bb930794b225daa29.tar.xz
Squashed 'lib/lufa/' content from commit 385d40300
git-subtree-dir: lib/lufa git-subtree-split: 385d4030035dbaf41591309dbde47653bd03841b
-rw-r--r--.gitignore15
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c673
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h144
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt242
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h158
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf66
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml161
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/CDC/makefile62
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c891
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h216
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt235
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c185
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h194
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/DFU/makefile62
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c198
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h71
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt105
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c187
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h80
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore1
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile40
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd21
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt674
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c1013
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py120
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml123
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile2398
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/HID/makefile55
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h63
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S102
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c263
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h99
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt240
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h47
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c157
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h88
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c294
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h84
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c482
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h302
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile75
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h56
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c487
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h108
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt202
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml159
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/Printer/makefile62
-rw-r--r--Bootloaders/makefile46
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h92
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h197
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h104
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h132
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg89
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c115
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile69
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test35
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg167
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile65
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S41
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h56
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c31
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp31
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile67
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test94
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S42
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c32
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile57
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test75
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile47
-rw-r--r--BuildTests/makefile24
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c274
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h94
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c311
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c366
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h124
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c211
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c360
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h135
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c242
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c220
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h95
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c202
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt79
-rwxr-xr-xDemos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js143
-rwxr-xr-xDemos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py98
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py96
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c220
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c202
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h100
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c216
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c219
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c289
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h102
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c276
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c279
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h101
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c237
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml61
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h108
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c211
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c162
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt100
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c254
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h111
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c270
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h100
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt100
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml70
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c221
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c202
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h90
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c129
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h131
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c132
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h101
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c116
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c277
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c632
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h260
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h70
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c203
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h57
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c179
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt146
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile44
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c202
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c295
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h128
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c257
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml70
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c323
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h123
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c282
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h88
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt79
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml64
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c205
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h104
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c476
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h150
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c259
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c293
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h74
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c136
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt69
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.infbin0 -> 8150 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 76384 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 52832 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 157792 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 110176 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exebin0 -> 25088 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exebin0 -> 23552 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt851
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 42592 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dllbin0 -> 67680 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml61
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile2397
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c360
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h135
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c299
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c238
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h99
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c253
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt79
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py96
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c240
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h99
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c217
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h91
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c255
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c383
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h85
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c346
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h107
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c321
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h108
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c224
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c530
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h86
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h150
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c332
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt100
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c240
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c311
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c129
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h131
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c136
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h111
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h88
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c113
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h92
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c276
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c394
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c631
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h260
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h73
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c203
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h57
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c294
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt146
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml86
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile44
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c243
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Demos/Device/makefile21
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c221
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c155
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h64
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c184
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h56
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c99
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt80
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml56
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Demos/DualRole/makefile20
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c239
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h79
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zipbin0 -> 552813 bytes
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml49
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c239
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h77
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c243
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h87
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c286
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h95
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c244
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c287
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c272
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c311
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt68
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c227
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt74
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c300
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h98
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c234
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c253
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h81
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt63
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c230
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt65
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c217
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c263
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h86
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt62
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c164
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c84
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml55
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c250
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h79
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c220
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c250
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h88
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c220
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml54
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c183
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c269
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt64
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c187
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c111
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h79
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c273
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c155
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c264
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h80
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt73
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c189
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c90
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c285
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c173
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c266
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt60
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c173
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h78
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c635
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h86
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c373
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h91
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt68
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c159
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c250
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt74
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c187
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c111
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h82
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c289
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c177
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h76
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c162
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h56
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c226
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h88
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c235
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c311
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h70
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c249
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h85
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt63
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c190
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h45
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c268
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h65
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c365
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h89
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt65
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml54
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c234
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c239
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h80
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Demos/Host/makefile21
-rw-r--r--Demos/makefile22
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore9
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c39
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile35
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt32
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md38
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md95
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md119
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk68
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md124
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk52
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md136
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md134
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk66
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md122
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk62
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md118
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk62
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md211
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk273
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md129
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk57
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md123
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c12
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile32
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk43
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk95
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk12
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk10
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c180
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h59
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c106
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h53
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml55
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h90
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h223
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h102
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h130
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c133
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h56
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml41
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h167
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf64
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template43
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h185
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/Architectures.h84
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/Attributes.h150
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h263
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/Common.h393
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h97
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Common/Endianness.h493
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt281
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt23
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt1653
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt223
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt46
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt157
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt23
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt424
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt80
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt25
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt47
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt37
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt38
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpgbin0 -> 28410 bytes
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.pngbin0 -> 10296 bytes
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.pngbin0 -> 3729 bytes
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt234
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt226
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt33
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt43
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt52
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt717
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt111
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt27
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt71
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm35
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css93
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt199
-rw-r--r--LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt47
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h161
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h143
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h105
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h123
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h149
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h222
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h130
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h143
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h149
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h205
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h174
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h161
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h179
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h143
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h79
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h154
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h65
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h194
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h175
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h138
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h222
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h130
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h222
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h123
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h85
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h176
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h163
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h84
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h145
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h105
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h120
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h218
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h237
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h130
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h143
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h89
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h245
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h142
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h173
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h189
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h264
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h152
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h304
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c66
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h147
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h117
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h122
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h173
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h113
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h131
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h156
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h109
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h174
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h109
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h182
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h119
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h228
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h181
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h119
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h229
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h183
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h83
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h109
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h181
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h100
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h116
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h308
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h231
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h75
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h446
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h258
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h208
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c121
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h271
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c209
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h305
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h76
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h76
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h76
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h76
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h251
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h212
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c126
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h289
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c185
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h302
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h77
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h81
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h81
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h129
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h780
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h391
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h681
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c389
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h364
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h126
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h363
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h368
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h119
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h411
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h161
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c197
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h396
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c362
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h386
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c211
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h210
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c131
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h175
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c215
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h161
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c314
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h293
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c508
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h207
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h82
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c422
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h314
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c223
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h411
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c512
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h385
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c399
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h313
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c231
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h190
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c579
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h335
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c400
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h285
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c476
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h270
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c436
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h317
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h84
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h81
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h83
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h81
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h76
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c57
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h269
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c275
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h658
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c201
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h819
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c297
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h372
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h159
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c221
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h442
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c210
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h922
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c84
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c95
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c89
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c88
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c273
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h432
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c279
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h375
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c146
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h287
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h159
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c393
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h158
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h130
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h124
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c39
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h372
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h139
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c322
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h292
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h80
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h144
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h100
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h765
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h258
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c51
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h267
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c235
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h438
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c196
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h794
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c297
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h363
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c166
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h352
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c209
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h924
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c84
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c95
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c89
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c88
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c222
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h353
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c228
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h376
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h165
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h73
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h283
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c89
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h200
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c49
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h266
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c275
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h658
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c268
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h689
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c41
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c41
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c37
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c86
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c97
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c89
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c204
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h313
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c106
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h172
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h422
-rw-r--r--LUFA/License.txt24
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/Platform.h80
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h338
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S128
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c62
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h174
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt1
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h397
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt1
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt13
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl58
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl664
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt1
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha27
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt806
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt47
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt45
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css53
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dllbin0 -> 785920 bytes
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdefbin0 -> 2242 bytes
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml13
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml18
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest32
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py38
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt36
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt33
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt68
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt35
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt23
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt66
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml96
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml34
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml114
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml853
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml57
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml198
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml32
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml32
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml54
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml109
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml99
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml56
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml85
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml43
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml42
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml36
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml60
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml26
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml23
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml45
-rw-r--r--LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile142
-rw-r--r--LUFA/Version.h67
-rw-r--r--LUFA/doxyfile2400
-rw-r--r--LUFA/makefile40
-rw-r--r--Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt19
-rw-r--r--Maintenance/makefile94
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c164
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h90
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt346
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c203
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h100
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h68
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c531
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h81
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c370
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h147
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c267
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h105
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h90
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c207
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h91
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c274
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h86
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c468
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h140
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c480
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h136
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c209
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h136
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.infbin0 -> 8070 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 76384 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 52832 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.catbin0 -> 9610 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 157792 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 110176 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exebin0 -> 25088 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exebin0 -> 23552 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt851
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 42592 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dllbin0 -> 67680 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml91
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile44
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Benito.c311
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Benito.h79
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Benito.txt106
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h57
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf66
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/Benito/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c325
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h87
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt64
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs131
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs115
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj95
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx132
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs149
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs75
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj95
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx123
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c178
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h60
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt63
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf66
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile2397
-rw-r--r--Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c252
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h105
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt73
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h58
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c216
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c115
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h97
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h102
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c228
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h90
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt163
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/Magstripe/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c234
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c184
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h110
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt66
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/MediaController/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c185
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c323
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h92
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt60
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml49
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c188
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h84
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c145
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h65
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt106
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml47
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/RelayBoard/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c257
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h111
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf66
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c127
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h64
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c170
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h64
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt109
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c257
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h87
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h86
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt135
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c98
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h55
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c4139
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h337
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h191
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h38
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c159
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h126
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c331
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h112
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt166
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt675
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs181
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs179
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx120
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dllbin0 -> 9216 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dllbin0 -> 24576 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dllbin0 -> 94208 bytes
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt24
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj99
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py99
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt86
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml72
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile2397
-rw-r--r--Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile44
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c254
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt78
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile43
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h73
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c295
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h128
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c208
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h69
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c103
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h159
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c265
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h64
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h87
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt135
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c65
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h52
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c4139
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h337
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h190
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h38
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c284
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h84
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h87
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c163
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h71
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c298
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h69
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c37
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h13
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c128
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h87
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c151
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h104
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c1941
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h2130
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c432
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h146
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h740
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c162
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h62
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c172
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h60
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c77
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h76
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt126
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/asf.xml96
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/doxyfile2396
-rw-r--r--Projects/Webserver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h64
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf66
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c156
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h71
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c242
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h111
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c292
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h103
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt89
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml57
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile2395
-rw-r--r--Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile54
-rw-r--r--Projects/makefile47
-rw-r--r--README.txt56
-rw-r--r--makefile26
1455 files changed, 394541 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f9d39491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+*.o
+*.d
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.eep
+*.sym
+*.bin
+*.lss
+*.map
+*.bak
+*.class
+Documentation/
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/*
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/DocBook/*
+!LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/*
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2be156808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5169bbc3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c60f84e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF00 ; Signature for the CDC class bootloader
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa17bc15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the CDC class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C
+#include "BootloaderCDC.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. This must be retained as some
+ * operating systems will not open the port unless the settings can be set successfully.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+/** Current address counter. This stores the current address of the FLASH or EEPROM as set by the host,
+ * and is used when reading or writing to the AVRs memory (either FLASH or EEPROM depending on the issued
+ * command.)
+ */
+static uint32_t CurrAddress;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a watchdog reset. When cleared the bootloader will exit, starting the watchdog and entering an infinite
+ * loop until the AVR restarts and the application runs.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+ /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+ PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #else
+ /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+ if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+ * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+ bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ * the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ {
+ CDC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Wait a short time to end all USB transactions and then disconnect */
+ _delay_us(1000);
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
+ CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the CDC interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+/** Reads or writes a block of EEPROM or FLASH memory to or from the appropriate CDC data endpoint, depending
+ * on the AVR109 protocol command issued.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Command Single character AVR109 protocol command indicating what memory operation to perform
+ */
+static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command)
+{
+ uint16_t BlockSize;
+ char MemoryType;
+
+ uint8_t HighByte = 0;
+ uint8_t LowByte = 0;
+
+ BlockSize = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 8);
+ BlockSize |= FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ MemoryType = FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ if ((MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH) && (MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM))
+ {
+ /* Send error byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command is to read a memory block */
+ if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead)
+ {
+ /* Re-enable RWW section */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+
+ while (BlockSize--)
+ {
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* Read the next FLASH byte from the current FLASH page */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte_far(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+ #else
+ WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+ #endif
+
+ /* If both bytes in current word have been read, increment the address counter */
+ if (HighByte)
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ HighByte = !HighByte;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read the next EEPROM byte into the endpoint */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)(intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)));
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint32_t PageStartAddress = CurrAddress;
+
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ while (BlockSize--)
+ {
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* If both bytes in current word have been written, increment the address counter */
+ if (HighByte)
+ {
+ /* Write the next FLASH word to the current FLASH page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, ((FetchNextCommandByte() << 8) | LowByte));
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LowByte = FetchNextCommandByte();
+ }
+
+ HighByte = !HighByte;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write the next EEPROM byte from the endpoint */
+ eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If in FLASH programming mode, commit the page after writing */
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(PageStartAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until write operation has completed */
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Send response byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Retrieves the next byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint, and clears the endpoint bank if needed
+ * to allow reception of the next data packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint
+ */
+static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void)
+{
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint so that the next data byte can be read */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* If OUT endpoint empty, clear it and wait for the next packet from the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fetch the next byte from the OUT endpoint */
+ return Endpoint_Read_8();
+}
+
+/** Writes the next response byte to the CDC data IN endpoint, and sends the endpoint back if needed to free up the
+ * bank when full ready for the next byte in the packet to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Response Next response byte to send to the host
+ */
+static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response)
+{
+ /* Select the IN endpoint so that the next data byte can be written */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* If IN endpoint full, clear it and wait until ready for the next packet to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next byte to the IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Response);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in AVR109 commands from the CDC data OUT endpoint, process them, perform the required actions
+ * and send the appropriate response back to the host.
+ */
+static void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if endpoint has a command in it sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ /* Read in the bootloader command (first byte sent from host) */
+ uint8_t Command = FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader)
+ {
+ RunBootloader = false;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED) ||
+ (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType))
+ {
+ FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode))
+ {
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode)
+ {
+ /* Return ATMEGA128 part code - this is only to allow AVRProg to use the bootloader */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(0x44);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(0x00);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement)
+ {
+ /* Indicate auto-address increment is supported */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress)
+ {
+ /* Set the current address to that given by the host (translate 16-bit word address to byte address) */
+ CurrAddress = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 9);
+ CurrAddress |= (FetchNextCommandByte() << 1);
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface)
+ {
+ /* Indicate serial programmer back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('S');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier)
+ {
+ /* Write the 7-byte software identifier to the endpoint */
+ for (uint8_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < 7; CurrByte++)
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER[CurrByte]);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_3);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_2);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_1);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH)
+ {
+ /* Clear the application section of flash */
+ for (uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0; CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR; CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ #if !defined(NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits)
+ {
+ /* Set the lock bits to those given by the host */
+ boot_lock_bits_set(FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ #endif
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOW_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_EXTENDED_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+
+ /* Send block size to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE >> 8);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE & 0xFF);
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead))
+ {
+ /* Delegate the block write/read to a separate function for clarity */
+ ReadWriteMemoryBlock(Command);
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh)
+ {
+ /* Write the high byte to the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow)
+ {
+ /* Write the low byte to the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress | 0x01, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage)
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(CurrAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until write operation has completed */
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord)
+ {
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word_far(CurrAddress);
+ #else
+ uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word(CurrAddress);
+ #endif
+
+ WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord >> 8);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord & 0xFF);
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM)
+ {
+ /* Read the byte from the endpoint and write it to the EEPROM */
+ eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM)
+ {
+ /* Read the EEPROM byte and write it to the endpoint */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1))));
+
+ /* Increment the address after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ #endif
+ else if (Command != AVR109_COMMAND_Sync)
+ {
+ /* Unknown (non-sync) command, return fail code */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+ }
+
+ /* Select the IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Remember if the endpoint is completely full before clearing it */
+ bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ /* Send the endpoint data to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* If a full endpoint's worth of data was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to signal end of transfer */
+ if (IsEndpointFull)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until the data has been sent to the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Acknowledge the command from the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6543aa73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderCDC.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_H_
+#define _CDC_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** Hardware version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Hardware version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** Eight character bootloader firmware identifier reported to the host when requested. */
+ #define SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER "LUFACDC"
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Possible memory types that can be addressed via the bootloader. */
+ enum AVR109_Memories
+ {
+ MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH = 'F',
+ MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM = 'E',
+ };
+
+ /** Possible commands that can be issued to the bootloader. */
+ enum AVR109_Commands
+ {
+ AVR109_COMMAND_Sync = 27,
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM = 'd',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM = 'D',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord = 'R',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage = 'm',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow = 'c',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh = 'C',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport = 'b',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite = 'B',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead = 'g',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses = 'Q',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses = 'N',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses = 'F',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits = 'r',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits = 'l',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH = 'e',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature = 's',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion = 'V',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderHWVersion = 'v',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier = 'S',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface = 'p',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress = 'A',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement = 'a',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode = 't',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode = 'P',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode = 'L',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType = 'T',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED = 'x',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED = 'y',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader = 'E',
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a non-returning pointer to the start of the loaded application in flash memory. */
+ typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void CDC_Task(void);
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+ static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command);
+ #endif
+ static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void);
+ static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8c349cde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a CDC Class device (virtual serial port), allowing for AVR109
+ * protocol compatible programming software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * After running this bootloader for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF
+ * file located in this bootloader project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows.
+ * This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the
+ * device. Other Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with the open source application AVRDUDE, Atmel's AVRPROG, or other
+ * applications implementing the AVR109 protocol, which is documented on the Atmel website as an application
+ * note.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_AVRDude AVRDUDE (Windows, Mac, Linux)
+ *
+ * AVRDude is a free, cross-platform and open source command line programmer for Atmel and third party AVR
+ * programmers. It is available on the the Windows platform as part of the "WinAVR" package, or on other systems
+ * either from a build from the official source code, or in many distributions as a precompiled binary package.
+ *
+ * To load a new HEX file with AVRDude, specify "AVR109" as the programmer, with the allocated COM port. On Windows
+ * platforms this will be a COMx port name:
+ * \code
+ * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P COM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * On Linux systems, this will typically be a /dev/ttyACMx port name:
+ * \code
+ * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P /dev/ttyACM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Refer to the AVRDude project documentation for additional usage instructions.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE 0xDF00
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is unstable or inaccessible.
+ * A change to the \c ModemManager module in many Linux distributions causes
+ * this module to try to take control over inserted CDC devices, corrupting the
+ * datastream. A UDEV rule is required to prevent this.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ * If the issue still persists then uninstall modemmanager by executing <tt>sudo apt-get remove modemmanager</tt>, or
+ * the equivalent using your chosen distribution's package manager.
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is inaccessible.
+ * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ * inserted CDC devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ * access.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
+ * using the byte-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
+ * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
+ * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h b/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22972b72f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+// #define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5aa0e765b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c b/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..627657037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204A,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x00,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x02,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x02,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x06,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see LUFA library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+ {
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+ {
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+ {
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h b/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6fbf5262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #else
+ #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC control interface event notification endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface TX (data IN) endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface RX (data OUT) endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size of the CDC data interface TX and RX data endpoint banks, in bytes. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Size of the CDC control interface notification endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf b/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61624c731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC Class Bootloader"
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml b/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72f3ff04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc" caption="CDC Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ CDC Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using avrdude or other AVR109 protocol compliant software when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderCDC.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderCDC.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderCDC.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile b/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..414693479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile b/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa5a2117d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderCDC
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..491c506d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5169bbc3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95fd8e5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF10 ; Signature for the DFU class bootloader, V1
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..928cf6fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
+#include "BootloaderDFU.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is currently running in secure mode, disallowing memory operations
+ * other than erase. This is initially set to the value set by SECURE_MODE, and cleared by the bootloader
+ * once a memory erase has completed in a bootloader session.
+ */
+static bool IsSecure = SECURE_MODE;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
+ * jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
+ * acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
+ * causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
+ */
+static bool WaitForExit = false;
+
+/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
+static uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
+ * each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
+ */
+static uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
+
+/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
+static DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
+
+/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
+ * requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
+ * is issued by the host.
+ */
+static uint8_t ResponseByte;
+
+/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
+ * may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
+ */
+static AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
+
+/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
+ * 64KB of flash memory.
+ */
+static uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
+
+/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
+ * depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read from/write to in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
+ * of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+ /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+ PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #else
+ /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+ if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ //if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ // JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+ * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+ //if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ // JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+ bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ * the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+ uint16_t keypress = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
+ while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit) {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+ bool pressed = (PIN(QMK_ESC_ROW) & NUM(QMK_ESC_ROW));
+ if ((DFU_State == dfuIDLE) && (keypress > 5000) && pressed) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (pressed) {
+ keypress++;
+ } else {
+ keypress = 0;
+ }
+
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
+ ResetHardware();
+
+ /* Start the user application */
+ AppStartPtr();
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+ // column setup
+ DDR(QMK_ESC_COL) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_COL);
+ PORT(QMK_ESC_COL) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_COL);
+
+ // row setup
+ DDR(QMK_ESC_ROW) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_ROW);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+
+}
+
+/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
+static void ResetHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Shut down the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Disable();
+ LEDs_Disable();
+
+ /* Disable Bootloader active LED toggle timer */
+ TIMSK1 = 0;
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = 0;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+ DDR(QMK_ESC_COL) = PORT(QMK_ESC_COL) = DDR(QMK_ESC_ROW) = PORT(QMK_ESC_ROW) = 0;
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the DFU interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
+ SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case DFU_REQ_DNLOAD:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
+ if (WaitForExit)
+ {
+ /* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
+ ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+
+ /* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
+ WaitForExit = false;
+ }
+
+ /* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
+ if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
+ SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
+ SentCommand.DataSize--;
+
+ /* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
+ for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
+ Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
+ {
+ SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ SentCommand.DataSize--;
+ }
+
+ /* Process the command */
+ ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+ }
+
+ /* Check if currently downloading firmware */
+ if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
+ {
+ if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
+ {
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
+
+ /* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
+
+ /* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
+ uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Write flash
+ {
+ /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+ uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+ uint8_t WordsInFlashPage = 0;
+
+ while (WordsRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next word into the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ WordsInFlashPage += 1;
+ CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+
+ /* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
+ if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Check if programming incomplete */
+ if (WordsRemaining)
+ {
+ CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+ WordsInFlashPage = 0;
+
+ /* Erase next page's temp buffer */
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
+ StartAddr = EndAddr;
+
+ /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+ }
+ else // Write EEPROM
+ {
+ while (BytesRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
+ eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ StartAddr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_UPLOAD:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
+ {
+ if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank Check
+ {
+ /* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
+ that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(StartAddr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseByte);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
+ uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read FLASH
+ {
+ /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+ uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ while (WordsRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+ #else
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+ #endif
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
+ StartAddr = EndAddr;
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM
+ {
+ while (BytesRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ StartAddr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return to idle state */
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write 8-bit status value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_Status);
+
+ /* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+
+ /* Write 8-bit state value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+ /* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
+ DFU_Status = OK;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_GETSTATE:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_ABORT:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
+ * discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
+ *
+ * \param[in] NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
+ */
+static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
+{
+ while (NumberOfBytes--)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until next data packet received */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
+ * that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
+ * appropriate handler function.
+ */
+static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
+{
+ /* Check if device is in secure mode */
+ if (IsSecure)
+ {
+ /* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
+ if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE) &&
+ IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
+ (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
+ {
+ /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
+ DFU_State = dfuERROR;
+ DFU_Status = errWRITE;
+
+ /* Stall command */
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ /* Don't process the command */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
+ switch (SentCommand.Command)
+ {
+ case COMMAND_PROG_START:
+ ProcessMemProgCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
+ ProcessMemReadCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_WRITE:
+ ProcessWriteCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_READ:
+ ProcessReadCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
+ if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00)) // Set 64KB flash page command
+ Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
+ * in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
+ */
+static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
+{
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ uint16_t Word;
+ } Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
+ {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
+
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
+ StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
+ EndAddr = Address[1].Word;
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ * to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Write FLASH command
+ IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Write EEPROM command
+ {
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+ LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+ /* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ /* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
+ DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ * to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
+ * blank check command.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Read FLASH command
+ IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM command
+ {
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+ LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+ /* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
+ DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank check FLASH command
+ {
+ uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+ while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current byte is not blank */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+ #else
+ if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+ #endif
+ {
+ /* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
+ Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
+ StartAddr = CurrFlashAddress;
+
+ /* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
+ DFU_State = dfuERROR;
+ DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ CurrFlashAddress++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
+ * bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
+ */
+static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03)) // Start application
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
+ WaitForExit = true;
+
+ /* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
+ if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+ {
+ if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01) // Start via jump
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
+ } Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
+
+ /* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
+ AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00) // Start via watchdog
+ {
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+ }
+ else // Start via jump
+ {
+ /* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity if a valid application has been loaded */
+ if (pgm_read_word_near(0) == 0xFFFF)
+ RunBootloader = false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) // Erase flash
+ {
+ uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the application section of flash */
+ while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+
+ /* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
+ IsSecure = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
+ * commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
+ */
+static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
+{
+ const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
+ const uint8_t SignatureInfo[4] = {0x58, AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
+
+ uint8_t DataIndexToRead = SentCommand.Data[1];
+ bool ReadAddressInvalid = false;
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read bootloader info
+ {
+ if (DataIndexToRead < 3)
+ ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
+ else
+ ReadAddressInvalid = true;
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Read signature byte
+ {
+ switch (DataIndexToRead)
+ {
+ case 0x30:
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[0];
+ break;
+ case 0x31:
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[1];
+ break;
+ case 0x60:
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[2];
+ break;
+ case 0x61:
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[3];
+ break;
+ default:
+ ReadAddressInvalid = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ReadAddressInvalid)
+ {
+ /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
+ DFU_State = dfuERROR;
+ DFU_Status = errADDRESS;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a97ba6c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderDFU.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Major bootloader version number. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
+
+ /** Minor bootloader version number. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV 0
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
+ * two individual bootloader version macros.
+ */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
+
+ /** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1 0xDC
+
+ /** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2 0xFB
+
+ /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
+ * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
+ */
+ #define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1) (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
+
+ /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
+ * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
+ * \param[in] cb2 Second command byte to check
+ */
+ #define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
+
+ /** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
+ * The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
+ * a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
+ */
+ #define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE 16
+
+ /** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
+ * Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
+ */
+ #define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE 26
+
+ /** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_DETATCH 0x00
+
+ /** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_DNLOAD 0x01
+
+ /** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_UPLOAD 0x02
+
+ /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS 0x03
+
+ /** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS 0x04
+
+ /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATE 0x05
+
+ /** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_ABORT 0x06
+
+ /** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
+ #define COMMAND_PROG_START 0x01
+
+ /** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
+ #define COMMAND_DISP_DATA 0x03
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a write command. */
+ #define COMMAND_WRITE 0x04
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a read command. */
+ #define COMMAND_READ 0x05
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
+ * that subsequent flash operations should use. */
+ #define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
+ typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+ /** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the \c COMMAND_* macro values */
+ uint8_t Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
+ uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
+ } DFU_Command_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
+ enum DFU_State_t
+ {
+ appIDLE = 0,
+ appDETACH = 1,
+ dfuIDLE = 2,
+ dfuDNLOAD_SYNC = 3,
+ dfuDNBUSY = 4,
+ dfuDNLOAD_IDLE = 5,
+ dfuMANIFEST_SYNC = 6,
+ dfuMANIFEST = 7,
+ dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET = 8,
+ dfuUPLOAD_IDLE = 9,
+ dfuERROR = 10
+ };
+
+ /** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
+ enum DFU_Status_t
+ {
+ OK = 0,
+ errTARGET = 1,
+ errFILE = 2,
+ errWRITE = 3,
+ errERASE = 4,
+ errCHECK_ERASED = 5,
+ errPROG = 6,
+ errVERIFY = 7,
+ errADDRESS = 8,
+ errNOTDONE = 9,
+ errFIRMWARE = 10,
+ errVENDOR = 11,
+ errUSBR = 12,
+ errPOR = 13,
+ errUNKNOWN = 14,
+ errSTALLEDPKT = 15
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+ static void ResetHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
+ static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
+ static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
+ static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
+ static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
+ #endif
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2540a5b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage DFU Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device Firmware Update Class (DFU)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF DFU Class Standard, Atmel USB Bootloader Datasheet</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a DFU Class device, allowing for DFU-compatible programming
+ * software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be compatible with Atmel's provided Windows DFU class drivers. You will need to
+ * install Atmel's DFU drivers prior to using this bootloader on Windows platforms. If you are using a 64 bit Windows
+ * OS, you will need to either disable the driver signing requirement (see online tutorials for details) or use a
+ * digitally signed version of the official Atmel driver provided by a third party AVR user at
+ * <a>http://www.avrfreaks.net/index.php?module=Freaks%20Academy&func=viewItem&item_id=2196&item_type=project</a>.
+ *
+ * \note This device spoofs Atmel's DFU Bootloader USB VID and PID so that the Atmel DFU bootloader
+ * drivers included with FLIP will work. If you do not wish to use Atmel's ID codes, please
+ * manually change them in Descriptors.c and alter your driver's INF file accordingly.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP utility on Windows machines, and dfu-programmer on Linux machines.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_FLIP FLIP (Windows)
+ *
+ * FLIP (Flexible In-System Programmer) is a utility written by Atmel, and distributed for free on the Atmel website.
+ * The FLIP utility is designed to assist in the bootloader programming of a range of Atmel devices, through several
+ * popular physical interfaces including USB. It is written in Java, however makes use of native extensions for USB
+ * support and thus is only offered on Windows.
+ *
+ * To program a device using FLIP, refer to the Atmel FLIP documentation.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_DFUProgrammer dfu-programmer (Linux)
+ *
+ * dfu-programmer is an open-source command line solution for the bootloader programming of Atmel devices through a
+ * USB connection, using the DFU protocol, available for download at <a>http://sourceforge.net/projects/dfu-programmer/</a>.
+ *
+ * The following example loads a HEX file into the AVR's FLASH memory using dfu-programmer:
+ * \code
+ * dfu-programmer at90usb1287 erase flash Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * \warning The APIs exposed by the DFU class bootloader are \b NOT compatible with the API exposed by the official Atmel DFU bootloader.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE 0xDF10
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - (BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE - 4)
+ * | |
+ * | Auxillery Bootloader |
+ * | Space for Smaller Devices |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical
+ * bootloader section of smaller than 6KB)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the DFU bootloader is inaccessible.
+ * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ * inserted DFU devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ * access.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
+ * erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
+ * being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h b/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3acf33c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define SECURE_MODE false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59ae519e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 32
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+ #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c b/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b7b6d490
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = PRODUCT_ID_CODE,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .DFU_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_DFU,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = 0xFE,
+ .SubClass = 0x01,
+ .Protocol = 0x02,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .DFU_Functional =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
+
+ .Attributes = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
+
+ .DetachTimeout = 0x0000,
+ .TransferSize = 0x0C00,
+
+ .DFUSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0)
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"QMK");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"KB");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+ {
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+ {
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+ {
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h b/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5487f88f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_DFUFunctional 0x21
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
+ * command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
+ * (memory programming phase).
+ */
+ #define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
+ * the device to the host.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD (1 << 1)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
+ * the host to the device.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD (1 << 0)
+
+ #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF4
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF3
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF0
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEF
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFA
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEE
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF7
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #else
+ #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
+ #error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
+ * to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
+
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
+ * ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
+ */
+ uint16_t DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
+ * command being issued and the device detaching
+ * from the USB bus
+ */
+ uint16_t TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
+ * from the host in a transaction
+ */
+ uint16_t DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
+ * device complies with
+ */
+ } USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // DFU Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DFU_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t DFU_Functional;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_DFU = 0, /**< DFU interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml b/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f3312b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu" caption="DFU Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ DFU Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using the Atmel FLIP or other AVR DFU programming software when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderDFU.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderDFU.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderDFU.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile b/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbb03d6fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - DFU Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile b/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d2014015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = atmega32u4
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = QMK
+F_CPU = 16000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderDFU
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 32
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 4
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa1dd5873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderHID.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Initialize USB subsystem */
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Process HID specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+
+ /* Read in the write destination address */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
+ #else
+ uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+ #else
+ if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+ #endif
+ {
+ RunBootloader = false;
+ }
+ else if (PageAddress < BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+ boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
+ for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+ boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+ }
+
+ /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(PageAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Re-enable RWW section */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62ee07de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
+ #define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e340703c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
+ * Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
+ * the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
+ * from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
+ * HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
+ * all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
+ * FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the \c HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the \c HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground \c /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is set and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
+ * need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
+ * by PJRC, but is <b>not compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI</b>. A modified version of the open source
+ * cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
+ * command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
+ * this custom bootloader.
+ *
+ * Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
+ * \code
+ * hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the \c BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. This booloader requires the
+ * \c BOOTRST be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5aa0e765b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c b/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..854ae1b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2067,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_VendorHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+ if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+ {
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_Report)
+ {
+ Address = &HIDReport;
+ Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h b/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5516b1635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_VendorHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e73d1ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7d6458a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+OS ?= LINUX
+#OS ?= WINDOWS
+#OS ?= MACOSX
+#OS ?= BSD
+
+ifeq ($(OS), LINUX) # also works on FreeBSD
+CC ?= gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
+CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+LDLIB = -lsetupapi -lhid
+hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LDLIB)
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
+CC ?= gcc
+SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), BSD) # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
+CC ?= gcct
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
+
+
+endif
+
+
+clean:
+ rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a15a66405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+OS ?= FreeBSD
+#OS ?= NetBSD
+#OS ?= OpenBSD
+
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+CC ?= gcc
+
+.if $(OS) == "FreeBSD"
+CFLAGS += -DUSE_LIBUSB
+LIBS = -lusb
+.elif $(OS) == "NetBSD" || $(OS) == "OpenBSD"
+CFLAGS += -DUSE_UHID
+LIBS =
+.endif
+
+
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LIBS)
+
+clean:
+ rm -f hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94a9ed024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b54f943b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1013 @@
+/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
+ * http://www.lufa-lib.org
+ *
+ * THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
+ */
+
+/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
+ * Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
+ * Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
+ *
+ *
+ * You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
+ * of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+ * Foundation, version 3 of the License.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
+ */
+
+/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
+ * Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask. Usually it's not a problem,
+ * but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
+ * those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3 */
+
+/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+void usage(void)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+// USB Access Functions
+int teensy_open(void);
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
+void teensy_close(void);
+int hard_reboot(void);
+
+// Intel Hex File Functions
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
+
+// Misc stuff
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
+void delay(double seconds);
+void die(const char *str, ...);
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
+
+// options (from user via command line args)
+int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
+int hard_reboot_device = 0;
+int reboot_after_programming = 1;
+int verbose = 0;
+int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
+const char *filename=NULL;
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Main Program */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ unsigned char buf[260];
+ int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
+
+ // parse command line arguments
+ parse_options(argc, argv);
+ if (!filename) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
+ usage();
+ }
+ if (!code_size) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
+ usage();
+ }
+ printf_verbose("Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.0\n");
+
+ // read the intel hex file
+ // this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
+ num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+ if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+ printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+ filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+
+ // open the USB device
+ while (1) {
+ if (teensy_open()) break;
+ if (hard_reboot_device) {
+ if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
+ printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
+ hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
+ wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+ }
+ if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
+ if (!waited) {
+ printf_verbose("Waiting for Teensy device...\n");
+ printf_verbose(" (hint: press the reset button)\n");
+ waited = 1;
+ }
+ delay(0.25);
+ }
+ printf_verbose("Found HalfKay Bootloader\n");
+
+ // if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
+ // perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
+ if (waited) {
+ num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+ if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+ printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+ filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+ }
+
+ // program the data
+ printf_verbose("Programming");
+ fflush(stdout);
+ for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
+ if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
+ // don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
+ // but always do the first one to erase the chip
+ continue;
+ }
+ printf_verbose(".");
+ if (code_size < 0x10000) {
+ buf[0] = addr & 255;
+ buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+ } else {
+ buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+ buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
+ }
+ ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
+ r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
+ if (!r) die("error writing to Teensy\n");
+ first_block = 0;
+ }
+ printf_verbose("\n");
+
+ // reboot to the user's new code
+ if (reboot_after_programming) {
+ printf_verbose("Booting\n");
+ buf[0] = 0xFF;
+ buf[1] = 0xFF;
+ memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
+ teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
+ }
+ teensy_close();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD) */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
+
+// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
+#include <usb.h>
+
+usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ struct usb_bus *bus;
+ struct usb_device *dev;
+ usb_dev_handle *h;
+ #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+ char buf[128];
+ #endif
+ int r;
+
+ usb_init();
+ usb_find_busses();
+ usb_find_devices();
+ //printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
+ for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
+ for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ //printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
+ // bus->dirname, dev->filename,
+ // dev->descriptor.idVendor,
+ // dev->descriptor.idProduct
+ //);
+ if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
+ if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
+ h = usb_open(dev);
+ if (!h) {
+ printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
+ continue;
+ }
+ #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+ r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ if (r >= 0) {
+ r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ usb_close(h);
+ printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
+ // this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
+ // normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
+ r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ usb_close(h);
+ printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
+ continue;
+ }
+ return h;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
+ libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
+ len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
+ usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
+ usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
+ libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
+ int r;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
+ usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
+ usb_close(rebootor);
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - Microsoft WIN32 */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_WIN32)
+
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <setupapi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
+
+HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ GUID guid;
+ HDEVINFO info;
+ DWORD index, required_size;
+ SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
+ SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
+ HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
+ HANDLE h;
+ BOOL ret;
+
+ HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
+ info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
+ if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
+ for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
+ iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
+ ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
+ if (!ret) {
+ SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+ break;
+ }
+ SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
+ details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
+ if (details == NULL) continue;
+ memset(details, 0, required_size);
+ details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
+ ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
+ required_size, NULL, NULL);
+ if (!ret) {
+ free(details);
+ continue;
+ }
+ h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
+ FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
+ free(details);
+ if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
+ attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
+ ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
+ if (!ret) {
+ CloseHandle(h);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
+ CloseHandle(h);
+ continue;
+ }
+ SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+ return h;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
+{
+ static HANDLE event = NULL;
+ unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
+ OVERLAPPED ov;
+ DWORD n, r;
+
+ if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
+ if (event == NULL) {
+ event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
+ if (!event) return 0;
+ }
+ ResetEvent(&event);
+ memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
+ ov.hEvent = event;
+ tmpbuf[0] = 0;
+ memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
+ if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
+ if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
+ r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
+ if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ CancelIo(h);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
+ }
+ if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle)
+ win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+ return r;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
+ CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
+ win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ HANDLE rebootor;
+ int r;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
+ CloseHandle(rebootor);
+ return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
+
+// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
+#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
+
+struct usb_list_struct {
+ IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
+ int pid;
+ int vid;
+ struct usb_list_struct *next;
+};
+
+static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
+static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
+
+void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ CFTypeRef type;
+ struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
+ int32_t pid, vid;
+
+ if (!dev) return;
+ type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
+ if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+ if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
+ type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
+ if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+ if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
+ n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
+ if (!n) return;
+ //printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
+ n->ref = dev;
+ n->vid = vid;
+ n->pid = pid;
+ n->next = NULL;
+ if (usb_list == NULL) {
+ usb_list = n;
+ } else {
+ for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
+ p->next = n;
+ }
+}
+
+void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
+
+ p = usb_list;
+ while (p) {
+ if (p->ref == dev) {
+ if (prev) {
+ prev->next = p->next;
+ } else {
+ usb_list = p->next;
+ }
+ tmp = p;
+ p = p->next;
+ free(tmp);
+ } else {
+ prev = p;
+ p = p->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void init_hid_manager(void)
+{
+ CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ if (hid_manager) return;
+ hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
+ if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
+ printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
+ &kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
+ if (!dict) return;
+ IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
+ CFRelease(dict);
+ IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+ IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
+ IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
+ ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
+ IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
+ CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+ CFRelease(hid_manager);
+ printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
+ }
+}
+
+static void do_run_loop(void)
+{
+ while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
+}
+
+IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ init_hid_manager();
+ do_run_loop();
+ for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+ if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p;
+
+ do_run_loop();
+ for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+ if (p->ref == dev) {
+ IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
+ iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ // timeouts do not work on OS-X
+ // IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
+ // even though Apple documents it with a code example!
+ // submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
+ kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
+ close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
+ iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
+ kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
+ close_usb_device(rebootor);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - BSD's UHID driver */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_UHID)
+
+// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
+// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
+# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
+#endif
+
+int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ int r, fd;
+ DIR *dir;
+ struct dirent *d;
+ struct usb_device_info info;
+ char buf[256];
+
+ dir = opendir("/dev");
+ if (!dir) return -1;
+ while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+ if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
+ fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) continue;
+ r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ // NetBSD: added in 2004
+ // OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
+ // FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
+ die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
+ " USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
+ close(fd);
+ closedir(dir);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ //printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
+ if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
+ closedir(dir);
+ return fd;
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ closedir(dir);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
+ uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ // TODO: implement timeout... how??
+ r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
+ if (r == len) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
+ close(uhid_teensy_fd);
+ uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ int r, rebootor_fd;
+
+ rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (rebootor_fd < 0)
+ rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
+ r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
+ delay(0.1);
+ close(rebootor_fd);
+ if (r == 6) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Read Intel Hex File */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+// the maximum flash image size we can support
+// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
+// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
+#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
+
+static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static int end_record_seen=0;
+static int byte_count;
+static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
+static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
+
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ int i, lineno=0;
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ byte_count = 0;
+ end_record_seen = 0;
+ for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
+ firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
+ firmware_mask[i] = 0;
+ }
+ extended_addr = 0;
+
+ fp = fopen(filename, "r");
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ //printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ while (!feof(fp)) {
+ *buf = '\0';
+ if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
+ lineno++;
+ if (*buf) {
+ if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
+ //printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
+ fclose(fp);
+ return -2;
+ }
+ }
+ if (end_record_seen) break;
+ if (feof(stdin)) break;
+ }
+ fclose(fp);
+ return byte_count;
+}
+
+
+/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
+
+/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
+/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
+/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred. The variable */
+/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
+
+
+int
+parse_hex_line(char *line)
+{
+ int addr, code, num;
+ int sum, len, cksum, i;
+ char *ptr;
+
+ num = 0;
+ if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
+ if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
+ ptr = line+1;
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
+ ptr += 2;
+ if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
+ ptr += 4;
+ /* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
+ if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
+ ptr += 2;
+ sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
+ if (code != 0) {
+ if (code == 1) {
+ end_record_seen = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+ ptr += 4;
+ sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+ extended_addr = i << 4;
+ //printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
+ }
+ if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+ ptr += 4;
+ sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+ extended_addr = i << 16;
+ //printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
+ }
+ return 1; // non-data line
+ }
+ byte_count += len;
+ while (num != len) {
+ if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
+ i &= 255;
+ firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
+ firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ sum += i;
+ (num)++;
+ if (num >= 256) return 0;
+ }
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
+ end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
+ if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+ for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+ bytes[i] = 255;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+ if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
+ bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
+ } else {
+ bytes[i] = 255;
+ }
+ addr++;
+ }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Misc Functions */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int r = 0;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ if (verbose) {
+ r = vprintf(format, ap);
+ fflush(stdout);
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+void delay(double seconds)
+{
+ #ifdef USE_WIN32
+ sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
+ #else
+ usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
+ #endif
+}
+
+void die(const char *str, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, str);
+ vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+#if defined USE_WIN32
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#endif
+
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int i;
+ const char *arg;
+
+ for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
+ arg = argv[i];
+
+ if (*arg == '-') {
+ if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
+ wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
+ hard_reboot_device = 1;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
+ reboot_after_programming = 0;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
+ verbose = 1;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
+ arg += 6;
+
+ if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
+ arg += 7;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
+ arg += 6;
+ } else {
+ die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+ }
+
+ if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
+ code_size = 128 * 1024;
+ block_size = 256;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 64 * 1024;
+ block_size = 256;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 32 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 16 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
+ code_size = 8 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else {
+ die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ filename = argv[i];
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb824f582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ Front-end programmer for the LUFA HID class bootloader.
+
+ Usage:
+ python hid_bootloader_loader.py <Device> <Input>.hex
+
+ Example:
+ python hid_bootloader_loader.py at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+
+ Requires the pywinusb (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/) and
+ IntelHex (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/IntelHex/) libraries.
+"""
+
+import sys
+from pywinusb import hid
+from intelhex import IntelHex
+
+
+# Device information table
+device_info_map = dict()
+device_info_map['at90usb1287'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb1286'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb647'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['at90usb646'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['atmega32u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega32u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega16u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega16u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['at90usb162'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega8u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+device_info_map['at90usb82'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=0x03EB,
+ product_id=0x2067)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_page_data(hid_device, address, data):
+ # Bootloader page data should be the HID Report ID (always zero) followed
+ # by the starting address to program, then one device's flash page worth
+ # of data
+ output_report_data = [0]
+ output_report_data.extend([address & 0xFF, address >> 8])
+ output_report_data.extend(data)
+
+ hid_device.send_output_report(output_report_data)
+
+
+def program_device(hex_data, device_info):
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+ print("Connected to bootloader.")
+
+ # Program in all data from the loaded HEX file, in a number of device
+ # page sized chunks
+ for addr in range(0, hex_data.maxaddr(), device_info['page_size']):
+ # Compute the address range of the current page in the device
+ current_page_range = range(addr, addr+device_info['page_size'])
+
+ # Extract the data from the hex file at the specified start page
+ # address and convert it to a regular list of bytes
+ page_data = [hex_data[i] for i in current_page_range]
+
+ print("Writing address 0x%04X-0x%04X" % (current_page_range[0], current_page_range[-1]))
+
+ # Devices with more than 64KB of flash should shift down the page
+ # address so that it is 16-bit (page size is guaranteed to be
+ # >= 256 bytes so no non-zero address bits are discarded)
+ if device_info['flash_kb'] < 64:
+ send_page_data(hid_device, addr, page_data)
+ else:
+ send_page_data(hid_device, addr >> 8, page_data)
+
+ # Once programming is complete, start the application via a dummy page
+ # program to the page address 0xFFFF
+ print("Programming complete, starting application.")
+ send_page_data(hid_device, 0xFFFF, [0] * device_info['page_size'])
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ # Load the specified HEX file
+ try:
+ hex_data = IntelHex(sys.argv[2])
+ except:
+ print("Could not open the specified HEX file.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ # Retrieve the device information entry for the specified device
+ try:
+ device_info = device_info_map[sys.argv[1]]
+ except:
+ print("Unknown device name specified.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ program_device(hex_data, device_info)
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml b/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9394b1353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.16_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_16kb_2kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3800"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.8_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_8kb_2kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1800"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid" caption="HID Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ HID Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via a custom cross-platform command line utility when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderHID.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderHID.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp_Python"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile b/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c3de5ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2398 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostLoaderApp/ \
+ HostLoaderApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Bootloaders/HID/makefile b/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12cfadb5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB := 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..491c506d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4889b4c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+ #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION __attribute__((section(".boot_aux")))
+ #else
+ #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30165700d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+#warning Using a AUX bootloader section in addition to the defined bootloader space (see documentation).
+
+; Trampoline to jump over the AUX bootloader section to the start of the bootloader,
+; on devices where an AUX bootloader section is used.
+.section .boot_aux_trampoline, "ax"
+.global Boot_AUX_Trampoline
+Boot_AUX_Trampoline:
+ jmp BOOT_START_ADDR
+#endif
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF30 ; Signature for the MS class bootloader, V1
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c9697b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mass Storage class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = 1,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+/** Indicates if the bootloader is allowed to exit immediately if \ref RunBootloader is \c false. During shutdown all
+ * pending commands must be processed before jumping to the user-application, thus this tracks the main program loop
+ * iterations since a SCSI command from the host was received.
+ */
+static uint8_t TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+ /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+ PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #else
+ /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+ if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+ * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+ bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader || TicksSinceLastCommand++ < 0xFF)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ /* Signal that a command was processed, must not exit bootloader yet */
+ TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9ddee4d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderMassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ extern bool RunBootloader;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int main(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+ static void SetupHardware(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fea9d9fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ * \li ATMEGA32U2 - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Mass Storage device, capable of reading and writing a new binary
+ * firmware image file, to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 6KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the Mass Storage drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional
+ * drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with all operating systems that support the FAT12 file system format. To reprogram the
+ * device, overwrite a file stored on the virtual FAT filesystem with a new binary (BIN format) image. Remember to safely
+ * remove your device from the host using the host OS's ejection APIs, to ensure all data is correctly flushed to the
+ * bootloader's virtual filesystem and not cached in the OS's file system driver.
+ *
+ * The current device firmware can be read from the device by reading a file from the virtual FAT filesystem. Two files will
+ * be present:
+ * - <b>FLASH.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal flash memory
+ * - <b>EEPROM.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal EEPROM memory
+ *
+ * To convert an existing Intel HEX (.HEX) program file to a binary (.BIN) file suitable for this bootloader, run:
+ * \code
+ * avr-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature input.hex output.bin
+ * \endcode
+ * From a terminal, replacing <tt>input.hex</tt> and <tt>output.bin</tt> with the respective input and output filenames.
+ * AVR EEPROM data files in Intel HEX format (.EEP) uses a similar technique:
+ * \code
+ * avr-objcopy -O binary input.eep output.bin
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \warning This bootloader is currently <b>incompatible with the Apple MacOS X OS Finder GUI</b>, due to the
+ * large amount of meta files this OS attempts to write to the disk along with the new binaries. On
+ * this platform, firmwares must be copied to the disk via the Terminal application only to prevent
+ * firmware corruption.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE 0xDF30
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes
+ * of FLASH memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical bootloader section of smaller than 6KB) a second
+ * section of memory (called the <i>Auxiliary Bootloader Section</i>) is added before the start of the real bootloader section,
+ * and is filled with a portion of the bootloader code. This allows smaller devices to run the bootloader, at the cost of an
+ * additional portion of the device's FLASH (the bootloader section size in KB subtracted from the 6KB total size). A small
+ * trampoline is inserted at the start of the auxiliary section so that the bootloader will run normally in the case of a blank
+ * application section.
+ *
+ * On devices supporting a 8KB bootloader section size, the AUX section is not created in the final binary.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE + 4
+ * | |
+ * | Auxiliary Bootloader |
+ * | Space for Smaller Devices |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par In some cases, the application is not fully loaded into the device.
+ * Write-caching on some operating systems may interfere with the normal
+ * operation of the bootloader. Write caching should be disabled when using the
+ * Mass Storage bootloader, or the file system synced via an appropriate command
+ * (such as the OS's normal disk ejection command) before disconnecting the device.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable automatic start of the loaded application when the virtual
+ * Mass Storage disk is ejected on the host.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92eb364dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+// #define NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..735317867
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8bdbd4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+ if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+ {
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..506f41af8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c14eb901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Bootloader",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+#if !defined(NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT)
+ /* If the user ejected the volume, signal bootloader exit at next opportunity. */
+ RunBootloader = ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4] & 0x03) != 0x02);
+#endif
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint16_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < TotalBlocks; i++)
+ {
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+ else
+ VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+ }
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response indicating Write Protect flag is off */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..419559336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffd453128
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Virtualized FAT12 filesystem implementation, to perform self-programming
+ * in response to read and write requests to the virtual filesystem by the
+ * host PC.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C
+#include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+/** FAT filesystem boot sector block, must be the first sector on the physical
+ * disk so that the host can identify the presence of a FAT filesystem. This
+ * block is truncated; normally a large bootstrap section is located near the
+ * end of the block for booting purposes however as this is not meant to be a
+ * bootable disk it is omitted for space reasons.
+ *
+ * \note When returning the boot block to the host, the magic signature 0xAA55
+ * must be added to the very end of the block to identify it as a boot
+ * block.
+ */
+static const FATBootBlock_t BootBlock =
+ {
+ .Bootstrap = {0xEB, 0x3C, 0x90},
+ .Description = "mkdosfs",
+ .SectorSize = SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES,
+ .SectorsPerCluster = SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER,
+ .ReservedSectors = 1,
+ .FATCopies = 2,
+ .RootDirectoryEntries = (SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES / sizeof(FATDirectoryEntry_t)),
+ .TotalSectors16 = LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS,
+ .MediaDescriptor = 0xF8,
+ .SectorsPerFAT = 1,
+ .SectorsPerTrack = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS % 64),
+ .Heads = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS / 64),
+ .HiddenSectors = 0,
+ .TotalSectors32 = 0,
+ .PhysicalDriveNum = 0,
+ .ExtendedBootRecordSig = 0x29,
+ .VolumeSerialNumber = 0x12345678,
+ .VolumeLabel = "LUFA BOOT ",
+ .FilesystemIdentifier = "FAT12 ",
+ };
+
+/** FAT 8.3 style directory entry, for the virtual FLASH contents file. */
+static FATDirectoryEntry_t FirmwareFileEntries[] =
+ {
+ /* Root volume label entry; disk label is contained in the Filename and
+ * Extension fields (concatenated) with a special attribute flag - other
+ * fields are ignored. Should be the same as the label in the boot block.
+ */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_Directory =
+ {
+ .Name = "LUFA BOOT ",
+ .Attributes = FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = 0,
+ .CreationDate = 0,
+ .StartingCluster = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ /* VFAT Long File Name entry for the virtual firmware file; required to
+ * prevent corruption from systems that are unable to detect the device
+ * as being a legacy MSDOS style FAT12 volume. */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN] =
+ {
+ .VFAT_LongFileName =
+ {
+ .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+ .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+ .Reserved1 = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+
+ .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('F','L','A','S','H',' ',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+ .Unicode1 = 'F',
+ .Unicode2 = 'L',
+ .Unicode3 = 'A',
+ .Unicode4 = 'S',
+ .Unicode5 = 'H',
+ .Unicode6 = '.',
+ .Unicode7 = 'B',
+ .Unicode8 = 'I',
+ .Unicode9 = 'N',
+ .Unicode10 = 0,
+ .Unicode11 = 0,
+ .Unicode12 = 0,
+ .Unicode13 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ /* MSDOS file entry for the virtual Firmware image. */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_File =
+ {
+ .Filename = "FLASH ",
+ .Extension = "BIN",
+ .Attributes = 0,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+ .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+ .StartingCluster = 2,
+ .FileSizeBytes = FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+ }
+ },
+
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN] =
+ {
+ .VFAT_LongFileName =
+ {
+ .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+ .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+ .Reserved1 = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+
+ .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('E','E','P','R','O','M',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+ .Unicode1 = 'E',
+ .Unicode2 = 'E',
+ .Unicode3 = 'P',
+ .Unicode4 = 'R',
+ .Unicode5 = 'O',
+ .Unicode6 = 'M',
+ .Unicode7 = '.',
+ .Unicode8 = 'B',
+ .Unicode9 = 'I',
+ .Unicode10 = 'N',
+ .Unicode11 = 0,
+ .Unicode12 = 0,
+ .Unicode13 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_File =
+ {
+ .Filename = "EEPROM ",
+ .Extension = "BIN",
+ .Attributes = 0,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+ .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+ .StartingCluster = 2 + FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES),
+ .FileSizeBytes = EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+ }
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual FLASH.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* FLASHFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* EEPROMFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Reads a byte of EEPROM out from the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to read from
+ *
+ * \return Read byte of EEPROM data.
+ */
+static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address)
+{
+ return eeprom_read_byte(Address);
+}
+
+/** Writes a byte of EEPROM out to the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to write to
+ * \param[in] Data New data to write to the EEPROM location
+ */
+static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ eeprom_update_byte(Address, Data);
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster entry in the FAT file table with the specified next
+ * chain index. If the cluster is the last in the file chain, the magic value
+ * \c 0xFFF should be used.
+ *
+ * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the cluster entry to update
+ * \param[in] ChainEntry Next cluster index in the file chain
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint16_t ChainEntry)
+{
+ /* Calculate the starting offset of the cluster entry in the FAT12 table */
+ uint8_t FATOffset = (Index + (Index >> 1));
+ bool UpperNibble = ((Index & 1) != 0);
+
+ /* Check if the start of the entry is at an upper nibble of the byte, fill
+ * out FAT12 entry as required */
+ if (UpperNibble)
+ {
+ FATTable[FATOffset] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0x0F) | ((ChainEntry & 0x0F) << 4);
+ FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (ChainEntry >> 4);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FATTable[FATOffset] = ChainEntry;
+ FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0xF0) | (ChainEntry >> 8);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster chain in the FAT file table with a linear chain of
+ * the specified length.
+ *
+ * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the start of the cluster chain to update
+ * \param[in] ChainLength Length of the chain to write, in clusters
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint8_t ChainLength)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ChainLength; i++)
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentCluster = Index + i;
+ uint16_t NextCluster = CurrentCluster + 1;
+
+ /* Mark last cluster as end of file */
+ if (i == (ChainLength - 1))
+ NextCluster = 0xFFF;
+
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(FATTable, CurrentCluster, NextCluster);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device FLASH using a
+ * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ * \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read)
+{
+ uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*FLASHFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+ uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+ /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+ * virtual firmware file sector range */
+ if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+ return;
+
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint32_t FlashAddress = (uint32_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+ #else
+ uint16_t FlashAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+ #endif
+
+ if (Read)
+ {
+ /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's FLASH */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ {
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte_far(FlashAddress++);
+ #else
+ BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte(FlashAddress++);
+ #endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's FLASH */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i += 2)
+ {
+ if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(FlashAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord(FlashAddress, (BlockBuffer[i + 1] << 8) | BlockBuffer[i]);
+ FlashAddress += 2;
+
+ if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage(FlashAddress - SPM_PAGESIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device EEPROM using a
+ * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ * \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read)
+{
+ uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*EEPROMFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+ uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+ /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+ * virtual firmware file sector range */
+ if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+ return;
+
+ uint16_t EEPROMAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+
+ if (Read)
+ {
+ /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's EEPROM */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ BlockBuffer[i] = ReadEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's EEPROM */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ WriteEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++, BlockBuffer[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Writes a block of data to the virtual FAT filesystem, from the USB Mass
+ * Storage interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to write.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+
+ /* Buffer the entire block to be written from the host */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ switch (BlockNumber)
+ {
+ case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+ /* Ignore writes to the boot and FAT blocks */
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+ /* Copy over the updated directory entries */
+ memcpy(FirmwareFileEntries, BlockBuffer, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+ ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads a block of data from the virtual FAT filesystem, and sends it to the
+ * host via the USB Mass Storage interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to read.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+ memset(BlockBuffer, 0x00, sizeof(BlockBuffer));
+
+ switch (BlockNumber)
+ {
+ case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+ memcpy(BlockBuffer, &BootBlock, sizeof(FATBootBlock_t));
+
+ /* Add the magic signature to the end of the block */
+ BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 2] = 0x55;
+ BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 1] = 0xAA;
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+ /* Cluster 0: Media type/Reserved */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 0, 0xF00 | BootBlock.MediaDescriptor);
+
+ /* Cluster 1: Reserved */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 1, 0xFFF);
+
+ /* Cluster 2 onwards: Cluster chain of FLASH.BIN */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *FLASHFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+ /* Cluster 2+n onwards: Cluster chain of EEPROM.BIN */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *EEPROMFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+ memcpy(BlockBuffer, FirmwareFileEntries, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+ ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the entire read block Buffer to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea80eae4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+#define _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Size of the virtual FLASH.BIN file in bytes. */
+ #define FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES (FLASHEND - (FLASHEND - BOOT_START_ADDR) - AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE)
+
+ /** Size of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file in bytes. */
+ #define EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES E2END
+
+ /** Number of sectors that comprise a single logical disk cluster. */
+ #define SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER 4
+
+ /** Size of a single logical sector on the disk. */
+ #define SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES 512
+
+ /** Size of a logical cluster on the disk, in bytes */
+ #define CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES (SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)
+
+ /** Number of sectors required to store a given size in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
+ *
+ * \return Number of sectors required to store the given data on the disk.
+ */
+ #define FILE_SECTORS(size) ((size / SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
+
+ /** Number of clusters required to store a given size in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
+ *
+ * \return Number of clusters required to store the given data on the disk.
+ */
+ #define FILE_CLUSTERS(size) ((size / CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
+
+ /** Total number of logical sectors/blocks on the disk. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + 32)
+
+ /** Converts a given time in HH:MM:SS format to a FAT filesystem time.
+ *
+ * \note The minimum seconds resolution of FAT is 2, thus odd seconds
+ * will be truncated to the previous integer multiple of 2 seconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] hh Hours (0-23)
+ * \param[in] mm Minutes (0-59)
+ * \param[in] ss Seconds (0-59)
+ *
+ * \return Given time encoded as a FAT filesystem timestamp
+ */
+ #define FAT_TIME(hh, mm, ss) ((hh << 11) | (mm << 5) | (ss >> 1))
+
+ /** Converts a given date in DD/MM/YYYY format to a FAT filesystem date.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dd Days in the month (1-31)
+ * \param[in] mm Months in the year (1-12)
+ * \param[in] yyyy Year (1980 - 2107)
+ *
+ * \return Given date encoded as a FAT filesystem datestamp
+ */
+ #define FAT_DATE(dd, mm, yyyy) (((yyyy - 1980) << 9) | (mm << 5) | (dd << 0))
+
+ /** Bit-rotates a given 8-bit value once to the right.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Value to rotate right once
+ *
+ * \return Bit-rotated input value, rotated once to the right.
+ */
+ #define ROT8(x) ((((x) & 0xFE) >> 1) | (((x) & 1) ? 0x80 : 0x00))
+
+ /** Computes the LFN entry checksum of a MSDOS 8.3 format file entry,
+ * to associate a LFN entry with its short file entry.
+ *
+ * \param[in] n0 MSDOS Filename character 1
+ * \param[in] n1 MSDOS Filename character 2
+ * \param[in] n2 MSDOS Filename character 3
+ * \param[in] n3 MSDOS Filename character 4
+ * \param[in] n4 MSDOS Filename character 5
+ * \param[in] n5 MSDOS Filename character 6
+ * \param[in] n6 MSDOS Filename character 7
+ * \param[in] n7 MSDOS Filename character 8
+ * \param[in] e0 MSDOS Extension character 1
+ * \param[in] e1 MSDOS Extension character 2
+ * \param[in] e2 MSDOS Extension character 3
+ *
+ * \return LFN checksum of the given MSDOS 8.3 filename.
+ */
+ #define FAT_CHECKSUM(n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, e0, e1, e2) \
+ (uint8_t)(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(n0)+n1)+n2)+n3)+n4)+n5)+n6)+n7)+e0)+e1)+e2)
+
+ /** \name FAT Filesystem Flags */
+ //@{
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a read-only file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a hidden file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_HIDDEN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a system file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_SYSTEM (1 << 2)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a Volume name entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME (1 << 3)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a directory entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_DIRECTORY (1 << 4)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a file ready for archiving. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_ARCHIVE (1 << 5)
+
+ /** FAT pseudo-attribute flag to indicate a Long File Name entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME 0x0F
+
+ /** Ordinal flag marker for FAT Long File Name entries to mark the last entry. */
+ #define FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY (1 << 6)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the Root FAT file entry indexes on the disk. This can be used
+ * to retrieve the current contents of a known directory entry.
+ */
+ enum
+ {
+ /** Volume ID directory entry, giving the name of the virtual disk. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID = 0,
+ /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN = 1,
+ /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS = 2,
+ /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN = 3,
+ /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS = 4,
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the physical disk blocks of the virtual disk. */
+ enum
+ {
+ /** Boot sector disk block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock = 0,
+ /** First copy of the FAT table block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1 = 1,
+ /** Second copy of the FAT table block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2 = 2,
+ /** Root file and directory entries block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock = 3,
+ /** Start block of the disk data section. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock = 4,
+ };
+
+ /* Type Definitions: */
+ /** FAT boot block structure definition, used to identify the core
+ * parameters of a FAT file system stored on a disk.
+ *
+ * \note This definition is truncated to save space; the magic signature
+ * \c 0xAA55 must be appended to the very end of the block for it
+ * to be detected by the host as a valid boot block.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Bootstrap[3];
+ uint8_t Description[8];
+ uint16_t SectorSize;
+ uint8_t SectorsPerCluster;
+ uint16_t ReservedSectors;
+ uint8_t FATCopies;
+ uint16_t RootDirectoryEntries;
+ uint16_t TotalSectors16;
+ uint8_t MediaDescriptor;
+ uint16_t SectorsPerFAT;
+ uint16_t SectorsPerTrack;
+ uint16_t Heads;
+ uint32_t HiddenSectors;
+ uint32_t TotalSectors32;
+ uint16_t PhysicalDriveNum;
+ uint8_t ExtendedBootRecordSig;
+ uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber;
+ uint8_t VolumeLabel[11];
+ uint8_t FilesystemIdentifier[8];
+ /* uint8_t BootstrapProgram[448]; */
+ /* uint16_t MagicSignature; */
+ } FATBootBlock_t;
+
+ /** FAT directory entry structure, for the various kinds of File and
+ * directory descriptors on a FAT disk.
+ */
+ typedef union
+ {
+ /** VFAT Long File Name file entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Ordinal;
+ uint16_t Unicode1;
+ uint16_t Unicode2;
+ uint16_t Unicode3;
+ uint16_t Unicode4;
+ uint16_t Unicode5;
+ uint8_t Attribute;
+ uint8_t Reserved1;
+ uint8_t Checksum;
+ uint16_t Unicode6;
+ uint16_t Unicode7;
+ uint16_t Unicode8;
+ uint16_t Unicode9;
+ uint16_t Unicode10;
+ uint16_t Unicode11;
+ uint16_t Reserved2;
+ uint16_t Unicode12;
+ uint16_t Unicode13;
+ } VFAT_LongFileName;
+
+ /** Legacy FAT MSDOS 8.3 file entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Filename[8];
+ uint8_t Extension[3];
+ uint8_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t Reserved[10];
+ uint16_t CreationTime;
+ uint16_t CreationDate;
+ uint16_t StartingCluster;
+ uint32_t FileSizeBytes;
+ } MSDOS_File;
+
+ /** Legacy FAT MSDOS (sub-)directory entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Name[11];
+ uint8_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t Reserved[10];
+ uint16_t CreationTime;
+ uint16_t CreationDate;
+ uint16_t StartingCluster;
+ uint32_t Reserved2;
+ } MSDOS_Directory;
+ } FATDirectoryEntry_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C)
+ static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+ static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+ static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint16_t ChainEntry) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t StartIndex,
+ const uint8_t ChainLength) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+ void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1d550d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.128_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_128kb_8kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1E000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1E000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.64_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_64kb_8kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xE000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xE000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x6810"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x6800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x2810"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x2800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via binary BIN files copied to the virtual FAT12 file-system it creates when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderMassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..795c6e81a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f0ec82a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderMassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S Lib/SCSI.c Lib/VirtualFAT.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Check if the bootloader needs an AUX section, located before the real bootloader section to store some of the
+# bootloader code. This is required for 32KB and smaller devices, where the actual bootloader is 6KB but the maximum
+# bootloader section size is 4KB. The actual usable application space will be reduced by 6KB for these devices.
+ifeq ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB),8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE=0
+else
+ AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = (6 - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB))
+
+ CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE='($(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) * 1024)'
+ LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.boot_aux=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, (($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 - 16))
+ LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .boot_aux_trampoline, Boot_AUX_Trampoline, ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024)
+endif
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2be156808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2d9b4a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76f37bf49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF20 ; Signature for the Printer class bootloader
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9021f998f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Printer class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderPrinter.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t TextOnly_Printer_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .IEEE1284String =
+ "MFG:Generic;"
+ "MDL:Generic_/_Text_Only;"
+ "CMD:1284.4;"
+ "CLS:PRINTER",
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Intel HEX parser state machine state information, to track the contents of
+ * a HEX file streamed in as a sequence of arbitrary bytes.
+ */
+struct
+{
+ /** Current HEX parser state machine state. */
+ uint8_t ParserState;
+ /** Previously decoded numerical byte of data. */
+ uint8_t PrevData;
+ /** Currently decoded numerical byte of data. */
+ uint8_t Data;
+ /** Indicates if both bytes that correspond to a single decoded numerical
+ * byte of data (HEX encodes values in ASCII HEX, two characters per byte)
+ * have been read.
+ */
+ bool ReadMSB;
+ /** Intel HEX record type of the current Intel HEX record. */
+ uint8_t RecordType;
+ /** Numerical bytes of data remaining to be read in the current record. */
+ uint8_t DataRem;
+ /** Checksum of the current record received so far. */
+ uint8_t Checksum;
+ /** Starting address of the last addressed FLASH page. */
+ uint32_t PageStartAddress;
+ /** Current 32-bit byte extended base address in FLASH being targeted. */
+ uint32_t CurrBaseAddress;
+ /** Current 32-bit byte address in FLASH being targeted. */
+ uint32_t CurrAddress;
+} HEXParser;
+
+/** Indicates if there is data waiting to be written to a physical page of
+ * memory in FLASH.
+ */
+static bool PageDirty = false;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+ /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+ PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #else
+ /* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+ if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+ * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+
+ /* Clear reset source */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+ bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a given input byte of data from an ASCII encoded HEX value to an integer value.
+ *
+ * \note Input HEX bytes are expected to be in uppercase only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte ASCII byte of data to convert
+ *
+ * \return Integer converted value of the input ASCII encoded HEX byte of data, or -1 if the
+ * input is not valid ASCII encoded HEX.
+ */
+static int8_t HexToDecimal(const char Byte)
+{
+ if ((Byte >= 'A') && (Byte <= 'F'))
+ return (10 + (Byte - 'A'));
+ else if ((Byte >= '0') && (Byte <= '9'))
+ return (Byte - '0');
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Flushes a partially written page of data to physical FLASH, if a page
+ * boundary has been crossed.
+ *
+ * \note If a page flush occurs the global HEX parser state is updated.
+ */
+static void FlushPageIfRequired(void)
+{
+ /* Abort if no data has been buffered for writing to the current page */
+ if (!PageDirty)
+ return;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ uint32_t NewPageStartAddress = (HEXParser.CurrAddress & ~(SPM_PAGESIZE - 1));
+ if (HEXParser.PageStartAddress != NewPageStartAddress)
+ {
+ boot_page_write(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ HEXParser.PageStartAddress = NewPageStartAddress;
+
+ PageDirty = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parses an input Intel HEX formatted stream one character at a time, loading
+ * the data contents into the device's internal FLASH memory.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReadCharacter Next input ASCII byte of data to parse
+ */
+static void ParseIntelHEXByte(const char ReadCharacter)
+{
+ /* Reset the line parser while waiting for a new line to start */
+ if ((HEXParser.ParserState == HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE) || (ReadCharacter == ':'))
+ {
+ HEXParser.Checksum = 0;
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress = HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress;
+ HEXParser.ReadMSB = false;
+
+ /* ASCII ':' indicates the start of a new HEX record */
+ if (ReadCharacter == ':')
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Only allow ASCII HEX encoded digits, ignore all other characters */
+ int8_t ReadCharacterDec = HexToDecimal(ReadCharacter);
+ if (ReadCharacterDec < 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Read and convert the next nibble of data from the current character */
+ HEXParser.Data = (HEXParser.Data << 4) | ReadCharacterDec;
+ HEXParser.ReadMSB = !HEXParser.ReadMSB;
+
+ /* Only process further when a full byte (two nibbles) have been read */
+ if (HEXParser.ReadMSB)
+ return;
+
+ /* Intel HEX checksum is for all fields except starting character and the
+ * checksum itself
+ */
+ if (HEXParser.ParserState != HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM)
+ HEXParser.Checksum += HEXParser.Data;
+
+ switch (HEXParser.ParserState)
+ {
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT:
+ HEXParser.DataRem = HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH:
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8);
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW:
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE:
+ HEXParser.RecordType = HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = (HEXParser.DataRem ? HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA : HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM);
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA:
+ /* Track the number of read data bytes in the record */
+ HEXParser.DataRem--;
+
+ /* Protect the bootloader against being written to */
+ if (HEXParser.CurrAddress >= BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+ PageDirty = false;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for a machine word (two bytes) of data to be read */
+ if (HEXParser.DataRem & 0x01)
+ {
+ HEXParser.PrevData = HEXParser.Data;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert the last two received data bytes into a 16-bit word */
+ uint16_t NewDataWord = ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8) | HEXParser.PrevData;
+
+ switch (HEXParser.RecordType)
+ {
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data:
+ /* If we are writing to a new page, we need to erase it first */
+ if (!(PageDirty))
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ PageDirty = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill the FLASH memory buffer with the new word of data */
+ boot_page_fill(HEXParser.CurrAddress, NewDataWord);
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ FlushPageIfRequired();
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress:
+ /* Extended address data - store the upper 12-bits of the new address */
+ HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 4);
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress:
+ /* Extended address data - store the upper 16-bits of the new address */
+ HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 16);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!HEXParser.DataRem)
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM:
+ /* Verify checksum of the completed record */
+ if (HEXParser.Data != ((~HEXParser.Checksum + 1) & 0xFF))
+ break;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ FlushPageIfRequired();
+
+ /* If end of the HEX file reached, the bootloader should exit at next opportunity */
+ if (HEXParser.RecordType == HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile)
+ RunBootloader = false;
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesReceived = PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ if (BytesReceived)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ while (BytesReceived--)
+ {
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ /* Feed the next byte of data to the HEX parser */
+ ParseIntelHEXByte(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ PRNT_Device_USBTask(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Printer management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Printer Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ /* Reset the HEX parser upon successful connection to a host */
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+}
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8bc1a6879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderPrinter.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Intel HEX parser state machine states. */
+ enum HEX_Parser_States_t
+ {
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE, /**< Parser is waiting for a HEX Start of Line character. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT, /**< Parser is waiting for a record byte count. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH, /**< Parser is waiting for the MSB of a record address. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW, /**< Parser is waiting for the LSB of a record address. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE, /**< Parser is waiting for the record type. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA, /**< Parser is waiting for more data in the current record. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM, /**< Parser is waiting for the checksum of the current record. */
+ };
+
+ /** Intel HEX record types, used to indicate the type of record contained in a line of a HEX file. */
+ enum HEX_Record_Types_t
+ {
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data = 0, /**< Record contains loadable data. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile = 1, /**< End of file record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress = 2, /**< Extended segment start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartSegmentAddress = 3, /**< Normal segment start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress = 4, /**< Extended linear address start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartLinearAddress = 5, /**< Linear address start record. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9aa79686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Generic Text Only Printer device, capable of reading and parsing
+ * "printed" plain-text Intel HEX files to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ * the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ * The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ * the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ * device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ * <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ * jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the Generic Text-Only printer drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no
+ * additional drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with Notepad under Windows, and the command line \c lpr utility under Linux.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Notepad Notepad (Windows)
+ *
+ * While most text applications under Windows will be compatible with the bootloader, the inbuilt Notepad utility
+ * is recommended as it will introduce minimal formatting changes to the output stream. To program with Notepad,
+ * open the target HEX file and print it to the Generic Text Only printer device the bootloader creates.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_LPR LPR (Linux)
+ *
+ * While the CUPS framework under Linux will enumerate the bootloader as a Generic Text-Only printer, many
+ * applications will refuse to print to the device due to the lack of rich formatting options available. As a result,
+ * under Linux HEX files must be printed via the low level \c lpr utility instead.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * cat Mouse.hex | lpr
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE 0xDF20
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, new firmware fails to be sent to the device via CUPS.
+ * Only a limited subset of normal printer functionality is exposed via the
+ * bootloader, causing CUPS to reject print requests from applications that
+ * are unable to handle true plain-text printing. For best results, the low
+ * level \c lpr command should be used to print new firmware to the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5aa0e765b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c b/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99625d605
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206B,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Printer_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass,
+ .SubClass = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass,
+ .Protocol = PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Printer_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Printer_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Printer Bootloader");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h b/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adb0dddb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Printer device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define PRINTER_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Printer host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Printer data endpoints. */
+ #define PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Printer Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Printer_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml b/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86a56911e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer" caption="Printer Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device by "printing" new HEX files to the virtual Plain-Text printer it creates when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderPrinter.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile b/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f96bb9b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile b/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c8582ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderPrinter
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Bootloaders/makefile b/Bootloaders/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e030ad44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Bootloaders/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA USB Bootloaders. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all bootloaders.
+
+# Bootloaders are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33b65fe4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ * information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1a23ef08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ * for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86726a292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ * driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 0
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86a7d7681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ * driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..548d24232
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ * for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c12050941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Board configuration map script, processed with the "BoardDriverTest"
+# makefile. This script file maps the possible LUFA target BOARD makefile
+# values in user projects to a specific architecture and device. This mapping is
+# then used by the makefile to build all possible drivers for that board, to
+# detect any missing or erroneous functions. To add a new board mapping, use
+# the syntax:
+#
+# BOARD DEFINE = {ARCH} : {MCU} :
+#
+# And re-run the makefile. Note that each board may have only one target.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ----------------- AVR8 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_BENITO = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_BIGMULTIO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_BLACKCAT = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_BUI = AVR8 : at90usb646 :
+BOARD_BUMBLEB = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_CULV3 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_DUCE = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_EVK527 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_JMDBU2 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_LEONARDO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MAXIMUS = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROSIN162 = AVR8 : atmega162 :
+BOARD_MINIMUS = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_MULTIO = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_NONE = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_OLIMEX162 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_RZUSBSTICK = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 = AVR8 : atmega8u2 :
+BOARD_STK525 = AVR8 : at90usb647 :
+BOARD_STK526 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_TEENSY = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_TEENSY2 = AVR8 : at90usb646 :
+BOARD_TUL = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_UDIP = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_UNO = AVR8 : atmega8u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V3 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V31 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USBFOO = AVR8 : atmega162 :
+BOARD_USBKEY = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_USBTINYMKII = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_USER = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_XPLAIN = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_STANGE_ISP = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_U2S = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_YUN = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MICRO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_POLOLUMICRO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+#
+# ----------------- XMEGA Boards -----------------
+BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega256a3bu :
+BOARD_B1_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega128b1 :
+BOARD_C3_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega384c3 :
+#
+# ------------------ UC3 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_EVK1100 = UC3 : uc3a0512 :
+BOARD_EVK1101 = UC3 : uc3b0256 :
+BOARD_EVK1104 = UC3 : uc3a3256 :
+BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED = UC3 : uc3a3256 :
+#
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8baa4460b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_LEDS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_LEDS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK and implementation.
+#endif
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ uint_reg_t Dummy;
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Buttons Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ Buttons_Init();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Buttons_GetStatus();
+ Buttons_Disable();
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Dataflash Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS + DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP + DATAFLASH_CHIP1 + DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE + DATAFLASH_PAGES;
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ Dataflash_TransferByte(0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0);
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(0);
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+
+ /* =============================
+ * LEDs Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = LEDS_LED1 + LEDS_LED2 + LEDS_LED3 + LEDS_LED4;
+ LEDs_Init();
+ LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS, LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+ LEDs_Disable();
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Joystick Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = JOY_LEFT + JOY_RIGHT + JOY_UP + JOY_DOWN + JOY_PRESS;
+ Joystick_Init();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ Joystick_Disable();
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8414d9186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the board driver build test. This
+# test attempts to build a dummy project with all
+# possible board targets using their respective
+# compiler.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin makeboardlist testboards clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "BoardDriverTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "BoardDriverTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+makeboardlist:
+ @grep "BOARD_" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Common/BoardTypes.h | cut -d'#' -f2 | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep "BOARD_" > BoardList.txt
+
+testboards:
+ @echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+ @while read line; \
+ do \
+ build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | grep -v "#" | cut -d'=' -f2- | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+ \
+ build_board=$$line; \
+ build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
+ build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
+ \
+ if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then \
+ echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board"; \
+ else \
+ echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu"; \
+ \
+ printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf MCU=%s ARCH=%s BOARD=%s\n\n" $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
+ fi; \
+ done < BoardList.txt
+
+ $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+ rm -f BuildMakefile
+ rm -f BoardList.txt
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end makeboardlist testboards clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..373a15e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD =
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+F_USB = 8000000
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = $(TARGET).c
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -Werror
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg b/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e02d0a30d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Bootloader configuration map script, processed with the "BootloaderTest"
+# makefile. This script file defines the targets for each LUFA bootloader,
+# which are then built as part of the build test to ensure that there are no
+# failures on all standard configurations. To add a new build target for a
+# bootloader to this script, use the format:
+#
+# BOOTLOADER = {ARCH} : {MCU} : {BOARD} : {FLASH SIZE KB} : {BOOT SIZE KB} : {F_USB MHZ}
+#
+# And re-run the makefile.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ------------ CDC Bootloader --------------------
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ DFU Bootloader --------------------
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ HID Bootloader --------------------
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Printer Bootloader ------------------
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Mass Storage Bootloader -----------------
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : LEONARDO : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+#
diff --git a/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile b/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34bdf1b36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the bootloader build test. This
+# test attempts to build all the bootloaders
+# with all supported device configurations.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin testbootloaders clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "BootloaderTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "BootloaderTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+testbootloaders:
+ @echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+ @while read line; \
+ do \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+ \
+ if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then \
+ build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`; \
+ \
+ build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
+ build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
+ build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`; \
+ build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`; \
+ build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`; \
+ build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`; \
+ \
+ printf "Found '%s' bootloader configuration (FLASH: %3s KB | BOOT: %3s KB | MCU: %12s / %4s | BOARD: %s | F_USB: %sMHz)\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
+ \
+ printf "\t@echo Building bootloader %s - %s - FLASH: %s KB, BOOT: %s KB, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_mcu $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Bootloaders/%s/ clean elf ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ fi; \
+ done < BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+
+ $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+ rm -f BuildMakefile
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end testbootloaders clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b44cf4c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..686183245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #if defined(ADC)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #endif
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+
+ #if defined(TWCR)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+ #endif
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3f5a2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3f5a2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50f1909a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the module build test. This test
+# attempts to build as many modules as possible
+# under all supported architectures, and include
+# all module headers in a simple C and C++
+# application.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+# List of device families per architecture, one device per architecture sub-family
+AVR8_FAMILIES := at90usb1287 at90usb1286 atmega16u4 atmega16u2 at90usb162
+XMEGA_FAMILIES := atxmega128a1u atxmega128a3u atxmega256a3bu atxmega128a4u atxmega128b1 atxmega128b3 atxmega128c3 atxmega32c4
+UC3_FAMILIES := uc3a0256 uc3a1256 uc3a3256 uc3a4256 uc3b0256 uc3b1256
+
+# List of all device families, with a family postfix
+DEVICE_FAMILIES := $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3)
+
+
+all: begin $(DEVICE_FAMILIES) clean end
+
+arch_avr8: begin $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) end
+arch_xmega: begin $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) end
+arch_uc3: begin $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3) end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "ModuleTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "ModuleTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+%.avr8:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)
+
+%.xmega:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)
+
+%.uc3:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)
+
+clean:
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(firstword $(AVR8_FAMILIES))
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(firstword $(XMEGA_FAMILIES))
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(firstword $(UC3_FAMILIES))
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all arch_avr8 arch_xmega arch_uc3 begin end
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5eeb40398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD = NONE
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = $(TARGET)_C.c $(TARGET)_CPP.cpp Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ F_USB = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+endif
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+CC_FLAGS += -Wfloat-equal
+CC_FLAGS += -Waggregate-return
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-include-dirs
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wdouble-promotion
+endif
+
+# Only enable redundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+C_FLAGS += -Wbad-function-cast
+C_FLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wold-style-definition
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ C_FLAGS += -Wunsuffixed-float-constants
+ C_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+endif
+
+# Only check C++ compatibility on the build files, to ensure headers are C++ compatible
+Test_C.c Test_CPP.cpp: CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wsign-conversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1be4228d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+ # Force code generation of the base USB stack
+ call USB_Init
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ac2e008f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
diff --git a/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7921ab6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the single USB mode build test.
+# This test attempts to build the USB module
+# under fixed device and fixed host modes under
+# all supported architectures
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin compile clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "SingleUSBModeTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "SingleUSBModeTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+compile:
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in host only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=XMEGA in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in host only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+clean:
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: begin end compile clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..365c7d00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD = NONE
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ F_USB = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+endif
+
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = Test.c Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+
+# Only enable rendundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile b/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0041234d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Static anlysis of the entire LUFA source tree, using the free cross-platform "cppcheck" tool.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES := FATFs/ \
+ PetiteFATFs/ \
+ uip/
+
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/CodeTemplates/ \
+ $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Projects/AVRISP-MKII/
+
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS := -U TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME -U __GNUC__ -U __DOXYGEN__
+
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS := variableScope missingInclude unusedFunction
+
+SRC := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin cppcheck end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "StaticAnalysisTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "StaticAnalysisTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/BuildTests/makefile b/BuildTests/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..369ea9ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BuildTests/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Build Tests. Build Tests are
+# used to verify the correctness of the LUFA library, and are
+# not intended to be modified or compiled by non-developers.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ @echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA build tests.
+ @echo
+ $(MAKE) -C BoardDriverTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C BootloaderTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C ModuleTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C SingleUSBModeTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C StaticAnalysisTest $@
+ @echo
+ @echo LUFA build test \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2870bcd6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Size = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 2,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Device_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+ if (Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Audio_Device_WriteSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointAddress == Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address)
+ {
+ /* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+ {
+ switch (EndpointProperty)
+ {
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ *DataLength = 3;
+
+ Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+ return false;
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1deaa7688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b0594244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ * USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ * when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ * project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ * and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ * When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8ed270d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6048c1d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82cb337da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2047,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 1,
+ .ChannelConfig = 0,
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x02,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x01,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t))
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb73220a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..466de7303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d52d22cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db4048243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c78deb9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Size = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 2,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Device_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+ if (Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+ int8_t RightSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+ /* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+ int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+ OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+ PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as outputs */
+ DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC as outputs */
+ DDRC |= 0xFF;
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+ | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* Stop the PWM generation timer */
+ TCCR3B = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC low */
+ PORTC = 0x00;
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointAddress == Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address)
+ {
+ /* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+ {
+ switch (EndpointProperty)
+ {
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ *DataLength = 3;
+
+ Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+ return false;
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4dbec315e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f0c7d656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ * the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ * timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ * mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ * the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ * attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ * external DAC.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e93cfc813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6048c1d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42bd528bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2046,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 2,
+ .ChannelConfig = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x01,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x02,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3774cc540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f46f3a0f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..937ef3907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc4c7bb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eefc7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a286c5e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x05,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x03},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x06,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x04},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x07,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x08,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x02,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01, 0x02}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x02,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x05, 0x06}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7ce6d2cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a dual jack endpoint descriptor. This is identical to the LUFA MIDI class driver's
+ * USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t, except that it contains two jack association entries.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedJackID[2]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b31f60249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Dual MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualMIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+ {
+ if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use second virtual cable, otherwise use the first */
+ uint8_t VirtualCable = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? 1 : 0;
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(VirtualCable, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | MIDI_CHANNEL(1),
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b0dac3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualMIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+#define _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19d4dbc04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Dual Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, the first virtual MIDI cable to the host is
+ * used. If the HWB is pressed, then the second virtual cable is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba85a3b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi" caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device with two virtual cables that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualMIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualMIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualMIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..879aae3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04e06d1df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualMIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..070eac471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 6
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..553223a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204E,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 4,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfc7a7793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 6)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // First CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC1_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC1_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // First CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC2_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC2_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a7ff4725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the first CDC interface,
+ * which sends strings to the host for each joystick movement.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the second CDC interface,
+ * which echos back all received data from the host.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Discard all received data on the first CDC interface */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Echo all received data on the second CDC interface */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface, (uint8_t)ReceivedByte);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change
+ * through the first of the CDC interfaces.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ * control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+ use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+ disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+ application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+ in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+ */
+ bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+
+ if (CDCInterfaceInfo == &VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface)
+ {
+ // CDC interface 1's host is ready to send/receive data
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // CDC interface 2's host is ready to send/receive data
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28d125adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c325e9ced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ * USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a composite device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a0e0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e00f33995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40dcfe915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bdd0259b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..636200ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0f1b0de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+ * Vendor Usage Page: 0
+ * Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+ * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+ * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+ * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204F,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_GenericHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &GenericReport;
+ Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fa644ff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7f3e3c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t* Data = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+ uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+ Data[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t* Data = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+ uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (Data[0])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (Data[1])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (Data[2])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (Data[3])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0528585a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d780f49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ * to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ * When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ * both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ * must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..363786429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env node
+
+// LUFA Library
+// Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+//
+// dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+// www.lufa-lib.org
+
+// LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+// continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+// pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+// the terminal.
+//
+// You have to install the usb and async modules prior to executing this script:
+// apt-get install libusb-1.0-0-dev
+// npm install usb async sprintf
+
+var usb = require('usb');
+var async = require('async');
+var sprintf = require('sprintf');
+
+var deviceVid = 0x03EB;
+var devicePid = 0x204F;
+var reportLength = 8;
+
+function getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface()
+{
+ device = usb.findByIds(deviceVid, devicePid);
+ if (!device) {
+ console.log('No device found');
+ process.exit(1);
+ }
+ device.open();
+
+ var hidInterface = device.interface(0);
+ if (hidInterface.isKernelDriverActive()) {
+ hidInterface.detachKernelDriver();
+ }
+ hidInterface.claim();
+
+ async.series([
+ function(callback) {
+ setConfiguration(0, function(error, data) {
+ callback();
+ });
+ }
+ ]);
+
+ return {hidDevice:device, hidInterface:hidInterface};
+}
+
+function read(hidInterface, callback)
+{
+ endpoint = hidInterface.endpoints[0];
+ endpoint.transfer(reportLength, function(error, data) {
+ if (error) {
+ console.log(error)
+ } else {
+ console.log("Received LED Pattern:", data.slice(0, 4));
+ }
+ callback();
+ });
+}
+
+function write(hidDevice, message, callback)
+{
+ hidDevice.controlTransfer( // Send a Set Report control request
+ parseInt('00100001', 2), // bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+ 0x09, // bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+ 0x0809, // wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+ 0, // wIndex (interface number)
+ message, // message to be sent
+ function(error, data) { // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ console.log("Sent LED Pattern:", message.slice(1, 5))
+ callback();
+ }
+ );
+}
+
+function setConfiguration(configurationNumber, callback)
+{
+ device.controlTransfer( // Send a Set Configuration control request
+ parseInt('00000000', 2), // bmRequestType
+ 0x09, // bmRequest
+ 0, // wValue (Configuration value)
+ 0, // wIndex
+ new Buffer(0), // message to be sent
+ callback // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ );
+}
+
+// @TODO: Fix this function because apparently it doesn't work for some reason.
+function getStringDescriptor(stringId, languageId, callback)
+{
+ var STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE = 0x03;
+ var wValue = (STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE << 8) | stringId;
+
+ device.controlTransfer( // Send a Get Descriptor control request
+ parseInt('10000000', 2), // bmRequestType
+ 0x06, // bmRequest
+ wValue, // wValue
+ languageId, // wIndex
+ 64, // response length
+ callback // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ );
+}
+
+function setNextPattern()
+{
+ var pattern = [
+ hidInterface.interface,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1
+ ];
+
+ async.series([
+ function(callback) {
+ write(hidDevice, new Buffer(pattern), callback);
+ },
+ function(callback) {
+ read(hidInterface, callback);
+ },
+ function(callback) {
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+ setTimeout(setNextPattern, 200);
+ callback();
+ }]);
+}
+
+var hidDeviceAndInterface = getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface();
+var hidDevice = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidDevice
+var hidInterface = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidInterface;
+
+console.log(sprintf("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]",
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idVendor,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idProduct,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iProduct,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iManufacturer));
+
+p = 0
+setNextPattern();
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..4efa4a0ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the PyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+
+def get_and_init_hid_device():
+ device = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+
+ if device is None:
+ sys.exit("Could not find USB device.")
+
+ if device.is_kernel_driver_active(0):
+ try:
+ device.detach_kernel_driver(0)
+ except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+ sys.exit("Could not detatch kernel driver: %s" % str(exception))
+
+ try:
+ device.set_configuration()
+ except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+ sys.exit("Could not set configuration: %s" % str(exception))
+
+ return device
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is LED on/off data
+ report_data = [led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ number_of_bytes_written = device.ctrl_transfer( # Set Report control request
+ 0b00100001, # bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+ 0x09, # bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+ 0, # wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+ 0, # wIndex (interface number)
+ report_data # report data to be sent
+ );
+ assert number_of_bytes_written == len(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data))
+
+def receive_led_pattern(hid_device):
+ endpoint = hid_device[0][(0,0)][0]
+ report_data = hid_device.read(endpoint.bEndpointAddress, endpoint.wMaxPacketSize)
+ return list(report_data)
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_and_init_hid_device()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.idVendor, hid_device.idProduct,
+ usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iProduct),
+ usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+ p = 0
+ while (True):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Receive and print the current LED pattern
+ led_pattern = receive_led_pattern(hid_device)[0:4]
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(led_pattern))
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e5f43019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+ product_id=device_pid)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+ # LED on/off data
+ report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+ report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+ hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+ # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+ hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+ p = 0
+ while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..710f7c719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffc0d0590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62fa2136a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4364cafa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Joystick report.
+ * Min X/Y/Z Axis values: -100
+ * Max X/Y/Z Axis values: 100
+ * Min physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 2
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(-100, 100, -1, 1, 2)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2043,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_JoystickHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &JoystickReport;
+ Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9de556268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Joystick HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface desciptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1f40ec0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Size = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* JoystickReport = (USB_JoystickReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ JoystickReport->Y = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ JoystickReport->Y = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ JoystickReport->X = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ JoystickReport->X = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6e61bc1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+ * This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+ } USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b174642f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ * using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ * Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ * is the second.
+ *
+ * Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ * the host computer.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97d37a5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45ebd1341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6f6e2e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Joystick
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a1e1297b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2042,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e6a021da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99799f6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+ if (UsedKeyCodes)
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45d742330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3813745c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ * works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ * when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ * other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ * inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7cdc17bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e39731937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a02c41c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Keyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc828a108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a810ca5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1baaa3c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoints. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4405fe745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
+ * interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
+ * interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ /* If first board button not being held down, no keyboard report */
+ if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ return 0;
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ /* If first board button being held down, no mouse report */
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dba805d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..262a84f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ * and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ * (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ * interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ * compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ * pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ * a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ * on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ * joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ * left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b5ca0121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6648a78d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4eddb736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af1d5380b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the multiple possible reports of the HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM HIDReport[] =
+{
+ /* Mouse Report */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_MouseReport),
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+
+ /* Keyboard Report */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2066,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_HIDData =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Multi HID Report Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_HIDData;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &HIDReport;
+ Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aaaf550c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Combined Keyboard/Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_HIDData;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse = 0, /**< Combined keyboard and mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the HID report IDs used in the device. */
+ enum
+ {
+ HID_REPORTID_MouseReport = 0x01, /**< Report ID for the Mouse report within the device. */
+ HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport = 0x02, /**< Report ID for the Keyboard report within the device. */
+ } HID_Report_IDs;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c49124974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouseMultiReport demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[MAX(sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t), sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t))];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Device_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Device_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ *ReportID = HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport;
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportID = HID_REPORTID_MouseReport;
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dba805d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed55f595a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Multiple Report HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application, using a single HID interface. This gives
+ * a simple reference application for implementing a multiple HID report device
+ * containing both USB Keyboard and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses a
+ * single HID interface that is shared between the two functions.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard when
+ * the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not pressed. When enabled,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the joystick
+ * to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39487fd8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a single HID interface and multiple logical reports. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ea750cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse (Multiple HID Report) Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22957f87d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouseMultiReport
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eefc7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4bcea1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2048,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44737d7c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d52542234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+ {
+ if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c59b4253d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_H_
+#define _MIDI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97a92a190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ * the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a4fd583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7bfea0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f030a1e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b18b2c414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..115a7482c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1124deb64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0fd16ccc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b33f3f46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8780d1603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16eb78aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cf8a3e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d07a2198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5759efa6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ * the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ * the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ * (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ * Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f5a8dc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84c2d3d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3239b24db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b18b2c414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62549878d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 5
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15cbc63b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2061,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b16e900e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 1, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0fd16ccc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..076847a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8780d1603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c442e4538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a1b7805e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageKeyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e122a4913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorageKeyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8b3b31db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ * Human Interface Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ * Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a
+ * simple reference application for implementing a dual class USB Mass Storage
+ * and USB HID Keyboard device using the basic USB UFI and HID drivers in all
+ * modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device (which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices) and a USB keyboard.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * Keys on the USB keyboard can be pressed by moving the board's Joystick.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3cdb476b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard" caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage and Keyboard device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC, and a basic HID keyboard. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageKeyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f0c541ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4768cfc9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageKeyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af08f81cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3fc96890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..475fb62ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62bf47d7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc65b8879
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mouse Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ * boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ * it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1af0d7667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37bc83018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ca85b318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Mouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e4d1780a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
+ #define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
+
+ #define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+ #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+ #define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+ #define NO_DECODE_ARP
+ #define NO_DECODE_IP
+ #define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+ #define NO_DECODE_TCP
+ #define NO_DECODE_UDP
+ #define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc828a108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e42b31860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x00,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..866ccd61a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f34e55f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..518ba8c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ * conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ * virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+ if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+ if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ARP response header */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+ /* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+ /* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e64c38ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
+
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+ uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+ uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+ uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+ uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+ MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+ MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+ } ARP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7adc64836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ * handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ * IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ /* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+ memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
+ memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+ /* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+ when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+ IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+ while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ /* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+ if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+ : DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(uint32_t);
+ /* Lease Time 86400s (ONE_DAY) */
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x01;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x51;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x80;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 18 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+ DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ef78469e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
+
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
+
+ /** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+ #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
+
+ /** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+ #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the Lease Time will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME 51
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+ uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+ uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+ uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+ uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+ uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+ IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+ IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+ IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+ uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+ } DHCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c28fa2336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ * frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ * protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ * frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+ DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN->FrameData);
+
+ /* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN->FrameData;
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+ if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN->FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+ {
+ /* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+ {
+ case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+ RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+ RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(FrameIN,
+ &FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT->FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the packet was processed */
+ if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+ {
+ /* Clear the frame buffer */
+ FrameIN->FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ * compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bdb71c8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "ICMP.h"
+ #include "TCP.h"
+ #include "UDP.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+ #include "ARP.h"
+ #include "IP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
+ * \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+ #define NO_RESPONSE 0
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+ #define NO_PROCESS -1
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+ MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+ uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
+ extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+ uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51d3f32ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ * all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+ #define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
+ #define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
+ #define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
+ #define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
+ #define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
+ #define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
+
+ #define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
+ #define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
+ #define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
+ #define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
+ #define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
+ #define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+ uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+ } IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24bc4b53f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ * Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ * and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ /* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+ if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+ intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN->FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN->FrameData));
+
+ /* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+ memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ DataSize);
+
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..594dfffb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+ uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+ } ICMP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05d4ebeee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ * host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+ {
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+ switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+ {
+ case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+ RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(FrameIN,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+ RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+ RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dd6db8a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+ * is reached.
+ */
+ #define DEFAULT_TTL 128
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IP1 First IP address
+ * \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+ unsigned Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+ uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+ uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+ unsigned FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+ unsigned Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+ uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+ uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+ IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+ IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+ } IP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c72f81b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+ accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+ on the packet through the serial port.
+
+ To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+ in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ * Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ * readable format.
+ *
+ * Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ * Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ * and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame of data
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+ if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptions = ((uint8_t*)InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
+
+ while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+ {
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ #endif
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a50f02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dcc527aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ * and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ * delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ * stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ * allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ * (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ * not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ * level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ * buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+ /* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Run the application handler for the port */
+ if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+ (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+ if (FrameOUT->FrameLength)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+ (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+ {
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+ void* TCPDataOUT = &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+ uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+ /* Fill out the TCP data */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+ (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response IP header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT->FrameLength = PacketSize;
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ * processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+ /* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ * \param[in] Handler Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ /* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+ if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table, assume closed */
+ return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ * connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ * \param[in] RemotePort TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find empty entry in the table */
+ if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort = RemotePort;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+ {
+ return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ * \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+ DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+ /* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ /* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+ /* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+ {
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+ switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+ {
+ case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ {
+ /* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+ }
+
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ /* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Established:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ /* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+ else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = true;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+ (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+ {
+ uint16_t IPOffset = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t TCPOffset = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+ /* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+ memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+ &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+ DataLength);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length += DataLength;
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+ if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+ return NO_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+ else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+ if (PacketResponse)
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+ else
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+ &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+ return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ * complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ * \param[in] SourceAddress Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] DestinationAddress Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPOutSize Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ /* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+ complimented */
+
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+ if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+ Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8eb4cfa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
+
+ /** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
+
+ /** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+ #define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+ #define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
+
+ /** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
+
+ /** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+ * performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+ *
+ * \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
+ * \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; } while (0)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+ enum TCP_PortStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+ enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+ uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+ bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+ bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+ * buffer ready to be sent to the host
+ */
+ bool InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+ } TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+ } TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+ uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+ IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+ } TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+ void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+ } TCP_PortState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+ uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+ uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+ unsigned DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+ uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+ uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+ } TCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+ void TCP_Init(void);
+ bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+ uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+ bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State);
+ uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+ static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03c19e00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ * reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ * \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+ {
+ case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+ RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+ UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..459d8be40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+ /** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+ } UDP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be4c3a6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ * application will serve up a static HTTP web page when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ * given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char HTTP200Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ * given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char HTTP404Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ * broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char HTTPPage[] PROGMEM =
+ "<html>"
+ " <head>"
+ " <title>"
+ " LUFA Webserver Demo"
+ " </title>"
+ " </head>"
+ " <body>"
+ " <h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+ " <p>"
+ " Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+ " <br /><br />"
+ " <small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+ " <hr />"
+ " <i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+ " </p>"
+ " </body>"
+ "</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ * callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+ TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] RequestHeader HTTP request made by the host
+ * \param[in] Command HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+ char* Command)
+{
+ /* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+ return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ * has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConnectionState Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ char* BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+ static uint8_t PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+ if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+ {
+ PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+ TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+ {
+ /* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+ TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+ {
+ uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+ uint16_t Length;
+
+ /* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+ Length = ((RemLength > HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE) ? HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE : RemLength);
+
+ /* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+ strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+ /* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+ if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+ {
+ /* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+ TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+ /* Close the connection to the host */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8bb542c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+ #include "TCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+ #define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Webserver_Init(void);
+ void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aac1b146d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */
+static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192];
+
+/** Global to store the incoming frame from the host before it is processed by the device. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Global to store the outgoing frame created in the device before it is sent to the host. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .AdapterVendorDescription = "LUFA RNDIS Demo Adapter",
+ .AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS},
+ .MessageBuffer = RNDIS_Message_Buffer,
+ .MessageBufferLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ TCP_Init();
+ Webserver_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameIN.FrameData, &FrameIN.FrameLength);
+ Ethernet_ProcessPacket(&FrameIN, &FrameOUT);
+
+ if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ {
+ RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT.FrameData, FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ TCP_TCPTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT);
+
+ RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab2488b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Lib/TCP.h"
+ #include "Lib/ARP.h"
+ #include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2c2ac604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ * ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ * standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ * patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ * manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ * Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ * is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ * enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ * need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ * right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ * Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ * will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ * then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ * When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ * adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ * from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ * stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ * accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ * through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ * ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ * \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ * and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ * compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ * recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ * stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e871a8799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29d07c317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6a3a54a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernet
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c \
+ Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ec042cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2044,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b4bf2aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21d2d12b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3d419ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+ CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+ fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ /* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+ // CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ * control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+ use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+ disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+ application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+ in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+ */
+ bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89f809982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c802d9950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ * does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4839b7c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa21df582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0f73257a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b18b2c414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62549878d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 5
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c8792c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2068,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 3,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43c2b3165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5d8da5e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0fd16ccc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e44e61835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8780d1603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e16c2d46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f298e39cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialMassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+ CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+ fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ /* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+ // CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ * control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+ use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+ disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+ application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+ in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+ */
+ bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6df452db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..246775c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mass Storage Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ * Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ * Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
+ * USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Communications Device Class/Mass Storage demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ * CDC and Mass Storage device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a flash
+ * drive. Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings, and data can be
+ * written to or read from the exposed flash drive interface in the same manner as
+ * other USB flash drives. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the
+ * host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a73bcc21c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial and Mass Storage device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff418b91d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e40ee286f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialMassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4133d8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2062,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 3,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85c1e2c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 2, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac47e066b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..134958060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMouse.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ * control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+ use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+ disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+ application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+ in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+ */
+ bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b8a03568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialMouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97ba8714e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mouse Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ * Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ * Mouse Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Communications Device Class/Mouse demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ * CDC and HID device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a mouse.
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings and as mouse
+ * movements. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40d13050b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial and Mouse device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a USB mouse. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36c6a6ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Virtual Serial and Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5272b2b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a713c9d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96596c161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = 0x00,
+ .SubClass = 0x00,
+ .Protocol = 0x00,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2065,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .TM_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 3,
+
+ .Class = 0xFE,
+ .SubClass = 0x03,
+ .Protocol = 0x01,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .TM_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .TM_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .TM_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA TMC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..628b63a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the TMC data endpoints. */
+ #define TMC_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the TMC notification endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Test and Measurement Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t TM_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_NotificationEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement = 0, /**< Test and measurement interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c324be2d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "TestAndMeasurement.h"
+
+/** Contains the (usually static) capabilities of the TMC device. This table is requested by the
+ * host upon enumeration to give it information on what features of the Test and Measurement USB
+ * Class the device supports.
+ */
+TMC_Capabilities_t Capabilities =
+ {
+ .Status = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+ .TMCVersion = VERSION_BCD(1.00),
+
+ .Interface =
+ {
+ .ListenOnly = false,
+ .TalkOnly = false,
+ .PulseIndicateSupported = false,
+ },
+
+ .Device =
+ {
+ .SupportsAbortINOnMatch = false,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current TMC control request that is being processed */
+static uint8_t RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk IN data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkINReset = false;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk OUT data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+
+/** Last used tag value for data transfers */
+static uint8_t CurrentTransferTag = 0;
+
+/** Length of last data transfer, for reporting to the host in case an in-progress transfer is aborted */
+static uint16_t LastTransferLength = 0;
+
+/** Buffer to hold the next message to sent to the TMC host */
+static uint8_t NextResponseBuffer[64];
+
+/** Indicates the length of the next response to send */
+static uint8_t NextResponseLen;
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ TMC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup TMC In, Out and Notification Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ uint8_t TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Process TMC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data OUT requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response byte */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that an ABORT BULK OUT transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CurrentTransferTag);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that an ABORT BULK IN transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_InitiateClear:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN and OUT requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = true;
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateClear;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response byte */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckClearStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check that a CLEAR transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateClear)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkINReset || IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_GetCapabilities:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the device capabilities to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&Capabilities, sizeof(TMC_Capabilities_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void ProcessSentMessage(uint8_t* const Data, const uint8_t Length)
+{
+ if (strncmp((char*)Data, "*IDN?", 5) == 0)
+ strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+ NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t GetNextMessage(uint8_t* const Data)
+{
+ strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+ NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+// ---
+ uint8_t DataLen = MIN(NextResponseLen, 64);
+
+ strlcpy((char*)Data, (char*)NextResponseBuffer, DataLen);
+
+ return DataLen;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage TMC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void TMC_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ TMC_MessageHeader_t MessageHeader;
+ uint8_t MessagePayload[128];
+
+ /* Try to read in a TMC message from the interface, process if one is available */
+ if (ReadTMCHeader(&MessageHeader))
+ {
+ /* Indicate busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ switch (MessageHeader.MessageID)
+ {
+ case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT:
+ LastTransferLength = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MIN(MessageHeader.TransferSize, sizeof(MessagePayload)), &LastTransferLength) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ ProcessSentMessage(MessagePayload, LastTransferLength);
+ break;
+ case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN:
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ MessageHeader.TransferSize = GetNextMessage(MessagePayload);
+ MessageHeader.MessageIDSpecific.DeviceOUT.LastMessageTransaction = true;
+ WriteTMCHeader(&MessageHeader);
+
+ LastTransferLength = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MessageHeader.TransferSize, &LastTransferLength) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ break;
+ default:
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ /* All pending data has been processed - reset the data abort flags */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = false;
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Attempts to read in the TMC message header from the TMC interface.
+ *
+ * \param[out] MessageHeader Pointer to a location where the read header (if any) should be stored
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a header was read, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Read in the header of the command from the host */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Store the new command tag value for later use */
+ CurrentTransferTag = MessageHeader->Tag;
+
+ /* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+ return (!(IsTMCBulkOUTReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
+bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Set the message tag of the command header */
+ MessageHeader->Tag = CurrentTransferTag;
+ MessageHeader->InverseTag = ~CurrentTransferTag;
+
+ /* Select the Data In endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Send the command header to the host */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+ return (!(IsTMCBulkINReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50e865bed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+#define _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ #define Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut 0x01
+ #define Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus 0x02
+ #define Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn 0x03
+ #define Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus 0x04
+ #define Req_InitiateClear 0x05
+ #define Req_CheckClearStatus 0x06
+ #define Req_GetCapabilities 0x07
+ #define Req_IndicatorPulse 0x40
+
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x01
+ #define TMC_STATUS_PENDING 0x02
+ #define TMC_STATUS_FAILED 0x80
+ #define TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS 0x81
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS 0x82
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS 0x83
+
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT 0x01
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN 0x02
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_OUT 0x7E
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_IN 0x7F
+
+ /* Type Defines */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Status;
+ uint8_t Reserved;
+
+ uint16_t TMCVersion;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned ListenOnly : 1;
+ unsigned TalkOnly : 1;
+ unsigned PulseIndicateSupported : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 5;
+ } Interface;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned SupportsAbortINOnMatch : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ } Device;
+
+ uint8_t Reserved2[6];
+ uint8_t Reserved3[12];
+ } TMC_Capabilities_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+ uint8_t TermChar;
+ uint8_t Reserved[2];
+ } TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+ uint8_t Reserved[3];
+ } TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t MessageID;
+ uint8_t Tag;
+ uint8_t InverseTag;
+ uint8_t Reserved;
+ uint32_t TransferSize;
+
+ union
+ {
+ TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t DeviceOUT;
+ TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t DeviceIN;
+ uint32_t VendorSpecific;
+ } MessageIDSpecific;
+ } TMC_MessageHeader_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void TMC_Task(void);
+ bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+ bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0d89ccd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = TestAndMeasurement
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cf241466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ * configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+ * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+ SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the audio interface is enabled */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Write the sample to the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Send the full packet to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..718df7cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9dc6c36b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ * USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ * when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ * project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ * and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ * When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8ed270d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6048c1d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55e09244c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2047,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 1,
+ .ChannelConfig = 0,
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x02,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x01,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf832efb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dab549a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d52d22cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..694e7fb1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7966ba6ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ * configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as outputs */
+ DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC as outputs */
+ DDRC |= 0xFF;
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+ | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the timers */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ TCCR3B = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC low */
+ PORTC = 0x00;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+ * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+ SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and the host is sending data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+ int8_t RightSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+ /* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+ int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+ OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+ PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15c8c458d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f0c7d656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ * the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ * timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ * mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ * the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ * attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ * external DAC.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e93cfc813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6048c1d80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64be54bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2046,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 2,
+ .ChannelConfig = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x01,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x02,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9be070fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cddfb8543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..937ef3907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0f34c4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe7ad84bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Bulk Vendor demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BULKVENDOR_C
+#include "BulkVendor.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ uint8_t ReceivedData[VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE];
+ memset(ReceivedData, 0x00, sizeof(ReceivedData));
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR);
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Vendor Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ // Process vendor specific control requests here
+}
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d74ac001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BulkVendor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+#define _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6688a9cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Bulk Vendor Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Vendor (no official class)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Vendor (no official subclass)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Bulk Vendor demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB device that contains read/write bulk type
+ * endpoints, for implementing custom USB protocols.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and echo back packets
+ * sent from the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a4c2792b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Vendor,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = 0xFF,
+ .SubClass = 0xFF,
+ .Protocol = 0xFF,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Bulk Vendor Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..939717ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define VENDOR_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Bulk Vendor data endpoints. */
+ #define VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Vendor Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Vendor_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Vendor = 0, /**< Vendor interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fff8ecd78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Bulk Vendor device demo host test script. This script will send and
+ receive a continuous stream of packets to/from to the device, to show
+ bidirectional communications.
+
+ Requires the pyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Bulk Vendor HID device VID and PID
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x206C
+device_in_ep = 3
+device_out_ep = 4
+
+
+def get_vendor_device_handle():
+ dev_handle = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+ return dev_handle
+
+
+def write(device, packet):
+ device.write(usb.util.ENDPOINT_OUT | device_out_ep, packet, 0, 1000)
+ print("Sent Packet: {0}".format(packet))
+
+
+def read(device):
+ packet = device.read(usb.util.ENDPOINT_IN | device_in_ep, 64, 0, 1000)
+ print("Received Packet: {0}".format(''.join([chr(x) for x in packet])))
+ return packet
+
+
+def main():
+ vendor_device = get_vendor_device_handle()
+
+ if vendor_device is None:
+ print("No valid Vendor device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ vendor_device.set_configuration()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (vendor_device.idVendor, vendor_device.idProduct,
+ usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iProduct),
+ usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+ x = 0
+ while 1:
+ x = x + 1 % 255
+ write(vendor_device, "TEST PACKET %d" % x)
+ read(vendor_device)
+ sleep(1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32a29fdc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f916b0898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0718dfb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292df2785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f17914b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c38919ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..030ec300c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56bb2cda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
+
+This software is distributed under the following licenses:
+Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL)
+Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+
+***********************************************************************
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5322e5b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e475b90a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e87f33eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor" caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Bulk Vendor Device demo, implementing a basic USB device with vendor-specific endpoints for custom protocol implementations. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BulkVendor.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="BulkVendor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BulkVendor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c307b094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Bulk Vendor Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/ \
+ WindowsDriver/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17fd24ae1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BulkVendor
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..070eac471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 6
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..553223a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204E,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 4,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f54fe9c36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 6)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // First CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC1_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC1_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // First CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC2_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC2_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b94a67dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDC1_Task();
+ CDC2_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup first CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Setup second CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */
+ LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+ LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */
+ void* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? &LineEncoding1 : &LineEncoding2;
+
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick
+ * movements to the host as ASCII strings.
+ */
+void CDC1_Task(void)
+{
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS)
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Throw away any received data from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back
+ * all data sent to it from the host.
+ */
+void CDC2_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if any data has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */
+ uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()];
+
+ /* Remember how large the incoming packet is */
+ uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ /* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the received data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56a510b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void CDC1_Task(void);
+ void CDC2_Task(void);
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb763b7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ * USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a0e0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..133d1b4f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40dcfe915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c91ec4f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..636200ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eefc7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a248075a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFF00), /* Vendor Page 0 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x03), /* Vendor Usage 3 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204F,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_GenericHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &GenericReport;
+ Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30fc7e1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..916457a2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+ CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the report data from the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to process the last received report from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the last received report has been stored
+ */
+void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+ /*
+ This is where you need to process reports sent from the host to the device. This
+ function is called each time the host has sent a new report. DataArray is an array
+ holding the report sent from the host.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (DataArray[0])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (DataArray[1])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (DataArray[2])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (DataArray[3])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval.
+ *
+ * \param[out] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored
+ */
+void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+ /*
+ This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This
+ function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is
+ an array to hold the report to the host.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+ DataArray[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ /* Read Generic Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+ /* Process Generic Report Data */
+ ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ /* Create Generic Report Data */
+ CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+ /* Write Generic Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e6100c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+ void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d780f49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ * to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ * When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ * both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ * must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e5f43019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+ product_id=device_pid)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+ # LED on/off data
+ report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+ report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+ hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+ # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+ hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+ p = 0
+ while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf1fb8009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffc0d0590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cd0aac47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45949897c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), /* Joystick */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), /* Usage Z */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -100),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 100),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2043,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_JoystickHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &JoystickReport;
+ Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30ab1059b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Joystick HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_HID 0x21
+
+ /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_Report 0x22
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7536d1a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+ GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the new report differs from the last report, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
+ static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+ bool InputChanged = false;
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t));
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->Y = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->Y = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->X = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->X = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ /* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
+ InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL);
+
+ /* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */
+ PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
+ PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL;
+
+ /* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
+ return InputChanged;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+ GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+ /* Write Joystick Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5fdcccbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+ * This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+ } USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b174642f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ * using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ * Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ * is the second.
+ *
+ * Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ * the host computer.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d37741bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45ebd1341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a29ff4d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Joystick
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eefc7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0e5bc445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2042,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9d26e482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c412991e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ * protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 500;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Default to report protocol on connect */
+ UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Process the incoming LED report */
+ ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+ UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */
+ IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+ if (IdleMSRemaining)
+ IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t));
+
+ /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+ ReportData->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+}
+
+/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDReport LED status report from the host
+ */
+void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+ static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData;
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+ bool SendReport = false;
+
+ /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+ /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+ if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+ {
+ /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+ IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+ /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+ SendReport = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+ SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+ {
+ /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+ PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData;
+
+ /* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */
+void ReceiveNextReport(void)
+{
+ /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* Process the read LED report from the host */
+ ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send the next keypress report to the host */
+ SendNextReport();
+
+ /* Process the LED report sent from the host */
+ ReceiveNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c6bad371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+ void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport);
+ void SendNextReport(void);
+ void ReceiveNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e945dccfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ * works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ * when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ * other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ * inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d386f46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e39731937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd53f3fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Keyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc828a108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7efc6d2ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case (INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard):
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case (INTERFACE_ID_Mouse):
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f59ac97ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f2719ce7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Keyboard_HID_Task();
+ Mouse_HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Keyboard HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Setup Mouse HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ uint8_t* ReportData;
+ uint8_t ReportSize;
+
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */
+ if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex))
+ {
+ ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData;
+ ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData;
+ ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Process the incoming LED report */
+ Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard
+ * LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT
+ * endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different
+ * behavior depending on the method used to sent it.
+ */
+void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ * keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status
+ * reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint.
+ */
+void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+ if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+ KeyboardReportData.Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
+ Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ * mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data.
+ */
+void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+ if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ {
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReportData.Y = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReportData.Y = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReportData.X = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReportData.X = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReportData.Button |= (1 << 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Write Mouse Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4bcb33c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus);
+ void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
+ void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..262a84f0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ * and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ * (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ * interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ * compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ * pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ * a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ * on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ * joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ * left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d44bb8043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6648a78d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cff064f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00eefc7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4bcea1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2048,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a477d9dc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fdb04597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MIDI_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup MIDI Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them
+ * to the host.
+ */
+void MIDI_Task(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ /* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the MIDI OUT stream */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+ /* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */
+ if ((MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ {
+ /* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is now empty, clear the bank */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55ba499b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MIDI_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97a92a190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ * the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..477b7d749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7bfea0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f98afa2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b18b2c414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ec4635eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..115a7482c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8614c942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebd1b39c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfb7b55c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb5775ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ /* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void)
+{
+ /* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+
+ /* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1488b492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned DeviceType : 5;
+ unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ unsigned Removable : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Version;
+
+ unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved2 : 1;
+ unsigned NormACA : 1;
+ unsigned TrmTsk : 1;
+ unsigned AERC : 1;
+
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t Reserved3[2];
+
+ unsigned SoftReset : 1;
+ unsigned CmdQue : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved4 : 1;
+ unsigned Linked : 1;
+ unsigned Sync : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1;
+ unsigned RelAddr : 1;
+
+ uint8_t VendorID[8];
+ uint8_t ProductID[16];
+ uint8_t RevisionID[4];
+ } MS_SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ResponseCode;
+
+ uint8_t SegmentNumber;
+
+ unsigned SenseKey : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ unsigned ILI : 1;
+ unsigned EOM : 1;
+ unsigned FileMark : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Information[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+ uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+ uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
+ } MS_SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f30969c67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */
+MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */
+MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = MS_CSW_SIGNATURE };
+
+/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */
+volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorage_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */
+ IsMassStoreReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process UFI specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */
+ IsMassStoreReset = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TOTAL_LUNS - 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they
+ * contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command.
+ */
+void MassStorage_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Process sent command block from the host if one has been sent */
+ if (ReadInCommandBlock())
+ {
+ /* Indicate busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */
+ if (CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */
+ CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+
+ /* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */
+ CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag;
+
+ /* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */
+ CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+ /* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */
+ if ((CommandStatus.Status == MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue))
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ /* Return command status block to the host */
+ ReturnCommandStatus();
+
+ /* Indicate ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ {
+ /* Reset the data endpoint banks */
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ /* Clear the abort transfer flag */
+ IsMassStoreReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block
+ * if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Read in command block header */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)),
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */
+ if ((CommandBlock.Signature != MS_CBW_SIGNATURE) ||
+ (CommandBlock.LUN >= TOTAL_LUNS) ||
+ (CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
+ (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
+ (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)))
+ {
+ /* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in command block command data */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData, CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength,
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any
+ * stalled data endpoints as needed.
+ */
+static void ReturnCommandStatus(void)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Data In endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the CSW to the endpoint */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus),
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f59e18735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ extern MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
+ extern MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;
+ extern volatile bool IsMassStoreReset;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorage_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+ static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void);
+ static void ReturnCommandStatus(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b070dc83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ * the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ * the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ * (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ * Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
+ * - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68ae2c28e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84c2d3d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58646499f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299d2ec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..368ddc66e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3fc96890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0065a9bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ * protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 0;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Mouse_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Default to report protocol on connect */
+ UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, MOUSE_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+ UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
+ IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+ if (IdleMSRemaining)
+ IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+ static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData;
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+ bool SendReport;
+
+ /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+ /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+ SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+
+ /* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick
+ * is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */
+ if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0))
+ SendReport = true;
+
+ /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+ if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+ {
+ /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+ IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+ /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+ SendReport = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+ {
+ /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+ PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData;
+
+ /* Write Mouse Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void Mouse_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send the next mouse report to the host */
+ SendNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d72b7977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void Mouse_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7246ede31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ * boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ * it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac21d0771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37bc83018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37303b3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Mouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e4d1780a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
+ #define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
+
+ #define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+ #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+ #define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+ #define NO_DECODE_ARP
+ #define NO_DECODE_IP
+ #define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+ #define NO_DECODE_TCP
+ #define NO_DECODE_UDP
+ #define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc828a108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e42b31860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x00,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84c336f16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f34e55f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24008705c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ * conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ * virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+ if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+ if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ARP response header */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+ /* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+ /* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c809cbf44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
+
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+ uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+ uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+ uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+ uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+ MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+ MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+ } ARP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f7b40af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ * handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ * IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ /* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+ memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
+ memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+ /* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+ when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+ IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+ while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ /* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+ if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+ : DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(uint32_t);
+ /* Lease Time 86400s (ONE_DAY) */
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x01;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x51;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x80;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 18 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+ DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ef78469e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
+
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
+
+ /** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+ #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
+
+ /** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+ #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the Lease Time will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME 51
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+ uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+ uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+ uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+ uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+ uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+ IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+ IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+ IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+ uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+ } DHCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a48de2c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ * frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ * protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ * frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void)
+{
+ DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData);
+
+ /* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData;
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+ if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+ {
+ /* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+ {
+ case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+ RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+ RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the packet was processed */
+ if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+ {
+ /* Clear the frame buffer */
+ FrameIN.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ * compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8eaf64080
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "ICMP.h"
+ #include "TCP.h"
+ #include "UDP.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+ #include "ARP.h"
+ #include "IP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
+ * \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes. */
+ #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
+
+ /** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+ #define NO_RESPONSE 0
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+ #define NO_PROCESS -1
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+ uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+ MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+ uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+ extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+ extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
+ extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void);
+ uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca738cd0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ * all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+ #define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
+ #define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
+ #define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
+ #define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
+ #define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
+ #define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
+
+ #define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
+ #define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
+ #define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
+ #define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
+ #define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
+ #define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+ } RNDIS_MAC_Address_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+ } IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b144c4c51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ * Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ * and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ /* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+ if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+ intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN.FrameData));
+
+ /* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+ memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ DataSize);
+
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8039da3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+ uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+ } ICMP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfa583b85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ * host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+ {
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+ switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+ {
+ case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+ RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+ RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+ RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48f2c9086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+ * is reached.
+ */
+ #define DEFAULT_TTL 128
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IP1 First IP address
+ * \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+ unsigned Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+ uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+ uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+ unsigned FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+ unsigned Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+ uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+ uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+ IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+ IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+ } IP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90d678bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+ accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+ on the packet through the serial port.
+
+ To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+ in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ * Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ * readable format.
+ *
+ * Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ * Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ * and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+ if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptions = ((uint8_t*)InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
+
+ while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+ {
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a50f02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00052ed39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to
+ * the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C
+#include "RNDIS.h"
+
+/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */
+static const MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for
+ * the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances.
+ */
+static const char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[] = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter";
+
+/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
+ {
+ OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST,
+ OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM,
+ OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED,
+ OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION,
+ OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS,
+ OID_GEN_XMIT_OK,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_OK,
+ OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER,
+ OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS,
+ OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
+ OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST,
+ OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE,
+ OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT,
+ OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION,
+ OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS,
+ };
+
+/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire
+ * Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this
+ * reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses.
+ */
+uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+
+/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */
+RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */
+bool ResponseReady = false;
+
+/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the \c RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+uint8_t CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */
+uint32_t CurrPacketFilter = 0;
+
+
+/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is
+ * created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request.
+ */
+void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void)
+{
+ /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+ this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+ switch (MessageHeader->MessageType)
+ {
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+ /* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = 0;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = 0;
+
+ CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+ /* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */
+
+ ResponseReady = false;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+
+ CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+ /* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t Query_Oid = QUERY_Message->Oid;
+
+ void* QueryData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+ void* ResponseData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+ uint16_t ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT;
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t);
+
+ if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength,
+ ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength += ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize;
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0;
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+ /* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t SET_Oid = SET_Message->Oid;
+
+ SET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT;
+ SET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t);
+ SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+ void* SetData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+
+ if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength))
+ SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ else
+ SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+ /* Soft reset the adapter */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ RESET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT;
+ RESET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t);
+ RESET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ RESET_Response->AddressingReset = 0;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+ /* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t);
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested
+ * parameter is given as an OID value.
+ *
+ * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being queried
+ * \param[in] QueryData Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[in] QuerySize Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host
+ * \param[out] ResponseData Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[out] ResponseSize Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the query was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize)
+{
+ /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+ /* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Always indicate hardware ready */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription);
+
+ /* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+ case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+ /* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate the current packet filter mask */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+ case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given
+ * as an OID value.
+ *
+ * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being set
+ * \param[in] SetData Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[in] SetSize Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the set was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+ /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ /* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */
+ CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData);
+
+ /* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */
+ CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+ /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bea97f79d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDIS.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "../RNDISEthernet.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[];
+ extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader;
+ extern bool ResponseReady;
+ extern uint8_t CurrRNDISState;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C)
+ static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId,
+ void* QueryData,
+ uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* ResponseSize);
+ static bool ProcessNDISSet(const uint32_t OId,
+ void* SetData,
+ uint16_t SetSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6f1f6adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ * and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ * delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ * stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ * allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ * (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ * not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ * level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ * buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Run the application handler for the port */
+ if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+ (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+ if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+ (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+ {
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+ void* TCPDataOUT = &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+ uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+ /* Fill out the TCP data */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+ (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response IP header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = PacketSize;
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ * processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+ /* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ * \param[in] Handler Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ /* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+ if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table, assume closed */
+ return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ * connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ * \param[in] RemotePort TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find empty entry in the table */
+ if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort = RemotePort;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+ {
+ return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ * \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+ DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+ /* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ /* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+ /* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+ {
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+ switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+ {
+ case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ {
+ /* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+ }
+
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ /* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Established:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ /* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+ else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = true;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+ (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+ {
+ uint16_t IPOffset = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t TCPOffset = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+ /* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+ memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+ &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+ DataLength);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length += DataLength;
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+ if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+ return NO_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+ else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+ if (PacketResponse)
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+ else
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+ &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+ return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ * complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ * \param[in] SourceAddress Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] DestinationAddress Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPOutSize Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ /* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+ complimented */
+
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+ if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+ Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce8a9a2d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
+
+ /** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
+
+ /** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+ #define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+ #define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
+
+ /** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \
+ (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
+
+ /** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+ * performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+ *
+ * \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
+ * \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; } while (0)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+ enum TCP_PortStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+ enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+ uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+ bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+ bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+ * buffer ready to be sent to the host
+ */
+ bool InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+ } TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+ } TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+ uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+ IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+ } TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+ void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+ } TCP_PortState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+ uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+ uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+ unsigned DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+ uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+ uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+ } TCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void TCP_Init(void);
+ void TCP_Task(void);
+ bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+ uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+ bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State);
+ uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+ static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03c19e00e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ * reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ * \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+ {
+ case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+ RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+ UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d008cb8ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+ /** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
+
+ /** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DNS 53
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+ } UDP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0d9e3647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ * application will serve up a static HTTP webpage when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ * given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ * given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ * broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTPPage[] =
+ "<html>"
+ " <head>"
+ " <title>"
+ " LUFA Webserver Demo"
+ " </title>"
+ " </head>"
+ " <body>"
+ " <h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+ " <p>"
+ " Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+ " <br /><br />"
+ " <small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+ " <hr />"
+ " <i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+ " </p>"
+ " </body>"
+ "</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ * callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+ TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] RequestHeader HTTP request made by the host
+ * \param[in] Command HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+ char* Command)
+{
+ /* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+ return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ * has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConnectionState Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ char* BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+ static uint8_t PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+ if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+ {
+ PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+ TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+ {
+ /* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+ TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+ {
+ uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+ uint16_t Length;
+
+ /* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+ Length = MIN(RemLength, HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ /* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+ strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+ /* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+ if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+ {
+ /* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+ TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+ /* Close the connection to the host */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a73bd3338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+ #include "TCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+ #define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Webserver_Init(void);
+ void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1dd7a788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Webserver Initialization */
+ TCP_Init();
+ Webserver_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Ethernet_Task();
+ TCP_Task();
+ RNDIS_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops all the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the RNDIS device endpoints and starts the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup RNDIS Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process RNDIS class commands */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read in the RNDIS message into the message buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Process the RNDIS message */
+ ProcessRNDISControlMessage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check if a response to the last message is ready */
+ if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ /* Set the response to a single 0x00 byte to indicate that no response is ready */
+ RNDISMessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 1;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the message response data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, MessageHeader->MessageLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Reset the message header once again after transmission */
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the sending and receiving of encapsulated RNDIS data and notifications. This removes the RNDIS
+ * wrapper from received Ethernet frames and places them in the FrameIN global buffer, or adds the RNDIS wrapper
+ * to a frame in the FrameOUT global before sending the buffer contents to the host.
+ */
+void RNDIS_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Select the notification endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if a message response is ready for the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && ResponseReady)
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Indicate that a message response is ready for the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Indicate a response is no longer ready */
+ ResponseReady = false;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't process the data endpoints until the system is in the data initialized state, and the buffer is free */
+ if ((CurrRNDISState == RNDIS_Data_Initialized) && !(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ /* Create a new packet header for reading/writing */
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+ /* Select the data OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the data OUT endpoint contains data, and that the IN buffer is empty */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && !(FrameIN.FrameLength))
+ {
+ /* Read in the packet message header */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ /* Stall the request if the data is too large */
+ if (RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the Ethernet frame into the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(FrameIN.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Store the size of the Ethernet frame */
+ FrameIN.FrameLength = RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the data IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the data IN endpoint is ready for more data, and that the IN buffer is full */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ {
+ /* Clear the packet header with all 0s so that the relevant fields can be filled */
+ memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+ /* Construct the required packet header fields in the buffer */
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG;
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = FrameOUT.FrameLength;
+
+ /* Send the packet header to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the Ethernet frame data to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(FrameOUT.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Indicate Ethernet OUT buffer no longer full */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Ethernet frame processing task. This task checks to see if a frame has been received, and if so hands off the processing
+ * of the frame to the Ethernet processing routines.
+ */
+void Ethernet_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Task for Ethernet processing. Incoming ethernet frames are loaded into the FrameIN structure, and
+ outgoing frames should be loaded into the FrameOUT structure. Both structures can only hold a single
+ Ethernet frame at a time, so the FrameInBuffer bool is used to indicate when the buffers contain data. */
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if a frame has been written to the IN frame buffer */
+ if (FrameIN.FrameLength)
+ {
+ /* Indicate packet processing started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Process the ethernet frame - replace this with your own Ethernet handler code as desired */
+ Ethernet_ProcessPacket();
+
+ /* Indicate packet processing complete */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89858a58b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/RNDIS.h"
+ #include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Lib/TCP.h"
+ #include "Lib/ARP.h"
+ #include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDIS_Task(void);
+ void Ethernet_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2c2ac604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ * ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ * standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ * patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ * manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ * Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ * is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ * enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ * need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ * right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ * Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ * will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ * then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ * When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ * adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ * from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ * stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ * accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ * through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ * ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ * \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ * and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ * compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ * recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ * stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bdbf635f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDIS.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDIS.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29d07c317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82687c1f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernet
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/RNDIS.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c \
+ Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2d3227ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ec042cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2044,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c50899ef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21d2d12b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f83a84af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup CDC Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */
+ LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake
+ lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the
+ CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code:
+ */
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+ /* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */
+ bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on
+ * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */
+ if (IsFull)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Throw away any received data from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dab3d56d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDC_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c802d9950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ * does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1eb328b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa21df582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b33840cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a713c9d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/Demos/Device/makefile b/Demos/Device/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abeb3f4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Device/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+ $(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a8074e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9889422a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5fdd3c88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3598462be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Device Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Device mode
+ * USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Device mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse Device HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB WakeUp event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Suspend event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface)))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36ad50acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e602add1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Host Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Host mode
+ * USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Host mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ printf("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Host USB management task. This task handles the control of USB Mice while in USB Host mode,
+ * setting up the appropriate data pipes and processing reports from the attached device.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02d4e7247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HostFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc6421ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the overall control flow of the demo.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host/Device Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Determine which USB mode we are currently in */
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB mode change event. */
+void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_YELLOW "UID Change to %S mode\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE),
+ (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) ? PSTR("Device") : PSTR("Host"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b6fe4f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+ #include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3fb9a561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host/device dual role demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a dual role USB Mouse, for USB mice
+ * using the standard mouse boot protocol HID profile.
+ *
+ * <b>When in host mode:</b>
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser Host demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * <b>When in device mode:</b>
+ * Upon enumeration the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cd93babb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse host and device dual role demo, implementing a basic mouse device and host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostDevice.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceFunctions.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HostFunctions.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceFunctions.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HostFunctions.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0bfe97d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b96522990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostDevice
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c DeviceFunctions.c HostFunctions.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5cc04939
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Dual Role Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Dual Role demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/Demos/DualRole/makefile b/Demos/DualRole/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2530c57a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/DualRole/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48178d68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Android Open Accessory Class driver interface configuration and state information. This
+ * structure is passed to all Android Open Accessory Class driver functions, so that multiple
+ * instances of the same class within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PropertyStrings =
+ {
+ [AOA_STRING_Manufacturer] = "Dean Camera",
+ [AOA_STRING_Model] = "LUFA Android Demo",
+ [AOA_STRING_Description] = "LUFA Android Demo",
+ [AOA_STRING_Version] = "1.0",
+ [AOA_STRING_URI] = "http://www.lufa-lib.org",
+ [AOA_STRING_Serial] = "0000000012345678",
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ AOAHost_Task();
+
+ AOA_Host_USBTask(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Android Accessory device once connected, to print received data
+ * from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void AOAHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (AOA_Host_BytesReceived(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ {
+ /* Turn on and off LED1 based on the bytes received */
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, ReceivedByte ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+ putchar(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Device Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bool NeedModeSwitch;
+ if (!(AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface, &DeviceDescriptor, &NeedModeSwitch)))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not an Android device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (NeedModeSwitch)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not in Accessory mode, switching...\r\n"));
+ AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Android Accessory Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Android Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7c868f7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AOAHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63d192d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ * Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ * Data sent from the Android device will be sent out the AVR's serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c433d79e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d840f618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59efae361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.android"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="AndroidHostApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fd6211d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a769ee3d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad4501151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Host_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+ if (Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Audio_Host_ReadSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Microphone_Audio_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Input Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+ if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINPipe.Address,
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+ sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfdc31912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0736e0df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ * channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ * output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2daffbdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dda008658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35294e964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ef74c3aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Host_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+ if (Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Speaker_Audio_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Output Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+ if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTPipe.Address,
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+ sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8a452d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e79a33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ * button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ * incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ * USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8ed270d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bd97286b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c27221c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d8611b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..095132859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB joystick once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Joystick_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t JoystickReport[Joystick_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Joystick_HID_Interface, &JoystickReport);
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Joystick_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Joystick_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick by the demo
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+ {
+ IsJoystick = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsJoystick)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..798900ecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+ #define USAGE_JOYSTICK 0x04
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9eba4ed86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ * the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ * demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ * On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ * fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8899d8139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8f82b8fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbb44cffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57dcdb0ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+ uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf04504a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49cc672a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46cd71fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..968ab03f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3f34d20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac93ab5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t KeyboardReport[Keyboard_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+ uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+ /* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Convert scan-code to printable character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+
+ /* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+ * save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d2a27b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c87965ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ * keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..924299f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..084a65242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f14d332a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a220eae64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ MIDI_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB MIDI device once connected, to display received
+ * note events from the host and send note changes in response to the board's joystick.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent))
+ {
+ bool NoteOnEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+ bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+ /* Display note events from the host */
+ if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+ ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+ MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+ }
+ }
+
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+}
+
+/** Checks for movement of the board's joystick, and sends corresponding MIDI note on/off
+ * messages to the host.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Host_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid MIDI Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6667716ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a8319f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ * on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ * the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..140c03ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a6906a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ed4e4bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDIHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2b5166f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62a4071c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t FlashDisk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+ MS_Host_USBTask(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Mass Storage device once connected, to print out
+ * data from the device.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready...\r\n"));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = MS_Host_TestUnitReady(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0);
+
+ if (!(ErrorCode))
+ break;
+
+ /* Check if an error other than a logical command error (device busy) received */
+ if (ErrorCode != MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error waiting for device to be ready.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Capacity...\r\n"));
+
+ SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+ if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &DiskCapacity))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device capacity.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+ if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error reading device block.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+ for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+ {
+ uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+ printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" "));
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mass Storage Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
+ if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving max LUN index.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+ if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error resetting Mass Storage interface.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+ if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device sense.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, true))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error setting Prevent Device Removal bit.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+ if (MS_Host_GetInquiryData(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &InquiryData))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device Inquiry data.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..088f5c140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <ctype.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b07261c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54bfe50cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58657165c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2423ff4ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffcdc4754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e167e0b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29364537b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b28860771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a025dd58d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..feb16f583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4d8a0f08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t MouseReport[Mouse_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Buttons are numbered sequentially in their HID usages, button 1 is the left mouse button */
+ uint8_t ButtonID = ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage;
+
+ if ((ButtonID == 1) && (ReportItem->Value != 0))
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Convert wheel data to a 16-bit signed value */
+ int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (WheelDelta)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Convert X/Y movement to 16-bit signed value */
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsMouse = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse by the demo
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+ {
+ IsMouse = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsMouse)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ec1348ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+ #define USAGE_MOUSE 0x02
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+ #define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL 0x38
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b1b7d055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ * demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ * on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ * will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ * before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..220eb457c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f12fda279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7df0417ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..499204fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t Printer_PRNT_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ PrinterHost_Task();
+
+ PRNT_Host_USBTask(&Printer_PRNT_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ * information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+ char DeviceIDString[300];
+ if (PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, DeviceIDString,
+ sizeof(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Device ID.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device ID: %s.\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+ char TestPageData[] = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+ uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_SendData(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, &TestPageData, TestPageLength) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Sending Page Data.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Printer_PRNT_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Printer Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(&Printer_PRNT_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Bidirectional Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Printer Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a05e727e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+#define _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2a482058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ * PCL Language Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ * the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ * Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ * to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ * printer language.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd355cf35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fcf03b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d6325608
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = PrinterHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21afed338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold incoming and outgoing Ethernet packets. */
+static int8_t PacketBuffer[1024];
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HostMaxPacketSize = sizeof(PacketBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ sei();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RNDISHost_Task();
+
+ RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB RNDIS device once connected, to display device
+ * received data packets.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint16_t PacketLength;
+ RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &PacketBuffer, &PacketLength);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+ printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid RNDIS Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Initializing Device.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface.State.DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+ uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+ if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t VendorID;
+ if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6fd1a430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9edd6d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ * modems.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ * and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37cedaaa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f97bee2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b959ece42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc0c4fa9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Still Image Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Still Image Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t DigitalCamera_SI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .EventsPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ StillImageHost_Task();
+
+ SI_Host_USBTask(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Still Image device once connected, to manage a
+ * new PIMA session in order to send commands to the attached device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+ if (SI_Host_OpenSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not open PIMA session.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Turning off Device...\r\n"));
+
+ SI_Host_SendCommand(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface, 0x1013, 0, NULL);
+ if (SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not turn off device.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Off.\r\n"));
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+ if (SI_Host_CloseSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not close PIMA session.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != SI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Still Image Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00d966fad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..193228a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ * PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ * digital cameras.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ * session.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a5f6bfeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.si"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7eca05a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3d044aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = StillImageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..740f285f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDCHost_Task();
+
+ CDC_Host_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB CDC device once connected, to print received data
+ * from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (CDC_Host_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ putchar(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid CDC Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 9600;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.DataBits = 8;
+
+ if (CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Line Encoding.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2f8fd714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e1f9f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ * Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e456c9295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df50a03e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57cf89a35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90c156219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63d94f78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks
+ * of the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ AndroidHost_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated. */
+void AndroidHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check if data is in the pipe */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t NextReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x01)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x02)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x04)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x08)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the pipe after all data in the packet has been read, ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Device Data.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = ProcessDeviceDescriptor();
+
+ bool RequiresModeSwitch = (ErrorCode == NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice);
+
+ /* Error out if the device is not an Android device or an error occurred */
+ if ((ErrorCode != AccessoryModeAndroidDevice) && (ErrorCode != NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice))
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Android Device Detected - %sAccessory mode.\r\n"), (RequiresModeSwitch ? "Non-" : ""));
+
+ /* Check if a valid Android device was attached, but it is not current in Accessory mode */
+ if (RequiresModeSwitch)
+ {
+ uint16_t AndroidProtocol;
+
+ /* Fetch the version of the Android Accessory Protocol supported by the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AndroidProtocol)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Validate the returned protocol version */
+ if (AndroidProtocol != AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Accessory Mode Not Supported."));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the device strings and start the Android Accessory Mode */
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Manufacturer, "Dean Camera");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Model, "LUFA Android Demo");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Description, "LUFA Android Demo");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Version, "1.0");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_URI, "http://www.lufa-lib.org");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Serial, "0000000012345678");
+
+ Android_StartAccessoryMode();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Accessory Mode Android Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36b2bf91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AndroidHost_Task(void);
+
+ /* Event Handlers: */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70e0935c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ * Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ * Sent data from the Android device will be indicated onto the board's LEDs.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d840f618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4aa87762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for the first interface containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return DevControlError;
+ }
+
+ /* There should be only one compatible Android Accessory Mode interface in the device, attempt to find it */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* Get the next Android Accessory Mode interface's data endpoint descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Data endpoints not found within the first Android Accessory device interface, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Android Accessory data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Android Accessory data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor containing the correct Android Accessory Mode Class, Subclass
+ * and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f422f8c2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data IN pipe. */
+ #define ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data OUT pipe. */
+ #define ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ DevControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03841a990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptor processing routines, to determine the overall device parameters. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine information about
+ * the attached device.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's Device Descriptor, to determine compatibility
+ *
+ * This routine checks to ensure that the attached device's VID and PID matches Google's for Android devices.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+ /* Send the request to retrieve the device descriptor */
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return DevControlError;
+
+ /* Validate returned data - ensure the returned data is a device descriptor */
+ if (DeviceDescriptor.Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+ return InvalidDeviceDataReturned;
+
+ /* Check the product ID to determine if the Android device is in accessory mode */
+ if ((DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+ (DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID))
+ {
+ return NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+ }
+
+ return AccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3324b2a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessDeviceDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulDeviceRead = 0, /**< Device Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ InvalidDeviceDataReturned = 2, /**< The device returned an invalid Device Descriptor */
+ IncorrectAndroidDevice = 3, /**< The attached device is not an Android device */
+ NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice = 4, /**< The attached device is an Android device in non-accessory mode */
+ AccessoryModeAndroidDevice = 5, /**< The attached device is an Android device in accessory mode */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7446e073a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Mode utility functions, for the configuration of an attached
+ * Android device into Android Accessory Mode ready for general communication.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = StringIndex,
+ .wLength = (strlen(String) + 1),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..98fb0365d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol);
+ uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+ const char* const String);
+ uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25b47661b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fd6211d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dff7ea60f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c DeviceDescriptor.c Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9db4798a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+ .wValue = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+ .wIndex = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+ };
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Microphone Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if the current pipe can be read from (contains a packet) and the device is sending data */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Pipe_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc83270f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0736e0df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ * channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ * output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81ebf9d85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Save the endpoint if it is an IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ StreamingInterfaceIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ StreamingEndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Configure the Audio data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..036319d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the Audio data IN pipe. */
+ #define AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6defd91d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dda008658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f6098e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e56d7f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+ .wValue = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+ .wIndex = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+ };
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Speaker Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if the current pipe can be written to (device ready for more data) */
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a37113b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e79a33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ * button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ * incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ * USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff8ed270d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9d442107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Save the endpoint if it is an OUT type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT)
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ StreamingInterfaceIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ StreamingEndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Configure the Audio data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ed865edc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the Audio data OUT pipe. */
+ #define AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebc1587c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c27221c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5acb9b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c98f0fbce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
+ * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
+ if (DataINEndpoint)
+ break;
+
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */
+ if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e7289124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..413ce375b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ ReadNextReport();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void ReadNextReport(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Read in HID report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData), NULL);
+
+ /* Print report data through the serial port */
+ for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
+ printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Writes a report to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
+ * \param[in] ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of report to send, either REPORT_TYPE_OUT or REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE
+ * \param[in] ReportLength Length of the report to send
+ */
+void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+ const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ uint16_t ReportLength)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
+ * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
+ if (Pipe_IsConfigured() && (ReportType == REPORT_TYPE_OUT))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
+ if (ReportIndex)
+ Pipe_Write_8(ReportIndex);
+
+ /* Write out HID report data */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+ .wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = ReportLength,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request to the device */
+ USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39ee9ed1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHIDHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate an IN report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_IN 1
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate an OUT report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_OUT 2
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate a FEATURE report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE 3
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void ReadNextReport(void);
+ void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+ const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ uint16_t ReportLength);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c9b1875a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
+ * the HID profile.
+ *
+ * Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2321a8139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB HID device that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHIDHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHIDHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHIDHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a8704264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e42dad772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHIDHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bfc1a9be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextJoystickInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Joystick HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fccf5ebc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the joystick report data pipe. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dadbb395d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Mouse usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+ {
+ IsJoystick = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsJoystick)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current joystick item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63e6b6ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+ #define USAGE_JOYSTICK 0x04
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a903c5767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Joystick." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device
+ * and display the results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze joystick data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached joystick */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t JoystickReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the joystick report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(JoystickReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in joystick report from the device */
+ ProcessJoystickReport(JoystickReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze joystick data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached joystick, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] JoystickReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached joystick device
+ */
+void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for joystick X/Y/button reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ bool FoundData;
+
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the joystick button value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the joystick relative position value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ /* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..944664f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9eba4ed86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ * the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ * demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ * On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ * fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2b919511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8f82b8fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45c20b790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c152b740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6da558bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the keyboard data IN pipe. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df7338339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+
+ /* Read in keyboard report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport), NULL);
+
+ /* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+ uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+ /* Check if a key has been pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..317c06565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..206ccc011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1256e3540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..968ab03f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02a3aeb0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab6791566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cf111ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the keyboard report data IN pipe. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95ef8b476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+ * save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ad3109c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e645cee03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Keyboard." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the keyboard report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
+ ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
+ *
+ * \param[in] KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
+ */
+void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
+{
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scan-code */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the keyboard scan-code from the report data retrieved from the device */
+ bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+ uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+ /* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+
+ /* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce29a8491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c87965ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ * keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..beeaff9b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..084a65242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5910ea5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c02ec555c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a MIDI interface descriptor pair containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the MIDI data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the MIDI data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct MIDI Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the MIDI descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint within the current interface, aborting the search if
+ * another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cceba059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the MIDI data IN pipe. */
+ #define MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the MIDI data OUT pipe. */
+ #define MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95043d724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MIDIHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in note on/off messages from the attached MIDI device and print it to the serial port.
+ * When the board joystick or buttons are pressed, note on/off messages are sent to the attached device.
+ */
+void MIDIHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ bool NoteOnEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+ bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+ if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+ ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+ MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ {
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ /* Write the MIDI event packet to the pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the data in the pipe to the device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eceea0977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MIDIHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a8319f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ * on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ * the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a19a117d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a6906a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf24a871d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDIHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2b5166f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b65912d51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MSInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(MSInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ MSInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == MASS_STORE_CLASS) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if
+ * another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eaf4d28de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_CLASS 0x08
+
+ /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS 0x06
+
+ /** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL 0x50
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data IN pipe. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f0dd6f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
+ * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
+ * also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
+ * can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
+ * to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
+ *
+ * \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
+ * specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
+ * may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
+ * after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
+ * to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
+ * timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
+ * 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
+ * larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
+#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
+ * each time a command is sent, and is not externally accessible.
+ */
+static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+
+/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SCSICommandBlock Pointer to a SCSI command block structure to send to the attached device
+ * \param[in,out] BufferPtr Pointer to a buffer for the data to send or receive to/from the device, or NULL if no data
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* Wrap Tag value when invalid - MS class defines tag values of 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF to be invalid */
+ if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+ MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+ /* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, increment before use */
+ SCSICommandBlock->Tag = MassStore_Tag;
+
+ /* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until command has been sent */
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Freeze pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer the requested data (if any) to or from the device */
+ ErrorCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+ /* Only fail completely if the transfer fails without a STALL, as a logical STALL can be recovered from */
+ if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the returned SCSI status from the device */
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+ return MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(&SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
+ * to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ /* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+ TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+ /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
+ * writing to the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SCSICommandBlock Pointer to a SCSI command block structure being sent to the attached device
+ * \param[in,out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength;
+
+ /* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
+ if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the device has replied with some data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the block data from the pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Acknowledge the packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the block data to the pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Acknowledge the packet */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze used pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
+ *
+ * \param[out] SCSICommandStatus Pointer to a destination where the returned status data should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* If an error in the command occurred, abort */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the data ready for next reception */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if command failed */
+ if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+ ErrorCode = MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
+ * readying the device for the next CBW. The Data endpoints are cleared of any STALL condition once this
+ * command completes successfully.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select first data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select second data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
+ * Unit in the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+ * on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+ * if the device STALLs the request.
+ *
+ * \param[out] MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 1,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+ {
+ /* Clear the pipe stall */
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+
+ /* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
+ *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the error, and pretend the request executed correctly if the device STALLed it */
+ ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Inquiry command to the attached device, to determine the device's information. This
+ * gives information on the device's capabilities.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] InquiryPtr Pointer to the inquiry data structure where the inquiry data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue INQUIRY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, InquiryPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
+ * gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, SensePtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
+ * storage medium into a buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Start block address to read from
+ * \param[in] Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
+ * storage medium from a buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Start block address to write to
+ * \param[in] Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Unused (reserved)
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
+ * other commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = 0,
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
+ * given Logical Unit within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Endian-correct the read data */
+ CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
+ CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
+ * being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
+ * be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = 0,
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..444768748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageHost.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+ #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /** Additional error code for Mass Storage functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED 0xC0
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
+ static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
+ uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
+ uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+ uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+ uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
+ uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d5247043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
+uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
+ * the device and print them to the serial port.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
+ printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+ /* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
+ * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get inquiry data from the device */
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_Inquiry(0, &InquiryData)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Inquiry"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print vendor and product names of attached device */
+ printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+ /* Wait until disk ready */
+ puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte('.');
+
+ /* Abort if device removed */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ break;
+
+ /* Check to see if the attached device is ready for new commands */
+ ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0);
+
+ /* If attached device is ready, abort the loop */
+ if (!(ErrorCode))
+ break;
+
+ /* If an error other than a logical command failure (indicating device busy) returned, abort */
+ if (ErrorCode != MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
+
+ /* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
+ SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+
+ /* Retrieve disk capacity */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
+ printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+ /* Create a new buffer capable of holding a single block from the device */
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+ /* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+ /* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
+ for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+ {
+ /* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
+ uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(" "));
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
+
+ /* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
+ while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ /* Abort if device removed */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
+ for (uint32_t CurrBlockAddress = 0; CurrBlockAddress < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlockAddress++)
+ {
+ /* Read in the next block of data from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlockAddress, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
+ for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
+
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
+ * printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
+ * continuing.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ */
+void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+ const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ if (ErrorCode == MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+ {
+ /* Display the error code */
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Display the error code */
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8459ecfe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <ctype.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+ const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b07261c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f04f692e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58657165c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad1bddec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/MassStoreCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7c16425c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol))
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a84559e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MouseHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the mouse data IN pipe. */
+ #define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d05cde41a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Select mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ /* Unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* No packet received (no movement), turn off LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in mouse report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport), NULL);
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+
+ /* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58b863ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ReadNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29364537b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4499986b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a025dd58d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fb6c13c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2c6301e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c43e17626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the mouse report data IN pipe. */
+ #define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ec766fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsMouse = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+ {
+ IsMouse = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsMouse)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current mouse item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1296f57a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+ #define USAGE_MOUSE 0x02
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+ #define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL 0x38
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ad4d580e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Mouse." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the
+ * results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the mouse report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
+ ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
+ */
+void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ bool FoundData;
+
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse button value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse wheel value if it is contained within the current
+ * report, if not, skip to the next item in the parser list
+ */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (WheelDelta)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse relative position value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ /* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8812cacbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b1b7d055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ * demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ * on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ * will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ * before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e06dbea4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f12fda279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df0fc00fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e92b1760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Interface number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+/** Interface Alternate Setting number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a bidirectional Printer interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Printer interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Save Printer interface details for later use */
+ PrinterInterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ PrinterAltSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+
+ /* Configure the Printer data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Printer data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bidirectional Printer Interface descriptor of the current Printer interface,
+ * aborting the search if the end of the descriptors is found.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct value interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current Printer interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34c778598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "PrinterHost.h"
+ #include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Printer data IN pipe. */
+ #define PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Printer data OUT pipe. */
+ #define PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Interface index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once the Configuration
+ * Descriptor has been processed.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+ /** Interface Alternate Setting index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once
+ * the Configuration Descriptor has been processed.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..750789125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Printer Device commands, to send/receive data to and from an attached USB
+ * printer, and to send and receive Printer Class control requests.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterCommands.h"
+
+/** Sends the given data directly to the printer via the data endpoints, for the sending of print commands in printer
+ * languages accepted by the attached printer (e.g. PCL).
+ *
+ * \param[in] PrinterCommands Pointer to the data to send to the attached printer
+ * \param[in] CommandSize Size of the data to send to the attached printer
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+ const uint16_t CommandSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PrinterCommands, CommandSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Device ID command to the attached device, to retrieve the device ID string (which indicates
+ * the accepted printer languages, the printer's model and other pertinent information).
+ *
+ * \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to the destination where the returned string should be stored
+ * \param[in] BufferSize Size in bytes of the allocated buffer for the returned Device ID string
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+ {
+ DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ DeviceIDStringLength = SwapEndian_16(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+ if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+ DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Move string back two characters to remove the string length value from the start of the array */
+ memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+ DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Port Status command to the attached device, to retrieve the current status flags of the
+ * printer.
+ *
+ * \param[out] PortStatus Pointer to the destination where the printer's status flag values should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Soft Reset command to the attached device, to reset the printer ready for new input without
+ * physically cycling the printer's power.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f29b18e45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../PrinterHost.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+ const uint16_t CommandSize);
+ uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize);
+ uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus);
+ uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44e8f1274
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ PrinterHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Some printers use alternate settings to determine the communication protocol used - if so, send a SetInterface
+ * request to switch to the interface alternate setting with the Bidirectional protocol */
+ if (PrinterAltSetting)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PrinterInterfaceNumber, PrinterAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Interface).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+ char DeviceIDString[300];
+ if ((ErrorCode = Printer_GetDeviceID(DeviceIDString, sizeof(DeviceIDString))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device ID).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Printer Device ID: %s\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Printer Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ * information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ char TestPageData[] = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+ uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+ /* Send the test page to the attached printer */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Printer_SendData(&TestPageData, TestPageLength)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Sending Test Page.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1daa6247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2a482058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ * PCL Language Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ * the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ * Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ * to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ * printer language.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f8606360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fcf03b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcaa0b473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = PrinterHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/PrinterCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7a45da09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a RNDIS interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Get the next RNDIS data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the next RNDIS control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS notification pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0be574b58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS data IN pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS data OUT pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS notification IN pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..137648c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * RNDIS Device commands, to issue RNDIS commands to the device for
+ * the control and data transfer between the host and RNDIS device.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISCommands.h"
+
+/** Current RNDIS Request ID, for associating sent commands with received data */
+uint32_t RequestID = 0;
+
+
+/** Function to send the given encapsulated RNDIS command to the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Source command data buffer to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given encapsulated RNDIS response from the device.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Destination command data buffer to write read data from the device to
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+ * of long inactivity.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t KeepAliveMessage;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG;
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t);
+ KeepAliveMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&KeepAliveMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HostMaxPacketSize Size of the packet buffer on the host
+ * \param[out] DeviceMaxPacketSize Pointer to where the packet buffer size of the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+ uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t InitMessage;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+ InitMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG;
+ InitMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t);
+ InitMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ InitMessage.MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+ InitMessage.MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+ InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = HostMaxPacketSize;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&InitMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&InitMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (InitMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ *DeviceMaxPacketSize = InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to set
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from
+ * \param[in] Length Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+ } SetMessageData;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid = Oid;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = Length;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+ memcpy(SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&SetMessageData,
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&SetMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (SetMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to get
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be written to
+ * \param[in] MaxLength Length in bytes of the destination buffer size
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+ } QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+ QueryMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG;
+ QueryMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t);
+ QueryMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ QueryMessage.Oid = Oid;
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = 0;
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+ QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&QueryMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&QueryMessageResponseData,
+ sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the size of a received packet, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave only the
+ * packet contents for processing by the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Size of the packet currently in the pipe
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)DeviceMessage.DataLength;
+
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(DeviceMessage.DataOffset - (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44dc4e746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED 0xC0
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+ uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68d05b95e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RNDISHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t DeviceMaxPacketSize;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_InitializeDevice(1024, &DeviceMaxPacketSize)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Initializing Device.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+ /* We set the default filter to only receive packets we would be interested in */
+ uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t VendorID;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached RNDIS device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint16_t PacketLength;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetPacketLength(&PacketLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet Reception Error.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!(PacketLength))
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+ if (PacketLength > 1024)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet too large.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(PacketLength, NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint8_t PacketBuffer[PacketLength];
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PacketBuffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+ printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ printf("\r\n\r\n");
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee8b3a839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Lib/RNDISCommands.h"
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9edd6d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ * modems.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ * and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38f71272e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50e1cc59a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eaaf3ba21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/RNDISCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b4825758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image events pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress, EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EventsEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a3a87a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image data IN pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image data OUT pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image events IN pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c3880b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
+ * documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d233e2770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
+ * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
+ * reading and writing of stored image data.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageCommands.h"
+
+/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+
+/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
+void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
+{
+ /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ /* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
+ if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock)
+ {
+ /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Check if any parameters in the command block */
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ /* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the events pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the event data into the global structure */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock), NULL);
+
+ /* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ /* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+ TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+ /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ /* Return error code and break out of the loop */
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ /* Return error code */
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the response from the attached device */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ /* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
+ if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)
+ {
+ /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ /* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear pipe bank after use */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the data contents to the pipe */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ /* Send the last packet to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given data from the device, after a response block has been received.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes to receive
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the data into the buffer */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
+{
+ bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ IsEventReceived = true;
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15ef75dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "PIMACodes.h"
+ #include "../StillImageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+ #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes);
+ bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9df9531bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ StillImageHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to print device information through the serial port, and open/close a test PIMA session with the
+ * attached Still Image device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+ .Params = {},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response data block */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
+ uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
+ uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
+
+ /* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
+ SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
+
+ /* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
+ uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
+
+ /* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
+ DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
+ DeviceInfoPos += (1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos)); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
+ DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Operations Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Events Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Device Properties Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Capture Formats Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Image Formats Array
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
+
+ DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos); // Skip over Manufacturer String
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
+
+ DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos); // Skip over Model String
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
+
+ /* Receive the final response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+ .Params = {0x00000001},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000001,
+ .Params = {0x00000001},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
+ * strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
+ */
+void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+ char* Buffer)
+{
+ /* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
+ uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
+
+ /* Loop through the entire unicode string */
+ while (CharactersRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, as only Unicode coded ASCII is supported) */
+ *(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
+
+ /* Jump to the next unicode character */
+ UnicodeString += 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Null terminate the string */
+ *Buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ * \param[in] ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
+ */
+void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ bool ResponseCodeError)
+{
+ const char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), FailureType, ErrorCode);
+
+ /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43ad59c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+ char* Buffer);
+ void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ bool ResponseCodeError);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..193228a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ * PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ * digital cameras.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ * session.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbf1e2ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/PIMACodes.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7eca05a94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd7b4529a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = StillImageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/StillImageCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa5312ffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the CDC data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the CDC data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the CDC notification pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..303e59007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC data IN pipe. */
+ #define CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC data OUT pipe. */
+ #define CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC notification IN pipe. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..832fdc20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDCHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 9600,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(LineEncoding),
+ };
+
+ /* Set the Line Encoding of the CDC interface within the device, so that it is ready to accept data */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&LineEncoding) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Line Encoding).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check if data is in the pipe */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */
+ uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ uint8_t Buffer[BufferLength];
+
+ /* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */
+ for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)
+ putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Discard the unused event notification */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c0c9b280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e1f9f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ * Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb0d568d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df50a03e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0cb6c6063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90c156219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/Demos/Host/makefile b/Demos/Host/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abeb3f4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/Host/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+ $(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/Demos/makefile b/Demos/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38694d994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Demos/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C Device $@
+ $(MAKE) -C Host $@
+ $(MAKE) -C DualRole $@
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..938768908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+*.lss
+*.bin
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.eep
+*.map
+*.o
+*.d
+*.sym
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35ea2d79b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ DMBS Build System
+ Released into the public domain.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Special application to extract an EEPROM image stored in FLASH memory, and
+ * copy it to the device EEPROM. This application is designed to be used with
+ * the HID build system module of DMBS to program the EEPROM of a target device
+ * that uses the HID bootloader protocol, which does not have native EEPROM
+ * programming support.
+ */
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+/* References to the binary EEPROM data linked in the AVR's FLASH memory space */
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_start[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_end[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_size[];
+
+/* Friendly names for the embedded binary data stored in FLASH memory space */
+#define InputEEData _binary_InputEEData_bin_start
+#define InputEEData_size ((int)_binary_InputEEData_bin_size)
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Copy out the embedded EEPROM data from FLASH to EEPROM memory space */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < InputEEData_size; i++)
+ eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)i, pgm_read_byte(&InputEEData[i]));
+
+ /* Infinite loop once complete */
+ for (;;);
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..879eda8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = atmega128
+ARCH = AVR8
+F_CPU = 1000000
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = HID_EEPROM_Loader
+SRC = $(TARGET).c
+CC_FLAGS =
+LD_FLAGS =
+OBJECT_FILES = InputEEData.o
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Determine the AVR sub-architecture of the build main application object file
+FIND_AVR_SUBARCH = avr$(shell avr-objdump -f $(TARGET).o | grep architecture | cut -d':' -f3 | cut -d',' -f1)
+
+# Create a linkable object file with the input binary EEPROM data stored in the FLASH section
+InputEEData.o: InputEEData.bin $(TARGET).o $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a object file \"$@\"
+ avr-objcopy -I binary -O elf32-avr -B $(call FIND_AVR_SUBARCH) --rename-section .data=.progmem.data,contents,alloc,readonly,data $< $@
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include ../core.mk
+include ../gcc.mk
+include ../hid.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..322c7624e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+ DMBS Build System
+ Released into the public domain.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+
+
+
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+means.
+
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+software under copyright law.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fd9cc11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Modules Overview
+----------------
+
+The following modules are currently included:
+
+ - [ATPROGRAM](atprogram.md) - Device Programming
+ - [AVRDUDE](avrdude.md) - Device Programming
+ - [CORE](core.md) - DMBS Core Functionality
+ - [CPPCHECK](cppcheck.md) - Static Code Analysis
+ - [DFU](dfu.md) - Device Programming
+ - [DOXYGEN](doxygen.md) - Automated Source Code Documentation
+ - [GCC](gcc.md) - Compiling/Assembling/Linking with GCC
+ - [HID](hid.md) - Device Programming
+
+## Importing modules into your project makefile
+
+To use a module, it is recommended to add the following boilerplate to your
+makefile:
+
+ # Include DMBS build script makefiles
+ DMBS_PATH ?= ../DMBS
+
+Which can then used to indicate the location of your DMBS installation, relative
+to the current directory, when importing modules. For example:
+
+ DMBS_PATH ?= ../DMBS
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+
+Imports the `CORE` and `GCC` modules from DMBS using a single path relative to
+your project's makefile.
+
+If you wish to write your own DMBS module(s),
+[see the documentation here for more details.](WritingYourOwnModules.md)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16df7a53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Writing Your Own Modules
+------------------------
+
+A DMBS module consists of the several boilerplate sections, explained below.
+
+## The DMBS module hooks
+
+Your module needs to advertise to DMBS its name, its makefile targets, the
+required and optional variables, and the variables and macros the module
+provides for use elsewhere. This is achieved with the following section:
+
+ DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += EXAMPLE
+ DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += example-target another-target
+ DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MANDATORY_NAME ALSO_MANDATORY
+ DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += OPTIONAL_NAME ALSO_OPTIONAL
+ DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS += MEANING_OF_LIFE
+ DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS += STRIP_WHITESPACE
+
+The example above declares that this module is called `EXAMPLE`, and exposes the
+listed targets, variable requirements and provides variables and macros.
+
+Your module name and provided variable/macro names must be unique, however you
+can (and should) re-use variable names where appropriate if they apply to
+several modules (such as `ARCH` to specify the project's microcontroller
+architecture). Re-using targets is not recommended, but can be used to extend
+the dependencies of another module's targets.
+
+## Importing the CORE module
+
+Next, your module should always import the DMBS `CORE` module, via the
+following:
+
+ # Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+ DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+ endif
+
+This ensures that the `make help` target is always available. In addition, the
+`CORE` module exposes some [commonly used macros and variables](core.md) to
+your module.
+
+## Setting optional variable's defaults
+
+If a variable is optional, you should provide a default value. Do this via the
+`?=` operator of `make`, which sets a variable's value if it has not yet been
+set:
+
+ MY_OPTIONAL_VARIABLE ?= some_default_value
+
+## Sanity checking user input
+
+Sanity checks are what make DMBS useful. Where possible, validate user input and
+convert generated errors to human-friendly messages. This can be achieved by
+enforcing that all the declared module mandatory variables have been set by the
+user:
+
+ # Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+ $(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+
+As well as complaining if they are set, but currently empty:
+
+ $(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SOME_MANDATORY_VARIABLE)
+ $(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SOME_OPTIONAL_BUT_NON_EMPTY_VARIABLE)
+
+Or even if they are boolean (`Y` or `N`) variables that have an invalid value:
+
+ $(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, SOME_BOOL_VARIABLE)
+
+## Adding targets
+
+The meat of a DMBS module is the targets, which are run when the user types
+`make {target name}` from the command line. These can be as complex or simple
+as you like. See the GNU make manual for information on writing make targets.
+
+ example-target:
+ echo "Your DMBS module works!"
+
+## And finally, list the PHONYs
+
+Important in GNU Make is the concept of phony targets; this special directive
+tells make that a given target should never be considered a valid file. Listing
+phonies ensures that, for example, if your module had a target called `build`,
+it would always run when the user types `make build` from the command line, even
+if a file called `build` existed in the user project folder.
+
+You can list module-internal targets here, as well as mark all public targets
+via the module header's `DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS` variable.
+
+ # Phony build targets for this module
+ .PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS) some-module-internal-target another-internal-target
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea1b0d919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: ATPROGRAM
+-----------------
+
+The ATPROGRAM module provides build targets for use with the official
+`ATPROGRAM` back-end utility distributed with the free
+[Atmel Studio](http://www.atmel.com) software released by Atmel.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `atprogram.exe` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `atprogram.exe` utility is distributed in Atmel
+Studio (usually) inside the application install folder's `atbackend`
+subdirectory.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>atprogram</td>
+ <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>atprogram-ee</td>
+ <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>MCU</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>TARGET</td>
+ <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel programmer or debugger tool to communicate with (e.g. `jtagice3`). Default is `atmelice`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE</td>
+ <td>Name of the programming interface to use when programming the target (e.g. `spi`). Default is `jtag`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ATPROGRAM_PORT</td>
+ <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with a serially connected tool (e.g. `COM2`). Default is `usb`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a505275ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += ATPROGRAM
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += atprogram atprogram-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ATPROGRAM_PORT
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ?= atmelice
+ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ?= jtag
+ATPROGRAM_PORT ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD := ' [ATPRGRM] :'
+
+# Construct base atprogram command flags
+BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS := --tool $(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER) --interface $(ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE) --device $(MCU)
+ifneq ($(ATPROGRAM_PORT),)
+ BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS += --port $(ATPROGRAM_PORT)
+endif
+
+# Construct the flags to use for the various memory spaces
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --chiperase --flash
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase --flash
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else
+ $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+ atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram-ee: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+ atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6c71ce6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: AVRDUDE
+-----------------
+
+The AVRDUDE module provides build targets for use with the official
+open source `AVRDUDE` programmer utility, for the reprogramming of Atmel devices
+using a wide variety of official and non-official programming devices and
+bootloaders.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `avrdude` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `avrdude` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>avrdude</td>
+ <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>avrdude-ee</td>
+ <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>MCU</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>TARGET</td>
+ <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER</td>
+ <td>Name of the programmer/debugger tool or bootloader to communicate with (e.g. `jtagicemkii`). Default is `jtagicemkii`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>AVRDUDE_PORT</td>
+ <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with a serially connected tool (e.g. `COM2`). Default is `usb`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>AVRDUDE_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Additional flags to pass to `avrdude` when invoking the tool. Default is empty (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>AVRDUDE_MEMORY</td>
+ <td>Memory space to program when executing the `avrdude` target (e.g. 'application` for an XMEGA device). Default is `flash`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4bac8fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += AVRDUDE
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += avrdude avrdude-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER AVRDUDE_PORT AVRDUDE_FLAGS AVRDUDE_MEMORY
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagicemkii
+AVRDUDE_PORT ?= usb
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS ?=
+AVRDUDE_MEMORY ?= flash
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PORT)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD := ' [AVRDUDE] :'
+
+# Construct base avrdude command flags
+BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS := -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+ avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U $(AVRDUDE_MEMORY):w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+ avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U eeprom:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..406abfecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: CORE
+------------
+
+The CORE module provides the core DMBS infrastructure used by other DMBS
+modules, and must always be imported. Additionally, this module provides the
+help system for DMBS.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+None.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>help</td>
+ <td>Show help for the current project, including a list of all available targets, variables and macros from the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_targets</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all build targets from the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_modules</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_mandatory</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all mandatory variables from the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_optional</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all optional variables from the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_provided</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all variables provided by the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>list_macros</td>
+ <td>Show a list of all macros provided by the imported modules.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module has no mandatory variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DMBS_VERSION</td>
+ <td>Current version of this DMBS release, as a ISO 8601 integer (such as `20160403` for `2016-04-03`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DMBS_CHECK_VERSION</td>
+ <td>Macro to check the current DMBS version against the first argument and abort if the required version is newer than the current version.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ERROR_IF_UNSET</td>
+ <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has not been set by any makefile module.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ERROR_IF_EMPTY</td>
+ <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has an empty value.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ERROR_IF_NONBOOL</td>
+ <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has a value other than `Y` or `N`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1edbd178c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += CORE
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += help list_targets list_modules list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS += DMBS_VERSION
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS += DMBS_CHECK_VERSION ERROR_IF_UNSET ERROR_IF_EMPTY ERROR_IF_NONBOOL
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# Current DMBS release version
+DMBS_VERSION := 20170426
+
+# Macro to check the DMBS version, aborts if the given DMBS version is below the current version
+DMBS_CHECK_VERSION ?= $(if $(filter-out 0, $(shell test $(DMBS_VERSION) -lt $(1); echo $$?)), , $(error DMBS version $(1) or newer required, current version is $(DMBS_VERSION)))
+
+# Macros to use in other modules to check various conditions
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Converts a given input to a printable output using "(None)" if no items are in the list
+CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE = $(if $(strip $(1)), $(1), (None))
+
+# Build sorted and filtered lists of the included build module data
+SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES))
+SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS))
+SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS))
+SORTED_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(filter-out $(SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS), $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS)))
+SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS))
+SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+# Create printable versions of the sorted build module data (use "(None)" when no data is available)
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+help:
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " The DMBS Build System "
+ @echo " By Dean Camera { dean @ fourwalledcubicle . com } "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo "DESCRIPTION: "
+ @echo " This build system is a set of makefile modules for (GNU) Make, to "
+ @echo " provide a simple system for building DMBS powered applications. "
+ @echo " Each makefile module can be included from within a user makefile, "
+ @echo " to expose the build rules documented in the comments at the top of"
+ @echo " each build module. "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo "USAGE: "
+ @echo " To execute a rule, define all variables indicated in the desired "
+ @echo " module as a required parameter before including the build module "
+ @echo " in your project makefile. Parameters marked as optional will "
+ @echo " assume a default value in the modules if not user-assigned. "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " By default the target output shows both a friendly summary, as "
+ @echo " well as the actual invoked command. To suppress the output of the "
+ @echo " invoked commands and show only the friendly command output, run "
+ @echo " make with the \"-s\" switch added before the target(s). "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Currently used build system modules in this application: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Currently available build targets in this application: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Mandatory variables required by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Optional variables required by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Variables provided by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Macros provided by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " The DMBS Build System $(DMBS_VERSION) - Making MAKE easier."
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+
+# Lists build modules included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_modules:
+ @echo Currently Used Build System Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists build targets included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_targets:
+ @echo Currently Available Build Targets:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists mandatory variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_mandatory:
+ @echo Mandatory Variables for Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists optional variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_optional:
+ @echo Optional Variables for Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists variables provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_provided:
+ @echo Variables Provided by the Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists macros provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_macros:
+ @echo Macros Provided by the Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Debugging; "make print-VARNAME" will output the variable VARNAME's value
+print-%:
+ @printf "%s = %s" $(@:print-%=%) $($(@:print-%=%))
+
+# Disable default in-built make rules (those that are needed are explicitly
+# defined, and doing so has performance benefits when recursively building)
+ifeq ($(filter -r,$(MAKEFLAGS)),)
+ MAKEFLAGS += -r
+endif
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec0e38d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: CPPCHECK
+-----------------
+
+The CPPCHECK module provides build targets to perform static analysis of the
+user application, using the open source `cppcheck` tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `cppcheck` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `cppcheck` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net/) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>cppcheck</td>
+ <td>Scan the project with CPPCHECK, and show all discovered issues.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>cppcheck-config</td>
+ <td>Check the project with CPPCHECK, to find missing header paths.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>SRC</td>
+ <td>List of all project source files to scan.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_INCLUDES</td>
+ <td>Extra include paths to search, for any missing header files. Default is empty (no additional paths).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES</td>
+ <td>List of source files, file paths or path fragments to exclude from the scan. Default is empty (no exclusions).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE</td>
+ <td>Template for error and warning message output. Default is `{file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_ENABLE</td>
+ <td>List of CPPCHECK checks to enable. Default is `all`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS</td>
+ <td>List of CPPCHECK checks to ignore. Default is `variableScope missingInclude`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING</td>
+ <td>Boolean, if `Y` the build will fail if CPPCHECK discovers any errors or warnings. If `N`, fail only on errors. Default is `Y`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_QUIET</td>
+ <td>Boolean, if `Y` CPPCHECK will suppress all output except for discovered errors or warnings. If `N`, scan progress will be emitted. Default is `Y`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPPCHECK_FLAGS_</td>
+ <td>Additional flags to pass to CPPCHECK when scans are started. Default is empty (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b82fc3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += CPPCHECK
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += cppcheck cppcheck-config
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += SRC
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += CPPCHECK_INCLUDES CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE CPPCHECK_ENABLE \
+ CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING CPPCHECK_QUIET CPPCHECK_FLAGS
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES ?=
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES ?=
+CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE ?= {file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}
+CPPCHECK_ENABLE ?= all
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS ?= variableScope missingInclude
+CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_QUIET ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SRC)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_ENABLE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_QUIET)
+
+# Build a default argument list for cppcheck
+BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS := --template="$(CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)" $(CPPCHECK_INCLUDES:%=-I%) $(CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES:%=-i%) --inline-suppr --force --std=c99
+
+# Sanity check parameters and construct additional command line arguments to cppcheck
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+ BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --error-exitcode=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_QUIET), Y)
+ BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --quiet
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD := ' [CPPCHECK]:'
+
+# Checks the CPPCheck configuration as used in the user project, to determine if any paths are missing or invalid
+cppcheck-config: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Checking cppcheck configuration check on source files
+ cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --check-config $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Runs a static analysis using CPPCheck to determine if there are any issues
+cppcheck: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Performing static analysis on source files
+ cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --enable=$(CPPCHECK_ENABLE) $(CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS:%=--suppress=%) $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..456bbf6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: DFU
+-----------------
+
+The DFU module provides build targets to program a USB connected target running
+a DFU class bootloader, via the official Atmel FLIP utility running via the
+command line, or the open source `DFU-Programmer` tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `batchisp` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `batchisp` utility is distributed as part of Atmel's FLIP
+software which can be downloaded from the [official site](http://www.atmel.com).
+
+This module requires the `dfu-programmer` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `dfu-programmer` utility is distributed from the
+[official project site](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/).
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>flip</td>
+ <td>Program the application into the device's flash memory, using Atmel FLIP.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>flip-ee</td>
+ <td>Program the application's EEPROM data into the device's EEPROM memory, using Atmel FLIP.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>dfu</td>
+ <td>Program the application into the device's flash memory, using `dfu-programmer`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>dfu-ee</td>
+ <td>Program the application's EEPROM data into the device's EEPROM memory, using `dfu-programmer`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>MCU</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>TARGET</td>
+ <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1eb22b864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += DFU
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_COPY_CMD := ' [CP] :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
+MSG_DFU_CMD := ' [DFU] :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with batchisp using \"$<\"
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f loadbuffer $< program
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COPY_CMD) Copying EEP file to temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+ cp $< $<.hex
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with batchisp using \"$<.hex\"
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $<.hex program
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+ rm $<.hex
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $<
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --eeprom $<
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..837704aca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: DOXYGEN
+-----------------
+
+The DOXYGEN module provides build targets to automatically generate API
+documentation for a project, using the open-source Doxygen tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `doxygen` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `doxygen` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](http://doxygen.org/) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>doxygen</td>
+ <td>Generate project documentation, via Doxygen.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>doxygen-create</td>
+ <td>Create a new project Doxygen template, which can then be customized.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>doxygen-upgrade</td>
+ <td>Upgrade an existing project Doxygen template to the latest Doxygen version.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module has no mandatory variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DOXYGEN_CONF</td>
+ <td>Name of the Doxygen project configuration file that should be used when generating documentation, or creating/upgrading the configuration file.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING</td>
+ <td>Boolean, if `Y` the build will fail if Doxygen encounters any errors or warnings. If `N`, fail only on errors. Default is `Y`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS</td>
+ <td>List of `NAME=VALUE` parameters which should override the values specified in the project configuration file, when building documentation.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45639ad15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += DOXYGEN
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += doxygen doxygen-upgrade doxygen-create
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += DOXYGEN_CONF DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+DOXYGEN_CONF ?= doxyfile
+DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
+DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS ?= QUIET=YES
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DOXYGEN_CONF)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD := ' [DOXYGEN] :'
+
+# Determine Doxygen invocation command
+BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD := ( cat $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS:%=; echo "%") ) | doxygen -
+ifeq ($(DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+ DOXYGEN_CMD := if ( $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD) 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then exit 1; fi;
+else
+ DOXYGEN_CMD := $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD)
+endif
+
+# Error if the specified Doxygen configuration file does not exist
+$(DOXYGEN_CONF):
+ $(error Doxygen configuration file $@ does not exist)
+
+# Builds the project documentation using the specified configuration file and the DOXYGEN tool
+doxygen: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with parameters \"$(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS)\"
+ $(DOXYGEN_CMD)
+
+# Upgrades an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest Doxygen template, preserving settings
+doxygen-upgrade: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Upgrading configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+ doxygen -u $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+# Creates a new Doxygen configuration file with the set file name
+doxygen-create: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Creating new configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+ doxygen -g $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d28fd9ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: GCC
+-----------------
+
+The GCC module provides build targets to compile a user application, using a
+variant of GCC for a specific target architecture (such as `avr-gcc`).
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the GCC compiler to be installed and available in the
+system's `PATH` variable for the desired target architecture.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>size</td>
+ <td>Show the compiled binary size for the various memory segments.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>symbol-sizes</td>
+ <td>Show the size of each symbol in the compiled binary (useful to find large functions to optimize further).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>all</td>
+ <td>Build application and generate all binary (BIN, ELF, HEX) and auxiliary (LSS, MAP, SYM, etc.) output files.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>lib</td>
+ <td>Generate a static `.a` library from the application code, containing the flash region's data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>elf</td>
+ <td>Generate an ELF debug file from the application code, containing all region's data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>bin</td>
+ <td>Generate a flat BIN binary file from the application code, containing the flash region's data.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>hex</td>
+ <td>Generate a pair of Intel HEX files from the application code, containing the flash region's data (HEX) and EEPROM data (EEP).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>lss</td>
+ <td>Generate a LSS listing file showing the disassembly of the compiled application.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>clean</td>
+ <td>Remove all generated project intermediary and binary output files.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>mostlyclean</td>
+ <td>Remove all generated project intermediary output files, but preserve the binary output files.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>MCU</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>TARGET</td>
+ <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ARCH</td>
+ <td>Target device architecture (e.g. `AVR8`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>SRC</td>
+ <td>List of all project source files (C, C++, ASM).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>COMPILER_PATH</td>
+ <td>Path to the compiler to use, in case a specific compiler should be substituted for the one in the system's `PATH` variable. Default is blank (use `PATH` provided compiler).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>OPTIMIZATION</td>
+ <td>Optimization level to use when compiling C and C++ source files. Default is `s` (optimize for smallest size).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>C_STANDARD</td>
+ <td>C language standard used when compiling C language source files. Default is `gnu99` (C99 standard with GNU extensions)./td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPP_STANDARD</td>
+ <td>C++ language standard used when compiling C++ language source files. Default is `gnu++98` (C++98 standard with GNU extensions)./td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>F_CPU</td>
+ <td>Processor core clock frequency, in Hz. This is used by some architectures for functions such as software spin-loop delays. Default is blank (no value defined).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>C_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for C language (C) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CPP_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for C++ language (CPP) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>ASM_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Common GCC flags passed to the assembler for assembly language (S) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>CC_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for all source file types. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>LD_FLAGS</td>
+ <td>Extra flags to pass to the GNU linker when linking the compiled object files into the resulting binary. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>LINKER_RELAXATIONS</td>
+ <td>Boolean, if `Y` linker relaxations will be enabled to slightly reduce the resulting binary's size. Default is `Y`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>JUMP_TABLES</td>
+ <td>Boolean, if `Y` jump tables will be enabled to slightly reduce the resulting binary's size - note that this can cause incorrect jumps if the binary is relocated after compilation, such as for a bootloader. Default is `N`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>OBJDIR</td>
+ <td>Directory to store the intermediate object files, as they are generated from the source files. Default is `obj`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>OBJECT_FILES</td>
+ <td>List of additional `.o` object files to link into the final binary. Default is blank (no additional objects).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DEBUG_FORMAT</td>
+ <td>Debug ELF file format to generate. Default is `dwarf-2`.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>DEBUG_LEVEL</td>
+ <td>Level of the debugging information to generate in the compiled object files. Debug is 2 (medium level debugging information).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20170426
+Added `JUMP_TABLES` optional variable.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6126cf97f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += GCC
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += size symbol-sizes all lib elf bin hex lss clean mostlyclean
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += TARGET ARCH MCU SRC
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += COMPILER_PATH OPTIMIZATION C_STANDARD CPP_STANDARD F_CPU C_FLAGS CPP_FLAGS ASM_FLAGS CC_FLAGS LD_FLAGS OBJDIR OBJECT_FILES DEBUG_TYPE DEBUG_LEVEL LINKER_RELAXATIONS JUMP_TABLES
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+COMPILER_PATH ?=
+OPTIMIZATION ?= s
+F_CPU ?=
+C_STANDARD ?= gnu99
+CPP_STANDARD ?= gnu++98
+C_FLAGS ?=
+CPP_FLAGS ?=
+ASM_FLAGS ?=
+CC_FLAGS ?=
+OBJDIR ?= obj
+OBJECT_FILES ?=
+DEBUG_FORMAT ?= dwarf-2
+DEBUG_LEVEL ?= 2
+LINKER_RELAXATIONS ?= Y
+JUMP_TABLES ?= N
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OPTIMIZATION)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, C_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPP_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OBJDIR)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_FORMAT)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_LEVEL)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, LINKER_RELAXATIONS)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, JUMP_TABLES)
+
+# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr32
+else
+ $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_INFO_MESSAGE := ' [INFO] :'
+MSG_COMPILE_CMD := ' [GCC] :'
+MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD := ' [GAS] :'
+MSG_NM_CMD := ' [NM] :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
+MSG_LINK_CMD := ' [LNK] :'
+MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD := ' [AR] :'
+MSG_SIZE_CMD := ' [SIZE] :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
+MSG_OBJDMP_CMD := ' [OBJDMP] :'
+
+# Convert input source file list to differentiate them by type
+C_SOURCE := $(filter %.c, $(SRC))
+CPP_SOURCE := $(filter %.cpp, $(SRC))
+ASM_SOURCE := $(filter %.S, $(SRC))
+
+# Create a list of unknown source file types, if any are found throw an error
+UNKNOWN_SOURCE := $(filter-out $(C_SOURCE) $(CPP_SOURCE) $(ASM_SOURCE), $(SRC))
+ifneq ($(UNKNOWN_SOURCE),)
+ $(error Unknown input source file formats: $(UNKNOWN_SOURCE))
+endif
+
+# Convert input source filenames into a list of required output object files
+OBJECT_FILES += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SRC)))
+
+# Check if an output object file directory was specified instead of the input file location
+ifneq ($(OBJDIR),.)
+ # Prefix all the object filenames with the output object file directory path
+ OBJECT_FILES := $(addprefix $(patsubst %/,%,$(OBJDIR))/, $(notdir $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+
+ # Check if any object file (without path) appears more than once in the object file list
+ ifneq ($(words $(sort $(OBJECT_FILES))), $(words $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+ $(error Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique)
+ endif
+
+ # Create the output object file directory if it does not exist and add it to the virtual path list
+ $(shell mkdir -p $(OBJDIR) 2> /dev/null)
+ VPATH += $(dir $(SRC))
+endif
+
+# Create a list of dependency files from the list of object files
+DEPENDENCY_FILES := $(OBJECT_FILES:%.o=%.d)
+
+# Create a list of common flags to pass to the compiler/linker/assembler
+BASE_CC_FLAGS := -pipe -g$(DEBUG_FORMAT) -g$(DEBUG_LEVEL)
+ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), AVR8 XMEGA),)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
+else ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), UC3),)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) -masm-addr-pseudos
+endif
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -Wall -fno-strict-aliasing -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -I.
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
+ifneq ($(F_CPU),)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
+endif
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mrelax
+endif
+ifeq ($(JUMP_TABLES), N)
+ # This flag is required for bootloaders as GCC will emit invalid jump table
+ # assembly code for devices with large amounts of flash; the jump table target
+ # is extracted from FLASH without using the correct ELPM instruction, resulting
+ # in a pseudo-random jump target.
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -fno-jump-tables
+endif
+
+# Additional language specific compiler flags
+BASE_C_FLAGS := -x c -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(C_STANDARD) -Wstrict-prototypes
+BASE_CPP_FLAGS := -x c++ -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(CPP_STANDARD)
+BASE_ASM_FLAGS := -x assembler-with-cpp
+
+# Create a list of flags to pass to the linker
+BASE_LD_FLAGS := -lm -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -Wl,--gc-sections
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--relax
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), AVR8 XMEGA),)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
+else ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), UC3),)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) --rodata-writable --direct-data
+endif
+
+# Determine flags to pass to the size utility based on its reported features (only invoke if size target required)
+# and on an architecture where this non-standard patch is available
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+size: SIZE_MCU_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
+size: SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
+endif
+
+# Pre-build informational target, to give compiler and project name information when building
+build_begin:
+ @echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Begin compilation of project \"$(TARGET)\"...
+ @echo ""
+ @$(CROSS)-gcc --version
+
+# Post-build informational target, to project name information when building has completed
+build_end:
+ @echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Finished building project \"$(TARGET)\".
+
+# Prints size information of a compiled application (FLASH, RAM and EEPROM usages)
+size: $(TARGET).elf
+ @echo $(MSG_SIZE_CMD) Determining size of \"$<\"
+ @echo ""
+ $(CROSS)-size $(SIZE_MCU_FLAG) $(SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG) $<
+
+# Prints size information on the symbols within a compiled application in decimal bytes
+symbol-sizes: $(TARGET).elf
+ @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting \"$<\" symbols with decimal byte sizes
+ $(CROSS)-nm --size-sort --demangle --radix=d $<
+
+# Cleans intermediary build files, leaving only the compiled application files
+mostlyclean:
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing object files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing dependency files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Cleans all build files, leaving only the original source code
+clean: mostlyclean
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing output files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).bin $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET).map $(TARGET).lss $(TARGET).sym lib$(TARGET).a
+
+# Performs a complete build of the user application and prints size information afterwards
+all: build_begin elf hex bin lss sym size build_end
+
+# Helper targets, to build a specific type of output file without having to know the project target name
+lib: lib$(TARGET).a
+elf: $(TARGET).elf
+hex: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+bin: $(TARGET).bin
+lss: $(TARGET).lss
+sym: $(TARGET).sym
+
+# Default target to *create* the user application's specified source files; if this rule is executed by
+# make, the input source file doesn't exist and an error needs to be presented to the user
+$(SRC):
+ $(error Source file does not exist: $@)
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Assembles an input ASM source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD) Assembling \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_ASM_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(ASM_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Generates a library archive file from the user application, which can be linked into other applications
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.a
+%.a: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD) Archiving object files into \"$@\"
+ $(CROSS)-ar rcs $@ $(OBJECT_FILES)
+
+# Generates an ELF debug file from the user application, which can be further processed for FLASH and EEPROM data
+# files, or used for programming and debugging directly
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.elf
+%.elf: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_LINK_CMD) Linking object files into \"$@\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc $^ -o $@ $(BASE_LD_FLAGS) $(LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.hex: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting HEX file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Binary format file of it
+%.bin: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting BIN file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable EEPROM memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.eep: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting EEP file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings $< $@ || exit 0
+
+# Creates an assembly listing file from an input project ELF file, containing interleaved assembly and source data
+%.lss: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJDMP_CMD) Extracting LSS file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objdump -h -d -S -z $< > $@
+
+# Creates a symbol file listing the loadable and discarded symbols from an input project ELF file
+%.sym: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting SYM file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-nm -n $< > $@
+
+# Include build dependency files
+-include $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: build_begin build_end $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2dfbf713
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: HID
+-----------------
+
+The HID module provides build targets to program a target running a PJRC Teensy
+or LUFA compatible HID class bootloader.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `teensy_loader_cli` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `teensy_loader_cli` utility is distributed in
+a modified form (from PJRC) in the LUFA project's
+[official site](http://www.lufa-lib.org/), but is also
+made available in its original form directly from the
+[PJRC website](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html). Note that the
+original tool works with Teensy boards only, and not LUFA HID bootloader
+devices.
+
+This module requires the `hid_bootloader_cli` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `hid_bootloader_cli` Python script utility is
+distributed in LUFA project's [official site](http://www.lufa-lib.org/).
+
+This module requires the AVR-GCC compiler to be installed and available in the
+system's `PATH` variable.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>hid</td>
+ <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device, using the `hid_bootloader_cli.py` Python script.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>hid-ee</td>
+ <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device's EEPROM, using the `hid_bootloader_cli.py` Python script and a shim application which is programmed into the target's flash.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>teensy</td>
+ <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device or Teensy board, using the `teensy_loader_cli` tool.</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>teensy-ee</td>
+ <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device's EEPROM, using the `teensy_loader_cli` tool and a shim application which is programmed into the target's flash.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>MCU</td>
+ <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td>TARGET</td>
+ <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+ <tr>
+ <td>N/A</td>
+ <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a0ad9d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += HID
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS += hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+ include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD := ' [HID] :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
+MSG_MAKE_CMD := ' [MAKE] :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+hid: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with hid_bootloader_cli using \"$<\"
+ hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+hid-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+ avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+ @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+teensy: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with teensy_loader_cli using \"$<\"
+ teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+teensy-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+ avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+ @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+ $(MAKE) -s -C $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean teensy
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4f7a5f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Project Overview
+----------------
+
+GNU Make is scary, and it's tough to get the rules right sometimes. Many
+projects get by via simple copy-pasting of old makefiles, resulting in many
+redundant copies of the same old rules. DMBS aims to solve this by providing a
+simple modular set of makefiles which can be included by your project to quickly
+add various build functionality.
+
+This aims to replace the old WinAVR "mfile" makefile template, giving better
+functionality and much simpler user makefiles.
+
+
+Benefits:
+----------------
+
+Apart from much simpler, cleaner makefiles DMBS carries the aim of making the
+process of troubleshooting build issues a little easier. Lots can go wrong, so
+DMBS tries to sanity check its inputs wherever possible, and produce
+human-readable error messages. Forgotten to set a variable? Get a
+`Makefile {X} value not set.` message, rather than a possibly unrelated message.
+Have the wrong filename? See `Source file does not exist: {X}` rather than the
+infamous `No rule to make target {X}` message.
+
+
+Use:
+----------------
+
+A template user makefile is provided in the `Template` directory. DMBS modules
+are included via a GNU Make `include` directive. While the DMBS `core` module is
+always required, you can pick and choose what other modules you wish to add to
+your user project.
+
+[See here for the documentation on the individual modules provided by DMBS.](DMBS/ModulesOverview.md)
+If you're interested in writing your own DMBS module(s), [see here.](DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md)
+
+Here's an example user makefile:
+
+ MCU = atmega128
+ ARCH = AVR8
+ F_CPU = 8000000
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = Template
+ SRC = $(TARGET).c
+ CC_FLAGS =
+ LD_FLAGS =
+
+ # Default target
+ all:
+
+ # Include DMBS build script makefiles
+ DMBS_PATH ?= ../DMBS
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+ include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
+
+Each DMBS module can optionally supply one or more Make variables and macros,
+which you can reference in your user makefile. Additionally, modules can require
+one or more variables to be set by the user makefile, with (in some cases) sane
+defaults used if left out.
+
+As modules are added, you can get a list of available targets by simply typing
+`make help` from the command line. This will produce a formatted list of targets
+as well as mandatory and optional variables and exposed variables and macros.
+
+
+Distribution
+----------------
+
+You can embed DMBS in your project any way you like - some options are:
+1. A git submodule
+2. A source tarball
+3. A manually copied extracted archive
+
+The intention of DMBS is that users can just import it from whatever source
+they like. If your project needs to extend the existing modules in an unusual
+manner, or if you want to provide your own modules, you can include them in
+your project repository (or submit a patch to DMBS if your module is generic
+enough to warrant wide use).
+
+
+License
+----------------
+
+DMBS is released into the public domain, making is suitable for use everywhere,
+by everyone. Contributions are greatly appreciated however, in order to make
+DMBS better for everyone.
+
+The actual license text is as follows:
+
+ This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+
+ Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+ distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+ binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+ means.
+
+ In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+ of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+ software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+ of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+ successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+ relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+ software under copyright law.
+
+ THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+ For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95d36f7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/*
+ DMBS Build System
+ Released into the public domain.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+ */
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ // Application code here.
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d88292388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#
+# DMBS Build System
+# Released into the public domain.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = atmega128
+ARCH = AVR8
+F_CPU = 8000000
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Template
+SRC = $(TARGET).c
+CC_FLAGS =
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include DMBS build script makefiles
+DMBS_PATH ?= ../DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk b/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f824362e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += LUFA_GCC
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH ARCH F_USB
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += BOARD
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, F_USB)
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+BOARD ?= NONE
+
+# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
+ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ $(warning The XMEGA device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ $(warning The UC3 device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+endif
+
+# Common LUFA C/C++ includes/definitions
+LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+LUFA_CXX_DEFINES = -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH) -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
+
+# LUFA specific standard build options
+C_FLAGS += $(LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES) $(LUFA_CXX_DEFINES) $(LUFA_CXX_FLAGS)
+CPP_FLAGS += $(LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES) $(LUFA_CXX_DEFINES) $(LUFA_CXX_FLAGS)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk b/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ca9a28dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES += LUFA_SOURCES
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH ARCH
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS += LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST \
+ LUFA_SRC_USB LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE \
+ LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS \
+ LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE LUFA_SRC_SERIAL \
+ LUFA_SRC_TWI LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+
+# Allow LUFA_ROOT_PATH to be overridden elsewhere to support legacy LUFA makefiles
+LUFA_ROOT_PATH ?= $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))
+
+# Construct LUFA module source variables
+LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBController_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBInterrupt_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Host_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Pipe_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/PipeStream_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Device_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Endpoint_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/EndpointStream_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB := $(sort $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE))
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS := $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST)
+
+LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_SERIAL := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/Serial_$(ARCH).c
+
+LUFA_SRC_TWI := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/TWI_$(ARCH).c
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/Exception.S \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
+else
+ LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM :=
+endif
+
+# Build a list of all available module sources
+LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES := $(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86988d1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..649215f5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7c496e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62cef9046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..801a4c15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2100ae8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64afd4a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86ca145bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk b/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48291c731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b44c0df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor describes the overall device
+ * characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size
+ * and the number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the
+ * USB host when the enumeration process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = 64,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x0000,
+ .ProductID = 0x0000,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
+ .ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = 1
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 0,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = L"Your Name Here"
+};
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = L"LUFA USB Device"
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+ #if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case 0x02:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM;
+ #endif
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bf6a6a34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+ #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bc44b492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the USB device application. This file contains the
+ * main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ * application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_Device, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3429099a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd65db283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB Device Template" id="lufa.templates.device.project.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.device"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="USB Device Template" id="lufa.templates.device.project.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.device"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="a3bu_xplained"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.templates.device" caption="USB Device Template">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Template for a LUFA USB device mode application.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Template Projects"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceApplication.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceApplication.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="../LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9dce2f590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ * information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd74652c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ * for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the appropriate port pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f405a80d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ * driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the first Dataflash /CS set
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the second Dataflash /CS set
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ PageAddress >>= 1;
+ #endif
+
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf17c43c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ * driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the joystick pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7d2f5023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ * for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the LED port pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0774b3cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the USB host application. This file contains the
+ * main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ * application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "HostApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_Host, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+
+}
+
+/* Required callback for retrieving descriptors from a LUFA device - unless the USB_HOST_ONLY configuration
+ * option is set, this is still required even in an application that uses host mode only.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+#endif
+)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31eea287c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HostApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+ #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1996ec71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB Host Template" id="lufa.templates.host.project">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.host"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.templates.host" caption="USB Host Template">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Template for a LUFA USB host mode application.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Template Projects"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="HostApplication.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HostApplication.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="../LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf6ee37e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a header file which can be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile. To use this configuration
+ * header, copy this into your project's root directory and supply
+ * the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token to the compiler so that it is
+ * defined in all compiled source files.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+#define __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..212b5bbcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+; Windows LUFA CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA CDC-ACM.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73ca50e68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA RNDIS USB Ethernet Adapter"
diff --git a/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..945d6fd61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Target
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h b/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28f2900b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_ArchitectureSpecific
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_ArchitectureSpecific Architecture Specific Definitions
+ * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific macros, functions and other definitions, which relate to specific architectures. This
+ * definitions may or may not be available in some form on other architectures, and thus should be protected by
+ * preprocessor checks in portable code to prevent compile errors.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Re-enables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will re-enable JTAG debugging
+ * interface after is has been disabled in software via \ref JTAG_DISABLE().
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_ENABLE() do { \
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
+ "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
+ "cli" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ : \
+ : "r" (MCUCR & ~(1 << JTD)), \
+ "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
+ : "r0"); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ /** Disables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will override the current JTAG
+ * status as set by the JTAGEN fuse, disabling JTAG debugging and reverting the JTAG pins back to GPIO
+ * mode.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DISABLE() do { \
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
+ "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
+ "cli" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ : \
+ : "r" (MCUCR | (1 << JTD)), \
+ "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
+ : "r0"); \
+ } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Defines a volatile \c NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
+ * be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
+ * removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+
+ /** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the assembly \c BREAK statement. When
+ * a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("break" ::)
+
+ /** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via \ref JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for testing condition \c "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if \c false. The stdout stream
+ * must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the microcontroller's
+ * USART peripheral.
+ *
+ * The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {Condition} failed."
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated,
+ */
+ #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
+ "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
+ __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ #if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space on the AVR8 architecture. This is a wrapper for the avr-libc
+ * \c pgm_read_word() macro with a \c void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly to a
+ * pointer variable or used in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pointer to read.
+ *
+ * \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
+ */
+ #define pgm_read_ptr(Address) (void*)pgm_read_word(Address)
+ #endif
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("breakpoint" ::)
+ #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); \
+ } while (0)
+ #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ printf("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
+ "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n", \
+ __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+ } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h b/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..587367413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Architectures
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_Architectures Hardware Architectures
+ * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ * Architecture macros for selecting the desired target microcontroller architecture. One of these values should be
+ * defined as the value of \c ARCH in the user project makefile via the \c -D compiler switch to GCC, to select the
+ * target architecture.
+ *
+ * The selected architecture should remain consistent with the makefile \c ARCH value, which is used to select the
+ * underlying driver source files for each architecture.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Selects the Atmel 8-bit AVR (AT90USB* and ATMEGA*U* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_AVR8 0
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR (AT32UC3* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_UC3 1
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA AVR (ATXMEGA* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_XMEGA 2
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define ARCH_ ARCH_AVR8
+
+ #if !defined(ARCH)
+ #define ARCH ARCH_AVR8
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h b/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8e4104d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_FuncVarAttributes
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_FuncVarAttributes Function/Variable Attributes
+ * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros for applying specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
+ * optimizer and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
+ * or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
+ * separated list.
+ *
+ * On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
+ * critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compile error when used.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+#define __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
+ * return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_RETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+
+ /** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
+ * applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be \c NULL.
+ * When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
+ * parameters are known at compiler time to be \c NULL at the point of calling the function.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...) __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
+
+ /** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
+ * register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
+ * is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NAKED __attribute__ ((naked))
+
+ /** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for in-lining. When applied, the given
+ * function will not be in-lined under any circumstances.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_INLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
+
+ /** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
+ * in-lined under all circumstances.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
+ * or parameter variable access.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
+ * parameter access.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
+
+ /** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
+ #define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+
+ /** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
+ * identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+ #endif
+
+ /** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
+ * current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
+ * behavior of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
+ * like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_INIT __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
+
+ /** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
+ * of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SectionIndex Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex) __attribute__ ((used, naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
+
+ /** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Func Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALIAS(Func) __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
+
+ /** Marks a variable or struct element for packing into the smallest space available, omitting any
+ * alignment bytes usually added between fields to optimize field accesses.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
+
+ /** Indicates the minimum alignment in bytes for a variable or struct element.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Bytes Minimum number of bytes the item should be aligned to.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes) __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h b/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e94552342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardTypes
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
+ * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ * Board macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
+ * defining the \c BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the \c -D switch in the project makefile. If a custom
+ * board is used, the \ref BOARD_NONE or \ref BOARD_USER values should be selected.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+#define __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
+ * under a directory named \c /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
+ * master board driver (i.e., driver in the \c LUFA/Drivers/Board directory) so that the library
+ * can correctly identify it.
+ */
+ #define BOARD_USER 0
+
+ /** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
+ * such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
+ #define BOARD_NONE 1
+
+ /** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBKEY 2
+
+ /** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STK525 3
+
+ /** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STK526 4
+
+ /** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK 5
+
+ /** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 6
+
+ /** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
+ #define BOARD_BUMBLEB 7
+
+ /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_XPLAIN 8
+
+ /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 9
+
+ /** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK527 10
+
+ /** Selects the Teensy version 1.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_TEENSY 11
+
+ /** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBTINYMKII 12
+
+ /** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_BENITO 13
+
+ /** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_JMDBU2 14
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEX162 15
+
+ /** Selects the UDIP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_UDIP 16
+
+ /** Selects the BUI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BUI 17
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Uno specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_UNO 18
+
+ /** Selects the Busware CUL V3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_CULV3 19
+
+ /** Selects the Blackcat USB JTAG specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BLACKCAT 20
+
+ /** Selects the Maximus specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MAXIMUS 21
+
+ /** Selects the Minimus specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MINIMUS 22
+
+ /** Selects the Adafruit U4 specific board drivers, including the Button driver. */
+ #define BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 23
+
+ /** Selects the Microsin AVR-USB162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROSIN162 24
+
+ /** Selects the Kernel Concepts USBFOO specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBFOO 25
+
+ /** Selects the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 26
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1101 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1101 27
+
+ /** Selects the Busware TUL specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_TUL 28
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1100 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1100 29
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1104 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1104 30
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED 31
+
+ /** Selects the Teensy version 2.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_TEENSY2 32
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 1 and 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX 33
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX_V3 34
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 32U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 35
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous A specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A 36
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 1 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 37
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 38
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 3 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 39
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 4 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 40
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous DIP specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP 41
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 42
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 43
+
+ /** Selects the XMEGA B1 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_B1_XPLAINED 44
+
+ /** Selects the Bitwizard Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MULTIO 45
+
+ /** Selects the Bitwizard Big-Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BIGMULTIO 46
+
+ /** Selects the DorkbotPDX Duce specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_DUCE 47
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 48
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 49
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2 50
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Leonardo specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_LEONARDO 51
+
+ /** Selects the UC3-A3 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED 52
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 3.1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX_V31 53
+
+ /** Selects the Stange-ISP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STANGE_ISP 54
+
+ /** Selects the XMEGA C3 XPLAINED specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_C3_XPLAINED 55
+
+ /** Selects the U2S specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_U2S 56
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino YUN specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_YUN 57
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MICRO 58
+
+ /** Selects the Pololu A-Star Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_POLOLUMICRO 59
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel Xplained-MINI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI 60
+
+ /** Selects the QMK specific board drivres, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_QMK 61
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define BOARD_ BOARD_NONE
+
+ #if !defined(BOARD)
+ #define BOARD BOARD_NONE
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/Common.h b/LUFA/Common/Common.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6864eb64c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/Common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \dir
+ * \brief Common library header files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
+ * user applications.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Common
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
+ * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ * Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
+ * aspects of the library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_GlobalInt Global Interrupt Macros
+ * \brief Convenience macros for the management of interrupts globally within the device.
+ *
+ * Macros and functions to create and control global interrupts within the device.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stddef.h>
+
+ #include "Architectures.h"
+ #include "BoardTypes.h"
+ #include "ArchitectureSpecific.h"
+ #include "CompilerSpecific.h"
+ #include "Attributes.h"
+
+ #if defined(USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER)
+ #include "LUFAConfig.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture specific utility includes: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Type define for an unsigned integer the same width as the selected architecture's machine register.
+ * This is distinct from the non-specific standard int data type, whose width is machine dependant but
+ * which may not reflect the actual machine register width on some targets (e.g. AVR8).
+ */
+ typedef MACHINE_REG_t uint_reg_t;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include <avr32/io.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+
+ // === TODO: Find abstracted way to handle these ===
+ #define PROGMEM
+ #define pgm_read_byte(x) *x
+ #define memcmp_P(...) memcmp(__VA_ARGS__)
+ #define memcpy_P(...) memcpy(__VA_ARGS__)
+ // =================================================
+
+ typedef uint32_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #else
+ #error Unknown device architecture specified.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ // Obsolete, retained for compatibility with user code
+ #define MACROS do
+ #define MACROE while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Convenience macro to determine the larger of two values.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+ * multiple times.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First value to compare
+ * \param[in] y First value to compare
+ *
+ * \return The larger of the two input parameters
+ */
+ #if !defined(MAX) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+ #endif
+
+ /** Convenience macro to determine the smaller of two values.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+ * multiple times.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First value to compare.
+ * \param[in] y First value to compare.
+ *
+ * \return The smaller of the two input parameters
+ */
+ #if !defined(MIN) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define MIN(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(STRINGIFY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Converts the given input into a string, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts literal quotation
+ * marks around the input, converting the source into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Input to convert into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \return String version of the input.
+ */
+ #define STRINGIFY(x) #x
+
+ /** Converts the given input into a string after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts
+ * literal quotation marks around the expanded input, converting the source into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Input to expand and convert into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \return String version of the expanded input.
+ */
+ #define STRINGIFY_EXPANDED(x) STRINGIFY(x)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONCAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Concatenates the given input into a single token, via the C Preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First item to concatenate.
+ * \param[in] y Second item to concatenate.
+ *
+ * \return Concatenated version of the input.
+ */
+ #define CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+
+ /** CConcatenates the given input into a single token after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First item to concatenate.
+ * \param[in] y Second item to concatenate.
+ *
+ * \return Concatenated version of the expanded input.
+ */
+ #define CONCAT_EXPANDED(x, y) CONCAT(x, y)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(ISR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Macro for the definition of interrupt service routines, so that the compiler can insert the required
+ * prologue and epilogue code to properly manage the interrupt routine without affecting the main thread's
+ * state with unintentional side-effects.
+ *
+ * Interrupt handlers written using this macro may still need to be registered with the microcontroller's
+ * Interrupt Controller (if present) before they will properly handle incoming interrupt events.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is only supplied on some architectures, where the standard library does not include a valid
+ * definition. If an existing definition exists, the alternative definition here will be ignored.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \param[in] Name Unique name of the interrupt service routine.
+ */
+ #define ISR(Name, ...) void Name (void) __attribute__((__interrupt__)) __VA_ARGS__; void Name (void)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
+ * etc.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bits reversed (mirrored).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
+ static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
+
+ return Byte;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to perform a blocking delay for a specified number of milliseconds. The actual delay will be
+ * at a minimum the specified number of milliseconds, however due to loop overhead and internal calculations
+ * may be slightly higher.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds to delay
+ */
+ static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+ {
+ _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ }
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ {
+ __builtin_mtsr(AVR32_COUNT, 0);
+ while ((uint32_t)__builtin_mfsr(AVR32_COUNT) < (F_CPU / 1000));
+ }
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+ {
+ _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves a mask which contains the current state of the global interrupts for the device. This
+ * value can be stored before altering the global interrupt enable state, before restoring the
+ * flag(s) back to their previous values after a critical section using \ref SetGlobalInterruptMask().
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \return Mask containing the current Global Interrupt Enable Mask bit(s).
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ return SREG;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ return __builtin_mfsr(AVR32_SR);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ return SREG;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the global interrupt enable state of the microcontroller to the mask passed into the function.
+ * This can be combined with \ref GetGlobalInterruptMask() to save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable
+ * Mask bit(s) of the device after a critical section has completed.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \param[in] GlobalIntState Global Interrupt Enable Mask value to use
+ */
+ static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ SREG = GlobalIntState;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ if (GlobalIntState & AVR32_SR_GM)
+ __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ else
+ __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ SREG = GlobalIntState;
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /** Enables global interrupt handling for the device, allowing interrupts to be handled.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ */
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ sei();
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ sei();
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /** Disabled global interrupt handling for the device, preventing interrupts from being handled.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ */
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ cli();
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ cli();
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h b/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41e5305b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_CompilerSpecific
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_CompilerSpecific Compiler Specific Definitions
+ * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ * Compiler specific definitions to expose certain compiler features which may increase the level of code optimization
+ * for a specific compiler, or correct certain issues that may be present such as memory barriers for use in conjunction
+ * with atomic variable access.
+ *
+ * Where possible, on alternative compilers, these macros will either have no effect, or default to returning a sane value
+ * so that they can be used in existing code without the need for extra compiler checks in the user application code.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Forces GCC to use pointer indirection (via the device's pointer register pairs) when accessing the given
+ * struct pointer. In some cases GCC will emit non-optimal assembly code when accessing a structure through
+ * a pointer, resulting in a larger binary. When this macro is used on a (non \c const) structure pointer before
+ * use, it will force GCC to use pointer indirection on the elements rather than direct store and load
+ * instructions.
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] StructPtr Pointer to a structure which is to be forced into indirect access mode.
+ */
+ #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr) __asm__ __volatile__("" : "=b" (StructPtr) : "0" (StructPtr))
+
+ /** Forces GCC to create a memory barrier, ensuring that memory accesses are not reordered past the barrier point.
+ * This can be used before ordering-critical operations, to ensure that the compiler does not re-order the resulting
+ * assembly output in an unexpected manner on sections of code that are ordering-specific.
+ */
+ #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() __asm__ __volatile__("" ::: "memory");
+
+ /** Determines if the specified value can be determined at compile-time to be a constant value when compiling under GCC.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Value to check compile-time constantness of.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given value is known to be a compile time constant, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) __builtin_constant_p(x)
+ #else
+ #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)
+ #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()
+ #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) 0
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h b/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8be9e0d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endianness and Byte Ordering macros and functions.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Endianness
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ * \defgroup Group_ByteSwapping Byte Reordering
+ * \brief Macros and functions for forced byte reordering.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ * \defgroup Group_EndianConversion Endianness Conversion
+ * \brief Macros and functions for automatic endianness conversion.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_Endianness Endianness and Byte Ordering
+ * \brief Convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering
+ *
+ * Common library convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+#define __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) || defined(ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN))
+ #error ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN or ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN not set for the specified architecture.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+ * of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+ * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+ * inline function variant.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] x 16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+ */
+ #define SWAPENDIAN_16(x) (uint16_t)((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
+
+ /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+ * of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+ * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+ * inline function variant.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] x 32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+ */
+ #define SWAPENDIAN_32(x) (uint32_t)((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
+ (((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL) | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+ #define le16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+ #define le32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+ #define be16_to_cpu(x) (x)
+ #define be32_to_cpu(x) (x)
+ #define cpu_to_le16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+ #define cpu_to_le32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+ #define cpu_to_be16(x) (x)
+ #define cpu_to_be32(x) (x)
+ #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+ #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+ #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+ #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+ #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+ #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+ #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) (x)
+ #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) (x)
+ #elif !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+ /** \name Run-time endianness conversion */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref LE16_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define le16_to_cpu(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref LE32_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define le32_to_cpu(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref BE16_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define be16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref BE32_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define be32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_le16(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_le32(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_be16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_be32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Compile-time endianness conversion */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref le16_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref le32_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref be16_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref be32_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+ //! @}
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] Word Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
+ {
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Word))
+ return SWAPENDIAN_16(Word);
+
+ uint8_t Temp;
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Word;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Word = Word;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+ Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
+ Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
+
+ return Data.Word;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] DWord Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
+ {
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(DWord))
+ return SWAPENDIAN_32(DWord);
+
+ uint8_t Temp;
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t DWord;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.DWord = DWord;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+ Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
+ Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
+ Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
+ Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
+
+ return Data.DWord;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+ uint8_t Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
+
+ while (Length > 1)
+ {
+ uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
+ *CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1);
+ *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1) = Temp;
+
+ CurrDataPos++;
+ Length -= 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef57fcf0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildSystem The LUFA Build System
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BuildSystem_Overview Overview of the LUFA Build System
+ * The LUFA build system was originally an attempt at making a set of
+ * re-usable, modular build make files which could be referenced in a LUFA
+ * powered project, to minimize the amount of code required in an
+ * application makefile.
+ *
+ * As it turned out to be fairly generic in nature, it was split out into its
+ * own separate project, called DMBS (<i>Dean's Makefile Build System</i>)
+ * which is released into the public domain. LUFA-specific portions of the
+ * LUFA build system extend DMBS, and provide a universal build system for all
+ * LUFA projects.
+ *
+ * The latest DMBS project information and documentation can be found at:
+ * https://github.com/abcminiuser/dmbs
+ *
+ * DMBS is written in GNU Make, and each module is independent of one-another.
+ *
+ * LUFA now uses DMBS for its build system, with some LUFA specific extension
+ * modules.
+ *
+ * If you have problems building using LUFA, see \subpage Page_BuildTroubleshooting for resolution steps.
+ *
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES - The LUFA SOURCES extension module for DMBS
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC - The LUFA GCC extension module for DMBS
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES LUFA SOURCES extension module for DMBS
+ *
+ * The LUFA SOURCES extension more for DMBS provides LUFA specific variables
+ * listing the various LUFA source files required to be build by a project for
+ * a given LUFA module. This module gives a way to reference LUFA source files
+ * symbolically, so that changes to the library structure do not break the
+ * library makefile.
+ *
+ * To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
+ * \code
+ * include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_Requirements Requirements
+ * None.
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_Targets Targets
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
+ * <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>ARCH</tt></td>
+ * <td>Architecture of the target processor (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USB</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA USB driver source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA USB Class driver source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_SERIAL</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TWI</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA TWI driver source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM</tt></td>
+ * <td>List of LUFA architecture specific platform management source files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC LUFA GCC extension module for DMBS
+ *
+ * The LUFA GCC extension module for the standard DMBS GCC module extends the
+ * latter to support the compilation of LUFA powered projects. It should be
+ * imported into your LUFA powered project makefiles to ensure that the correct
+ * build settings are used for the project's configuration.
+ *
+ * To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
+ * \code
+ * include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_Requirements Requirements
+ * This module should be included in your makefile *after* the DMBS GCC module.
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_Targets Targets
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
+ * <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>BOARD</tt></td>
+ * <td>LUFA board hardware drivers to use (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><i>None</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildTroubleshooting Troubleshooting Information
+ *
+ * LUFA uses a lot of advanced features of the AVR-GCC compiler, linker, and
+ * surrounding binaries. This can sometimes lead to problems compiling
+ * applications if one of these features is buggy in the version of the tools
+ * used in a build environment. Missing utilities and incorrectly set makefile
+ * configuration options can also result in different errors being produced
+ * when compilation or other operations are attempted. The table below lists a
+ * set of commonly encountered errors and their resolutions.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th>Problem</th>
+ * <th>Resolution</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL against symbol <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS=N</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or remove the line <tt>-Wl,--relax</tt>
+ * from other makefiles. Alternatively, make sure you have the latest version of the Atmel Toolchain installed for your system.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>DEBUG_LEVEL=2</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or make sure you are using <tt>binutils</tt> version 2.22 or later.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Make sure you are using an up to date version of GNU Make when compiling. This error is a safety system added to the mid-level makefiles, to prevent an issue with
+ * GNU make or other variants of Make causing an infinitely recursive build.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unsupported architecture &quot;<i>{X}</i>&quot;</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Ensure your makefile's <tt>ARCH</tt> setting is set to one of the architecture names (case-sensitive) supported by the version of LUFA you are compiling against.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> value not set</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was not configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, and the nominated setting is required by one or more LUFA
+ * build system modules. Define the value in your project makefile and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option cannot be blank</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to an empty value. For the nominated configuration
+ * option, an empty value is not allowed. Define the nominated setting to a correct non-blank value and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option must be Y or N</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to a value other than a Y (for "Yes") or "N" (for "No").
+ * This configuration option is required to be one of the aforementioned boolean values, and other values are invalid. Set this option to either Y or N and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unknown input source file formats: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated source files, specified in your project's makefile in the <tt>SRC</tt> configuration option, has an extension that the LUFA build system does not
+ * recognise. The file extensions are case sensitive, and must be one of the supported formats (<tt>*.c</tt>, <tt>*.cpp</tt> or <tt>*.S</tt>).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>When a project is built with a non-empty <tt>OBJDIR</tt> object directory name set, all input source files must have unique names, excluding extension and path.
+ * This means that input files that are named identically and differ only by their path or extension are invalid when this mode is used.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Source file does not exist: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated input source file, specified in the user project's <tt>SRC</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the source file exists and the absolute or
+ * relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Doxygen configuration file <i>{X}</i> does not exist</tt></b>&quot; shown when upgrading a Doxygen configuration file.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated Doxygen configuration file, specified in the user project's <tt>DOXYGEN_CONF</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the configuration file exists
+ * and the absolute or relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again, or run the appropriate makefile target to generate a new configuration
+ * file.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>avr-gcc: error: unrecognized option '<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>An unrecognised option was supplied to the compiler, usually in the <tt>C_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>CPP_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>ASM_FLAGS</tt> or <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt> configuration
+ * options. The nominated compiler switch may be invalid, or unsupported by the version of AVR-GCC on the host system. Remove the unrecognised flag if invalid, or
+ * upgrade to the latest AVR-GCC. If the option is a valid linker option, use the prefix "-Wl," to ensure it is passed to the linker correctly.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>makefile:{X}: {Y}.mk: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when make is invoked.</td>
+ * <td>The path to the nominated makefile module was incorrect. This usually indicates that the makefile <tt>LUFA_PATH</tt> option is not set to a valid relative or
+ * absolute path to the LUFA library core.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>fatal error: LUFAConfig.h: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The <tt>USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER</tt> compile time option was set in the user project makefile, but the user supplied <tt>LUFAConfig.h</tt> header could not be
+ * found. Ensure that the directory that contains this configuration file is correctly passed to the compiler via the -I switch in the makefile <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt>
+ * parameter.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>ld.exe: section .apitable_trampolines loaded at <i>{X}</i> overlaps section .text</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling a bootloader.</td>
+ * <td>The bootloader is compiling too large for the given <tt>FLASH_SIZE_KB</tt> and <tt>BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB</tt> parameters set in the bootloader makefile. This
+ * usually indicates that these values are incorrect for the specified device the bootloader is targeting. If these values are correct, a newer version of the
+ * compiler may need to be used to ensure that the bootloader is built within the section size constraints of the target device.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>unknown MCU '<i>{X}</i>' specified</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified microcontroller device model name set in the user application's makefile as the <tt>MCU</tt> parameter is incorrect, or unsupported by the
+ * version of the compiler being used. Make sure the model name is correct, or upgrade to the latest Atmel Toolchain to obtain newer device support.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>undefined reference to `<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>This is usually caused by a missing source file in the user application's <tt>SRC</tt> configuration parameter. If the indicated symbol is one from the LUFA
+ * library, you may be missing a LUFA source makefile module (see \ref Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * For troubleshooting other errors you encounter, please see \ref Sec_ProjectHelp.
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbbae4b8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildLibrary Building as a Linkable Library
+ *
+ * The LUFA library can be built as a proper linkable library (with the extension .a) under AVR-GCC, so that
+ * the library does not need to be recompiled with each revision of a user project. Instructions for creating
+ * a library from a given source tree can be found in the AVR-GCC user manual included in the WinAVR install
+ * /Docs/ directory.
+ *
+ * However, building the library is <b>not recommended</b>, as the static (compile-time) options will be
+ * unable to be changed without a recompilation of the LUFA code. Therefore, if the library is to be built
+ * from the LUFA source, it should be made to be application-specific and compiled with the static options
+ * that are required for each project (which should be recorded along with the library).
+ *
+ * Normal library use has the library components compiled in at the same point as the application code, as
+ * demonstrated in the library demos and applications. This is the preferred method, as the library is recompiled
+ * each time to ensure that all static options for a particular application are applied.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aedfd3ce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1653 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog170418 Version 170418
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added support for the Pololu A-Star Micro board (thanks to Joh Schneider)
+ * - Added new \c LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE macro to the library version header, to determine release type (thanks to NicoHood)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - The CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function into the user application erroneously had a uint8_t type for the wIndex
+ * parameter, instead of uint16_t (thanks to Matlo)
+ * - Fixed broken USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS compile time option when the FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time option is not enabled
+ * in a user application (thanks to Matlo)
+ * - Fixed missing \c va_end() calls in the HID bootloader CLI app which could cause portability issues
+ * - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in the \c Serial_SendData() functions for AVR8 and XMEGA architectures
+ * - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in the low level and class driver RNDIS demo protocol decoders
+ * - Fixed low level RNDIS demo incorrectly setting the RNDIS state when a null packet filter was requested
+ * - Fixed missing entries in several project's Atmel Studio integration files, such as driver INF files
+ * - Fixed invalid endpoint indexes causing memory corruption in device Clear/Set Feature standard requests (thanks to Peter Popovec)
+ * - Fixed incorrect serialization in USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() function (thanks to e-chip)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Added signed alternative libUSB driver for the AVRISP-MKII clone project, to support Atmel Studio 7 (thanks to Atmel)
+ * - Removed no longer required LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT and RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT configuration options from the AVRISP-MKII
+ * clone project, as the new libUSB driver works for AVRDUDE and Atmel Studio 7 under Windows
+ * - Replaced the LUFA build system with its (compatible) successor, DMBS (Dean's Makefile Build System)
+ * - Removed obsolete library TAR export and associated documentation
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro definition (thanks to Eric Tang)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog151115 Version 151115
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added support for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series of development kits
+ * - Added new PROGMEM variant send functions to the CDC class device driver (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+ * - Added new PROGMEM variant send functions to the CDC class host driver
+ * - Added additional Arduino Uno board definitions for the main processor reset (thanks to NicoHood)
+ * - Added modified DocBook transforms to generate Atmel Studio 6/7 internal help documentation (thanks to Morten Engelhardt Olsen)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - The TWI peripheral driver's TWI_WritePacket() and TWI_ReadPacket() functions now takes a 16-bit Length rather than an 8-bit
+ * length, for longer transfers
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - The CDC, DFU, Mass Storage and Printer class bootloaders will no longer run the user application if the application reset
+ * vector is blank (thanks to Alex Kazik)
+ * - The CDC, DFU and Printer class bootloaders are now compatible with the original Atmel XPLAIN and Arduino Leonardo boards
+ * - The CDC, DFU, Mass Storage and Printer class bootloaders are not compatible with devices with the BOOTRST fuse set and will
+ * exit automatically unless an external reset was the last reset cause (thanks to Alex Kazik)
+ * - Added missing force-inline attribute to the endianness utility functions (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+ * - Updated the DFU build system module to use updated EEPROM programming command arguments for dfu-programmer 0.6.2 or newer
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed broken XMEGA serial stream driver due to missing USART base pointer parameter (thanks to William Patterson)
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC/DFU bootloaders for the AT90USB82 (thanks to NicoHood)
+ * - Fixed broken RNDIS demos on Linux machines whose DHCP hosts require a Lease Time option (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+ * - Fixed broken LEDs_Disable() implementation for the Arduino Uno board (thanks to NicoHood)
+ * - Fixed missing bounds checks and off-by-one in the DFU bootloader signature bytes (thanks to Reuti)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140928 Version 140928
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Updated the BUILD build system module to add a new COMPILER_PATH optional variable
+ * - Added Serial_IsSendReady() and Serial_IsSendComplete() functions to the Serial hardware peripheral driver
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Yun board (ATMEGA32U4 co-processor)
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Micro board (thanks to Zoltán Szőke)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Dual MIDI class driver device demo
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - The RNDIS device class driver now takes a user-supplied buffer and buffer length for the internal RNDIS
+ * message management (thanks to Peter Mc Shane)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed device class driver pipe configuration routines returning success with a partially constructed instance
+ * when a pipe configuration failed (thanks to Helge Suess)
+ * - Fixed incorrect XMEGA DFLL reference frequency (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+ * - Fixed possible infinite loop in the control endpoint stream write function (thanks to Clayton Knight)
+ * - Fixed missing HID report ID prefix on HID class driver GetReport request responses (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+ * - Fixed incorrect XMEGA USB controller clock division factory for non-Full Speed operation (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+ * - Fixed the LUFA build system to prevent incorrect code from being generated in newer toolchains when building for larger
+ * FLASH memory devices (thanks to demultiplexer)
+ * - Fixed missing parenthesis in the MIDI_EVENT() macro which could cause incorrect results (thanks to hexwab)
+ * - Fixed mixed capitalization of TWI in the XMEGA TWI driver causing compilation failures (thanks to Jacob Schloss)
+ * - Fixed broken AVR8 USART-SPI peripheral driver (thanks to Phil Zakielarz)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed spurious 0xFE USART byte sent in the USBtoSerial project when the baud rate is changed (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+ * - Fixed blocking USART reads causing low throughput on slow baud rates in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+ * - Fixed USART reception overrun corrupting the internal buffers in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+ * - Fixed broken LowLevel Audio Out demo sampling frequency configuration (thanks to Torsten Duwe)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140302 Version 140302
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Bulk Vendor low level device demo
+ * - Added new libUSB host Python and NodeJS application examples for the Class driver GenericHID demo (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Added new AVR8 USB option to keep 3.3V regulator enabled (thanks to Michael Hanselmann)
+ * - Added new USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR() and USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY() convenience macros (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Refactored out USB interface IDs in the demo applications into enums (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - AVRISP-MKII Clone Project PDI/TPI frequency increased from 250KHz to 2MHz as it is now stable
+ * - Increased TPI/PDI handshake delay to 100us from 1us to support targets with high amounts of capacitance on their
+ * /RESET lines (thanks to Paul Duke)
+ * - Changed the VERSION_BCD() macro to accept the major/minor/revision values as separate parameters
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed MIDI device class driver MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket() for the XMEGA architecture
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature bytes returned in the DFU bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130901 Version 130901
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added additional MIDI command definitions to the MIDI class driver (thanks to Daniel Dreibrodt)
+ * - Added new CONCAT() and CONCAT_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+ * - Added new Printer Device Class driver
+ * - Added support for the XMEGA C3 Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the U2S board (thanks to megal0maniac)
+ * - Added TWI Master driver for the XMEGA architecture (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Printer class bootloader
+ * - Added new Mass Storage class bootloader
+ * - Added XMEGA support for class driver device demos (where applicable)
+ * - Added Python host application example for the Generic HID class driver device demo
+ * - Added Python alternative host application for the HID class bootloader
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Updated the BUILD build system module to produce binary BIN files in addition to Intel HEX files
+ * - Updated the Android Accessory Class to accept version 2 protocol devices (with version 1 functionality)
+ * - All board drivers now implement dummy functions and constants when BOARD is set to NONE
+ * - Added missing LEDs to the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board LED driver (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+ * - Changed board Dataflash drivers to automatically configure the appropriate SPI interface for the selected board
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Re-added Set Control Line State request handling to the CDC class bootloader to prevent issues with the .NET serial
+ * class (thanks to Erik Lins)
+ * - TemperatureDataLogger project dummy RTC mode now tracks real time (thanks to David Lazarus)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed Low Speed USB devices broken when using the library HID Class driver (thanks to Michael)
+ * - Fixed possible register corruption in USB Host mode on AVR8 devices when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG is used (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+ * - Fixed Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() returning invalid endpoint directions on AVR8 architecture devices (thanks to decerri)
+ * under some circumstances
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB device state set when a suspended LUFA device is woken while addressed but not configured (thanks to Balaji Krishnan)
+ * - Fixed broken USART SPI driver for the AVR8 architecture due to incorrect initialization
+ * - Fixed re-enumeration issue of XMEGA architecture targets (thanks to Jaroslav Jedlinsky)
+ * - Fixed error receiving PIMA events via the Still Image Host class driver
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added handler for SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT in demos using the Mass Storage class, to prevent ejection errors on *nix systems due to an
+ * unknown SCSI command
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for 16-bit axis ranges by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+ * macros (thanks to Armory)
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for button multiples of 8 by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+ * macros
+ * - Fixed race condition in the DFU class bootloader causing failed device reprogramming in some circumstances (thanks to Luis Mendes)
+ * - Fixed incorrect time/date configuration data order in the TempDataLogger host application (thanks to David Lazarus)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130303 Version 130303
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Leonardo board
+ * - Added support for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1 board
+ * - Added support for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+ * - Added new \c doxygen_upgrade and \c doxygen_create targets to the DOXYGEN build system module
+ * - Added new Board Hardware Information board driver
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added a different device serial number when the AVRISP-MKII Clone project is in libUSB compatibility mode, so that
+ * both the libUSB and Jungo drivers can be installed at the same time without having to use a filter driver
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added workaround for broken VBUS detection on AVR8 devices when a bootloader starts the application
+ * via a software jump without first turning off the OTG pad (thanks to Simon Inns)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Increased throughput in the USBtoSerial project now that data transmission is non-blocking (thanks to Joseph Lacerte)
+ * - Updated bootloader makefiles to remove dependency on the \c bc command line calculator tool
+ * - Updated AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer project so that the SCK clock period is saved in EEPROM (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+ * - Changed all *_SendByte() function prototypes to accept a void pointer for the input buffer (thanks to Simon Kuppers)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed incorrectly issuing STALL response to unsupported control request SETUP packets, rather than in the data/status stage
+ * - Fixed inverted LEDs_GetLEDs() function implementation for the Benito, Minimus and Arduino UNO boards
+ * - Fixed missing Windows 32-bit compatibility sections in the LUFA INF driver files (thanks to Christan Beharrell)
+ * - Fixed logic hole breaking USB operations on a USB controller with only one supported USB mode and no USB_DEVICE_ONLY or USB_HOST_ONLY
+ * configuration token set
+ * - Fixed possible rounding in the VERSION_BCD() macros for some 0.01 step increments (thanks to Oliver Zander)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Dataflash functionality in the USBKEY board if the driver is modified for a single Dataflash chip (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definitions of \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA, \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN and \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400
+ * and added a missing definition for \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION (thanks to David Monro)
+ * - Fixed maximum allowed keyboard key code usage of \c 0x65 rather than \c 0xFF for the \c HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro (thanks to David Monro)
+ * - Fixed hardware race condition that could cause failed device enumerations for AVR8 and UC3 architectures (thanks to Mike Beyhs)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Minimus board LED definitions (thanks to Joonas Lahtinen)
+ * - Fixed incorrect ordering of the linker options in the build system causing link failures in some cases
+ * - Fixed bug in the TWI peripheral driver for the AVR8 devices causing incorrect failure codes to be returned in some cases (thanks to Peter K)
+ * - Fixed swapped LED3 and LED4 masks for the Olimex-32U4 development board LED driver
+ * - Fixed potential NULL pointer dereference in the HID Host mode Class Driver (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed broken RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option in the AVRISP-MKII project
+ * - Fixed incompatibility in the CDC class bootloader on some systems (thanks to Sylvain Munaut)
+ * - Fixed lengthy timeouts in the USBtoSerial project if no application on the host is consuming data (thanks to Nicolas Saugnier)
+ * - Fixed lengthy automatic data flushing in the CDC and MIDI device class drivers
+ * - Fixed incorrect LED masks for received data display in the Device GenericHID demos (thanks to Denys Berkovskyy)
+ * - Fixed incorrect output in the HIDReportViewer project when no device is connected (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120730 Version 120730
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new, revamped modular build system with new makefile templates
+ * - Added support for the BitWizard Multio and Big-Multio boards
+ * - Added support for the DorkbotPDX Duce board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 board
+ * - Added new Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable() function
+ * - Added new Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable() function
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all board drivers using all driver APIs
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all bootloaders using all supported devices
+ * - Added build test to verify that there are no detectable errors in the codebase via static analysis
+ * - Added new JTAG_ENABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Modified the CDC Host demos to set a default CDC Line Encoding on enumerated devices
+ * - Added Dataflash operational checks and aborts to all projects using the Dataflash to ensure it is working correctly before use
+ * - Added new SerialToLCD user project contributed by Simon Foster
+ * - Added new RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Robert Spitzenpfeil)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Android Accessory Host property strings changed from a struct of pointer to an array to prevent unaligned access on greater than 8-bit architectures
+ * - Audio Device Class driver changed to also require the index of the Audio Control interface within the device, for SET/GET/CUR/MIN/MAX/RES property adjustments
+ * - Removed variable axis support from the HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro due to OS incompatibilities, replaced with fixed 3-axis joystick report structure
+ * - Removed the old pseudo-scheduler from the library as it was unused and deprecated since the 090810 release
+ * - Endpoint indexes are now specified as full endpoint addresses within the device in device mode, rather than a logical index
+ * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes an endpoint direction as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full endpoint
+ * address and type
+ * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+ * - Endpoints are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Endpoint_Table_t in all device mode class drivers, rather than a list of endpoint parameters
+ * - Pipe indexes are now specified as full pipe addresses within the host in host mode, rather than a logical index
+ * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes an pipe token as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full pipe address and type
+ * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+ * - Pipes are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Pipe_Table_t in all host mode class drivers, rather than a list of pipe parameters
+ * - Added support for various assert and debugging macros for the UC3 devices
+ * - Changed MIDI event structure MIDI_EventPacket_t to use a single field for the combined virtual cable index and command ID, to prevent bitfield packing issues
+ * on some architectures (thanks to Darren Gibbs)
+ * - Changed board LED driver implementations of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the AVR8 architecture to use the fast PIN register toggle alternative function for speed
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Raised the guard bits in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when in PDI and TPI to 32, to prevent communication errors on low quality connections to a target
+ * - Added additional bootloader API data to expose the bootloader start address and class to the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+ * - Reverted AVRISP-MKII clone project watchdog based command timeout patch in favour of a hardware timer, to allow for use in devices with WDTRST fuse programmed
+ * - The library bootloaders will now correctly start the user application after a watchdog-based application start, even if the /HWB line is held low externally
+ * during the reset phase
+ * - Increased endpoint polling interval for all demos and projects to 5ms, as 1ms was causing some enumeration issues on some machines (thanks to Riku Salminen)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed possible enumeration error if the user application selects a pipe other than the default Control pipe between the Powered and Default states of
+ * the host state machine
+ * - Fixed incorrect call to the user callback CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() in the Audio Class device driver (thanks to Tiit Ratsep)
+ * - Fixed compile error for the UC3 architecture when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is specified (thanks to Andrus Aaslaid)
+ * - Fixed compile error if LEDs_Disable() is called and BOARD=NONE is set (thanks to Sam Lin)
+ * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the OLIMEX162 board LED driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect response to GET STATUS requests in device mode if NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER or NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP tokens are defined (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the USB2AX board LED driver
+ * - Fixed possible deadlock in the CDC device driver if the USB connection is dropped while the CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding control request is being processed by
+ * the stack (thanks to Jonathan Hudgins)
+ * - Fixed broken MIDI host driver MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket() function due to not unfreezing the MIDI data IN pipe before use (thanks to Michael Brown)
+ * - Fixed swapped Little Endian/Big Endian endpoint and pipe write code for the UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+ * - Fixed the JTAG_DISABLE() macro clearing all other bits in MCUSR when called
+ * - Fixed incorrect Micropendous board LED driver LEDs_SetAllLEDs() and LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function implementations (thanks to MitchJS)
+ * - Fixed endianess issues in the RNDIS host class driver for UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed error in the AVRISP-MKII programmer when ISP mode is used at 64KHz (thanks to Ben R. Porter)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project failing to compile for the U4 chips when VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL is defined to an invalid channel and NO_VTARGET_DETECT is
+ * defined (thanks to Steven Morehouse)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project reset line polarity inverted when the generated EEP file is loaded into the USB AVR's EEPROM and avr-dude is used
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders failing to compile when the bootloader section size is 8KB or more (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API function offsets incorrect on some devices (thanks to Rod DeMay)
+ * - Fixed incorrect DFU version number reported to the host in the DFU bootloader descriptors (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed incorrect version hundredths value encoding in VERSION_BCD() macro (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed invalid configuration descriptor in the low level KeyboardMouse device demo (thanks to Jun Wako)
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API page erase and write function failures (thanks to Martin Lambert)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120219 Version 120219
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added support for the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the new B series XMEGA devices
+ * - Added support for version 2 of the Teensy boards (thanks to Christoph Redecker)
+ * - Added support for the USB2AX boards, hardware revision 1-3
+ * - Added new Android Accessory Host class driver
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDescriptor(), USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration() and USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting() functions
+ * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver
+ * - Added new LEDs_Disable(), Buttons_Disable() and Joystick_Disable() functions to the board hardware drivers
+ * - Added support for the Micropendous family of boards (Arduino-like revisions 1 and 2, DIP, 32U2, A, 1, 2, 3 and 4)
+ * - Added INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE and NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT compile time options (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Added support for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board
+ * - Added Serial USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA architecture
+ * - Added Master Mode SPI USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA and AVR8 architectures
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of as many modules as possible under as many architectures as possible under the C and C++ languages
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of the USB driver when forced into single USB mode under as many architectures as possible
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added User Application APIs to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders
+ * - Added INVERTED_ISP_MISO compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Chuck Rohs)
+ * - Added new Android Accessory Host demo (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - When automatic PLL management mode is enabled on the U4 series AVR8 chips, the PLL is now configured for 48MHz and not
+ * a divided 96MHz, to lower power consumption and to keep the system within the datasheet specs for 3.3V operation (thanks to Scott Vitale)
+ * - Added Class, ClassDevice, ClassHost and ClassCommon to the internal class driver source filenames to prevent ambiguities
+ * - Altered the Mass Storage Host class driver so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+ * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+ * - USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed (thanks to NXP Semiconductors)
+ * - Reordered board name definition indexes so that a misspelled BOARD compile option will default to BOARD_USER rather than BOARD_USBKEY
+ * - Altered the HID class driver to only try to construct at maximum one packet per USB frame, to reduce CPU usage
+ * - All USB Class Driver configuration struct values are now non-const, to allow for run-time modifications if required before configuring an instance
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Altered the Mass Storage Host LowLevel demo so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+ * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+ * - Updated the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to be compatible with the latest version of AVR Studio (version 5.1)
+ * - Changed the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to report a fixed 3.3V VTARGET voltage on USB AVRs lacking an ADC instead of 5V to prevent
+ * warnings in AVR Studio 5.1 when programming XMEGA devices
+ * - Allow serial strings to be generated on the older AVR8 devices which do not explicitly state they contain unique values in the datasheet,
+ * as this appears to be implemented in hardware
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed ring buffer size limited to 255 elements, instead of the intended 65535 elements.
+ * - Fixed CDC class drivers not saving and sending all 16-bits of the control line states (thanks to Matthew Swabey)
+ * - Fixed race conditions in the CDC, HID and Mass Storage class drivers when processing some control requests
+ * - Fixed misspelled HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* macros in the HID class driver (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Fixed broken AVR32 endpoint/pipe communications when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+ * - Fixed broken compilation for the AVR32 devices if the NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time option was not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+ * - Fixed compiler warning on GCC with \c -wundef compile flag is used (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed incorrect implementation of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the Adafruit-U4 board (thanks to Caroline Saliman)
+ * - Fixed broken compilation of LUFA under C++ compilers when the Serial peripheral module header file is included in a C++ source file
+ * - Fixed missing semicolon in the UC3 architecture host pipe functions
+ * - Fixed failed compilation for the XMEGA architecture if USB_DEVICE_ONLY us not specified
+ * - Fixed UC3 architecture ignoring the pipe size when Pipe_ConfigurePipe() is called
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone compile warning on AVR8 U4 targets even when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is enabled
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone failing to start application firmware once a TPI programming session is exited
+ * - Fixed DFU class bootloader not resetting the LED pins as high impedance inputs when a software jump to the user applications is requested
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone timing out on long programming commands such as programming the EEPROM on an ATMEGA8 (thanks to Martin Kelling)
+ * - Fixed invalid PID value used in the TempDataLogger project host application (thanks to Anupam Pathak)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog111009 Version 111009
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER compile time option to include a LUFAConfig.h header in the user director for LUFA configuration
+ * tokens as an alternative to tokens defined in the project makefile
+ * - Added new USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting() convenience function for the selection of an interface's alternative setting
+ * - Added Audio class control request definitions
+ * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver to allow for endpoint control manipulations
+ * such as data sample rates
+ * - Added support for the Audio class GET STATUS request in the Audio Device Class driver so that it is correctly ACKed when sent by the host
+ * - Added new EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop() event to the Audio Device Class driver to detect stream start/stop events
+ * - Added board driver support for the Busware TUL board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1100 board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1104 board
+ * - Added new Host mode Audio Class driver
+ * - Added new SPI_GetCurrentMode() function to the SPI peripheral driver
+ * - Added RingBuffer_GetFreeCount() function to the Ring Buffer driver
+ * - Added new HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod() function to the HID Host Class driver
+ * - Added new USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global variable to indicate the selected configuration in an attached device
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus() function to the host standard request function set
+ * - Added AVR USB XMEGA architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+ * - Added new STRINGIFY() and STRINGIFY_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+ * - Added new JTAG_DISABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+ * - Added Device Qualifier standard descriptor structure definitions USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t and USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added RNDIS device mode to the Webserver project
+ * - Added new incomplete AndroidAccessoryHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new HIDReportViewer project
+ * - Added new MediaControl project
+ * - Added new AudioInputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new AudioInputHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new "checksource" target to all library project makefiles
+ * - Added new VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF configuration option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Volker Bosch)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Altered the definition of the USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptor so that the user is now responsible for supplying
+ * the supported audio sampling rates, to allow for multiple audio interfaces with different numbers of supported rates and/or
+ * continuous sample rates
+ * - Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() has been renamed to Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(), and now returns the correct endpoint direction
+ * as part of the endpoint address
+ * - Renamed global state variables that are specific to a certain USB mode to clearly indicate which mode the variable relates to,
+ * by changing the USB_* prefix to USB_Device_* or USB_Host_*
+ * - Removed the HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval and HOST_STATE_Suspended host state machine states, as these are no longer required
+ * - Altered the USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function to update the global Host state machine state and the new
+ * USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global as required
+ * - Added endian correcting code to the library USB class drivers for multiple architecture support
+ * - Removed the ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_* macros, replaced by ENDPOINT_DIR_* instead
+ * - Renamed the JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro to JTAG_ASSERT()
+ * - Added variable number of axis to HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() for multi-axis joysticks above just X and Y
+ * - Renamed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall() as the function works on an endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * and not a Pipe within the host
+ * - The MS_Host_ResetMSInterface() now performs a full Mass Storage reset sequence to prevent data corruption in the event of a device
+ * lock up or timeout (thanks to David Lyons)
+ * - Added endian-correction to the CDC driver's Line Encoding control request handlers.
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Modified the Low Level and Class Driver AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to support multiple audio sample rates
+ * - Updated all host mode demos and projects to use the EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event callback for device configuration
+ * instead of manual host state machine manipulations in the main application task
+ * - Changed the reports in the GenericHID device demos to control the board LEDs, to reduce user confusion over the callback routines
+ * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's ISP and PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Large number of documentation and code comment corrections (thanks to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+ * - Fixed possibility of the AVR's SPI interface being pulled out of master mode if the /SS pin is a input and pulled low (thanks
+ * to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+ * - Fixed compile error when FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE compile time option was disabled, and a USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time
+ * option was not enabled on the AVR8s
+ * - Fixed lack of C++ compatibility in some internal header files causing compile errors when using LUFA in C++ projects
+ * - Fixed error in the pipe unordered allocation algorithm for the AVR8 devices breaking compatibility with some devices
+ * - Fixed USB_USBTask not being called internally in stream transfers between packets when Partial Stream Transfers are used
+ * - Fixed swapped TWI_ADDRESS_READ and TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE values
+ * - Fixed TWI_ReadPacket() not releasing the TWI bus on read completion
+ * - Fixed optimization error in the HID Parser item value USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() and USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() routines if the report item was
+ * \c NULL (which should be allowable according to the API)
+ * - Fixed HID Parser CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback function not being passed a cacheable report item pointer
+ * - Fixed HID Parser's largest report size bit count not including the size of the last parsed report item
+ * - Fixed HID host driver's largest HID report size count corrupt when the number of report bits exceeds 255
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature in the CDC and DFU class bootloaders for the ATMEGA8U2
+ * - Fixed KeyboardHost and KeyboardHostWithParser demos displaying incorrect values when numerical keys were pressed
+ * - Fixed compile errors in the incomplete BluetoothHost demo application (thanks to Timo Lindfors)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Dataflash buffer use in the DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() function of several demos/projects (thanks to Jeremy Willden)
+ * - Fixed incorrect logging interval (always 500ms longer than requested) in the TempDataLogger project
+ * - Fixed incorrect buffer size check in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Yuri A Nikiforov)
+ * - Fixed port state table corruption in the TCP layer of the RNDIS Ethernet device demos
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog110528 Version 110528
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option to restrict endpoint/pipe configuration to ascending order
+ * in exchange for a smaller compiled program binary size
+ * - Added a new general RingBuff.h miscellaneous ring buffer library driver header
+ * - Added new GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS() macro to correct GCC's mishandling of struct pointer accesses
+ * - Added new GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() macro to prevent instruction reordering across boundaries
+ * - Added basic driver example use code to the library documentation
+ * - Added new Endpoint_Null_Stream() and Pipe_Null_Stream() functions
+ * - Added new ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK() convenience macro
+ * - Added new HID report item macros (with HID_RI_ prefix) to allow for easy creation and editing of HID report descriptors
+ * - Added new HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR() macros
+ * for easy automatic creation of basic USB HID device reports
+ * - Added new MAX() and MIN() convenience macros
+ * - Added new Serial_SendData() function to the Serial driver
+ * - Added board driver support for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board
+ * - Added TWI baud rate prescaler and bit length parameters to the TWI_Init() function (thanks to Thomas Herlinghaus)
+ * - Internal restructuring for eventual multiple architecture ports
+ * - Added AVR32 UC3 architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+ * - Added new architecture independent functions to enable, disable, save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable flags
+ * - Added new RNDIS Device Class Driver packet send and receive functions
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added ability to write protect Mass Storage disk write operations from the host OS
+ * - Added new MIDIToneGenerator project
+ * - Added new KeyboardMouseMultiReport Device ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new VirtualSerialMassStorage Device ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added HID class bootloader, compatible with a modified version of the command line Teensy loader from PJRC.com
+ * - Added LED flashing to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders to indicate when they are running
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Unordered Endpoint/Pipe configuration is now allowed once again by default via the previous reconfig workaround
+ * - Refactored Host mode Class Driver *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines to be more space efficient when compiled
+ * - Added new *_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed error codes for the *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines
+ * - The USARTStream global is now public and documented in the SerialStream module, allowing for the serial USART
+ * stream to be accessed via its handle rather than via the implicit stdout and stdin streams
+ * - The FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option has been removed due to lack of use and low cost/benefit ratio
+ * - Altered all endpoint/pipe stream transfers so that the new BytesProcessed parameter now points to a location
+ * where the number of bytes in the transfer that have been completed can be stored (or NULL if entire transaction
+ * should be performed in one chunk)
+ * - The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option has now been removed due to the new partial stream transfer feature
+ * - Changed over all project and demo HID report descriptors to use the new HID report item macros
+ * - Moved the HIDParser.c source file to the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/ directory from the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/
+ * - Added support to the HID parser for extended USAGE items that contain the usage page as well as the usage index
+ * - Removed the SerialStream driver, rolled functionality into the regular Serial peripheral driver via the new
+ * Serial_CreateStream() and Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions
+ * - Renamed the low level Serial byte send/receive functions, to be consistent with the CDC class driver byte functions
+ * - Altered the behaviour of the serial byte reception function so that is is non-blocking, and now returns a negative
+ * value if no character is received (to remain consistent with the CDC class driver byte reception routines)
+ * - Renamed the PRNT_Host_SendString(), CDC_Host_SendString() and CDC_Device_SendString() functions to *_SendData(), and
+ * added new versions of the *_SendString() routines that expect a null terminated string instead
+ * - Renamed all driver termination *_ShutDown() functions to the more logical name *_Disable()
+ * - Reduced latency for executing the Start-Of-Frame events (if enabled in the user application)
+ * - Removed Pipe_ClearErrorFlags(), pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when Pipe_ClearError() is called
+ * - Endpoint_ResetFIFO() renamed to Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to be consistent with the Pipe_ResetPipe() function name
+ * - Implemented on-demand PLL clock generation for the U4, U6 and U7 series USB AVRs when automatic PLL mode is specified
+ * - F_CLOCK changed to F_USB to be more descriptive, and applicable on future architecture ports
+ * - Renamed all low level Endpoint_Read_*, Endpoint_Write_* and Endpoint_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+ * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+ * - Renamed all low level Pipe_Read_*, Pipe_Write_* and Pipe_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+ * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+ * - Separated out board drivers by architecture in the library internals for better organisation
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Changed the XPLAINBridge software UART to use the regular timer CTC mode instead of the alternative CTC mode
+ * via the Input Capture register, to reduce user confusion
+ * - Combined page and word ISP programming mode code in the AVRISP-MKII clone project to reduce compiled size and
+ * increase maintainability of the code
+ * - Changed over library projects to use the new general ring buffer library driver module
+ * - Added new high level TWI packet read/write commands, altered behaviour of the TWI_StartTransmission() function
+ * - Changed TempDataLogger project's DS1307 driver to simplify the function interface and prevent a possible race condition
+ * - Changed AVRISP-MKII project to use the Watchdog interrupt for command timeouts, to reduce CPU usage and free timer 0
+ * for other uses
+ * - Updated the software USART code in the XPLAIN Bridge application so that the incoming bits are sampled at their mid-point
+ * instead of starting point, to give maximum reliability (thanks to Anton Staaf)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed broken USBFOO board drivers due to missing BOARD_USBFOO define
+ * - Fixed HID host class driver incorrectly binding to HID devices that do not have an OUT endpoint
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Joby Taffey)
+ * - Fixed incorrect endpoint initialisation order in the several device demos (thanks to Rick Drolet)
+ * - Fixed inverted Minimus board LEDs
+ * - Fixed incorrect byte ordering in the Audio_Device_WriteSample24 function (thanks to WZab)
+ * - Fixed several functions in the Host mode Still Image Class driver returning an error code from the incorrect
+ * error code enum (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+ * - Fixed ReportID not being removed from the feature/out report data array in the HID class driver when Report IDs are used
+ * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 definition for the Minimus board
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver exiting the descriptor search routine prematurely if the data pipes (but not event pipe)
+ * is found
+ * - Fixed missing call to Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() in the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() routine
+ * - Fixed Remote Wakeup broken on the AVRs due to the mechanism only operating when the SUSPI bit is set (thanks to Holger Steinhaus)
+ * - Fixed possible invalid program execution when in host mode if corrupt descriptor lengths are supplied by the attached device
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed Benito project discarding incoming data from the USB virtual serial port when the USART is busy
+ * - Fixed broken DFU bootloader, added XPLAIN support for bootloader start when XCK jumpered to ground
+ * - Fixed broken HID_REQ_GetReport request handler in the Low Level GenericHID demo
+ * - Fixed possible lost data in the XPLAINBridge, USBtoSerial and Benito projects when the host exceeds the packet
+ * timeout period on received packets as set by USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS (thanks to Justin Rajewski)
+ * - Fixed possible programming problem in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when programming specific patterns into a target
+ * memory space that is only byte (not page) addressable
+ * - Fixed errors in the incomplete Test and Measurement device demo preventing proper operation (thanks to Pavel Plotnikov)
+ * - Fixed programming errors in the AVRISP-MKII project when the programming packet is a round multiple of the endpoint bank
+ * size under avrdude (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog101122 Version 101122
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE constant to the Mass Storage class driver, to indicate when a previously
+ * not ready removable medium has now become ready for the host's use (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Moved the Pipe and Endpoint stream related code to two new USB library core source files EndpointStream.c and PipeStream.c
+ * - Added new USB_Device_GetFrameNumber() and USB_Host_GetFrameNumber() functions to retrieve the current USB frame number
+ * - Added new USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(), USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() and EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() for the user application
+ * handling of USB Start of Frame events while in USB Host mode
+ * - Added new PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(), PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(), PRNT_Host_SendByte() and PRNT_Host_Flush() functions to the
+ * Print Host Class driver
+ * - Added class specific descriptor alternative struct type defines with standard USB-IF element naming
+ * - Added new project makefile template to the library and moved board driver stub files into in a new "CodeTemplates" directory
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Adafruit U4 breakout board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Arduino Uno development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Blackcat USB JTAG board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware BUI development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware CUL V3 868MHZ radio board (thanks to Dirk Tostmann)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Linnix UDIP development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 development board (thanks to Steve Fawcett)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Maximus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Minimus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added new NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH compile time option to disable automatic flushing of interfaces when the USB management
+ * tasks for each driver is called
+ * - Added standard keyboard HID report scan-code defines (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Added new Pipe_GetBusyBanks(), Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() and Endpoint_AbortPendingIN() functions
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added default test tone generation mode to the Device mode AudioInput demos
+ * - Added new NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT, NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT, NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT and NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT compile time options to the
+ * CDC class bootloader
+ * - Added new XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Removed complicated logic for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function to use inlined or function called versions
+ * depending of if the given bank size is a compile time constant, as the compiler does a better job of optimizing
+ * with basic code
+ * - Changed the signature of the CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function so that the descriptor pointer is const, to remove
+ * the need for extra casting inside the callback (thanks to Jonathan Kollasch)
+ * - Reduced HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to 1000ms down from 1500ms to improve device compatibility while in USB Host mode
+ * - Removed the EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event, not specifying a USB mode correctly now defaults to UID selection mode
+ * - Renamed and moved class driver common constant definitions to make the naming scheme more uniform
+ * - Moved the USB mode specifier constants into a new enum, so that they are semantically related to one another
+ * - Renamed ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() to ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and changed it to return the maximum number of supported banks for
+ * the given endpoint
+ * - Better algorithm to extract and convert the internal device serial number into a string descriptor (if present)
+ * - All USB class drivers are now automatically included when LUFA/Drivers/USB.h is included, and no longer need to be separately included
+ * - The MIDI class drivers now automatically flushes the MIDI interface when the MIDI class driver's USBTask() function is called
+ * - Renamed the EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event to EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() as it is now fired before the library
+ * request handlers, not afterwards
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Changed over all device demos to use a clearer algorithm for the configuring of the application's endpoints
+ * - Added missing DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation() function to the MassStorageKeyboard demo, removed redundant
+ * SCSI_Codes.h file as these values are part of the MassStorage Class Driver
+ * - Added compile time error to the AVRISP-MKII project when built for the U4 chips, as the default VTARGET detection ADC channel
+ * does not exist on these chips (thanks to Marco)
+ * - Changed all Device mode LowLevel demos and Device Class drivers so that the control request is acknowledged and any data
+ * transferred as quickly as possible without any processing in between sections, so that long callbacks or event handlers will
+ * not break communications with the host by exceeding the maximum control request stage timeout period
+ * - Changed over all demos, drivers and internal functions to use the current frame number over the Start of Frame flag where possible
+ * to free up the Start of Frame flag for interrupt use in the user application
+ * - All project makefiles now correctly clean intermediate build files from assembly and C++ sources (thanks to Daniel Czigany)
+ * - Changed default value for the reset polarity parameter in the AVRISP-MKII project so that it defaults to active low drive
+ * - Changed configuration descriptor parser for all host mode projects and class drivers to ensure better compatibility with devices
+ * - All LowLevel demos changed to use the constants and types defined in the USB class drivers
+ * - Changed AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to reload the next sample via an interrupt rather than polling the sample timer
+ * - Rescue clock of the AVRISP-MKII moved to the AVR's OCR1A pin, so that the clock can be generated at all times
+ * - Changed ClassDriver MIDI demos to process all incoming events in a loop until the bank becomes empty rather than one at a time
+ * - Changed LowLevel MIDI demos to only clear the incoming event bank once it has become empty to support packed event packets
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() function modifying the given report item's data when the report item does not exist
+ * within the supplied report of a multiple report HID device
+ * - Fixed critical pipe/endpoint memory allocation issue where the bank memory address space could be silently overlapped
+ * in the USB controller if the endpoints or pipes were allocated in anything other than ascending order (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Added LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to several board LED drivers which were missing it (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Fixed SET FEATURE and CLEAR FEATURE control requests directed at an unconfigured endpoint causing request timeouts
+ * - Fixed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() incorrectly determining the endpoint direction from the currently selected pipe
+ * - Fixed JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() and JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() macros not compiling under pure C99 standards mode
+ * - Fixed endpoint selection within the CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function causing broken GET REPORT requests
+ * - Fixed incorrect command name for EEPROM memory programming in the makefile dfu-ee target
+ * - Fixed incorrect LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function in the Benito board LED driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB_DeviceState value when unconfiguring the device without an address set
+ * - Fixed SPI driver not explicitly setting /SS and MISO pins as inputs when SPI_Init() is called
+ * - Fixed random enumeration failure while in device mode due to interrupts causing the Set Address request to exceed maximum timings
+ * - Fixed MIDI_Host_Flush() not aborting early when the specified MIDI host interface was not configured
+ * - Fixed MIDI class driver send routines silently discarding packets if the endpoint or pipe is busy (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed MassStorage based demos and projects resetting the SCSI sense values before the command is executed, leading to
+ * missed SCSI sense values when the host retrieves the sense key (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial and Benito project SetLineEncoding calls failing if the USART is busy, due to the RX ISR delaying the control
+ * request handler
+ * - Fixed LowLevel PrinterHost demo not sending control requests to the attached printer with the correct printer interface wIndex value
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC class bootloader for the ATMEGA32U2
+ * - Fixed BootloaderCDC project failing on some operating systems due to removed Line Encoding options (thanks to Alexey Belyaev)
+ * - Fixed broken FLASH/EEPROM programming in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when writing in non-paged mode and the polling byte cannot be used
+ * - Fixed ISR definition conflict in the XPLAIN bridge between the software UART and the AVRISP-MKII ISP modules
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial and XPLAINBridge demos discarding data from the PC if the send buffer becomes full
+ * - Fixed broken input in the MagStripe reader project due to an incorrect HID report descriptor
+ * - Fixed incorrect PollingIntervalMS values in the demo/project/bootloader endpoint descriptors (thanks to MCS Electronics)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not starting the target's program automatically after exiting TPI programming mode
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100807 Version 100807
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new ADC_DisableChannel() function (thanks to Mich Davis)
+ * - Added new VTARGET_REF_VOLTS and VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR compile time defines to the AVRISP-MKII programmer project to set
+ * the VTARGET reference voltage and scale factor
+ * - Added new pgm_read_ptr() macro to Common.h for reading of pointers out of flash memory space
+ * - Added new SWAPENDIAN_16() and SWAPENDIAN_32() macros to Common.h for statically initialized variables at compile time
+ * - Added new Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c file to house Device mode specific functions that are more complicated than simple macros
+ * - Added new AVRStudio 4 project files for all library demos, projects and bootloaders
+ * - Added ability to set the serial baud rate via the user's terminal in the XPLAINBridge project
+ * - Added new LUFA module variables for the different source modules in the core library makefile to simplify project makefiles
+ * - Added start of a new Test and Measurement class demo (thanks to Peter Lawrence)
+ * - Added new SPI_ORDER_* data order masks to the SPI peripheral driver
+ * - Added support to the AVRISP-MKII project for ISP speeds slower than 125KHz via a new software SPI driver
+ * - Added support for the new button/LED on the latest model USBTINY-MKII
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - The RingBuff library code has been replaced in the XPLAINBridge, Benito and USBtoSerial projects with an ultra lightweight
+ * ring buffer to help improve the reliability of the projects
+ * - The EEPROM stream read/write functions now use eeprom_update_byte() instead of eeprom_write_byte(), so that only
+ * changed bytes are written to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+ * - Changed over the AVRISP-MKII and TemperatureDataLogger projects to use eeprom_update_byte() when writing non-volatile
+ * parameters to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+ * - Removed unused line encoding data and control requests from the CDC Bootloader code, to save space
+ * - Renamed SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT() macro to STDOUT_ASSERT()
+ * - The USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() and USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macros have been deleted, as they are now obsolete
+ * - Rewrote the implementation of the SwapEndian_16() and SwapEndian_32() functions so that they compile down in most instances to
+ * minimal loads and stores rather than complicated shifts
+ * - The software UART in the XPLAINBridge has been largely altered to try to improve upon its performance and reliability
+ * - The USBtoSerial and Benito projects now flushes received data via a flush timer, so that several bytes can be transmitted at once
+ * - Removed the automated checking of event names in the demo, project and bootloader makefiles due to inconsistencies between the
+ * behaviour of the command line tools used to perform the check on each platform
+ * - Internal USB driver source files renamed and moved to ease future possible architecture ports
+ * - All internal pseudo-function macros have been converted to true inline functions for type-safety and readability
+ * - Changed LED indicator masks for the AVRISP-MKII project, so that there are defined roles for each LED
+ * - Altered the CDC Device and Host Class drivers' receive byte routines, so that no data is indicated by the function returning a
+ * negative value (thanks to Andreas Paulin)
+ * - Added auto flushing of OUT data to the CDC Host Class driver's USBTask function to automatically flush the send pipe buffer
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project sending a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to 128KB AVRs after programming or reading from
+ * the last page of FLASH (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not sending a full erase-and-write EEPROM command to XMEGA targets when writing to the EEPROM
+ * instead of the split write-only command (thanks to Tim Margush)
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthernet demos crashing when calculating checksums for Ethernet/TCP packets of more than ~500 bytes due to
+ * an overflow in the checksum calculation loop (thanks to Kevin Malec)
+ * - Fixed XPLAINBridge project not correctly reading the XMEGA's supply voltage when reporting back to the host
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU bootloader (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed internal device serial not being accessible on the ATMEGAXXU2 AVRs (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in ConfigDescriptor.h breaking C++ compatibility (thanks to Michael Hennebry)
+ * - Fixed broken PDI EEPROM Section Erase functionality in the AVRISP-MKII project
+ * - Fixed USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() not working when the USB clock was frozen during USB bus suspend (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed occasional lockup of the AVRISP project due to the timeout extension code incorrectly extending the timeout in
+ * PDI and TPI programming modes infinitely
+ * - Fixed HID device class driver still using PrevReportINBuffer for GetReport control requests even when it has been
+ * set to NULL by the user application (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() not correctly waiting for the endpoint to become ready (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - Fixed Benito and USBtoSerial projects not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which could cause incorrect
+ * operation to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+ * - Fixed Serial peripheral driver not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which would cause incorrect operation
+ * to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+ * - Fixed software application start command broken in the DFU class bootloader when dfu-programmer is used due to application
+ * start address corruption
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100513 Version 100513
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added incomplete MIDIToneGenerator project
+ * - Added new Relay Controller Board project (thanks to OBinou)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Teensy, USBTINY MKII, Benito and JM-DB-U2 lines of third party USB AVR boards
+ * - Added new ATTR_NO_INIT variable attribute for global variables that should not be automatically cleared on startup
+ * - Added new ENDPOINT_*_BusSuspended error code to the Endpoint function, so that the stream functions early-abort if the bus
+ * is suspended before or during a transfer
+ * - Added new EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent() event and CDC_Host_SendBreak() function to the Device and Host CDC Class drivers
+ * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID device class driver CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function so that FEATURE
+ * reports from the host to the device can be correctly processed
+ * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID host class driver HID_Host_SendReportByID() function so that FEATURE reports can be
+ * issued to the attached device
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - AVRISP programmer project now has a more robust timeout system
+ * - Added a timeout value to the TWI_StartTransmission() function, within which the addressed device must respond
+ * - Webserver project now uses the board LEDs to indicate the current IP configuration state
+ * - Added ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER compile time option to the Webserver project to disable the TELNET server if desired
+ * - Increased throughput of the USBtoSerial demo on systems that send multiple bytes per packet (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Double bank CDC endpoints in the XPLAIN Bridge project, re-enable JTAG once the mode selection pin has been sampled.
+ * - Standardized the naming scheme given to configuration descriptor sub-elements in the Device mode demos, bootloaders
+ * and projects
+ * - All Class Driver Host mode demos now correctly set the board LEDs to READY once the enumeration process has completed
+ * - Added LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP programmer project to make the code compatible with Windows
+ * builds of avrdude at the expense of AVRStudio compatibility
+ * - Removed two-step endpoint/pipe bank clear and switch sequence for smaller, faster endpoint/pipe code
+ * - The USB_Init() function no longer calls sei() - the user is now responsible for enabling interrupts when they are ready
+ * for them to be enabled (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - The Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() and Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() functions are now inline, to reduce overhead
+ * - Removed the cast to uint16_t on the set baud rate in the USBtoSerial project, so that the higher >1M baud rates can be
+ * selected (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+ * - Removed software PDI and TPI emulation from the AVRISP-MKII clone project as it was very buggy and slow - PDI and TPI must
+ * now be implemented via separate programming headers
+ * - The CDC class bootloader now uses a watchdog reset rather than a soft-reset when exited to ensure that all hardware is
+ * properly reset to their defaults
+ * - Device mode class driver callbacks are now fired before the control request status stage is sent to prevent the host from
+ * timing out if another request is immediately fired and the device has a lengthy callback routine
+ * - The TeensyHID bootloader has been removed, per request from Paul at PJRC
+ * - The LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option in the XPLAINBridge and AVRISP-MKII projects has been renamed
+ * LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT, as it applies to all software on all platforms using the libUSB driver
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed possible device lockup when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is enabled and the control endpoint is not properly
+ * selected when the ISR completes
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not correctly issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands when the extended address
+ * boundary is crossed during programming or read back (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+ * - Fixed warnings when building the AVRISP-MKII clone project with the ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL compile time option disabled
+ * - Fixed software PDI/TPI programming mode in the AVRISP project not correctly toggling just the clock pin
+ * - Fixed TWI_StartTransmission() corrupting the contents of the GPIOR0 register
+ * - Fixed TWI driver not aborting when faced with no response after attempting to address a device on the bus
+ * - Fixed ADC routines not correctly returning the last result when multiple channels were read
+ * - Fixed ADC routines failing to read the extended channels (Channels 8 to 13, Internal Temperature Sensor) on the
+ * U4 series USB AVR parts
+ * - Fixed LowLevel MassStorage demo broken on the U2 series USB AVRs due to unsupported double-banked endpoint modes used
+ * - Fixed compilation error in the AudioInput demos when MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL is defined (thanks to C. Scott Ananian)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of HID_ALIGN_DATA() causing incorrect HID report item data alignment
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver not resetting the transaction ID when a new session is opened, fixed driver not sending
+ * a valid session ID to the device
+ * - Removed invalid dfu and flip related targets from the bootloaders - bootloaders can only be replaced with an external programmer
+ * - Fixed Set/Clear Feature requests directed to a non-configured endpoint not returning a stall to the host
+ * - Fixed HID Device Class Driver not allocating a temporary buffer when the host requests a report via the control endpoint and the
+ * user has set the PrevReportINBuffer driver configuration element to NULL (thanks to Lars Noschinski)
+ * - Fixed device state not being reset to DEVICE_STATE_Default if the host sets a 0x00 device address
+ * - Fixed device not stalling configuration requests before the device's address has been set
+ * - Fixed possibility of internal signature retrieval being corrupted if an interrupt occurs during a signature byte
+ * read (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Fixed device state not being reset back to the default state if the host sets the address to 0
+ * - Fixed Set Configuration requests not being stalled until the host has set the device's address
+ * - Fixed Host mode HID class driver not sending the correct report type when HID_Host_SendReportByID() was called and the
+ * HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time option is set
+ * - Fixed INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile time option preventing other interrupts from occurring while the control endpoint
+ * request is being processed, causing possible lockups if a USB interrupt occurs during a transfer
+ * - Remove incorrect Abstract Call Management class specific descriptor from the CDC demos, bootloaders and projects
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100219 Version 100219
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added TPI programming support for 6-pin ATTINY devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+ * - Added command timeout counter to the AVRISP project so that the device no longer freezes when incorrectly connected
+ * to a target
+ * - Added new TemperatureDataLogger application, a USB data logger which writes to the device's dataflash and appears to
+ * the host as a standard Mass Storage device when inserted
+ * - Added MIDI event packing support to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, allowing for multiple MIDI events to
+ * sent or received in packed form in a single USB packet
+ * - Added new MIDI send buffer flush routines to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, to flush packed events
+ * - Added master mode hardware TWI driver for easy TWI peripheral control
+ * - Added ADC MUX masks for the standard ADC input channels on all AVR models with an ADC, altered demos to use these masks
+ * as on some models, the channel number is not identical to its single-ended ADC MUX mask
+ * - New Webserver project, a RNDIS host USB webserver using the open source uIP TCP/IP network stack and FatFS library
+ * - New BOARD value option BOARD_NONE (equivalent to not specifying BOARD) which will remove all board hardware drivers which
+ * do not adversely affect the code operation (currently only the LEDs driver)
+ * - Added keyboard modifier masks (HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_*) and LED report masks (KEYBOARD_LED_*) to the HID class driver and
+ * Keyboard demos
+ * - Added .5MHz recovery clock to the AVRISP programmer project when in ISP programming mode to correct mis-set fuses
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Slowed down software USART carried PDI programming in the AVRISP project to prevent transmission errors
+ * - Renamed the AVRISP project folder to AVRISP-MKII to reduce confusion
+ * - Renamed the RESET_LINE_* makefile tokens in the AVRISP MKII Project to AUX_LINE_*, as they are not always used for target
+ * reset
+ * - Changed over the MassStorageKeyboard Class driver device demo to use Start of Frame events rather than a timer to keep track
+ * of elapsed milliseconds
+ * - Inlined currently unused (but standardized) maintenance functions in the Device and Host Class drivers to save space
+ * - The XPLAINBridge project now selects between a USB to Serial bridge and a PDI programmer on startup, reading the JTAG port's
+ * TDI pin to determine which mode to use
+ * - Removed the stream example code from the Low Level VirtualSerial demos, as they were buggy and only served to add clutter
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not able to enter programming mode when ISP protocol is used
+ * - Fixed AVRISP PDI race condition where the guard time between direction changes could be interpreted as a start bit
+ * - Fixed ADC_IsReadingComplete() returning an inverted result
+ * - Fixed blocking CDC streams not aborting when the host is disconnected
+ * - Fixed XPLAIN board Dataflash driver broken due to incorrect preprocessor commands
+ * - Fixed inverted XPLAIN LED driver output (LED turned on when it was supposed to be turned off, and vice-versa)
+ * - Fixed Class Driver struct interface numbers in the KeyboardMouse and VirtualSerialMouse demos (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+ * - Fixed invalid USB controller PLL prescaler values for the ATMEGAxxU2 controllers
+ * - Fixed lack of support for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+ * - Fixed Benito project not resetting the target AVR automatically when programming has completed
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader programming not discarding the correct number of filler bytes from the host when non-aligned programming
+ * ranges are specified (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+ * - Fixed CDC and RNDIS host demos and class drivers - bidirectional endpoints should use two separate pipes, not one half-duplex pipe
+ * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not taking the endpoint's direction into account
+ * - Fixed EEPROM and FLASH ISP programming in the AVRISP project
+ * - Fixed incorrect values of USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED and USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP tokens (thanks to Claus Christensen)
+ * - Fixed SerialStream driver blocking while waiting for characters to be received instead of returning EOF
+ * - Fixed SerialStream driver not setting stdin to the created serial stream (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+ * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportSize() returning the number of bits in the specified report instead of bytes
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not extending the command delay after each successful page/word/byte program
+ * - Fixed accuracy of the SERIAL_UBBRVAL() and SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL() macros for higher baud rates (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog091223 Version 091223
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added activity LED indicators to the AVRISP project to indicate when the device is busy processing a command
+ * - The USB target family and allowable USB mode tokens are now public and documented (USB_CAN_BE_*, USB_SERIES_*_AVR)
+ * - Added new XPLAIN USB to Serial Bridge project (thanks to John Steggall for initial proof-of-concept, David Prentice
+ * and Peter Danneger for revised software USART code)
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host Class Driver
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added CDC_Host_Flush() function to the CDC Host Class driver to flush sent data to the attached device
+ * - Added PDI programming support for XMEGA devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ * - Added support for the XPLAIN board Dataflash, with new XPLAIN_REV1 board target for the different Dataflash used
+ * on the first revision boards compared to the one mounted on later revisions
+ * - Added new HID_ALIGN_DATA() macro to return the pre-retrieved value of a HID report item, left-aligned to a given datatype
+ * - Added new PreviousValue to the HID Report Parser report item structure, for easy monitoring of previous report item values
+ * - Added new EVK527 board target
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor() convenience function
+ * - Added new LEDNotification project to the library, to give a visual LED notification on new events from the host
+ * - Added new NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP and NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER compile time options
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Removed code in the Keyboard demos to send zeroed reports between two reports with differing numbers of key codes
+ * as this relied on non-standard OS driver behaviour to repeat key groups
+ * - The SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t and SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t type defines are now part of the Mass Storage Class
+ * driver common defines, rather than being defined in the Host mode Class driver section only
+ * - The USB_MODE_HOST token is now defined even when host mode is not available
+ * - The CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new ReportType parameter to
+ * indicate the report type to generate
+ * - All Class Drivers now return false or the "DeviceDisconnected" error code of their respective error enums when a function
+ * is called when no host/device is connected where possible
+ * - The HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in line
+ * with the rest of the library error codes
+ * - Make MIDI device demos also turn off the on board LEDs if MIDI Note On messages are sent with a velocity of zero,
+ * which some devices use instead of Note Off messages (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - The CDC demos are now named "VirtualSerial" instead to indicate the demos' function rather than its implemented USB class,
+ * to reduce confusion and to be in line with the rest of the LUFA demos
+ * - The SImage_Host_SendBlockHeader() and SImage_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader() Still Image Host Class driver functions are now public
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Added missing CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream() function code to the CDC Host Class driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect values for REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_* enum values causing corrupt data in the HID Host Parser
+ * - Fixed misnamed SI_Host_USBTask() and SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions
+ * - Fixed broken USB_GetNextDescriptor() function causing the descriptor to jump ahead double the expected amount
+ * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not masking the given Endpoint Address against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK
+ * - Fixed host state machine not enabling Auto VBUS mode when HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS is set to zero
+ * - Fixed misnamed Pipe_SetPipeToken() macro for setting a pipe's direction
+ * - Fixed CDCHost failing on devices with bidirectional endpoints
+ * - Fixed USB driver failing to define the PLL prescaler mask for the ATMEGA8U2 and ATMEGA16U2
+ * - Fixed HID Parser not distributing the Usage Min and Usage Max values across an array of report items
+ * - Fixed Mass Storage Host Class driver and Low Level demo not clearing the error condition if an attached device returns a
+ * STALL to a GET MAX LUN request (thanks to Martin Luxen)
+ * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not properly shutting down the USB interface to trigger a disconnection on the host before resetting
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost Class driver demo not having USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS compile time option set properly to prevent slow
+ * devices from timing out the data pipes
+ * - Fixed the definition of the Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() macro for the U4 series AVR parts
+ * - Fixed MIDI host Class driver MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() routine not properly checking for Pipe ready before writing
+ * - Fixed use of deprecated struct initializers, removed library unused parameter warnings when compiled with -Wextra enabled
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host Class driver truncating the PIMA response code (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+ * - Fixed USB_CurrentMode not being reset to USB_MODE_NONE when the USB interface is shut down and both Host and Device modes can be
+ * used (thanks to Daniel Levy)
+ * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not enumerating to the host correctly (thanks to Clint Fisher)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project timeouts not checking for the correct timeout period (thanks to Carl Ott)
+ * - Fixed STK525 Dataflash driver using incorrect bit-shifting for Dataflash addresses (thanks to Tim Mitchell)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog091122 Version 091122
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new Dual Role Keyboard/Mouse demo
+ * - Added new HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token to reduce the size of the HID Host Class driver when
+ * Report protocol is not needed
+ * - Added new MIDI LowLevel and ClassDriver Host demo, add new MIDI Host Class driver
+ * - Added new CDC/Mouse ClassDriver device demo
+ * - Added new Joystick Host ClassDriver and LowLevel demos
+ * - Added new Printer Host mode Class driver
+ * - Added new Printer Host mode ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added optional support for double banked endpoints and pipes in the Device and Host mode Class drivers
+ * - Added new stream creation function to the CDC Class drivers, to easily make standard I/O streams from CDC Class driver instances
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Removed mostly useless "TestApp" demo, as it was mainly useful only for checking for syntax errors in the library
+ * - MIDI device demos now receive MIDI events from the host and display note ON messages via the board LEDs
+ * - Cleanups to the Device mode Mass Storage demo application SCSI routines
+ * - Changed Audio Class driver sample read/write functions to be inline, to reduce the number of cycles needed to transfer
+ * samples to and from the device (allowing more time for sample processing and output)
+ * - Audio class Device mode demos now work at both 16MHz and 8MHz, rather than just at 8MHz
+ * - The previous USBtoSerial demo has been moved into the projects directory, as it was just a modified CDC demo
+ * - The Endpoint/Pipe functions now use the const qualifier on the input buffer
+ * - Changed the CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback to pass a HID_ReportItem_t rather than just the current
+ * item's attributes, to expose more information on the item (including it's type, collection path, etc.)
+ * - Changed MouseHostWithParser demos to check that the report items have a Mouse usage collection as a parent at some point,
+ * to prevent Joysticks from enumerating with the demo
+ * - Corrected the name of the misnamed USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+ * - Keyboard LowLevel/ClassDriver demos now support multiple simultaneous key presses (up to 6) per report
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed PrinterHost demo returning invalid Device ID data when the attached device does not have a
+ * device ID (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Changed LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER define to use BCD values, to make comparisons easier
+ * - Fixed issue in the HID Host class driver's HID_Host_SendReportByID() routine using the incorrect mode (control/pipe)
+ * to send report to the attached device
+ * - Fixed ClassDriver AudioOutput device demo not selecting an audio output mode
+ * - Fixed incorrect SampleFrequencyType value in the AudioInput and AudioOutput ClassDriver demos' descriptors
+ * - Fixed incorrect event name rule in demo/project/bootloader makefiles
+ * - Fixed HID device class driver not reselecting the correct endpoint once the user callback routines have been called
+ * - Corrected HID descriptor in the Joystick Device demos - buttons should be placed outside the pointer collection
+ * - Fixed HID report parser collection paths invalid due to misplaced semicolon in the free path item search loop
+ * - Fixed HID host Class driver report send/receive report broken when issued through the control pipe
+ * - Fixed HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time option being ignored when in host mode (thanks to David Lyons)
+ * - Fixed LowLevel Keyboard demo not saving the issues report only after it has been sent to the host
+ * - Fixed Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_* functions not sending a terminating IN when given data Length is zero
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090924 Version 090924
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new host mode class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+ * - Added flag to the HID report parser to indicate if a device has multiple reports
+ * - Added new EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, controlled by the new USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and
+ * USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() macros to give bus-synchronized millisecond interrupts when in USB device mode
+ * - Added new Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection() macro for bidirectional endpoints
+ * - Added new AVRISP project, a LUFA powered clone of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer
+ * - Added ShutDown() functions for all hardware peripheral drivers, so that peripherals can be turned off after use
+ * - Added new CDC_Device_Flush() command to the device mode CDC Class driver to flush Device->Host data
+ * - Added extra masks to the SPI driver, changed SPI_Init() so that the clock polarity and sample modes can be set
+ * - Added new callback to the HID report parser, so that the user application can filter only the items it is interested
+ * in to be stored into the HIDReportInfo structure to save RAM
+ * - Added support for the officially recommended external peripheral layout for the BUMBLEB board (thanks to Dave Fletcher)
+ * - Added new Pipe_IsFrozen() macro to determine if the currently selected pipe is frozen
+ * - Added new USB_GetHIDReportSize() function to the HID report parser to retrieve the size of a given report by its ID
+ * - Added new combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demo (thanks to Matthias Hullin)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - SetIdle requests to the HID device driver with a 0 idle period (send changes only) now only affect the requested
+ * HID interface within the device, not all HID interfaces
+ * - Added explicit attribute masks to the device mode demos' descriptors
+ * - Added return values to the CDC and MIDI class driver transmit functions
+ * - Optimized Endpoint_Read_Word_* and Pipe_Read_Word_* macros to reduce compiled size
+ * - Added non-null function parameter pointer restrictions to USB Class drivers to improve user code reliability
+ * - Added new "Common" section to the class drivers, to hold all mode-independent definitions for clarity
+ * - Moved SCSI command/sense constants into the Mass Storage Class driver, instead of the user-code
+ * - Altered the SCSI commands in the LowLevel Mass Storage Host to save on FLASH space by reducing function calls
+ * - Changed the parameters and behaviour of the USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function so that it now performs size checks
+ * and data validations internally, to simplify user code
+ * - Changed HIDParser to only zero out important values in the Parsed HID Report Item Information structure to save cycles
+ * - The HID report parser now always processed FEATURE items - HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING token now has no effect
+ * - The HID report parser now always ignores constant-data items, HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS token now has no effect
+ * - The Benito Programmer project now has its own unique VID/PID pair allocated from the Atmel donated LUFA VID/PID pool
+ * - Add in new invalid event hook check targets to project makefiles to produce compilation errors when invalid event names
+ * are used in a project
+ * - The HID Report Parser now gives information on the total length of each report within a HID interface
+ * - The USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate USB_Descriptor_* and
+ * USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so both may be used
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed possible lockup in the CDC device class driver, when the host sends data that is a multiple of the
+ * endpoint's bank
+ * - Fixed swapped parameters in the HID state memory copy call while processing a HID PUSH item in the HID report parser
+ * - Fixed memory corruption HID report parser when too many COLLECTION or PUSH items were processed
+ * - Fixed HID report parser not resetting the FEATURE item count when a REPORT ID item is encountered
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demos not reading in UDR1 when the USART receives data but the USB interface is not enumerated,
+ * causing continuous USART receive interrupts
+ * - Fixed misspelled event name in the Class driver USBtoSerial demo, preventing correct operation
+ * - Fixed invalid data being returned when a GetStatus request is issued in Device mode with an unhandled data recipient
+ * - Added hardware USART receive interrupt and software buffering to the Benito project to ensure received data is not
+ * missed or corrupted
+ * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver always sending IN packets, even when nothing to report
+ * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver not explicitly initializing the ReportSize parameter to zero before calling callback
+ * routine, so that ignored callbacks don't cause incorrect data to be sent
+ * - Fixed StillImageHost not correctly freezing and unfreezing data pipes while waiting for a response block header
+ * - Fixed error in the PrinterHost demo preventing the full page data from being sent to the attached device (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Fixed CDC based demos and projects' INF driver files under 64 bit versions of Windows (thanks to Ronny Hanson, Thomas Bleeker)
+ * - Re-add in missing flip, flip-ee, dfu and dfu-ee targets to project makefiles (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fix allowable F_CPU values comment in project makefiles to more accurately reflect the allowable values on the USB AVRs
+ * - Fixed DFU and CDC class bootloaders on the series 2 USB AVRs, corrected invalid signatures, added support for the new
+ * ATMEGAxx2 series 2 variant AVRs to the DFU bootloader
+ * - Fixed Low Level USBtoSerial demo not storing received characters (thanks to Michael Cooper)
+ * - Fixed MIDI Device Class driver not sending/receiving MIDI packets of the correct size (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090810 Version 090810
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new device class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+ * - Added new PrinterHost demo (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Added USB Missile Launcher project, submitted by Dave Fletcher
+ * - Added new Benito Arduino Programmer project
+ * - Added incomplete device and host mode demos for later enhancement
+ * - Updated MassStorage device block write routines to use ping-pong Dataflash buffering to increase throughput by around 30%
+ * - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete in all demos and projects
+ * - Added new USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() convenience function for easy configuration selection of devices while in USB
+ * host mode
+ * - Added new USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() convenience function to clear a stall condition on an attached device's endpoint
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor() convenience function to retrieve the attached device's Device descriptor
+ * - Added new Endpoint_ClearStatusStage() convenience function to assist with the status stages of control transfers
+ * - Added new USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL define for using the unique serial numbers in some AVR models as the USB device's serial number,
+ * added NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL compile time option to turn off new serial number reading code
+ * - Added new DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK() macro to the Dataflash driver, which returns the Dataflash select mask for the given chip index
+ * - Added new HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval host state machine state for non-blocking disabling of device communications until the
+ * device has been removed (for use when an error occurs or communications with the device have completed)
+ * - Added new FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option for faster stream transfers via multiple bytes copied per stream loop
+ * - Added stdio stream demo code to the CDC device demos, to show how to create standard streams out of the virtual serial ports
+ * - Added new EEPROM and FLASH buffer versions of the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions
+ * - Added new USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time options
+ * - Added support for the new ATMEGA32U2, ATMEGA16U2 and ATMEGA8U2 AVR models
+ * - Added new USB_DeviceState variable to keep track of the current Device mode USB state
+ * - Added new LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to the LEDs driver
+ * - Added new Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() and Pipe_IsEndpointBound() functions
+ * - Added new DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR and HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time options
+ * - Added 404 Not Found errors to the webserver in the RNDIS demos to indicate invalid URLs
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Deprecated pseudo-scheduler and removed dynamic memory allocator from the library (first no longer needed and second unused)
+ * - The device-mode CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now has an extra parameter so that the memory space in which the requested
+ * descriptor is located can be specified. This means that descriptors can now be located in multiple memory spaces within a device.
+ * - Removed vague USB_IsConnected global - test USB_DeviceState or USB_HostState explicitly to gain previous functionality
+ * - Removed USB_IsSuspended global - test USB_DeviceState against DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead
+ * - Extended USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() routine to require the configuration number within the device to fetch
+ * - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy() now always ensures that the dataflash is ready for the next command immediately after returning,
+ * no need to call Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS() afterwards
+ * - Low level API MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
+ * - Pipe_GetErrorFlags() now returns additional error flags for overflow and underflow errors
+ * - Pipe stream functions now automatically set the correct pipe token, so that bidirectional pipes can be used
+ * - Pipe_ConfigurePipe() now automatically defaults IN pipes to accepting infinite IN requests, this can still be changed by calling
+ * the existing Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests() function
+ * - Changed F_USB entries in project makefiles to alias to F_CPU by default, as this is the most common case
+ * - Host mode demos now use sane terminal escape codes, so that text is always readable and events/program output is visually distinguished
+ * from one another using foreground colours
+ * - Internal per-device preprocessing conditions changed to per-device series rather than per-controller group for finer-grain
+ * internal control
+ * - Interrupts are no longer disabled during the processing of Control Requests on the default endpoint while in device mode
+ * - AudioOutput demos now always output to board LEDs, regardless of output mode (removed AUDIO_OUT_LEDS project option)
+ * - Removed SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION compile time option in favor of the new FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS option so that the exact number
+ * of device configurations can be defined statically
+ * - Removed VBUS events, as they are already exposed to the user application via the regular device connection and disconnection events
+ * - Renamed and altered existing events to properly separate out Host and Device mode events
+ * - All demos switched over from GNU99 standards mode to C99 standards mode, to reduce the dependencies on GCC-only language extensions
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed to fix
+ * bootloaders on some of the USB AVR devices where avr-libc erroneously defines RAMPZ
+ * - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
+ * to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time) to prevent incorrect device enumerations and freezes while transferring data
+ * - Make Pipe_ConfigurePipe() mask the given endpoint number against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK to ensure the endpoint IN direction bit is
+ * cleared to prevent endpoint type corruption
+ * - Fixed issue opening CDC-ACM ports on hosts when the CDC device tries to send data before the host has set the line encoding
+ * - Fixed USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option being ignored during device disconnects on some models (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed documentation mentioning Pipe_GetCurrentToken() function when correct function name is Pipe_GetPipeToken()
+ * - Fixed ADC driver for the ATMEGA32U4 and ATMEGA16U4 (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fixed CDCHost demo unfreezing the pipes at the point of configuration, rather than use
+ * - Fixed MassStorage demo not clearing the reset flag when a Mass Storage Reset is issued while not processing a command
+ * - Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails
+ * - Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used
+ * - Fixed Host mode to Device mode UID change not causing a USB Disconnect event when a device was connected
+ * - Fixed Mouse/Keyboard demos not performing the correct arithmetic on the Idle period at the right times (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed GenericHID failing HID class tests due to incorrect Logical Minimum and Logical Maximum values (thanks to Soren Greiner)
+ * - Fixed incorrect PIPE_EPNUM_MASK mask causing pipe failures on devices with endpoint addresses of 8 and above (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Fixed report data alignment issues in the MouseHostWithParser demo when X and Y movement data size is not a multiple of 8 bits
+ * - Fixed HID Report Descriptor Parser not correctly resetting internal states when a REPORT ID element is encountered
+ * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 for the STK526 target
+ * - Fixed RNDIS demos freezing when more than one connection was attempted simultaneously, causing memory corruption
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo receiving noise from the USART due to pull-up not being enabled
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605
+ *
+ * - Fixed bug in RNDISEthernet and DualCDC demos not using the correct USB_ControlRequest structure for control request data
+ * - Fixed documentation showing incorrect USB mode support on the supported AVRs list
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthernet not working under Linux due to Linux requiring an "optional" RNDIS request which was unhandled
+ * - Fixed Mouse and Keyboard device demos not acting in accordance with the HID specification for idle periods (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Removed support for endpoint/pipe non-control interrupts; these did not act in the way users expected, and had many subtle issues
+ * - Fixed Device Mode not handling Set Feature and Clear Feature Chapter 9 requests that are addressed to the device (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Moved control endpoint interrupt handling into the library itself, enable via the new INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token
+ * - Fixed CDCHost not clearing configured pipes and resetting configured pipes mask when a partially enumerated invalid CDC
+ * interface is skipped
+ * - Clarified the size of library tokens which accept integer values in the Compile Time Tokens page, values now use the smallest datatype
+ * inside the library that is able to hold their defined value to save space
+ * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro as it was largely superfluous and only served to obfuscate code
+ * - Rewritten event system to remove all macros, to make user code clearer
+ * - Fixed incorrect ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK mask preventing endpoints above EP3 from being selected (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Removed STREAM_CALLBACK() macro - callbacks now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+ * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro - comparators should now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+ * - USB_IsConnected is now cleared before the USB_Disconnect() event is fired in response to VBUS being removed
+ * - Fixed incorrect PID value being used in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Phill)
+ * - Deleted StdDescriptors.c, renamed USB_GetDescriptor() to CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor, moved ConfigDescriptor.c/.h from the
+ * LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ directory to LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ in preparation for the new USB class APIs
+ * - Moved out each demos' functionality library files (e.g. Ring Buffer library) to /Lib directories for a better directory structure
+ * - Removed Tx interrupt from the USBtoSerial demo; now sends characters via polling to ensure more time for the Rx interrupt
+ * - Fixed possible enumeration errors from spin-loops which may fail to exit if the USB connection is severed before the exit condition
+ * becomes true
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090510 Version 090510
+ *
+ * - Added new GenericHIDHost demo
+ * - Corrections to the KeyboardHost and MouseHost demos' pipe handling to freeze and unfreeze the data pipes at the point of use
+ * - KeyboardHost, MouseHost and GenericHIDHost demos now save and restore the currently selected pipe inside the pipe ISR
+ * - Changed GenericHID device demo to use the LUFA scheduler, added INTERRUPT_DATA_ENDPOINT and INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile
+ * time options
+ * - All comments in the library, bootloaders, demos and projects have now been spell-checked and spelling mistakes/typos corrected
+ * - Added new PIMA_DATA_SIZE() define to the Still Image Host demo
+ * - Add call to MassStore_WaitForDataReceived() in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus() to ensure that the CSW has been received in the
+ * extended MSC timeout period before continuing, to prevent long processing delays from causing the MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+ * to early-abort (thanks to Dmitry Maksimov)
+ * - Move StdRequestType.h, StreamCallbacks.h, USBMode.h from the LowLevel USB driver directory to the HighLevel USB driver directory,
+ * where they are more suited
+ * - Removed all binary constants and replaced with decimal or hexadecimal constants so that unpatched GCC compilers can still build the
+ * code without having to be itself patched and recompiled first
+ * - Added preprocessor checks and documentation to the bootloaders giving information about missing SIGNATURE_x defines due to
+ * outdated avr-libc versions.
+ * - Added support to the CDCHost demo for devices with multiple CDC interfaces which are not the correct ACM type preceding the desired
+ * ACM CDC interface
+ * - Fixed GenericHID demo not starting USB and HID management tasks when not using interrupt driven modes (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthenet demo checking the incorrect message field for packet size constraints (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Fixed WriteNextReport code in the GenericHIDHost demo using incorrect parameter types and not selecting the correct endpoint
+ * - Adjusted sample CTC timer calculations in the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos to match the CTC calculations in the AVR datasheet,
+ * and to fix instances where rounding caused the endpoint to underflow (thanks to Robin Theunis)
+ * - The USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0), so that other control type
+ * pipes can be used with the function
+ * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task completes
+ * - Fixed GenericHIDHost demo report write routine incorrect for control type requests (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Removed Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() and Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() in favor of new Endpoint_ClearIN(), Endpoint_ClearOUT(),
+ * Pipe_ClearIN() and Pipe_ClearOUT() macros (done to allow for the detection of packets of zero length)
+ * - Renamed *_ReadWriteAllowed() macros to *_IsReadWriteAllowed() to remain consistent with the rest of the LUFA API
+ * - Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(), Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been
+ * renamed to Endpoint_ClearSETUP(), the Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to Pipe_IsSETUPSent() and the
+ * Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed - changes made to compliment the new endpoint and pipe
+ * bank management API
+ * - Updated all demos, bootloaders and projects to use the new endpoint and pipe management APIs (thanks to Roman Thiel from Curetis AG)
+ * - Updated library Doxygen documentation, added groups, changed documentation macro functions to real functions for clarity
+ * - Removed old endpoint and pipe aliased read/write/discard routines which did not have an explicit endian specifier for clarity
+ * - Removed the ButtLoadTag.h header file, as no one used for its intended purpose anyway
+ * - Renamed the main Drivers/AT90USBXXX directory to Drivers/Peripheral, renamed the Serial_Stream driver to SerialStream
+ * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos freezing where buffers were full while still transmitting or receiving (thanks to Peter Hand)
+ * - Removed "Host_" section of the function names in ConfigDescriptor.h, as most of the routines can now be used in device mode on the
+ * device descriptor
+ * - Renamed functions in the HID parser to have a "USB_" prefix and the acronym "HID" in the name
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID interface class and subclass values in the Mouse and KeyboardMouse demos (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Capitalized the "Descriptor_Search" and "Descriptor_Search_Comp" prefixes of the values in the DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and
+ * DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums
+ * - Removed "ERROR" from the enum names in the endpoint and pipe stream error code enums
+ * - Renamed the USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t enum to USB_InitErrorCodes_t, renamed the POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified enum value to
+ * USB_INITERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified
+ * - Renamed USB_PowerOnFail event to USB_InitFailure
+ * - Renamed OTG.h header functions to be more consistent with the rest of the library API
+ * - Changed over all deprecated GCC structure tag initializers to the standardized C99 format (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+ * - USB_HostRequest renamed to USB_ControlRequest, entire control request header is now read into USB_ControlRequest in Device mode
+ * rather than having the library pass only partially read header data to the application
+ * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event has had its parameters removed, in favor of accessing the new USB_ControlRequest structure
+ * - The Endpoint control stream functions now correctly send a ZLP to the host when less data than requested is sent
+ * - Fixed USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag never being set (the REMOTE WAKEUP Set Feature request was not being handled)
+ * - Renamed the FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE compile-time token to CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ * - Endpoint configuration is now refined to give better output when all configurations have static inputs - removed the now useless
+ * STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time token
+ * - Fixed SPI driver init function not clearing SPI2X bit when not needed
+ * - Fixed PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command issuing in the MassStorageHost demo using incorrect parameters (thanks to Mike Alex)
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo broken due to an incorrect if statement test in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+ * - Fixed reversed signature byte ordering in the CDC bootloader (thanks to Johannes Raschke)
+ * - Changed PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE from 8 to 64 to try to prevent problems with faulty devices which do not respect the given
+ * wLength value when reading in the device descriptor
+ * - Fixed missing semicolon in the ATAVRUSBRF01 LED board driver code (thanks to Morten Lund)
+ * - Changed LED board driver code to define dummy LED masks for the first four board LEDs, so that user code can be compiled for boards
+ * with less than four LEDs without code modifications (thanks to Morten Lund)
+ * - Changed HWB board driver to Buttons driver, to allow for the support of future boards with more than one mounted GPIO button
+ * - Serial driver now correctly calculates the baud register value when in double speed mode
+ * - Init function of the Serial driver is now static inline to product smaller code for the common-case of static init values
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090401 Version 090401
+ *
+ * - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
+ * - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
+ * - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
+ * - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
+ * - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparator returned a failure
+ * - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
+ * slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
+ * - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 8192 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
+ * - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
+ * - USBtoSerial demo now discards all Rx data when not connected to a USB host, rather than buffering characters for transmission
+ * next time the device is attached to a host.
+ * - Added new F_USB compile time constant to the library and makefiles, to give the raw input clock (used to feed the PLL before any
+ * clock prescaling is performed) frequency, so that the PLL prescale mask can be determined
+ * - Changed stream wait timeout counter to be 16-bit, so that very long timeout periods can be set for correct communications with
+ * badly designed hosts or devices which greatly exceed the USB specification limits
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo now uses a USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS of two seconds to maintain compatibility with poorly designed devices
+ * - Function attribute ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE renamed to ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE to match other function attribute macro naming conventions
+ * - Added ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE attribute to several key inlined library components, to ensure they are inlined in all circumstances
+ * - Removed SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro, the clock_prescale_set() avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc versions
+ * - Fixed incorrect/missing control status stage transfers on demos, bootloaders and applications (thanks to Nate Lawson)
+ * - The NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+ * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage
+ * - Makefile updated to include output giving the currently selected BOARD parameter value
+ * - Board Dataflash driver now allows for dataflash ICs which use different shifts for setting the current page/byte address (thanks
+ * to Kenneth Clubb)
+ * - Added DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() and DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM() functions to the MassStorage demo, to allow for easy
+ * interfacing with a FAT library for dataflash file level access
+ * - Corrected CDC class bootloader to fix a few bugs, changed address counter to store x2 addresses for convenience
+ * - Fixed typos in the SPI driver SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 and SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 masks (thanks to Markus Zocholl)
+ * - Keyboard and Mouse device demos (normal, data interrupt and fully interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+ * - Keyboard and Mouse host demos (normal and data interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+ * - Removed AVRISP_Programmer project due to code quality concerns
+ * - Fixed CDC demo not sending an empty packet after each transfer to prevent the host from buffering incoming data
+ * - Fixed documentation typos and preprocessor checks relating to misspellings of the USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS token (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+ * - Fixed USBTask.h not conditionally including HostChapter9.h only when USB_CAN_BE_HOST is defined (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+ * - Fixed incorrect ADC driver init register manipulation (thanks to Tobias)
+ * - Added new GenericHID device demo application
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host SImage_SendData() function not clearing the pipe bank after sending data
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
+ *
+ * - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
+ * - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
+ * - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
+ * - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface (thanks to
+ * Nate Lawson)
+ * - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
+ * - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
+ * - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
+ * - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
+ * - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
+ * - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
+ * - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
+ * - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
+ * - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
+ * - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
+ * - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
+ * - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
+ * - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
+ * - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
+ * - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ * - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
+ * - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
+ * - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
+ * - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
+ * - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
+ * - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
+ * - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
+ * - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
+ * - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
+ * - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
+ * - Changed COLLECTION item structures in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
+ * - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pull-up on Rx line
+ * - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
+ * - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
+ * - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
+ * - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
+ * - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
+ * - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
+ * - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
+ * - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
+ * - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
+ * - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
+ * - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
+ * each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
+ * - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
+ * - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
+ * - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
+ * - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
+ *
+ * - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ * - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
+ * - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
+ * - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
+ * - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
+ * - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
+ * and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
+ * - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
+ * - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
+ * - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
+ * reduce compiled binary size
+ * - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
+ * state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
+ * - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
+ * - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
+ * - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
+ * - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
+ * - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
+ * - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
+ * - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
+ * - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
+ * - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
+ * - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
+ * right-handed system
+ * - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
+ * the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
+ * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
+ * timing requirements.
+ * - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
+ * easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
+ * - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
+ * - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
+ * - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free auto configuration on any PC
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
+ * - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
+ * - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
+ * invocation when in host mode
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
+ * - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
+ * - Removed redundant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
+ * - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
+ * - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
+ * - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
+ * - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
+ * rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 (081002)
+ *
+ * - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
+ * - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
+ * - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
+ * - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
+ * modifying the code to either omit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
+ * when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
+ * - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
+ * - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
+ * - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
+ * driver creation easier
+ * - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
+ * - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
+ * - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
+ * - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
+ * - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
+ * - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
+ * - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
+ * - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
+ * - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
+ * not have a valid configuration descriptor header
+ * - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
+ * - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
+ * - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
+ * - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
+ * - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
+ * - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
+ * - Mass Storage demo Dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
+ * - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
+ * - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+ * are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 (080731)
+ *
+ * - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
+ * - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
+ * implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favor of polling the control endpoint)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
+ * - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
+ * - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
+ * - Library license changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 (080707)
+ *
+ * - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
+ * rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
+ * - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
+ * any referenced but not created usages
+ * - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
+ * USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
+ * - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
+ * - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
+ * - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
+ * - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
+ * - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
+ * approach was buggy and caused problems
+ * - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
+ * - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
+ * to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
+ * - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
+ * - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
+ * - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
+ * devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
+ * - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
+ * - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
+ * - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 (080610)
+ *
+ * - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
+ * - Added CDC Host demo application
+ * - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
+ * size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
+ * - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
+ * - Fixed AudioOutput demo once more -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
+ * - Shrunk round-robin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
+ * - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
+ * - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
+ * - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
+ * - Added Still Image Host demo application
+ * - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
+ * handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
+ * - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
+ * - Host demos now have a separate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
+ * - HostWithParser demos now have a separate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
+ * - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
+ * - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
+ * - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
+ * - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
+ * - Fixed Serial_IsCharReceived() definition, was previously reversed
+ * - Removed separate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
+ * - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
+ * - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
+ * - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superseded by the macro masks
+ * - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
+ * - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
+ * - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
+ * - The value of USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS can now be overridden in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
+ * - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
+ * and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
+ * - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistent, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
+ * Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
+ * - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
+ * Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
+ * of ASCII characters
+ * - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
+ * model was given as the bank size
+ * - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
+ * - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
+ * - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
+ * - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
+ * - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
+ * - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
+ * - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
+ * - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 (090519)
+ *
+ * - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
+ * - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
+ * - Corrected version number in Version.h
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 (090505)
+ *
+ * - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
+ * - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
+ * - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
+ * - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
+ * - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
+ * - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
+ * - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
+ * - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
+ * - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
+ * PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
+ * - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
+ * - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
+ * to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
+ * - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
+ * - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
+ * new comparator API
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
+ * big-endian for SCSI devices
+ * - Fixed macro/function naming consistency; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
+ * - Added better error reporting to host demos
+ * - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 (080401)
+ *
+ * - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+ * are reflected in the hardware
+ * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
+ * GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
+ * - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
+ * - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
+ * - Separated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
+ * - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
+ * - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
+ * - Bicolour driver removed in favor of generic LEDs driver
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
+ * - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 (080319)
+ *
+ * - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
+ * - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
+ * speed mode devices to enumerate properly
+ * - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
+ * on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
+ * - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
+ * USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
+ * - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
+ * - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
+ * - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
+ * - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
+ * (including Big and Little Endian variants)
+ * - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
+ * - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro (thanks to Joerg Wunsch)
+ * - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
+ * - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
+ * directives in the datasheet
+ * - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
+ * - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
+ * - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
+ * - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
+ * size savings
+ * - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 (080307)
+ *
+ * - Unnecessary control endpoint config removed from device mode
+ * - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
+ * - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
+ * to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
+ * - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
+ * - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
+ * - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ * compile time define
+ * - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
+ * if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
+ * - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ * - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
+ * compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
+ * - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
+ * controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
+ * - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
+ * - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
+ * - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
+ * placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
+ * - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detached from host in device mode, to save power
+ * - Joystick defines are now in sync with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
+ * - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
+ * - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
+ * - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
+ * USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
+ * the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 (080204)
+ *
+ * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
+ * - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to prepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
+ * stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
+ * - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
+ * task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
+ * - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
+ * device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
+ * - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
+ * - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
+ * clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
+ * - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog110 Version 1.1.0 (080125)
+ *
+ * - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
+ * - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
+ * - Added workaround for powerless pull-up devices causing false disconnect interrupts
+ * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
+ * - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
+ * pointer is passed
+ * - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
+ * dependent on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
+ * - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
+ * - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
+ * - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
+ * started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
+ * - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
+ * need to have a task ID list
+ * - ID transition interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
+ * - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detaching in device mode
+ * - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
+ * - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
+ * Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92adf0dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
+ *
+ * The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
+ * compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
+ * or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
+ *
+ * \note If the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token is defined, the library will include a header file named \c LUFAConfig.h located
+ * in the user directory where the below compile time tokens may be defined. This allows for an alternative to makefile
+ * defined tokens for configuring the library.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_NonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - (\ref Group_Terminal) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
+ * at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
+ * this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
+ * the source code at compile time.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassHIDHost) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the USB HID Host class driver is designed to work with HID devices using either the Boot or Report HID
+ * communication protocols. On devices where the Report protocol is not used (i.e. in applications where only basic
+ * Mouse or Keyboard operation is desired, using boot compatible devices), the code responsible for the Report protocol
+ * mode can be removed to save space in the compiled application by defining this token. When defined, it is still necessary
+ * to explicitly put the attached device into Boot protocol mode via a call to \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
+ * allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
+ * state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to give the maximum depth of the state
+ * table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
+ * when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
+ * different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum depth of the
+ * usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored temporarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
+ * and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
+ * is stored separately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
+ * This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
+ * parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
+ * documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
+ * device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
+ * the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of
+ * data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report structure, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
+ * If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed separately in the
+ * processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports may contain several report IDs, to logically distinguish grouped device data from one another - for example, a combination
+ * keyboard and mouse might use report IDs to separate the keyboard reports from the mouse reports. In order to determine the size of each
+ * report, and thus know how many bytes must be read or written, the size of each report (IN, OUT and FEATURE) must be calculated and
+ * stored. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of report IDs in a device which can be processed
+ * and their sizes calculated/stored into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in
+ * the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Many of the device and host mode class drivers automatically flush any data waiting to be written to an interface, when the corresponding
+ * USB management task is executed. This is usually desirable to ensure that any queued data is sent as soon as possible once and new data is
+ * constructed in the main program loop. However, if flushing is to be controlled manually by the user application via the *_Flush() commands,
+ * the compile time token may be defined in the application's makefile to disable automatic flushing during calls to the class driver USB
+ * management tasks.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBTokens General USB Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>ORDERED_EP_CONFIG</b> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement , \ref Group_PipeManagement) - <i>AVR8, UC3</i> \n
+ * The USB AVRs do not allow for Endpoints and Pipes to be configured out of order; they <i>must</i> be configured in an ascending order to
+ * prevent data corruption issues. However, by default LUFA employs a workaround to allow for unordered Endpoint/Pipe initialization. This compile
+ * time token may be used to restrict the initialization order to ascending indexes only in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size. Use
+ * caution when applied to applications using the library USB Class drivers; the user application must ensure that all endpoints and pipes are
+ * allocated sequentially.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
+ * voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
+ * mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
+ * the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
+ * Options parameter.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
+ * mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
+ * save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevant on smaller USB AVRs which
+ * do not support host mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
+ * must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout
+ * period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
+ * VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
+ * slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
+ * required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the \ref USB_DeviceState global
+ * can be accurately set and the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events manually raised by the user application.
+ * When defined, this token disables the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aforementioned suspension and wake up events.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_SOF_EVENTS</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, there exists a LUFA application event for the start of each USB frame while the USB bus is not suspended in either host or device mode.
+ * This event can be selectively enabled or disabled by calling the appropriate device or host mode function. When this compile time token is defined,
+ * the ability to receive USB Start of Frame events via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() or \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() events is removed,
+ * reducing the compiled program's binary size.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBDeviceTokens USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Device mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that all device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than being located in any one
+ * of the AVR's memory spaces. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's FLASH memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some AVR models contain a unique serial number which can be used as the device serial number, while in device mode. This allows
+ * the host to uniquely identify the device regardless of if it is moved between USB ports on the same computer, allowing allocated
+ * resources (such as drivers, COM Port number allocations) to be preserved. This is not needed in many apps, and so the code that
+ * performs this task can be disabled by defining this option and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \li <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
+ * Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
+ * descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
+ * defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
+ * binary.
+ *
+ * \li <b>DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_DeviceState global, which indicates the current state of
+ * the Device State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ * implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \li <b>FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
+ * the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
+ * EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this value may be fixed via this token in the project
+ * makefile to reduce the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
+ *
+ * \li <b>CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * In some limited USB device applications, there are no device endpoints other than the control endpoint; i.e. all device communication
+ * is through control endpoint requests. Defining this token will remove several features related to the selection and control of device
+ * endpoints internally, saving space. Generally, this is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders and is best avoided.
+ *
+ * \li <b>MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>XMEGA Only</i> \n
+ * Defining this value to the highest index (not address - this excludes the direction flag) endpoint within the device will restrict the
+ * number of FIFOs created internally for the endpoint buffers, reducing the total RAM usage.
+ *
+ * \li <b>INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some applications prefer to not call the USB_USBTask() management task regularly while in device mode, as it can complicate code significantly.
+ * Instead, when device mode is used this token can be passed to the library via the -D switch to allow the library to manage the USB control
+ * endpoint entirely via USB controller interrupts asynchronously to the user application. When defined, USB_USBTask() does not need to be called
+ * when in USB device mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Many devices do not require the use of the Remote Wakeup features of USB, used to wake up the USB host when suspended. On these devices,
+ * the code required to manage device Remote Wakeup can be disabled by defining this token and passing it to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * USB devices may be bus powered, self powered, or a combination of both. When a device can be both bus powered and self powered, the host may
+ * query the device to determine the current power source, via \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered. For solely bus powered devices, this global
+ * and the code required to manage it may be disabled by passing this token to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBHostTokens USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ *
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Host mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_HostState global, which indicates the current state of
+ * the Host State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ * implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
+ * device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout period for
+ * control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
+ * they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
+ * back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a 16-bit value to set the device
+ * settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * If enabled, this will indicate that the USB target VBUS line polarity is inverted; i.e. it should be pulled low to enable VBUS to the
+ * target, and pulled high to stop the target VBUS generation.
+ * \n
+ * \attention On AVR8 architecture devices, this compile time option requires \c NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT to be set.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Disables the automatic management of VBUS to the target, i.e. automatic shut down in the even of an overcurrent situation. When enabled, VBUS
+ * is enabled while the USB controller is initialized in USB Host mode.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08f81d2ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_CompilingApps Compiling the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
+ *
+ * The following details how to compile the included LUFA demos, applications and bootloaders using AVR-GCC.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CompilingApps_Prerequisites Prerequisites
+ * Before you can compile any of the LUFA library code or demos, you will need a recent distribution of avr-libc (1.6.2+)
+ * and the AVR-GCC (4.2+) compiler. A standard "coreutils" package for your system is also required for command line
+ * compilation of LUFA based applications.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_CompilingApps_PreqWindows Windows Prerequisites
+ * On Windows, you will need a copy of the latest Atmel Toolchain (<a>http://www.atmel.com/tools/ATMELAVRTOOLCHAINFORWINDOWS.aspx</a>),
+ * either downloaded and installed as a standalone package, or installed as part of Atmel Studio. You will need to ensure
+ * that the "bin" directory of the toolchain is available in your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
+ *
+ * In addition, you will need to install a ported version of the ZSH or BASH *nix shells, and a standard set of *nix
+ * utilities such as <i>cut</i>, <i>find</i> and <i>sed</i>. These can be found in the "basic" system package of the
+ * of the MinGW installer (<a>http://www.mingw.org</a>). Once installed, add the "msys\1.0\bin" of the MinGW installation
+ * folder is added to your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_CompilingApps_PreqLinux Linux Prerequisites
+ * On Linux systems you will need to install the latest Linux distribution of the standalone Atmel Toolchain from the
+ * Atmel website (<a>http://www.atmel.com/tools/ATMELAVRTOOLCHAINFORLINUX.aspx</a>), or use the latest avr-libc and avr-gcc packages
+ * for your chosen distribution's package manager. For full device support, the Atmel standalone Toolchain package is recommended.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CompilingApps_Compiling Compiling a LUFA Application
+ * Compiling the LUFA demos, applications and/or bootloaders is very simple. LUFA comes with makefile scripts for
+ * each individual demo, bootloader and project folder, as well as scripts in the Demos/, Bootloaders/, Projects/
+ * and the LUFA root directory. Compilation of projects can be started from any of the above directories, with a build
+ * started from an upper directory in the directory structure executing build of all child directories under it. This
+ * means that while a build inside a particular demo directory will build only that particular demo, a build started from
+ * the /Demos/ directory will build all LUFA demo projects sequentially.
+ *
+ * To build a project from the source via the command line, the command <b>"make all"</b> should be executed from the command
+ * line in the directory of interest. To remove compiled files (including the binary output, all intermediately files and all
+ * diagnostic output files), execute <b>"make clean"</b>. Once a "make all" has been run and no errors were encountered, the
+ * resulting binary will be located in the generated ".HEX" file. If your project makes use of pre-initialized EEPROM
+ * variables, the generated ".EEP" file will contain the project's EEPROM data.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15b660e92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ConfiguringApps Configuring the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
+ *
+ * If the target microcontroller model, architecture, clock speed, board or other settings are different from the current
+ * settings, they must be changed and the project recompiled from the source code before being programmed into the microcontroller.
+ * Most project configuration options are located in the <tt>makefile</tt> build script inside each LUFA application's folder,
+ * however some demo or application-specific configuration settings are located in one or more of the source files of the project.
+ * See each project's individual documentation for application-specific configuration values.
+ *
+ * Each project "makefile" contains all the script and configuration data required to compile each project. When opened with
+ * any regular basic text editor such as Notepad or WordPad (ensure that the save format is a pure ASCII text format) the
+ * build configuration settings may be altered.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ConfiguringApps_AppMakefileParams The Default Application Makefile Template
+ *
+ * Below is a copy of the default LUFA application makefile, which can be used as a template for each application.
+ *
+ * \verbinclude makefile_template
+ *
+ * Inside each makefile, a number of configuration variables are listed with the syntax "<VARIABLE NAME> = <VALUE>". For
+ * each application, the important standard variables which should be altered are:
+ *
+ * - <b>MCU</b>, the target processor model
+ * - <b>ARCH</b>, the target microcontroller architecture
+ * - <b>BOARD</b>, the target board hardware
+ * - <b>F_CPU</b>, the target CPU master clock frequency, after any prescaling
+ * - <b>F_USB</b>, the target raw input clock to the USB module of the processor
+ * - <b>OPTIMIZATION</b>, the level of optimization to compile with
+ * - <b>TARGET</b>, the name of the target output binary and other files
+ * - <b>SRC</b>, the list of source files to compile/assemble/link
+ * - <b>LUFA_PATH</b>, the path to the LUFA library core source code
+ * - <b>CC_FLAGS</b>, the common command line flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler, assembler and linker
+ * - <b>LD_FLAGS</b>, the command line flags to pass to the linker
+ *
+ * These values should be changed to reflect the build hardware.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_MCU The MCU Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller model for the compiled application. This should be set to the model of the target
+ * microcontroller (such as the AT90USB1287, or the ATMEGA32U4), in all lower-case (e.g. "at90usb1287"). Note that not all demos support all the
+ * microcontroller models and architectures, as they may make use of peripherals or modes only present in some devices.
+ *
+ * For supported processor models, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_ARCH The ARCH Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller architecture the library is to be compiled for. Different microcontroller
+ * architectures require different source files to be compiled into the final binary, and so this option must be set to the correct
+ * architecture for the selected platform.
+ *
+ * For supported processor architectures, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_BOARD The BOARD Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target board hardware for the compiled application. Some LUFA library drivers are board-specific,
+ * such as the LED driver, and the library needs to know the layout of the target board. If you are using one of the board models listed
+ * on the main library page, change this parameter to the board name in all UPPER-case.
+ *
+ * If you are not using any board-specific drivers in the LUFA library, or you are using a custom board layout, change this to read
+ * "USER" (no quotes) instead of a standard board name. If the USER board type is selected and the application makes use of one or more
+ * board-specific hardware drivers inside the LUFA library, then the appropriate stub drives files should be copied from the \c /CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/
+ * directory into a /Board/ folder inside the application directory, and the stub driver completed with the appropriate code to drive the
+ * custom board's hardware.
+ *
+ * For boards with built in hardware driver support within the LUFA library, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_F_CPU The F_CPU Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller's main CPU clock frequency, in Hz. This is used by many libraries (and applications) for
+ * timing related purposes, and should reflect the actual CPU speed after any prescaling or adjustments are performed.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_F_USB The F_USB Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the raw input clock frequency to the USB module within the microcontroller in Hz. This may be very different on some platforms
+ * to the main CPU clock or other peripheral/bus clocks.
+ *
+ * \note On AVR8 platforms, this must be equal to \c 8000000 or \c 16000000.
+ *
+ * \note On XMEGA platforms, this must be equal to a multiple of 6000000 from \c 6000000 to \c 48000000.
+ *
+ * \note On UC3 platforms, this must be equal to a multiple of 12000000 from \c 12000000 to \c 48000000.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_OPTIMIZATION The OPTIMIZATION Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the level of optimization to use when compiling the application. This will allow you to compile with an optimization level
+ * supported by GCC, from <tt>0</tt> (no optimization) to <tt>3</tt> (fastest runtime optimization) or <tt>s</tt> (smallest size).
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_TARGET The TARGET Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the application target name, which is used as the base filename for the build binary and debugging files. This will be the
+ * name of the output files once linked together into the final application, ready to load into the target.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_SRC The SRC Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the source files used to compile the application, as a list of C (<tt>*.c</tt>), C++ (<tt>*.cpp</tt>) and Assembly (<tt>*.S</tt>) files. Note that
+ * all assembly files must end in a <b>capital</b> .S extension, as lowercase .s files are reserved for GCC intermediate files.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_LUFA_PATH The LUFA_PATH Parameter
+ * As each LUFA program requires the LUFA library source code to compile correctly, the application must know where the LUFA library is located. This
+ * value specifies the path to the LUFA library core. This path may be relative or absolute, however note than even under Windows based systems the
+ * forward-slash (/) path separator must be used.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_CC_FLAGS The CC_FLAGS Parameter
+ * This parameter lists the compiler flags passed to the C/C++ compiler, the assembler and the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus
+ * must match GCC's command line options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to define tokens directly on the command line, enable or
+ * disable warnings, adjust the target-specific tuning parameters or other options.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_LD_FLAGS The LD_FLAGS Parameter
+ * This parameter lists the linker flags passed exclusively to the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus must match GCC's command line
+ * linker options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to create or relocate custom data sections, or enable linker specific behaviors.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ExampleAppConfig Example Application Makefile Configurations
+ * Below is an example makefile for an AVR8 based AT90USB1287 running at 8MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = at90usb1287
+ ARCH = AVR8
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 8000000
+ F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * Below is an example makefile for an XMEGA based ATXMEGA128A1U running at 32MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = atxmega128a1u
+ ARCH = XMEGA
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 32000000
+ F_USB = 48000000
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * Below is an example makefile for a UC3 based AT32UC3A0512 running at 50MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = uc3a0512
+ ARCH = UC3
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 50000000
+ F_USB = 48000000
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31b58fa2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_DevelopingWithLUFA Developing With LUFA
+ *
+ * This section of the manual contains information on LUFA development, such as Getting Started information,
+ * information on compile-time tuning of the library and other developer-related sections.
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildSystem - The LUFA Buildsystem
+ * \li \subpage Page_TokenSummary - Summary of Compile Time Tokens
+ * \li \subpage Page_Migration - Migrating from an Older LUFA Version
+ * \li \subpage Page_VIDPID - Allocated USB VID and PID Values
+ * \li \subpage Page_OSDrivers - Operating System Driver Information
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildLibrary - Building as a Linkable Library
+ * \li \subpage Page_WritingBoardDrivers - How to Write Custom Board Drivers
+ * \li \subpage Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart - How to jump to the bootloader in software
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cff2cda4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_DeviceSupport Device and Hardware Support
+ *
+ * <b>Atmel Microcontrollers:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_AVR8Support - Atmel AVR8 Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_UC3Support - Atmel AVR32 UC3 Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_XMEGASupport - Atmel XMEGA Support
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_AVR8Support Atmel 8-Bit AVR (AVR8) Support
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported AVR8 models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB82</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA8U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB162</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA16U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA16U4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA32U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA32U4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB646</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB647</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB1286</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB1287</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ * Currently supported Atmel AVR8 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - AT90USBKEY
+ * - ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * - EVK527
+ * - RZUSBSTICK
+ * - STK525
+ * - STK526
+ * - XPLAIN (Original green board, <i>not</i> the newer blue XPLAINED family boards)
+ * - Xplained-MINI
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Adafruit U4 Breakout Board
+ * - Arduino Leonardo
+ * - Arduino Micro
+ * - Arduino Uno
+ * - Arduino Yun
+ * - Bitwizard Multio and Big-Multio
+ * - Busware BUI
+ * - Busware CUL V3
+ * - Busware TUL
+ * - DorkbotPDX Duce
+ * - Fletchtronics Bumble-B (using manufacturer recommended peripheral layout)
+ * - Kernel Concepts USBFOO
+ * - Linnix UDIP
+ * - MattairTech JM-DB-U2
+ * - Maximus USB
+ * - Micropendous Boards (Micropendous-32U2, Micropendous-1, Micropendous-2)
+ * - Microsin AVR-USB162
+ * - Minimus USB
+ * - Olimex AVR-USB-162, AVR-USB-32U4 and AVR-USB-T32U4 Boards
+ * - Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2
+ * - Paranoid Studio's US2AX (V1, V2 and V3 hardware revisions)
+ * - PJRC Teensy (1.x and 2.x versions)
+ * - Pololu A-Star Micro
+ * - Rikus' U2S
+ * - Sparkfun U2 Breakout Board
+ * - Stange ISP Programmer Board
+ * - TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG
+ * - Tempusdictum Benito
+ * - Tom's USBTINY-MKII (all revisions and versions)
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_UC3Support Atmel 32-Bit UC3 AVR (UC3)
+ *
+ * \warning The AVR32 UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b>, and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported UC3 models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A364</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A364S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A464</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A464S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B064</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B164</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3128S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4128S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3256S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4256S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ *
+ * Currently supported Atmel UC3 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - EVK1100
+ * - EVK1101
+ * - EVK1104
+ * - UC3-A3 Xplained
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ *
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_XMEGASupport Atmel USB XMEGA AVR (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported XMEGA models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA16A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA32A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA192A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256A3BU</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A1U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64B3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128B3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64B1</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128B1</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA192C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA384C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA16C4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA32C4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ * Currently supported Atmel XMEGA boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - XMEGA A3BU Xplained
+ * - XMEGA B1 Xplained
+ * - XMEGA C3 Xplained
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87b863c28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \dir Platform
+ * \brief Platform specific drivers.
+ *
+ * This folder contains platform specific drivers and defines for various supported architectures. These may or may
+ * not be used in a LUFA application, and are provided for convenience purposes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers
+ * \brief Library hardware and software drivers.
+ *
+ * This folder contains all the library hardware and software drivers for each supported board, architecture and
+ * microcontroller model.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Misc
+ * \brief Miscellaneous driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for aspects other than the USB interface, board hardware or microcontroller peripherals.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Peripheral
+ * \brief Microcontroller peripheral driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for various low level microcontroller peripherals, usually located on the microcontroller
+ * die within the same physical chip.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB
+ * \brief USB controller peripheral driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains the complete LUFA USB stack and controller files, including the core driver and stack, as well
+ * as the USB class driver implementations.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Core
+ * \brief Core USB driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains the core USB stack and controller driver files, to correctly implement USB functionality on the
+ * target architecture and microcontroller model. This
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class
+ * \brief USB Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for implementing functionality of standardized USB classes. These are not used directly by the library,
+ * but provide a standard and library-maintained way of implementing functionality from some of the defined USB classes without extensive
+ * development effort. Is is recommended that these drivers be used where possible to reduce maintenance of user applications.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Device
+ * \brief USB Device Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * Device mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Host
+ * \brief USB Host Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * Host mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Board
+ * \brief Board hardware driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for interfacing with the physical hardware on supported commercial boards, primarily from
+ * the Atmel corporation. Header files in this folder should be included in user applications requiring the functionality of
+ * hardware placed on supported boards.
+ *
+ * \dir CodeTemplates
+ * \brief Code templates for use in LUFA powered applications.
+ *
+ * This contains code templates for board drivers, sample LUFA project makefiles and other similar templates that can be copied into
+ * a LUFA powered application and modified to speed up development.
+ *
+ * \dir CodeTemplates/DriverStubs
+ * \brief Driver stub header files for custom boards, to allow the LUFA board drivers to operate.
+ *
+ * This contains stub files for the LUFA board drivers. If the LUFA board drivers are used with board hardware other than those
+ * directly supported by the library, the BOARD parameter of the application's makefile can be set to "USER", and these stub files
+ * copied to the "/Board/" directory of the application's folder. When fleshed out with working driver code for the custom board,
+ * the corresponding LUFA board APIs will work correctly with the non-standard board hardware.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68228ac94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_Donating Donating to Support This Project
+ *
+ * \image html Images/Author.jpg "Dean Camera, LUFA Developer"
+ *
+ * I am a software developer working on LUFA in my spare time. The development and support of this library requires
+ * much effort from myself, as I am the sole developer, maintainer and supporter. Please consider donating a small
+ * amount to support this and my future Open Source projects - All donations are <i>greatly</i> appreciated.
+ *
+ * Note that commercial entities can remove the attribution portion of the LUFA license by a one-time fee - see
+ * \ref Page_LicenseInfo for more details (<b>Note: Please do NOT pay this in advance through the donation link below -
+ * contact author for payment details.</b>).
+ *
+ * \htmlonly
+ * \image html "http://www.pledgie.com/campaigns/6927.png"
+ * \endhtmlonly
+ * <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate">Donate to this project via PayPal</a> - Thanks in Advance!
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af1186374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_FutureChanges Future Changes
+ *
+ * Below is a list of future changes which are proposed for the LUFA library, but not yet started/complete.
+ * This gives an unordered list of future changes which may be available in future releases of the library.
+ * If you have an item to add to this list, please contact the library author via email, the LUFA mailing list,
+ * or post your suggestion as an enhancement request to the project bug tracker.
+ *
+ * <b>Targeted for Future Releases:</b>
+ * - Code Features
+ * -# Add hub support when in Host mode for multiple devices
+ * -# Investigate virtual hubs when in device mode instead of composite devices
+ * -# Re-add interrupt Pipe/Endpoint support
+ * -# Update stream APIs to use DMA transfers on supported architectures
+ * -# Pull out third party libraries into a separate folder and reference them as required
+ * -# Add a LUFA_YIELD macro for integration into a third-party RTOS
+ * -# Abstract out Mass Storage byte send/receive to prevent low level API use in projects
+ * -# Fix HID report parser usage support for array types
+ * -# Make HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS a global variable that can be changed
+ * -# Add MANDATORY_EVENT_FUNCTIONS compile time option
+ * -# Add watchdog support to the library and apps/bootloaders
+ * -# Limit the maximum size of control transfers
+ * - Testing/Verification
+ * -# Re-run USBIF test suite on all classes to formally verify operation
+ * -# Implement automated functional testing of all demos
+ * - Documentation/Support
+ * -# Add detailed overviews of how each demo works
+ * -# Add board overviews
+ * -# Write LUFA tutorials
+ * - Demos/Projects
+ * -# Add class driver support for Test and Measurement class
+ * -# Add class driver support for EEM class
+ * -# Add class driver support for ECM class
+ * -# Add class driver generic HID report host demo
+ * -# Implement flow control for USB to Serial project
+ * - Ports
+ * -# Port all demos to multiple architectures
+ * -# Finish USB XMEGA port
+ * -# Add AVR32 UC3C, UC3D and UC3L support
+ * -# Other (commercial) C compilers
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ceec1e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_GettingStarted Getting Started
+ *
+ * Getting started with LUFA is easy; read the content below to get on your way to your first LUFA powered application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_DemosOverview The LUFA Demo Applications
+ *
+ * Out of the box, LUFA contains a large number of pre-made class demos for you to test, experiment with and
+ * ultimately build upon for your own projects. All the demos (where possible) come pre-configured to build and
+ * run correctly on the AT90USB1287 AVR microcontroller, mounted on the Atmel USBKEY board and running at an 8MHz
+ * master clock. This is due to two reasons; one, it is the hardware the author possesses, and two, it is the most
+ * popular Atmel USB demonstration board to date. To learn how to reconfigure, recompile and program the included
+ * LUFA applications using different settings, see the subsections below.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ClassOrLowLevel Class Driver and Low Level Demos
+ *
+ * Most of the included demos in the /Demos/ folder come in both ClassDriver and LowLevel varieties. If you are new
+ * to LUFA, it is highly recommended that you look at the ClassDriver versions first, which use the pre-made USB
+ * Class Drivers (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) to simplify the use of the standard USB classes in user applications.
+ * These demos give a basic but easy to use interface to the USB class used in the demo application, such as HID or
+ * CDC.
+ *
+ * Those needing absolute control over the class implementation can look at the LowLevel demos, which implement the
+ * required USB class directly in the demo application using the lowest level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_ConfiguringApps - How to Configure the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ * \li \subpage Page_CompilingApps - How to Compile the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ * \li \subpage Page_ProgrammingApps - How to Program an AVR with the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2dfa4209d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_BoardDrivers Board Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of physical board hardware.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PeripheralDrivers On-chip Peripheral Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of AVR subsystems.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_MiscDrivers Miscellaneous Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Miscellaneous driver Functions, macros, variables, enums and types.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_AVR8 AVR8
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the AVR8 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA XMEGA
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the XMEGA architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3 UC3
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the UC3 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8f5541a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54fa1a664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efa538677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..183036c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
+ * The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
+ * issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
+ * \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues170418 Version 170418
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8/10).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues151115 Version 151115
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues140928 Version 140928
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues140302 Version 140302
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues130901 Version 130901
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues130303 Version 130303
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues120730 Version 120730
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa94add49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_LUFAPoweredProjects User Projects Powered by LUFA
+ *
+ * LUFA is currently in use all around the world, in many applications both commercial and non-commercial. Below is a
+ * list of known public LUFA powered projects, which all use the LUFA library in some way. Feel free to visit each project's
+ * home page for more information on each project.
+ *
+ * If you have a project that you would like to add to this list, please contact me via the details on the main page of this
+ * documentation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardsUsingLUFA AVR-USB Development Boards Using LUFA
+ *
+ * The following is a list of known AVR USB development boards, which recommend using LUFA for the USB stack. Some of these
+ * are open design, and all are available for purchase as completed development boards suitable for project development.
+ *
+ * \li AVR-USB-162, a USBKEY-like development board for the AT90USB162: http://olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html
+ * \li Benito #7, a no-frills USB board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito
+ * \li Duce, the successor to the Benito #7: http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce
+ * \li JM-DB-U2, an ATMEGA32U2 development board: http://u2.mattair.net/index.html
+ * \li Micropendous, an open design/source set of AVR USB development boards: http://micropendous.org/
+ * \li Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board, a DIY AT90USB162 development board: http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/
+ * \li Minimus USB, a board specially designed for PSGroove: http://www.minimususb.com/
+ * \li Nanduino, a do-it-yourself AT90USB162 board: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=569
+ * \li Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board: http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277
+ * \li Teensy and Teensy++, two other AVR USB development boards: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html
+ * \li U2DIL/U4DIL, a set of DIP layout USB AVR boards: http://www.reworld.eu/re/en/products/u2dil/
+ * \li USB2AX, a tiny USB to serial converter board: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ * \li USBFOO 2, AT90USB162 based development board: http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFAProjects Projects Using LUFA (Hobbyist)
+ *
+ * The following are known hobbyist projects using LUFA. Most are open source, and show off interesting ways that the LUFA library
+ * can be incorporated into many different applications.
+ *
+ * \li Accelerometer Game Joystick: http://www.crictor.co.il/he/episodes/joystick/
+ * \li Adjacent Reality Motion Tracker: http://www.adjacentreality.org/
+ * \li AD9833 based USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ * \li AERY development platform for the AVR32 devices: http://www.aery32.com/
+ * \li AM Radio transmitter: http://amcinnes.info/2012/uc_am_xmit/
+ * \li Arcade Controller: http://fletchtronics.net/arcade-controller-made-petunia
+ * \li Arcade Joystick: http://jamie.lentin.co.uk/embedded/arcade-joystick/
+ * \li AttoBasic AVR BASIC interpreter: http://cappels.org/dproj/AttoBasic_Home/AttoBasic_Home.html
+ * \li AVR USB Modem, a 3G Wireless Modem host: http://code.google.com/p/avrusbmodem/
+ * \li Bicycle POV: http://www.code.google.com/p/bicycleledpov/
+ * \li Bluetooth Explorerbot: http://code.google.com/p/bluetooth-explorerbot/
+ * \li Bus Ninja, an AVR clone of the popular BusPirate project: http://blog.hodgepig.org/busninja/
+ * \li CAMTRIG, a remote Camera Trigger device: http://code.astraw.com/projects/motmot/camtrig
+ * \li ChameleonMini, a smart card emulator: https://github.com/skuep/ChameleonMini
+ * \li CD Driver Emulator Dongle for ISO Files: http://cdemu.blogspot.com/
+ * \li ChipWhisperer, a signal capture device: https://www.assembla.com/spaces/chipwhisperer/wiki/ChipWhisperer_Rev2_Capture_Hardware
+ * \li ClockTamer, a configurable clock generator: http://code.google.com/p/clock-tamer/
+ * \li Collection of alternative Arduino Uno firmwares: http://hunt.net.nz/users/darran/
+ * \li Computer controlled LED matrix (Russian): http://we.easyelectronics.ru/AVR/nebolshoy-primer-s-lufa-hidapi.html
+ * \li CULFW, a 868MHz RF packet encoder/decoder: http://www.koeniglich.de/culfw/culfw.html
+ * \li Dashkey, a custom PC keyboard controller: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:19096
+ * \li DIY PS3 controller emulator: https://code.google.com/p/diyps3controller/
+ * \li EMuSer, a USB-RS422 adapter for E-Mu samplers: http://www.emxp.net/EMuSer.htm
+ * \li EQ Track, a telescope mount controller: http://sourceforge.net/projects/eqtrack/
+ * \li Estick JTAG, an ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/
+ * \li "Fingerlicking Wingdinger" (WARNING: Bad language if no Javascript), a MIDI controller: http://noisybox.net/electronics/wingdinger/
+ * \li Flyatar, a real-time fly tracking system: https://github.com/peterpolidoro/Flyatar
+ * \li FootJoy, a 22 button, 6-axis josystick with keyboard and mouse modes: https://bitbucket.org/sirbrialliance/foot-joy/
+ * \li Gamecube controller to USB adapter: https://www.facebook.com/media/set/?set=a.10150202447076304.310536.688776303&l=df53851c50
+ * \li Garmin GPS USB to NMEA standard serial sentence translator: http://github.com/nall/garmin-transmogrifier/tree/master
+ * \li Geiger Counter with USB interface: http://www.hforsten.com/i-made-a-geiger-counter.html
+ * \li Generic HID Device Creator: http://generichid.sourceforge.net/
+ * \li Generic HID Open Source Framework: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/USB_Generic_HID_Open_Source_Framework_for_Atmel_AVR_and_Windows
+ * \li Ghetto Drum, a MIDI drum controller: http://noisybox.net/art/gdrum/
+ * \li GPS enabled lap timer for vehicles: http://www.assembla.com/code/ironlung/subversion/nodes/trunk/LapTimer
+ * \li GSynth, an 8-bit sound synthesizer: https://github.com/gcielniak/GSynth
+ * \li Gumbi, a Python library and USB GPIO controller: https://code.google.com/p/gumbi/
+ * \li Hardware Volume Control: https://github.com/davidk/hw-volume-control
+ * \li Hiduino, a USB-MIDI replacement firmware for the Arduino Uno: http://code.google.com/p/hiduino/
+ * \li HoodLoader2, an Arduino Uno enhanced USB AVR coprocessor firmware: https://github.com/NicoHood/HoodLoader2
+ * \li IBM capacitive keybord replacement controller: http://downloads.cornall.co/ibm-capsense-usb-web/ibm-capsense-usb.html
+ * \li Ikea RGB LED USB modification: http://slashhome.se/p/projects/id/ikea_dioder_usb/#project
+ * \li IR electricity meter monitor: http://sourceforge.net/projects/irmetermon/
+ * \li IR Remote to Keyboard decoder: http://netzhansa.blogspot.com/2010/04/our-living-room-hi-fi-setup-needs-mp3.html
+ * \li Jukebox panic button: http://thinkl33t.co.uk/the-panic-button
+ * \li Kinesis replacement firmware: https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware
+ * \li LED Panel controller: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/caltech/panelscontroller/panelscontroller.htm
+ * \li Linux Secure Storage Dongle: http://github.com/TomMD/teensy
+ * \li LUFA powered DDR dance mat (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:ddr_repair
+ * \li Macintosh SIMM ROM Programmer: https://code.google.com/p/mac-rom-simm-programmer/
+ * \li MakeTV Episode Dispenser: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkWUi18hl3g
+ * \li Mec64,a Commodore 64 keyboard: http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/mec64-keyboard-t4522.html
+ * \li MidiMonster, a USB-to-MIDI gateway board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/midimonster
+ * \li MIDI Theremin: http://baldwisdom.com/usb-midi-controller-theremin-style-on-arduino-uno/
+ * \li MIDI interface hack of a toy Guitar: http://blog.x37v.info/2011/06/26/toy-guitar-hacked-midi-conroller
+ * \li MiniBloq, a graphical Ardunio programming environment : http://minibloq.org/
+ * \li MiXley, a port of the Teacup 3D printer firmware for the USB AVRs: http://codaset.com/michielh/mixley
+ * \li Mobo 4.3, a USB controlled all band (160-10m) HF SDR transceiver: http://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/mobo4_3
+ * \li Moco, a native Arduino Uno MIDI replacement firmware: http://web.mac.com/kuwatay/morecat_lab./MocoLUFA.html
+ * \li Monash ECSE Smart Packet Radio Testbed: http://www.ecse.monash.edu.au/twiki/bin/view/WSRNLab/SmartPacketRadio
+ * \li Motherboard BIOS flasher: http://www.coreboot.org/InSystemFlasher
+ * \li Multi-button Joystick (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:joystick
+ * \li Music Playing Alarm Clock (Tutorial): http://www.instructables.com/id/Music-Playing-Alarm-Clock/
+ * \li Nehebkau, Laptop Controlled Keyboard and Mouse: http://www.frank-zhao.com/cache/nehebkau.php
+ * \li NeroJTAG, a JTAG dongle: https://github.com/makestuff/neroJtag
+ * \li NES Controller USB modification: https://github.com/nfd/nes_adapter
+ * \li Nikon wireless camera remote control (Norwegian): http://hekta.org/~hpe1119/
+ * \li Nintendo Four-Score, USB NES 4-player controller adapter: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Nintendo_Four_Score_USB
+ * \li Numpad keyboard: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/usb-cherry-mx-numpad
+ * \li Opendous-JTAG, an open source ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/
+ * \li Openkubus, an open source hardware-based authentication dongle: http://code.google.com/p/openkubus/
+ * \li Orbee, a USB connected RGB Orb for notifications: http://www.franksworkshop.com.au/Electronics/Orbee/Orbee.htm
+ * \li Password keyring: http://owlsan.blogspot.no/2014/06/keyring-project-version-10.html
+ * \li Picade alternative firmware, a retro Arcade controller/cabinet: https://github.com/rktrlng/picade_lufa
+ * \li PPM signal generator over USB: https://github.com/G33KatWork/USBPPM
+ * \li Programmable keyboard controller: http://41j.com/blog/2011/10/a-programmable-keyboard-controller/
+ * \li Programmable XBOX controller: http://richard-burke.dyndns.org/wordpress/pan-galactic-gargantuan-gargle-brain-aka-xbox-360-usb-controller/
+ * \li Project Surface, a touch interface controller for Windows 8: https://code.google.com/p/project-surface/
+ * \li PSGroove, a Playstation 3 Homebrew dongle: http://github.com/psgroove
+ * \li PS/2 to USB adapter: https://github.com/makestuff/p2ukbd
+ * \li RaspiFace, an Arduino platform bridge for the Raspberry Pi: http://www.raspiface.com/
+ * \li Reflow oven controller: http://danstrother.com/2011/01/15/reflow-oven-controller/
+ * \li RFPirate, a RF experimentation platform: https://github.com/ebuller/RF-Pirate
+ * \li RF Power Meter, based on the AD8307 log amp: https://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/ad8307-power-meter
+ * \li RF Transceiver using the MRF49XA: http://alternet.us.com/?page_id=1494
+ * \li SD Card reader: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-mass-storage-with-an-sd-card/
+ * \li SDR1, a Software Defined Radio firmware: https://code.google.com/p/sdr-mk1/
+ * \li SEGA Megadrive/Genesis Development Cartridge: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=398
+ * \li Serial Line bus analyser: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/projects/SerialAnalyzer.html
+ * \li Simple USB LED Controller (SULC): https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ * \li SNES custom FLASH ROM: http://electrifiedfoolingmachine.co/?page_id=633
+ * \li Smartcard Detective: https://code.google.com/p/smartcarddetective/
+ * \li SmartportVHD Apple II Mass Storage adapter: http://pcedric3.free.fr/SmartportVHD/
+ * \li Single LED Matrix Display: http://guysoft.wordpress.com/2009/10/08/bumble-b/
+ * \li Simple USB LED Controller: https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ * \li Stripe Snoop, a Magnetic Card reader: http://www.ossguy.com/ss_usb/
+ * \li Stylophone, with USB MIDI connectivity: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Stylophone_Studio_5
+ * \li Teensy SD Card .WAV file player: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-wav-player-part-1/
+ * \li Touch It (Fabulously), presumably art: http://touch.it.fa.bulo.us/ly/
+ * \li Touchscreen Input Device: http://capnstech.blogspot.com/2010/07/touchscreen-update.html
+ * \li UDFS, a BBC Micro USB disk filing system: https://github.com/makestuff/udfs
+ * \li Universal USB AVR Module: http://usbavr.bplaced.net/
+ * \li USB2AX, a USB to Dynamixel network adapter: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ * \li USBPass, a USB password keeper: http://sroz.net/projects/usbpass/
+ * \li USB Business Card: http://www.limpkin.fr/index.php?post/2012/09/15/My-new-business-card
+ * \li USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ * \li USB Infrared Receiver/Transmitter: http://vaton4.web2001.cz/
+ * \li USB Interface for Playstation Portable Devices: http://forums.ps2dev.org/viewtopic.php?t=11001
+ * \li USB MIDI to DMX controller: http://github.com/hanshuebner/miDiMX
+ * \li USB Mood Light: https://github.com/hsbp/usb_moodlight
+ * \li USB powered Geiger Counter: http://uhrheber.wordpress.com/2011/04/28/a-usb-powered-geiger-counter-for-the-z2-and-other-computers/
+ * \li Userial, a USB to Serial converter with SPI, I2C and other protocols: http://www.tty1.net/userial/
+ * \li Wii Classic Controller to USB converter: https://github.com/crazyiop/wii-classic-2-usb
+ * \li Wireless MIDI Guitar system: http://www.ise.pw.edu.pl/~wzab/wireless_guitar_system/
+ * \li XBOX 360 Startup Sound Changer: http://www.homebrew-connection.org/change-your-xbox-360-startup-sounds-yourself/
+ * \li Xnormidi, a C MIDI library: http://x37v.info/projects/xnormidi
+ * \li XUM1541, a Commodore 64 floppy drive to USB adapter: http://www.root.org/~nate/c64/xum1541/
+ * \li Zeus, a touch screen computer for music manipulation: http://www.benbengler.com/developments_zeus.html
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFACommercialProjects Projects Using LUFA (Commercial)
+ *
+ * The following is a list of known commercial products using LUFA. Some of these are open source, although many are "black-box"
+ * solutions with no source code given. Those companies which have purchased a Commercial License to LUFA (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo)
+ * are not listed here unless specifically requested.
+ *
+ * \li Alphasphere, a MIDI input sphere device for music creation: http://www.alphasphere.com/
+ * \li Arduino Uno and Leonardo, official Arduino boards: http://www.arduino.cc
+ * \li ARPS Locator: http://la3t.hamradio.no/lab//?id=tracker_en
+ * \li AsTeRICS assistive technologies project, HID actuator: http://www.asterics.eu
+ * \li BitFury, a Bitcoin ASIC miner: https://github.com/aauer1/LUFA-BitFury/tree/master/Projects/BitfuryBTC
+ * \li Ceberus, a MadCatz Xbox 360 arcade stick modifier: http://www.phreakmods.com/products/cerberus
+ * \li CFFA3000, a CompactFlash interface for the Apple II: http://www.dreher.net/CFforAppleII
+ * \li ChameleonMini, a RFID monitoring tool: https://github.com/emsec/ChameleonMini/wiki
+ * \li Digital Survey Instruments Magnetometer and Pointer: http://www.digitalsurveyinstruments.com/
+ * \li FinchRobot, a robot designed for educational use: http://www.finchrobot.com/
+ * \li Flysight, a GPS logger for wingsuit pilots: http://flysight.ca/
+ * \li Goldilocks, an Arduino compatible clone: http://feilipu.me/2014/03/08/goldilocks-1284p-arduino-uno-clone/
+ * \li HummingBird Kit, a robotics learning platform: http://www.hummingbirdkit.com/
+ * \li LP1, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://embeddedglow.com/items/LP1/LP1.php
+ * \li Penguino, an Arduino Board With On-Board LUFA Powered Debugger/Programmer: http://wiki.icy.com.au/PenguinoAVR
+ * \li PhatIO, a filesystem based I/O interface: http://www.phatio.com/
+ * \li PIR-1, an IR control interface for consumer electronics: http://www.promixis.com/pir-1.php
+ * \li PIR-4, a USB Connected 4 port IR transmitter: http://promixis.com/pir-4.php
+ * \li PortPilot, a USB device charger with power meter: http://portpilot.net/
+ * \li KeyGlove, an alternative input system: http://www.keyglove.net/
+ * \li Many of Busware's Products: http://www.busware.de/
+ * \li MIDIFighter, a USB-MIDI controller: http://www.midifighter.com/
+ * \li MIDI USB Arduino Shield: http://openpipe.cc/products/midi-usb-shield/
+ * \li Norduino, a wireless Arduino: http://norduino.robomotic.com/norduino-is-now-usb-hid/
+ * \li Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html
+ * \li Retrode, a USB Games Console Cartridge Reader: http://www.retrode.org
+ * \li RFI21.1EU UHF RFID reader: http://www.metra.cz/rfid/uhf-rfid-ctecky/rfi21-1eu-uhf-rfid-ctecka.htm
+ * \li SmartCardDetective, a Smart Card analysis tool: http://www.smartcarddetective.com/
+ * \li TimelapsePlus, a digital camera time lapse tool: https://github.com/timelapseplus/TimelapsePlus-Firmware
+ * \li USBTINY-MKII, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://tom-itx.no-ip.biz:81/~webpage/boards/USBTiny_Mkii/USBTiny_Mkii_index.php
+ * \li UDS18B20 USB Temperature sensor: http://toughlog.org/uds18b20/
+ * \li VMeter, a USB MIDI touch strip controller: http://www.vmeter.net/
+ * \li XMEGA Development Board, using LUFA as an On-Board Programmer: http://xmega.mattair.net/
+ * \li Zeptoprog, a multifunction AVR programmer: http://www.mattairtech.com/index.php/featured/zeptoprog.html
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFAPublications Publications Mentioning LUFA
+ * The following are published magazines which have either mentioned or featured the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "My First AVR-USB" by Antoine Authier (feature), January 2010 Issue
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "USB is Cool/Sucks" by Jerry Jacobs and Chris Vossen (minor mention), January 2010 Issue
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "20 x Open Source" by Jens Nickel, March 2010 Issue
+ * \li Circuit Cellar Magazine, "Advanced USB Design Debugging" by Collin O'Flynn, August 2010 Issue
+ * \li "Some Assembly Required: Assembly Language Programming with the AVR Microcontroller" by Timothy S. Margush
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "Taming the Beast (2)" by Clemens Valens/Raymond Vermeulen, January 2014 Issue
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFANotableMentions Other Notable Mentions of LUFA
+ * The following are non-print but notable mentions of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li Adafruit "Ask an Engineer", 7th November 2010
+ * \li Arduino 2010 Keynote speech
+ * \li The Amp Hour podcast blog #11
+ * \li Blackhat 2011 conference, "Exploiting USB Devices with Arduino"
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PortsAndForks Non-Official LUFA Ports and Forks
+ * The following are unofficial forks of the LUFA codebase, which implement different features such as support for
+ * additional architectures.
+ *
+ * \li NXP's official LPCOpen "LPCUSBLib" LUFA fork, for LPC devices: http://www.lpcware.com/
+ * \li Kevin Mehall's LUFA port to the NXP LPC13xx: https://github.com/kevinmehall/LUFA-LPC13xx
+ * \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs SiM3U1xx: https://www.github.com/MarkDing/USB_CDC
+ * \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs EFM32 Giant Gecko: https://github.com/MarkDing/lufa-efm32
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f69d4344c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_Resources Library Resources
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UnofficialResources Unofficial Resources
+ * Unofficial Russian LUFA documentation translation: http://microsin.ru/Download.cnt/doc/LUFA/ \n
+ * Tutorial for LUFA USB Control Transfers: http://www.avrbeginners.net/new/tutorials/usb-control-transfers-with-lufa/
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ProjectPages LUFA Related Webpages
+ * Project Homepage: http://www.lufa-lib.org \n
+ * Commercial Licenses: http://www.lufa-lib.org/license \n
+ * Author's Website: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com \n
+ * Development Blog: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/blog \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ProjectHelp Assistance With LUFA
+ * Support Mailing List: http://www.lufa-lib.org/support \n
+ * Author's Email: dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_InDevelopment Latest In-Development Source Code
+ * Issue Tracker: http://www.lufa-lib.org/tracker \n
+ * Public GIT Repository: http://www.lufa-lib.org/git \n
+ * Latest Repository Source Archive: http://www.lufa-lib.org/latest-archive \n
+ * Commit RSS Feed: http://www.lufa-lib.org/rss \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBResources USB Resources
+ * USB-IF Website: http://www.usb.org \n
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86ed124bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_LicenseInfo Source Code License
+ *
+ * The LUFA library is currently released under the MIT license, included below.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LicenseForHumans License Summary for Human Beings
+ * Everyone is free to use LUFA without payment - even in commercial applications
+ * where the product source code is not publicly disclosed. However, use of the
+ * library must be in accordance with the library license conditions.
+ *
+ * If you wish to use LUFA without payment, you <b>must</b> include a copy of the
+ * full license text below with your product or project - on your website, and in
+ * an accompanying manual or other materials for the product. As long as the entire
+ * license text is made available and obvious to the users of your product, you
+ * are free to incorporate the LUFA library into your product without special
+ * additional licensing.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CommercialLicenses Commercial Licensing
+ * In some instances the small requirement for public disclosure of LUFA within a
+ * product is unwanted; in these instances a commercial license is offered up as an
+ * alternative to the standard LUFA license.
+ *
+ * Commercial entities can opt out of the public disclosure clause in this license
+ * for a one-time US$1500 payment. This provides a non-exclusive modified MIT
+ * licensed which allows for the free use of the LUFA library, bootloaders and
+ * (where the sole copyright is attributed to Dean Camera) demos without public
+ * disclosure within an organization, in addition to three free hours of consultation
+ * with the library author, and priority support.
+ *
+ * Please visit the Commercial License link on \ref Page_Resources for more information on
+ * ordering a commercial license for your company.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LicenseText LUFA License Text
+ *
+ * \verbinclude License.txt
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e737c39b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \mainpage
+ *
+ * \image html Images/LUFA.png
+ * <div align="center"><small><i>Logo design by <a href="http://www.studiomonsoon.com">Studio Monsoon Photography</a></i></small></div>
+ * \n
+ * <div align="center"><a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a></div>
+ * \n
+ *
+ * <b>LUFA is donationware. For author and donation information, see \ref Page_Donating.</b>
+ *
+ * LUFA is an open-source USB library for the USB-enabled AVR microcontrollers, released under the MIT license (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo).
+ * It supports a large number of USB AVR models and boards (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport). It is designed to provide an easy to use,
+ * feature rich framework for the development of USB peripherals and hosts.
+ *
+ * LUFA focuses on the microcontroller side of USB development only; it includes no PC host USB driver development facilities - other projects
+ * such as the Windows Driver Development Kit, Windows USB Device Mode Framework and libusb may be of interest for developing custom OS drivers.
+ * While custom USB devices can be made with LUFA using such tools, the included demos all use the inbuilt OS drivers for each USB class for
+ * simplicity.
+ *
+ * The library is currently in a stable release, suitable for download and incorporation into user projects for
+ * both host and device modes. For information about the project progression, see the blog link at \ref Page_Resources.
+ *
+ * LUFA is written specifically for the free AVR-GCC compiler, and uses several GCC-only extensions to make the
+ * library API more streamlined and robust. You can download AVR-GCC for free in a convenient windows package,
+ * from the the WinAVR website (see \ref Page_Resources).
+ *
+ * The only required AVR peripherals for LUFA is the USB controller itself and interrupts - LUFA does not require the use of the
+ * microcontroller's timers or other hardware, leaving more hardware to the application developer.
+ *
+ * Accompanying LUFA in the download package is a set of example demo applications, plus several Bootloaders of different classes
+ * and open source LUFA powered projects.
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_LicenseInfo - Project source license and commercial use information
+ * \li \subpage Page_Donating - Donating to support this project
+ * \li \subpage Page_DeviceSupport - Current Device and Hardware Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_ChangeLog - Project Changelog
+ * \li \subpage Page_KnownIssues - Known Issues
+ * \li \subpage Page_FutureChanges - Planned Changes to the Library
+ * \li \subpage Page_GettingStarted - Getting started with LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_DevelopingWithLUFA - Developing with LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_LUFAPoweredProjects - Other Projects Using LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_Resources - LUFA and USB Related Resources
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7efb312ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
+ *
+ * Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
+ * to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
+ * areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration170418 Version 170418
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function into the user application's \c wIndex parameter is now \c uint16_t, not \c uint8_t.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration151115 Migrating from 140928 to 151115
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The ATPROGRAM LUFA build system module now defaults to the Atmel ICE debugger tool, instead of the Atmel JTAG ICE3.
+ * - The \c Serial_CreateStream() and \c Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions now require a USART base pointer for XMEGA devices as the first parameter.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration140928 Migrating from 140302 to 140928
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode RNDIS class driver now requires a user-supplied buffer and buffer length to operate, rather
+ * than allocating this buffer internally.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration140302 Migrating from 130901 to 140302
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - The \c VERSION_BCD() macro has changed from accepting one floating point parameter to taking three distinct major/minor/revision integer parameters, as
+ * some edge cases caused incorrect parsing of the input float into the final integer BCD encoded value.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_NEVER_INLINE macro, erroneously introduced in a previous release has been removed, as it duplicates the existing \c ATTR_NO_INLINE macro.
+ *
+ * <b>Build System</b>
+ * - The default configuration file for Doxygen is now "doxyfile" rather than "Doxygen.conf", to conform to the Doxygen project's own default file name.
+ * Set \c DOXYGEN_CONF to override the new default file name.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration130901 Migrating from 130303 to 130901
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Board Dataflash \c Dataflash_Init() function now automatically configures the appropriate communication interface.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration130303 Migrating from 120730 to 130303
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ * constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ * - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ * constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ * - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration120730 Migrating from 120219 to 120730
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode Audio Class driver now requires an additional configuration parameter, the Audio Control interface index. Existing applications should
+ * be adjusted to specify the additional configuration parameter.
+ * - The HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro no longer takes a variable number of axis as a parameter, due to OS incompatibilities; this macro now uses a fixed
+ * 3 axis of data. User applications should update their calls to this macro and their report structures to suit a fixed 3-axis joystick report. If a user
+ * application requires more than 3 axis' of data, a custom report descriptor will need to be constructed by hand.
+ * - The \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and direction; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and
+ * the direction is obtained from the full endpoint address within the device. Applications calling Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() should update their API
+ * call to use a full endpoint address (including ENDPOINT_DIR_IN or ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the endpoint address) and an integer number
+ * of banks.
+ * - All endpoint functions now operate on full endpoint addresses within the device, rather than a directionless endpoint index. Applications should update
+ * their API calls to use full endpoint addresses when required within the device.
+ * - All device mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified endpoint description structure for all endpoints; existing applications will need
+ * to update their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Endpoint_Table_t).
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINT_SIZE() macros have been removed, as these do not function correctly with the new addressing
+ * scheme for the endpoint APIs. Please refer to the target device's datasheet for the maximum bank size of each endpoint.
+ * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains separate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ * into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ * element name.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Android Accessory Host class driver property strings are now a array of \c char* rather than a struct of named pointers. Existing applications
+ * should use C99 Designated Initializers with the property string indexes located in \ref AOA_Strings_t instead.
+ * - The \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and token; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and the token
+ * is now inferred from the full pipe address within the device, and the pipe type. Applications calling Pipe_ConfigurePipe() should update their API
+ * call to use a full pipe address (including PIPE_DIR_IN or PIPE_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the pipe address) and an integer number of banks.
+ * - All pipe functions now operate on full pipe addresses within the device, rather than a directionless pipe index. Applications should update their API
+ * calls to use full pipe addresses when required within the device.
+ * - All host mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified pipe description structure for all pipes; existing applications will need to update
+ * their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Pipe_Table_t).
+ * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ * into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ * element name.
+ * - The library "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptor.c" source file has been renamed "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c" as this was clashing with
+ * files in some low level host mode demo applications, preventing parallel project builds. If you are referencing the project source files directly instead
+ * of using the makefile module names, you will need to adjust your project makefile.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration120219 Migrating from 111009 to 120219
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - The HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* macros in the HID class driver have been corrected to HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* (note the spelling of "modifier").
+ * Existing applications should switch over to the correctly spelled macro names.
+ * - The names of the USB Device and USB Host class driver files have changed; a new "ClassDevice" and "ClassHost" postfix has been added to the
+ * respective class driver files. Projects referencing the class driver source files by filename rather than the LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS makefile
+ * variable should append these postfixes to the source file names. Projects including the USB class driver dispatch headers directly should either
+ * switch to including the main USB driver header instead, or use the updated header filenames.
+ * - The USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant has been renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed. All devices must set this bit in
+ * the Configuration descriptor's attributes field. As all devices are assumed to be bus-powered unless stated otherwise with the
+ * USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED flag a replacement constant for bus powered devices is not provided.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty().
+ * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if no audio entities are defined in the audio device's descriptors,
+ * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration111009 Migrating from 110528 to 111009
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro has been renamed \ref JTAG_ASSERT() to be consistent with \ref STDOUT_ASSERT().
+ *
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - By default, unordered Endpoint and Pipe configuration is now allowed once again, via the previous workaround of
+ * reconfiguring all Endpoints/Pipes in order each time a new Endpoint/Pipe is created. To minimize the compiled program
+ * size, the new \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option may be defined in the project makefile to restrict the ordering
+ * in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size.
+ * - The previous \c F_CLOCK symbol, required in the project makefile, has been renamed to \c F_USB. This is due to the previous name
+ * being far too generic for use in future architecture ports, where multiple clock domains are used.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The Endpoint stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the \c BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the endpoint
+ * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Device_SendString() function now expects a null terminated string instead of an explicit length. Existing code
+ * should use the new \ref CDC_Device_SendData() function, or remove the length parameter from the function call.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ResetFIFO() function has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to make the API function names more
+ * consistent. Existing applications using the old function name should simply replace it with a call to the new function name.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_Word() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The Device mode RNDIS class driver no longer stores the incoming and outgoing packets in the class driver instance; the user is
+ * now expected to manually define a storage location for the packet data. Packets must now be sent and received manually via a call
+ * to \ref RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket() and/or \ref RNDIS_Device_SendPacket().
+ * - The definition of the Audio class \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t has been altered, to remove the fixed singular
+ * audio sample rate in the descriptor definition, and to rename the \c SampleFrequencyType to the more appropriate
+ * \c TotalDiscreteSampleRates. Existing applications will need to add an array of \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements
+ * immediately following any \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptors, and insert the appropriate sampling rates
+ * supported by the device, as well as rename the descriptor elements to match the updated element names.
+ * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty().
+ * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if multiple sample rates or pitch control is not used,
+ * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ * - The \c USB_ConfigurationNumber, \c USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \c USB_CurrentlySelfPowered globals have been renamed to
+ * \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber, \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered to clearly indicate
+ * the USB mode they relate to. Existing applications using these variables should rename all references to the previous names.
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN and \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT macros have now been replaced by \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_IN and
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT to improve code clarity.
+ * - The \ref HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro now takes an additional (first) parameter indicating the number of axis in the joystick.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Pipe stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the pipe
+ * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ * - The \ref PRNT_Host_SendString() and \ref CDC_Host_SendString() functions now expect a null terminated string instead of an explicit
+ * length. Existing code should use the new \ref PRNT_Host_SendData() and \ref CDC_Host_SendData() functions, or remove the
+ * length parameter from the function call.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() function has been removed, as the pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearError() function is called.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_Word() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() function has been renamed to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(), as it operates on a full endpoint address
+ * within the attached device and not a pipe within the host. Existing code using the old function name should update the function calls and
+ * check for correct usage.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration101122 Migrating from 100807 to 101122
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/EndpointStream.c now exists. This source file should be added
+ * to all project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source
+ * variables.
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/PipeStream.c now exists. This source file should be added to all
+ * project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event has been removed, as the \ref USB_Init() function will no longer fail; if not USB mode is
+ * specified, the controller will default to UID selection mode.
+ * - The USB mode specifier constants have been moved into a new enum and renamed. Existing projects should use the equivalent
+ * value in the new \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * - All class driver headers are now included as part of the standard \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h master dispatch header, and should
+ * no longer be included separately. Class driver module source files must still be added as a separate module in the project's
+ * makefile if used.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - Endpoints MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ * allocated endpoints in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB device mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ * endpoint indexes are not overlapped with other interface's endpoints.
+ * - The signature for the \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback has changed, the \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress parameter is
+ * now \c const \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress. Existing applications should update their callback signatures to match this, and
+ * eliminate any casting of descriptor pointers to a non \c const pointer.
+ * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macro is has been renamed \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and now returns the total number of
+ * banks supported by the given endpoint. Existing code should switch to the new naming scheme, and test that the return value of the
+ * macro is equal to or greater than 2 to regain the previous functionality.
+ * - The \c EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event is now named \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() and fires before (not after)
+ * the internal library event handlers. Existing code should rename the event handlers in the user application to match the new event
+ * name, and should ensure that the new execution order does not affect the application's operation.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - Pipes MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ * allocated pipes in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB host mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ * pipe indexes are not overlapped with other interface's pipes.
+ * - The \c PRNT_Host_SendData() function has been renamed to \ref PRNT_Host_SendString(). Existing applications should simply
+ * replace all references to the obsolete function name with the new function name.
+ * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ * - The Still Image Host class' function prefix has been changed from \c SImage_ to \c SI_, to remain consistent with the rest of the
+ * driver's enums, type defines and constants.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100807 Migrating from 100513 to 100807
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Dataflash board driver stub file has changed, as dataflash functions previously located in the internal
+ * Dataflash driver of the library have now been moved to the individual board files. Existing drivers can
+ * copy-paste the new functions from the board Dataflash stub driver.
+ *
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c now exists. This source file should be added to all project
+ * makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/DeviceStandardReq.c - this should
+ * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/HostStandardReq.c - this should
+ * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/LowLevel/USBController.c - this should be updated
+ * in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() macro has been removed, as the remote wakeup request is now fully handled by the
+ * enhanced \ref USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() function. Existing code may now discard any checks to \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent().
+ * - The \c USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro has been removed, as it is obsolete. Existing code should compare \ref USB_DeviceState
+ * to see if it the device is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended state instead.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() now calls \ref CDC_Host_Flush() automatically, flushing any queued data to the attached device. Manual
+ * flushing of the interface is no longer needed if the flushes should be in sync with calls to \ref CDC_Host_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100513 Migrating from 100219 to 100513
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \ref TWI_StartTransmission() function now takes in a timeout period, expressed in milliseconds, within which the addressed
+ * device must respond or the function will abort.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ * functions correctly.
+ * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ * Projects must update their makefile SRC values accordingly.
+ * - The HID Device Class driver's function signature for the \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function has been changed, to
+ * allow for a new \c ReportType parameter. This new parameter must be added in all user applications using the Device mode HID Class
+ * Driver, but may be ignored unless Host-to-Device FEATURE HID reports are used.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ * functions correctly.
+ * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ * Projects must update their makefile \c SRC values accordingly.
+ * - The HID Host Class driver's function signature for the \ref HID_Host_SendReportByID() function has been changed, to allow for a new
+ * ReportType parameter. Existing calls to this function should substitute \c REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out as this parameter's value.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100219 Migrating from 091223 to 100219
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - Due to some ADC channels not being identical to their ADC MUX selection masks for single-ended conversions on some AVR models,
+ * the ADC driver now has explicit masks for each of the standard ADC channels (see \ref Group_ADC). These masks should be used
+ * when calling the ADC functions to ensure proper operation across all AVR models. Note that the \ref ADC_SetupChannel() function
+ * is an exception, and should always be called with a channel number rather than a channel mask.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The MIDI Host Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ * pipe bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ * flush the queued event(s) to the device by calling \ref MIDI_Host_Flush().
+ * - The \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound() function now takes the endpoint's direction into account, by checking if the MSB of the endpoint's address
+ * is set to denote IN endpoints. If the previous functionality where the direction is to be discounted is required, mask the endpoint
+ * address against the \ref PIPE_EPNUM_MASK token before calling \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound().
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The MIDI Device Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ * endpoint bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ * flush the queued event(s) to the host by calling \ref MIDI_Device_Flush().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration091223 Migrating from 091122 to 091223
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Still Image Host Class driver \ref SI_Host_USBTask() and \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions were misnamed, and are
+ * now named \c SImage_Host_USBTask() and \c SImage_Host_ConfigurePipes() respectively.
+ * - The \c HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to \ref HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in
+ * line with the rest of the library error codes.
+ * - The HID Parser item usages no longer contain separate minimum and maximum values, as this was a violation of the HID
+ * specification. Instead, the values are distributed evenly across each item as its usage value, to ensure that all items
+ * can be distinguished from one-another.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new \c ReportType parameter to
+ * indicate the report type to generate. Existing applications may simply add and ignore this additional parameter.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration091122 Migrating from 090924 to 091122
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow HID parser error constant is now named \ref HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() HID Parser callback now passes a complete \ref HID_ReportItem_t to the
+ * user application, instead of just its attributes.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function was incorrectly named and is now called \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090924 Migrating from 090810 to 090924
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ADC_Off() function has been renamed to \c ADC_ShutDown() to be consistent with the rest of the library.
+ * - The \ref SPI_Init() routine's parameters have changed, so that the clock polarity and data sampling modes can be set. See
+ * the \ref SPI_Init() function documentation for more details
+ * - The \ref Dataflash_Init() routine no longer initializes the SPI bus - the SPI bus should be initialized manually via a
+ * call to \ref SPI_Init() before using the Dataflash driver
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function's parameters and behaviour has changed; the user is required to
+ * preallocate the largest allowable buffer, and pass the size of the buffer to the function. This allows for a single
+ * call to the function to retrieve, size check and validate the Configuration Descriptor rather than having the user
+ * application perform these intermediary steps.
+ * - The HID report parser now requires a mandatory callback in the user code, to filter only the items the application
+ * is interested in into the processed HID report item structure to save RAM. See \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem().
+ * - The HID report parser now always parses FEATURE and always ignores constant-data items - the \c HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING
+ * and \c HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS compile time tokens now have no effect.
+ * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090810 Migrating from 090605 to 090810
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The "Simple Scheduler" has been <i>deprecated</i>, as it was little more than an abstracted loop and caused much confusion.
+ * User applications using the scheduler should switch to regular loops instead. The scheduler code will be removed in a future
+ * release.
+ * - The "Dynamic Memory Block Allocator" has been removed, as it was unused in (and unrelated to) the LUFA library and never
+ * used in user applications.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_NOINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_NO_INLINE to be in line with the rest of the function attribute
+ * macro names.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Most demos now have a corresponding Class Driver implementation, which uses the new internal library class drivers for the standard
+ * USB classes. This allows for more rapid device and host development, and so should be used in preference to the low level APIs where
+ * possible so that fixes to the class drivers propagate to all applications which use them automatically with each new LUFA release.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c HIDParser.c module has moved from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function now requires the desired configuration index within the device as its first
+ * parameter, to add support for multi-configuration devices. Existing code should use a configuration index of 1 to indicate the
+ * first configuration descriptor within the device.
+ * - The non-standard "Ready" host state has been removed. Existing \ref HOST_STATE_Configured code should be moved to the end of
+ * the existing \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state, and the existing HOST_STATE_Ready state code should be moved to the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured
+ * state.
+ * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_HostState explicitly to ensure the host is
+ * in the desired state instead.
+ * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now takes an extra parameter to specify the descriptor's memory space so that
+ * descriptors in mixed memory spaces can be used. The previous functionality can be returned by defining the \c USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+ * token in the project makefile to fix all descriptors into FLASH space and remove the extra function parameter.
+ * - The \c USB_IsSuspended global has been removed - test \ref USB_DeviceState against \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead.
+ * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_DeviceState explicitly to ensure the device
+ * is in the desired state instead.
+ * - The VBUS events have been removed, as they are already exposed to the user via the \c USB_Connect and \c USB_Disconnect events.
+ * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - Support for non-control data endpoint interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ * projects using interrupts on non-control endpoints should switch to polling. For control interrupts, the library can
+ * manage the control endpoint via interrupts automatically by compiling with the \c INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token defined.
+ * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro has been removed. User applications should use normal casts to obtain a descriptor's memory
+ * address.
+ * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ * - The \c Event_DeviceError() event no longer exists, as its sole caller (unlinked \c USB_GetDescriptor() function) now produces a
+ * compilation error rather than a runtime error. The \c StdDescriptors.c file no longer exists as a result, and should be removed
+ * from project makefiles.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDescriptor() function has been renamed to \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() to be in line with the new \c CALLBACK_
+ * function prefixes for functions which <i>must</i> be implemented in the user application.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - Support for non-control data pipe interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ * projects using interrupts on non-control pipes should switch to polling.
+ * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with
+ * regular function signatures of a function accepting a void pointer to the descriptor to test, and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090510 Migrating from 090401 to 090510
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The \c ButtLoadTag.h header has been removed, as it was never used for its intended purpose. Projects should either remove all
+ * \c BUTTLOADTAG() elements, or download and extract \c ButtLoadTag.h header from the ButtLoad project.
+ * - The \c Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ directory has been renamed to \c Drivers/Peripheral/.
+ * - The \c Serial_Stream driver has been renamed to \c SerialStream to remain consistent with the rest of the library naming scheme.
+ * - The HWB driver has changed to the \c Buttons driver. See the board Buttons driver documentation for the new API.
+ *
+ * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_PowerOnFail event has been renamed to \c USB_InitFailure.
+ * - The functions in \c OTG.h have been renamed to remain more consistent with the library API. See the functions in \c OTG.h for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(), \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ * macros. See \c Endpoint.h documentation for more details on the new endpoint management macros.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of
+ * the API naming scheme.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() and \c Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() macros have been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsINReady() and
+ * \ref Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() respectively.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived().
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ClearSETUP().
+ * - All endpoint read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Endpoint_Read_Word()) have
+ * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ * - The \c USB_UnhandledControlPacket event no longer has any parameters. User code should no longer attempt to read in the remainder of
+ * the Control Request header as all Control Request header data is now preloaded by the library and made available in the
+ * USB_ControlRequest structure.
+ * - The \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token has been renamed to \c CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE.
+ * - The \c STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION is no longer applicable as the library will apply this optimization when appropriate automatically.
+ * - The values of the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t and \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enums have had the \c ERROR_ portion
+ * of their names removed.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0) to allow it to be used on
+ * other control type pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that the Control pipe is always selected before the function is called
+ * in existing projects where the Control pipe is to be operated on.
+ * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task runs. Projects no longer
+ * need to manage this manually when calling the USB management task.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the Pipe_ClearIN(), Pipe_ClearOUT() macros. See
+ * Pipe.h documentation for more details on the new pipe management macros.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of the API
+ * naming scheme.
+ * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() and \c Pipe_IsOutReady() macros have been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsINReceived() and \ref Pipe_IsOUTReady()
+ * respectively.
+ * - The new \ref Pipe_ClearSETUP() macro should be used to send SETUP transactions, rather than the previous \c Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
+ * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsSETUPSent().
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed.
+ * - All pipe read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Pipe_Read_Word()) have
+ * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ * - The \c Host_IsResetBusDone() macro has been renamed to \c Host_IsBusResetComplete().
+ * - The \c Pipe_Ignore_Word() and \c Pipe_Ignore_DWord() functions have been renamed to \c Pipe_Discard_Word() and \c Pipe_Discard_DWord()
+ * to remain consistent with the rest of the pipe API.
+ * - It is no longer needed to manually include the headers from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class, as they are now included along with the rest
+ * of the USB headers when \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h is included.
+ * - Functions in the \c ConfigDescriptor.h header file no longer have \c Host_ as part of their names.
+ * - The \c ProcessHIDReport() has been renamed to \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport(), \c GetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo()
+ * and \c SetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo().
+ * - The values of the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums have had their respective \c Descriptor_Search
+ * and \c Descriptor_Search_Comp prefixes changed to all caps.
+ * - The \c USB_HostRequest global has been renamed to \ref USB_ControlRequest, and is used in Device mode also. The \c USB_Host_Request_Header_t
+ * structure type has been renamed to \ref USB_Request_Header_t.
+ * - The values of the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum have had the \c ERROR_ portion of their names removed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090401 Migrating from 090209 to 090401
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - LUFA projects must now give the raw input clock frequency (before any prescaling) as a compile time constant \c F_USB,
+ * defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ * - The makefile EEPROM programming targets for FLIP and dfu-programmer no longer program in the FLASH data in addition to the
+ * EEPROM data into the device. If both are to be programmed, both the EEPROM and FLASH programming targets must be called.
+ * - As the avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc distributions, the \c SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro has been removed.
+ * Include \c <avr/power.h> and call \c clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); instead on recent avr-libc distributions.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The USBtoSerial demo now discards all data when not connected to a host, rather than buffering it for later transmission.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE.
+ * - Custom board Dataflash drivers now require the implementation of \ref Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage() and \ref Dataflash_SendAddressBytes().
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+ * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage. On all applications currently using the
+ * \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token, it can be replaced with the \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token with no further
+ * modifications required.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ * - The \c USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second \c SubErrorCode parameter, giving the error code of the function
+ * which failed.
+ * - The \c HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant name has been corrected to \ref HID_PARSE_Successful.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The previous \c SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in \ref SPI_TransferByte(). \ref SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
+ * for speed, to compliment the new \ref SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If bidirectional SPI transfers are required, calls to \ref SPI_SendByte()
+ * should be changed to \ref SPI_TransferByte().
+ * - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pull-up of the Rx line.
+ * - The \ref Serial_Init() and \c SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second \c DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
+ * should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at the given AVR
+ * clock speed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
+ * have been changed to LUFA.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
+ * parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
+ * - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
+ * KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
+ * built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
+ * - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
+ * recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
+ * as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Serial_IsCharReceived() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ * currently initialized.
+ * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
+ * or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
+ * - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
+ * after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
+ * - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
+ * returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
+ * descriptor does not exist.
+ * - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
+ * GetDescriptor function.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ * - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
+ * SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
+ * current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
+ * set to the report ID of the given report item.
+ * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ * currently initialized.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
+ * string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
+ * ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
+ * the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
+ * - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
+ * them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
+ * - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
+ * on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
+ * - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
+ * problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
+ * to the latest code.
+ * - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
+ * built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
+ * upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
+ * previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
+ * to the latest code.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ * timeout duration in ms.
+ * - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
+ * and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
+ * USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
+ * - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ * timeout duration in ms.
+ * - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
+ * - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
+ * of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
+ * to the latest code.
+ * - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
+ * possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
+ * global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
+ * should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
+ * demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
+ * Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
+ * should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
+ * Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
+ * avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
+ * projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
+ * encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
+ * - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally omitted from previous versions of the demos
+ * based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
+ * HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
+ * - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
+ * Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
+ * the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
+ * the library CDC demos.
+ * - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
+ * Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
+ * demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
+ * compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
+ * headers was available.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
+ * functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
+ * The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
+ * function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
+ * previous Index parameter.
+ * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
+ * official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
+ * - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
+ * appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
+ * is the event name itself in the user project.
+ * - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
+ * pseudo-descriptor modeled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
+ * descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
+ * - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ * with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
+ * - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
+ * structure named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
+ * demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
+ * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
+ * members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
+ * to use the new names.
+ * - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ * with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
+ * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ * documentation for more details.
+ * - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
+ * module documentation for the new macro names.
+ *
+ * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ * - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
+ * projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
+ * header inside the library.
+ * - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
+ * finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
+ * so that the event action only occurs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4823c5b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_OSDrivers Operating System Drivers
+ *
+ * Most of the USB classes supported by LUFA are also supported natively in
+ * most operating systems, without extra drivers being required. However, in
+ * some cases, a driver file is required in order for the device to enumerate
+ * and function correctly.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_OSClassSupport Operating System USB Class Support
+ * The table below lists the supported LUFA USB classes, and their associated
+ * <i>native</i> support on modern operating systems.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Android</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Windows</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Linux</th>
+ * <th width="150px">OS X</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
+ * <td>2.3.4+</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Audio 1.0</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CDC-ACM</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>HID</td>
+ * <td>3.?+</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIDI</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Mass Storage</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Printer</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>RNDIS</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Still Image</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_WinINFTemplates Windows INF Drivers
+ * Windows uses INF driver files to associate a USB device of a specific class,
+ * VID/PID ID pair, Windows Compatibility ID or other characteristic to a kernel
+ * driver. In most cases these files are build into the operating system, and
+ * no special user action or driver files are required for a device using a
+ * standard USB class to enumerate. However, for some classes, a specific INF
+ * driver must be created and given to the operating system for the device to
+ * enumerate.
+ *
+ * Those USB classes requiring a custom INF driver file in Windows are listed
+ * below, along with a basic INF template for each class.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_WinINF_CDC Windows CDC INF Template
+ * This template is required for all CDC-ACM devices on Windows XP or newer.
+ * \verbinclude "WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_WinINF_RNDIS Windows RNDIS INF Template
+ * This template is required for all RNDIS devices on Windows XP or newer.
+ * \verbinclude "WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..653b4ad04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ProgrammingApps Programming an Application into a USB AVR
+ *
+ * Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
+ * application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
+ * reprogramming of an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
+ * supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG, dW or PDI. This can be done through a custom programmer,
+ * a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the <a>atmel.com</a> website.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
+ * DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
+ * AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
+ * Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
+ * or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
+ * the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
+ * AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
+ * loaded application.
+ *
+ * If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
+ * Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
+ * alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
+ */
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8c2523d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart Entering the Bootloader via Software
+ *
+ * A common requirement of many applications is the ability to jump to the programmed bootloader of a chip
+ * on demand, via the code's firmware (i.e. not as a result of any physical user interaction with the
+ * hardware). This might be required because the device does not have any physical user input, or simply
+ * just to streamline the device upgrade process on the host PC.
+ *
+ * The following C code snippets may be used to enter the bootloader upon request by the user application.
+ * By using the watchdog to physically reset the controller, it is ensured that all system hardware is
+ * completely reset to their defaults before the bootloader is run. This is important; since bootloaders
+ * are written to occupy a very limited space, they usually make assumptions about the register states based
+ * on the default values after a hard-reset of the chip.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SoftareBootAVR8 AVR8 Architecture
+ * The following software bootloader jump code is written for the AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ * #include <avr/io.h>
+ * #include <util/delay.h>
+ *
+ * #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ * #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ *
+ * uint32_t Boot_Key ATTR_NO_INIT;
+ *
+ * #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xBADCAFE5
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS ((FLASH_SIZE_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES) >> 1)
+ *
+ * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+ * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void)
+ * {
+ * // If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the bootloader
+ * if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (Boot_Key == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ * {
+ * Boot_Key = 0;
+ * ((void (*)(void))BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS)();
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
+ * {
+ * // If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
+ * USB_Disable();
+ *
+ * // Disable all interrupts
+ * cli();
+ *
+ * // Wait two seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
+ * Delay_MS(2000);
+ *
+ * // Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
+ * Boot_Key = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+ * wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+ * for (;;);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Note that the bootloader magic key can be any arbitrary value. The <em>FLASH_SIZE_BYTES</em> and
+ * <em>BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES</em> tokens should be replaced with the total flash size of the AVR
+ * in bytes, and the allocated size of the bootloader section for the target AVR.
+ *
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a72c5bdd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!--BEGIN GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ <div id="nav-path" class="navpath"><!-- id is needed for treeview function! -->
+ <ul>
+ <li class="footer" style="float:left !important;">
+ $generatedby
+ <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
+ <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
+ </a>
+ $doxygenversion
+ </li>
+
+ <li class="footer">
+ <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </div>
+<!--END GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+<!--BEGIN !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ <hr class="footer"/>
+ <div class="footer">
+ <span style="float: left;">
+ $generatedby
+ <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
+ <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
+ </a>
+ $doxygenversion
+ </span>
+
+ <span style="margin-right: 20px; float: right;">
+ <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ </span>
+ </div>
+<!--END !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ </body>
+</html> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..933215546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* ============================= */
+/* Page Header Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+#titlearea {
+ background-color:#E1E7F4;
+ background-image:url('nav_f.png');
+ background-repeat:repeat-x;
+ color:#20335A;
+ font-weight:bold;
+ text-shadow:0 1px 1px rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9);
+}
+
+#projectlogo {
+ padding-left: 10px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* General Text Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+body,table,div,p,dl {
+ font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
+ font-size:13px;
+ line-height:1.3;
+}
+
+div.header, div.contents p {
+ padding-left:12px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* API Documentation Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+div.contents table.memberdecls, .paramname {
+ font-family:Consolas, Monaco, courier, sans-serif;
+ font-size:105%;
+ padding-right:20px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* HTML Heading Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+h1, h2, h3, h4 {
+ font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size:25px;
+ margin-bottom:10px;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ color:#42657B;
+ font-size:17px;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size:15px;
+}
+
+h4 {
+ font-size:13px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* Code Snippet Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+span.keyword {
+ color:#008000;
+}
+
+span.keywordtype {
+ color:#604020;
+}
+
+span.keywordflow {
+ color:#e08000;
+}
+
+span.comment {
+ color:#008000;
+}
+
+span.preprocessor {
+ color:#806020;
+}
+
+span.stringliteral {
+ color:#002080;
+}
+
+span.charliteral {
+ color:#008080;
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b1722044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_VIDPID VID and PID values
+ *
+ * \section Sec_VIDPID_Allocations VID and PID Allocations
+ * The LUFA library uses VID/PID combinations generously donated by Atmel. The following VID/PID combinations
+ * are used within the LUFA demos, and thus may be re-used by derivations of each demo. Free PID values may be
+ * used by future LUFA demo projects.
+ *
+ * <b>These VID/PID values should not be used in commercial designs under any circumstances.</b> Private projects
+ * may use the following values freely, but must accept any collisions due to other LUFA derived private projects
+ * sharing identical values. It is suggested that private projects using interfaces compatible with existing
+ * demos share the same VID/PID value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th>VID</th>
+ * <th>PID</th>
+ * <th>Usage</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2040</td>
+ * <td>Test VID/PID (See \ref Sec_Test_VIDPID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2041</td>
+ * <td>Mouse Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2042</td>
+ * <td>Keyboard Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2043</td>
+ * <td>Joystick Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2044</td>
+ * <td>CDC Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2045</td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2046</td>
+ * <td>Audio Output Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2047</td>
+ * <td>Audio Input Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2048</td>
+ * <td>MIDI Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2049</td>
+ * <td>MagStripe Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204A</td>
+ * <td>CDC Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204B</td>
+ * <td>USB to Serial Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204C</td>
+ * <td>RNDIS Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204D</td>
+ * <td>Combined Keyboard and Mouse Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204E</td>
+ * <td>Dual CDC Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x204F
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Generic HID Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2060</td>
+ * <td>Benito Programmer Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2061</td>
+ * <td>Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2062</td>
+ * <td>Combined CDC and Mouse Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2063</td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage/HID Interface Datalogger Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2064</td>
+ * <td>Interfaceless Control-Only LUFA Devices</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2065</td>
+ * <td>Test and Measurement Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x2066
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Multiple Report Keyboard/Mouse HID Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2067</td>
+ * <td>HID Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2068</td>
+ * <td>Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x2069
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Webserver Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206A</td>
+ * <td>Media Control Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206B</td>
+ * <td>Printer Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206C</td>
+ * <td>Bulk Vendor Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206D</td>
+ * <td>Dual MIDI Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206E</td>
+ * <td><i>Currently Unallocated</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206F</td>
+ * <td><i>Currently Unallocated</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Test_VIDPID The Test VID/PID Combination
+ * For use in testing of LUFA powered devices during development only, by non-commercial entities.
+ * All devices must accept collisions on this VID/PID range (from other in-development LUFA devices)
+ * to be resolved by using a unique release number in the Device Descriptor. No devices using this
+ * VID/PID combination may be released to the general public.
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2ff07e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_WritingBoardDrivers Writing LUFA Board Drivers
+ *
+ * LUFA ships with several basic pre-made board drivers, to control hardware present on the supported board
+ * hardware - such as Dataflash ICs, LEDs, Joysticks, or other hardware peripherals. When compiling an application
+ * which makes use of one or more board drivers located in <i>LUFA/Drivers/Board</i>, you must also indicate which
+ * board hardware you are using in your project makefile. This is done by defining the <tt>BOARD</tt> macro using
+ * the <tt>-D</tt> switch passed to the compiler, with a constant of <tt>BOARD_{Name}</tt>. For example,
+ * <tt>-DBOARD=BOARD_USBKEY</tt> instructs the compiler to use the USBKEY board hardware drivers.
+ *
+ * If your application does not use <i>any</i> board level drivers, you can omit the definition of the <tt>BOARD</tt>
+ * macro. However, some users may wish to write their own custom board hardware drivers which are to remain compatible
+ * with the LUFA hardware API. To do this, the <tt>BOARD</tt> macro should be defined to the value <tt>BOARD_USER</tt>.
+ * This indicates that the board level drivers should be located in a folder named "Board" located inside the
+ * application's folder.
+ *
+ * When used, the driver stub files located in the <tt>LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs</tt> folder should be copied to
+ * the user application's <tt>Board/</tt> directory, and filled out to include the values and code needed to control
+ * the custom board hardware. Once done, the existing LUFA board level APIs (accessed in the regular
+ * <tt>LUFA/Drivers/Board/</tt> folder) will redirect to the user board drivers, maintaining code compatibility and
+ * allowing for a different board to be selected through the project makefile with no code changes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardTemplates Board Driver Templates
+ *
+ * The templates for each board driver are reproduced below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Board Template for USER <Board/Board.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Board.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Buttons Template for USER <Board/Buttons.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Buttons.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Dataflash Template for USER <Board/Dataflash.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Dataflash.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Joystick Template for USER <Board/Joystick.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Joystick.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_LEDs Template for USER <Board/LEDs.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/LEDs.h"
+ */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a640ddcc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be7180c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINE = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11e6e0e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d5a48bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd7bff788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>RX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>TX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f5b291aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e9128eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f968d7ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>RX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02ebe0941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93048f564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTF_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED3
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF |= LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = (PORTF & ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE = (PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = (PORTF & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE = (PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINF = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTF & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9aef6e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a7c4f233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.3</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87102b60f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUI BUI
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUI_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d982bcd67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUI BUI
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.3</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUI_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5af60abe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..812cf7924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..259c674d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTD.2</td><td>PORTD.3</td><td>PORTD.0</td><td>PORTD.1</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_MASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 4)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ PORTD |= JOY_MASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ PORTD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb070db97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external
+ * peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88679d1b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+#define __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21b6e1c08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da3ebf85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+#define __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINE = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8521ec9bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_DUCE
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_DUCE DUCE
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+#define __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad866b96d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01b6b93ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3094fbe0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ec973e23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTE.6</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..909fa02c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTF.4</td><td>PORTF.5</td><td>PORTF.7</td><td>PORTC.6</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_FMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_CMASK (1 << 6)
+
+ #define JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT 3
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 6) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 6)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+ PORTF |= JOY_FMASK;
+ PORTC |= JOY_CMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+ PORTF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ PORTC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a10b8229e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e46a578b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8da45e402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd2c191a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..400bb11c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f26cc182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_LEONARDO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7de7501e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aba85abd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LG</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>LR</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..279dc3aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICRO MICRO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..445e1a334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ae3d6f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c40ac1fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2.
+ *
+ * \note There are multiple supported Micropendous boards, compile with <code>BOARD = MICROPENDOUS_{VERSION}</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 and BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #endif
+
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PIN CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((_BOARD_BUTTON_PIN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ab89eb5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 6)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
+ #endif
+
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORT CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PIN CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_DDR CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 _BOARD_LED1_MASK
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_DDR |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_DDR &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PIN = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (_BOARD_LED_PORT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e503c3c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c90fab1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..690ce7df8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53bc2daf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f83924c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..556932308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Minimus USB (http://www.minimususb.com/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d701dc31b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO MULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d3bf6a49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MULTIO MULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS LEDS_LED2
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64c657758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8ed8714d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52d82ef96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f063b9f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fecc63704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51eeaceab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
+ ((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
+ (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52129fb73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3240dda07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bf924d36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Activity</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Ready</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b0b28cca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5db1c59b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96cf3ed69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf68e392c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the "Pololu A-Star Micro" board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_POLOLUMICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_POLOLUMICRO POLOLUMICRO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the "Pololu A-Star Micro" board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header:
+ * https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61 -> https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/3.1
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_POLOLUMICRO_H__
+#define __BOARD_POLOLUMICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..454a9e2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/3.1
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bootloader, USB-activity</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19a0f2dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_QMK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_QMK QMK
+ * \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *
+ * General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards (http://qmk.fm).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_QMK_H__
+#define __BOARD_QMK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1310612dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_QMK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_QMK QMK
+ * \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *
+ * General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards (http://qmk.fm).
+ *
+ * <b>QMK</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORT(QMK_LED).6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_QMK_H__
+#define __LEDS_QMK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define B0 0x30
+ #define B1 0x31
+ #define B2 0x32
+ #define B3 0x33
+ #define B4 0x34
+ #define B5 0x35
+ #define B6 0x36
+ #define B7 0x37
+ #define C0 0x60
+ #define C1 0x61
+ #define C2 0x62
+ #define C3 0x63
+ #define C4 0x64
+ #define C5 0x65
+ #define C6 0x66
+ #define C7 0x67
+ #define D0 0x90
+ #define D1 0x91
+ #define D2 0x92
+ #define D3 0x93
+ #define D4 0x94
+ #define D5 0x95
+ #define D6 0x96
+ #define D7 0x97
+ #define E0 0xC0
+ #define E1 0xC1
+ #define E2 0xC2
+ #define E3 0xC3
+ #define E4 0xC4
+ #define E5 0xC5
+ #define E6 0xC6
+ #define E7 0xC7
+ #define F0 0xF0
+ #define F1 0xF1
+ #define F2 0xF2
+ #define F3 0xF3
+ #define F4 0xF4
+ #define F5 0xF5
+ #define F6 0xF6
+ #define F7 0xF7
+ #define A0 0x00
+ #define A1 0x01
+ #define A2 0x02
+ #define A3 0x03
+ #define A4 0x04
+ #define A5 0x05
+ #define A6 0x06
+ #define A7 0x07
+
+ #define QMK_ESC_COL F1
+ #define QMK_ESC_ROW D5
+ #define QMK_LED E6
+ #define QMK_SPEAKER C6
+
+ #define DDR(pin) _SFR_IO8(((pin) >> 4) + 1)
+ #define PORT(pin) _SFR_IO8(((pin) >> 4) + 2)
+ #define PIN(pin) _SFR_IO8((pin) >> 4)
+ #define NUM(pin) _BV((pin) & 0xF)
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 NUM(QMK_LED)
+ #define LEDS_LED2 NUM(QMK_SPEAKER)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDR(QMK_LED) |= LEDS_LED1;
+ PORT(QMK_LED) |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ DDR(QMK_SPEAKER) |= LEDS_LED2;
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) |= LEDS_LED2;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDR(QMK_LED) &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+ PORT(QMK_LED) &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+
+ DDR(QMK_SPEAKER) &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORT(QMK_LED) &= (LEDS_LED1 & ~LEDMask);
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) &= (LEDS_LED2 & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORT(QMK_LED) |= (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask);
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) |= (LEDS_LED2 & LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORT(QMK_LED) = ((PORT(QMK_LED) | LEDS_LED1) & ~LEDMask);
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) = ((PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) | LEDS_LED2) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORT(QMK_LED) = ((PORT(QMK_LED) | (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask)) & ~ActiveMask);
+ PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) = ((PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) | (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask)) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIN(QMK_LED) = (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask);
+ PIN(QMK_SPEAKER) = (LEDS_LED2 & LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORT(QMK_LED) & LEDS_LED1) | (~(PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) & LEDS_LED2));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83219b942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25bdae1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ DDRE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ DDRE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+ PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+ PORTE |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+ ((PORTD | LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+ ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+ ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+ ~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINE = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
+ ((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7803ecdef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70ca60824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45472f139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2607622bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific button driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97a7e3722
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs (const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs ( const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6831a7bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK525_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5770d070d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0b2855f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTB.4</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0224a723e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+ #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4138166d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c4ee85c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK526_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..168adaa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82b311bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTC.2</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRC
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTC
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7d816c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.4</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc561e733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15237b625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY TEENSY
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+#define __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed7fbf094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TEENSY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ * \note For version 2 Teensy boards, compile with <code>BOARD = TEENSY2</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ * <b>TEENSY</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>TEENSY2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #else
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..066e6c3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TUL_H__
+#define __BOARD_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af6b2ae61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9417b6763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TUL_H__
+#define __LEDS_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINF = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTF & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ea238028
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_U2S__
+#define __BOARD_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea5c1af4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_U2S__
+#define __BUTTONS_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTC |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINC & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..942fdc0e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_U2S__
+#define __LEDS_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c8b6e7765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+#define __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f579b29b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bf839823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+#define __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = (PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = (PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9277a3824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UNO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UNO UNO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UNO_H__
+#define __BOARD_UNO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /** Pin that can reset the main MCU. */
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT PORTD
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR DDRD
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_PIN PIND
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK (1 << PD7)
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17526f3c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UNO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UNO UNO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UNO_H__
+#define __LEDS_UNO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
+ #define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
+ #define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6fcd43ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df6ef64ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4ed1ca09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX_V3</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX_V31</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 0
+ #else
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 0
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 USB2AX_LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 USB2AX_LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #else
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa01b5bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c2476cc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c5b8bc35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..920681d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..068fd0b72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77be22011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.0</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP2</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.1</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (DATAFLASH_CHIP1 | DATAFLASH_CHIP2)
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 2
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ PageAddress >>= 1;
+ #endif
+
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..741036444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+ #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..18ff756c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5501bf6be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e87f611d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..288f5505f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..713e06569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed6a48c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * \note For the first revision XPLAIN board, compile with <code>BOARD = BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * <b>Revision 1 Boards</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB041D (512KB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Board Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 5)
+
+ #if ((BOARD != BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+ #else
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 256
+
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 2048
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9da3fade5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2253e33ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAINED_MINI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAINED_MINI XPLAINED_MINI
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+#define __BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c8f1967b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits..
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAINED_MINI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAINED_MINI XPLAINED_MINI
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+#define __LEDS_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..035f66a52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_YUN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_YUN YUN
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_YUN_H__
+#define __BOARD_YUN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d06acd7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_YUN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_YUN YUN
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_YUN_H__
+#define __LEDS_YUN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b28e6cca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific information driver, to give information
+ * on the hardware contained on a specific board.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct board driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Board.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo Board Information Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
+ * \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardInfo_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_H__
+#define __BOARD_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+ #include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+ #include "AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_QMK))
+ #include "AVR8/QMK/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+ #include "AVR8/BUI/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+ #include "AVR8/UNO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+ #include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+ #include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+ #include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+ #include "AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ #include "AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+ #include "AVR8/YUN/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_POLOLUMICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI)
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Board.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00ebe8c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
+ * physical pushbuttons connected to the microcontroller's GPIO pins.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
+ * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
+ * It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
+ * actions can be taken.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the button driver before first use
+ * Buttons_Init();
+ *
+ * printf("Waiting for button press...\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Loop until a board button has been pressed
+ * uint8_t ButtonPress;
+ * while (!(ButtonPress = Buttons_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ * // Display which button was pressed (assuming two board buttons)
+ * printf("Button pressed: %s\r\n", (ButtonPress == BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? "Button 1" : "Button 2");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 0
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void) {}
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void) {}
+ static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) { return 0; }
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Buttons.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the buttons driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+ * I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the buttons driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c BUTTONS_BUTTON* constants indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b634dccaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
+ * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Atmel dataflash driver, for boards containing
+ * Atmel Dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
+ * the currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
+ * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
+ * for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board Dataflash driver before first use
+ * Dataflash_Init();
+ *
+ * uint8_t WriteBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ * uint8_t ReadBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ *
+ * // Fill page write buffer with a repeating pattern
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * WriteBuffer[i] = (i & 0xFF);
+ *
+ * // Must select the chip of interest first before operating on it
+ * Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ *
+ * // Write to the Dataflash's first internal memory buffer
+ * printf("Writing data to first dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(WriteBuffer[i]);
+ *
+ * // Commit the Dataflash's first memory buffer to the non-volatile FLASH memory
+ * printf("Committing page to non-volatile memory page index 5:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ * // Read the page from non-volatile FLASH memory into the Dataflash's second memory buffer
+ * printf("Reading data into second dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ * // Read the Dataflash's second internal memory buffer
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF2READ);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * ReadBuffer[i] = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Deselect the chip after use
+ * Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro will only work correctly on chip index numbers that are compile-time
+ * constants defined by the preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] index Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve.
+ *
+ * \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
+ */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index) CONCAT_EXPANDED(DATAFLASH_CHIP, index)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * \note The microcontroller's physical interface driver connected to the Dataflash IC must be initialized before
+ * any of the dataflash commands are used. This is usually a SPI hardware port, but on some devices/boards may
+ * be a USART operating in SPI Master mode.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select \ref DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 0
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void) {};
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) { return 0; };
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) {};
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) { return 0; };
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) { return 0; };
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte) {};
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Dataflash.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d0fe8934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
+ * digital joystick.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
+ * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
+ * located on many boards.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board Joystick driver before first use
+ * Joystick_Init();
+ *
+ * printf("Waiting for joystick movement...\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Loop until a the joystick has been moved
+ * uint8_t JoystickMovement;
+ * while (!(JoystickMovement = Joystick_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ * // Display which direction the joystick was moved in
+ * printf("Joystick moved:\r\n");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_UP | JOY_DOWN))
+ * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_UP) ? "Up" : "Down");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_LEFT | JOY_RIGHT))
+ * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_LEFT) ? "Left" : "Right");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & JOY_PRESS)
+ * printf("Pressed");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define JOY_UP 0
+ #define JOY_DOWN 0
+ #define JOY_LEFT 0
+ #define JOY_RIGHT 0
+ #define JOY_PRESS 0
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void) {}
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void) {}
+ static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) { return 0; }
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Joystick.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+ * I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any Joystick driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the joystick driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
+ * currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c JOYSTICK_* constants indicating the current joystick direction(s).
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74abb3723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
+ * controllable LEDs.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
+ * \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
+ * provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
+ * is set to \c BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
+ * a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
+ * If other behavior is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
+ * switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
+ * a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
+ * compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ * which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board LED driver before first use
+ * LEDs_Init();
+ *
+ * // Turn on each of the four LEDs in turn
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED3);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ *
+ * // Turn on all LEDs
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ * Delay_MS(1000);
+ *
+ * // Turn on LED 1, turn off LED 2, leaving LEDs 3 and 4 in their current state
+ * LEDs_ChangeLEDs((LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2), LEDS_LED1);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask, const uint_reg_t ActiveMask) {}
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+ static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+ #include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+ #include "AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_QMK))
+ #include "AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+ #include "AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+ #include "AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+ #include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+ #include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+ #include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+ #include "AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ #include "AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+ #include "AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_POLOLUMICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI)
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/LEDs.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(LEDS_NO_LEDS)
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_ALL_LEDS)
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_LED1 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_LED2 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
+ #define LEDS_LED3 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_LED4 0
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
+ * I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any LED driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the board LED driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
+ * mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
+ * specified in both the LED and active masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ * \param[in] ActiveMask Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask,
+ const uint_reg_t ActiveMask);
+
+ /** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
+ * corresponding LED is on.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c LEDS_LED* constants indicating which of the board LEDs are currently turned on.
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2fb197627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C
+#include "Temperature.h"
+
+#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[TEMP_TABLE_SIZE] =
+{
+ 0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
+ 0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
+ 0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
+ 0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
+ 0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
+ 0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
+ 0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
+ 0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
+ 0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
+ 0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
+};
+
+int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
+{
+ uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
+
+ if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
+ return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
+
+ for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
+ {
+ if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
+ return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES);
+ }
+
+ return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f381cc92d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
+ * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
+ * on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
+ * current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
+ * official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the ADC and board temperature sensor drivers before first use
+ * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+ * Temperature_Init();
+ *
+ * // Display converted temperature in degrees Celsius
+ * printf("Current Temperature: %d Degrees\r\n", Temperature_GetTemperature());
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
+#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY) || (BOARD == BOARD_STK525) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_STK526) || (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527))
+ #define TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C) && !defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+ #error The selected board does not contain a compatible temperature sensor.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
+ #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL 0
+
+ /** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
+ #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_CHANNEL0
+
+ /** Size of the temperature sensor lookup table, in lookup values */
+ #define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE 120
+
+ /** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+ #define TEMP_MIN_TEMP TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES
+
+ /** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+ #define TEMP_MAX_TEMP ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
+ * This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
+ *
+ * \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
+ * temperature sensor functions.
+ */
+ static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
+ {
+ ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
+ * valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
+ *
+ * \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
+ */
+ int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES -21
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd68cf577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2bd15d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO88</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO85</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO82</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 2
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 24)
+
+ /** Mask of the second button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** Mask of the third button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1UL << 18)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7117bc519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>GPIO25</td><td>GPIO26</td><td>GPIO28</td><td>GPIO27</td><td>GPIO20</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_PORT 0
+ #define JOY_MASK ((1UL << 28) | (1UL << 27) | (1UL << 26) | (1UL << 25) | (1UL << 20))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 25)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1UL << 26)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 28)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 27)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 20)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint32_t)(~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].pvr & JOY_MASK));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca6a37f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO51</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO52</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO53</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO54</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>LED4 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO59</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Green</td><td>LED5 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO60</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED7</td><td>Green</td><td>LED6 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO61</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED8</td><td>Green</td><td>LED7 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO62</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 19)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 20)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 (1UL << 27)
+
+ /** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED6 (1UL << 28)
+
+ /** LED mask for the seventh LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED7 (1UL << 29)
+
+ /** LED mask for the eighth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED8 (1UL << 30)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 \
+ LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6 | LEDS_LED7 | LEDS_LED8)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46d79f00a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41bf42c66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 2)
+
+ /** Mask of the second button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..135121301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>GPIO38</td><td>GPIO39</td><td>GPIO41</td><td>GPIO40</td><td>GPIO13</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_MOVE_PORT 1
+ #define JOY_MOVE_MASK ((1UL << 6) | (1UL << 7) | (1UL << 8) | (1UL << 9))
+ #define JOY_PRESS_PORT 0
+ #define JOY_PRESS_MASK (1UL << 13)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1UL << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 8)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 13)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gpers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gpers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gperc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gperc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puerc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puerc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint32_t)(~((AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & JOY_MOVE_MASK) |
+ (AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].pvr & JOY_PRESS_MASK)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71d45d2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO8</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO21</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO22</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORT 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 8)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c8b762d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d12fda573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO42</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 10)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..793ea86de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO67</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO101</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO102</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO105</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK2 (1UL << 3)
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK3 ((1UL << 9) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 5))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK2) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94abc3e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..879373e0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO32</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbd2bde32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO73</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO38</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>Status</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO50</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Red</td><td>Power</td><td>High</td><td>GPIO49</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK1 ((1UL << 3) | (1UL << 2) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 18) | (1UL << 17))
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK3 (1UL << 9)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 (1UL << 18)
+
+ /** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED6 (1UL << 17)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK1) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bc2377c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..901869d35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE.PIN5CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE.PIN5CTRL = 0;
+
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTE_IN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) | (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b48473890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTF.4</td><td>USARTD0 (In SPI Mode)</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTF
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = PIN3_bm | PIN1_bm;
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = PIN2_bm;
+ PORTC.PIN2CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD0);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = ChipMask;
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0c5b3af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b133b9ae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01c7c084a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>Touch CS0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>Touch CS1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>Touch CS2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON4</td><td>Touch CS3 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.3</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Button mask for the fourth button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON4 (1 << 3)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTSET = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+ PORTE.PIN0CTRL = (PORT_INVEN_bm | PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+ PORTE.PIN0CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71402661c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTD.2</td><td>USARTC0 (In SPI Mode, Remapped)</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTD
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ SerialSPI_Init(&USARTC0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+ PORTC.REMAP |= PORT_USART0_bm;
+ PORTC.DIRSET = PIN7_bm | PIN5_bm;
+ PORTC.DIRCLR = PIN6_bm;
+ PORTC.PIN6CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTC0);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = (ChipMask & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..078532ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>USB LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED5
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTB.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTE.DIRSET = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTB.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTB.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTE.DIRCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTTGL = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB_OUT & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTE_OUT & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e48bd5836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a8c1fc7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f701c883e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e354ca47b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ * \copydetails Group_AT45DB321C
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_AT45DB321C Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ *
+ * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
+ #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
+ #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Dataflash Commands */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
+ #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
+
+ #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
+ #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
+
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
+
+ #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
+ //@}
+
+ /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+ #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76a7a5cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ * \copydetails Group_AT45DB642D
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_AT45DB642D Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ *
+ * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
+ #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
+ #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
+ #define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Dataflash Commands */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
+ #define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
+ #define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
+ #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
+
+ #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
+ #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
+
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
+
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6})
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE3 0x80
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE4 0xA6
+
+ #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
+ //@}
+
+ /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+ #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e76a0779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Lightweight ring (circular) buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ * different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_RingBuff Generic Byte Ring Buffer - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
+ * \brief Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ * different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Create the buffer structure and its underlying storage array
+ * RingBuffer_t Buffer;
+ * uint8_t BufferData[128];
+ *
+ * // Initialize the buffer with the created storage array
+ * RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&Buffer, BufferData, sizeof(BufferData));
+ *
+ * // Insert some data into the buffer
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'H');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'E');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'O');
+ *
+ * // Cache the number of stored bytes in the buffer
+ * uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&Buffer);
+ *
+ * // Printer stored data length
+ * printf("Buffer Length: %d, Buffer Data: \r\n", BufferCount);
+ *
+ * // Print contents of the buffer one character at a time
+ * while (BufferCount--)
+ * putc(RingBuffer_Remove(&Buffer));
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RING_BUFFER_H__
+#define __RING_BUFFER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Ring Buffer Management Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a new ring buffer object. Buffers should be initialized via a call to
+ * \ref RingBuffer_InitBuffer() before use.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t* In; /**< Current storage location in the circular buffer. */
+ uint8_t* Out; /**< Current retrieval location in the circular buffer. */
+ uint8_t* Start; /**< Pointer to the start of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint8_t* End; /**< Pointer to the end of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint16_t Count; /**< Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer. */
+ } RingBuffer_t;
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes a ring buffer ready for use. Buffers must be initialized via this function
+ * before any operations are called upon them. Already initialized buffers may be reset
+ * by re-initializing them using this function.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to initialize.
+ * \param[out] DataPtr Pointer to a global array that will hold the data stored into the ring buffer.
+ * \param[out] Size Maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the underlying data array.
+ */
+ static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+ const uint16_t Size) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+ const uint16_t Size)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->In = DataPtr;
+ Buffer->Out = DataPtr;
+ Buffer->Start = &DataPtr[0];
+ Buffer->End = &DataPtr[Size];
+ Buffer->Size = Size;
+ Buffer->Count = 0;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the current number of bytes stored in a particular buffer. This value is computed
+ * by entering an atomic lock on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the
+ * computation takes place. This value should be cached when reading out the contents of the buffer,
+ * so that as small a time as possible is spent in an atomic lock.
+ *
+ * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the minimum number of bytes
+ * stored in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+ * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive reads may safely
+ * be performed on the buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose count is to be computed.
+ *
+ * \return Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ uint16_t Count;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Count = Buffer->Count;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ return Count;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the free space in a particular buffer. This value is computed by entering an atomic lock
+ * on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the computation takes place.
+ *
+ * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the maximum number of bytes
+ * free in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+ * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive writes may safely
+ * be performed on the buffer when there is a single writer thread.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose free count is to be computed.
+ *
+ * \return Number of free bytes in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (Buffer->Size - RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer));
+ }
+
+ /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any data. This should
+ * be tested before removing data from the buffer, to ensure that the buffer does not
+ * underflow.
+ *
+ * If the data is to be removed in a loop, store the total number of bytes stored in the
+ * buffer (via a call to the \ref RingBuffer_GetCount() function) in a temporary variable
+ * to reduce the time spent in atomicity locks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == 0);
+ }
+
+ /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any free space. This should
+ * be tested before storing data to the buffer, to ensure that no data is lost due to a
+ * buffer overrun.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == Buffer->Size);
+ }
+
+ /** Inserts an element into the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may insert into a single buffer
+ * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+ * threads.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ * \param[in] Data Data element to insert into the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ *Buffer->In = Data;
+
+ if (++Buffer->In == Buffer->End)
+ Buffer->In = Buffer->Start;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->Count++;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ /** Removes an element from the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may remove from a single buffer
+ * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+ * threads.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+ *
+ * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ uint8_t Data = *Buffer->Out;
+
+ if (++Buffer->Out == Buffer->End)
+ Buffer->Out = Buffer->Start;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->Count--;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+ return Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the next element stored in the ring buffer, without removing it.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+ *
+ * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return *Buffer->Out;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b12a247ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ * ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
+ * strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
+ * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
+ *
+ * \note If desired, the macro \c DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
+ * compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
+ * compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * printf("Normal String, "
+ * ESC_BOLD_ON "Bold String, "
+ * ESC_UNDERLINE_ON "Bold and Underlined String"
+ * ESC_RESET ESC_FG_BLUE ESC_BG_YELLOW "Normal Blue-on-Yellow String");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
+#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
+ /** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the specified payload.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EscapeSeq Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a \c ESC_* mask.
+ */
+ #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq) "\33[" EscapeSeq
+ #else
+ #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)
+ #endif
+
+ /** \name Text Display Modifier Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
+ #define ESC_BOLD_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
+
+ /** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
+ #define ESC_ITALICS_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
+
+ /** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
+ #define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
+
+ /** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
+ #define ESC_INVERSE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
+
+ /** Turns on strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
+ * center.
+ */
+ #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
+
+ /** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
+ #define ESC_BOLD_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
+
+ /** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
+ #define ESC_ITALICS_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
+
+ /** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
+ #define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
+
+ /** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
+ #define ESC_INVERSE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
+
+ /** Turns off strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
+ * the center.
+ */
+ #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Text Colour Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
+ #define ESC_FG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
+ #define ESC_FG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
+ #define ESC_FG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
+ #define ESC_FG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
+ #define ESC_FG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
+ #define ESC_FG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
+ #define ESC_FG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
+ #define ESC_FG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
+ #define ESC_FG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to black. */
+ #define ESC_BG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to red. */
+ #define ESC_BG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to green. */
+ #define ESC_BG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
+ #define ESC_BG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
+ #define ESC_BG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
+ #define ESC_BG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
+ #define ESC_BG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to white. */
+ #define ESC_BG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
+ #define ESC_BG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Cursor Positioning Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
+
+ /** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
+
+ /** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Line Line number to position the cursor at.
+ * \param[in] Column Column number to position the cursor at.
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS(Line, Column) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Line ";" #Column "H")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_UP(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "A")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "B")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "C")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "D")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Miscellaneous Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
+ #define ESC_RESET ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
+
+ /** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
+ #define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
+
+ /** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
+ #define ESC_ERASE_LINE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
+ //@}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0182b3c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing an ADC.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
+ * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware ADC
+ * present on many microcontrollers, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
+ * digital domain.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_H__
+#define __ADC_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"
+ #else
+ #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2b7eded3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ * peripheral internally.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_ADC
+ * \defgroup Group_ADC_AVR8 ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ * peripheral internally.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the ADC driver before first use
+ * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ *
+ * // Must setup the ADC channel to read beforehand
+ * ADC_SetupChannel(1);
+ *
+ * // Perform a single conversion of the ADC channel 1
+ * ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ *
+ * // Start reading ADC channel 1 in free running (continuous conversion) mode
+ * ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete())) {};
+ * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_AVR8_H__
+#define __ADC_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name ADC Reference Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF 0
+
+ /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC (1 << REFS0)
+
+ /** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Result Adjustment Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
+ * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result.
+ */
+ #define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED (1 << ADLAR)
+
+ /** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
+ * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result.
+ */
+ #define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED (0 << ADLAR)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
+ * is capable of at the given input clock speed.
+ */
+ #define ADC_FREE_RUNNING (1 << ADATE)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
+ * the ADC returns to idle.
+ */
+ #define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION (0 << ADATE)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_2 (1 << ADPS0)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_4 (1 << ADPS1)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_8 ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_16 (1 << ADPS2)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_32 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_128 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC MUX Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL0 (0x00 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL1 (0x01 << MUX0)
+
+ #if (!(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL2 (0x02 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL3 (0x03 << MUX0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL4 (0x04 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL5 (0x05 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL6 (0x06 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL7 (0x07 << MUX0)
+
+ #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL8 ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL9 ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL10 ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL11 ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL12 ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL13 ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and
+ * \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
+ #endif
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V band-gap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP (0x1E << MUX0)
+
+ /** Retrieves the ADC MUX mask for the given ADC channel number.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro will only work correctly on channel numbers that are compile-time
+ * constants defined by the preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the ADC channel whose MUX mask is to be retrieved.
+ */
+ #define ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(Channel) CONCAT_EXPANDED(ADC_CHANNEL, Channel)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
+ * associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
+ * power consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+ * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+ *
+ * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+ {
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << 0);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
+ * function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
+ * the I/O.
+ *
+ * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+ * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+ *
+ * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+ {
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
+ * Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
+ * the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
+ *
+ * If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
+ * conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
+ * this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MUXMask ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+ {
+ ADMUX = MUXMask;
+
+ #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
+ ADCSRB |= (1 << MUX5);
+ else
+ ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
+ #endif
+
+ ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
+ * complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
+ */
+ static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
+ * completion flag.
+ *
+ * \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
+ {
+ ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
+ return ADC;
+ }
+
+ /** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
+ * conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
+ *
+ * \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
+ * to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
+ * the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+ *
+ * \return Converted ADC result for the given ADC channel.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+ {
+ ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
+
+ while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
+
+ return ADC_GetResult();
+ }
+
+ /** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
+ * The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
+ * prescaler masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask of ADC prescale and mode settings.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode)
+ {
+ ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
+ * \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void ADC_Disable(void)
+ {
+ ADCSRA = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7244f4a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip SPI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI_AVR8 SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most 8-bit AVR microcontroller models. This
+ * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the
+ * AVR's SPI port.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ * SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED (1 << SPE)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPR0)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << CPOL)
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << CPOL)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << CPHA)
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << CPHA)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << DORD)
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << DORD)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE (0 << MSTR)
+
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_MASTER (1 << MSTR)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+ * SPI routines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+ * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions);
+ static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+ {
+ /* Prevent high rise times on PB.0 (/SS) from forcing a change to SPI slave mode */
+ DDRB |= (1 << 0);
+ PORTB |= (1 << 0);
+
+ DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << 3);
+ PORTB |= (1 << 3);
+
+ if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
+ SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
+ else
+ SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
+
+ /* Switch /SS to input mode after configuration to allow for forced mode changes */
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << 0);
+
+ SPCR = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(void);
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+ SPCR = 0;
+ SPSR = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+ *
+ * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void)
+ {
+ return (SPCR & SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPDR = Byte;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ return SPDR;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPDR = Byte;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ SPDR = 0x00;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ return SPDR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..052780e73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_AVR8 Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ * SerialSPI_Init((USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+
+ /* Master USART SPI mode flag definitions missing in the AVR8 toolchain */
+ #if !defined(UCPHA1)
+ #define UCPHA1 1
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(UDORD1)
+ #define UDORD1 2
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << UCPOL1)
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << UCPOL1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << UCPHA1)
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << UCPHA1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << UDORD1)
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << UDORD1)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+ * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate)
+ {
+ DDRD |= ((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+ PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+
+ UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL11) | (1 << UMSEL10) | SPIOptions);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+ UBRR1 = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ UBRR1 = 0;
+
+ DDRD &= ~((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ UDR1 = DataByte;
+ while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
+ UCSR1A = (1 << TXC1);
+ return UDR1;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_TransferByte(DataByte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(0);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..779a80c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ Serial_SendByte(DataByte);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()));
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+ FlashStringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+ StringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* CurrByte = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
+
+ while (Length--)
+ Serial_SendByte(*(CurrByte++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3e7ee36a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial_AVR8 Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ * Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ *
+ * // Send a string through the USART
+ * Serial_SendString("Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Send a raw byte through the USART
+ * Serial_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ * // Receive a byte through the USART (or -1 if no data received)
+ * int16_t DataByte = Serial_ReceiveByte();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * not set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+ * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+ * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second. This should be the target baud rate regardless of the
+ * \c DoubleSpeed parameter's value.
+ * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed);
+ static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed)
+ {
+ UBRR1 = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+ UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+ UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+ DDRD |= (1 << 3);
+ PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(void);
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(void)
+ {
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ UBRR1 = 0;
+
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+ * function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+ * pending transmissions have completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+ *
+ * \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+ * space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte)
+ {
+ while (!(Serial_IsSendReady()));
+ UDR1 = DataByte;
+ }
+
+ /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+ *
+ * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+ return -1;
+
+ return UDR1;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb08687be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) && defined(TWCR)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ bool BusCaptured = false;
+ uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining && !(BusCaptured))
+ {
+ if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+ {
+ switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+ {
+ case TW_START:
+ case TW_REP_START:
+ BusCaptured = true;
+ break;
+ case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+ continue;
+ default:
+ TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusFault;
+ }
+ }
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+ {
+ TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+ }
+
+ TWDR = SlaveAddress;
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining)
+ {
+ if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+ break;
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+
+ switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+ {
+ case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
+ case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
+ return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+ default:
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ TWDR = Byte;
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+ while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+
+ return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte)
+{
+ uint8_t TWCRMask;
+
+ if (LastByte)
+ TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+ else
+ TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA));
+
+ TWCR = TWCRMask;
+ while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+ *Byte = TWDR;
+
+ uint8_t Status = (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK);
+
+ return ((LastByte) ? (Status == TW_MR_DATA_NACK) : (Status == TW_MR_DATA_ACK));
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(Buffer++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission();
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8b845a5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI_AVR8 TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ *
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ * // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte1, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte2, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte3, true);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ * TWI_WritePacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ * &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ * TWI_ReadPacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ * &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_AVR8_H__
+#define __TWI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <util/twi.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_READ 0x01
+
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE 0x00
+
+ /** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+ * or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+ */
+ #define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK 0xFE
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 1. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1 ((0 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 4. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4 ((0 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 16. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_16 ((1 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 64. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+ * the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler set on the TWI bus.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+ */
+ #define TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(Prescale, Frequency) ((((F_CPU / (Prescale)) / (Frequency)) - 16) / 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+ enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ TWI_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusFault = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+ * before any other TWI operations.
+ *
+ * The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (16 + 2 * BitLength + 4 ^ Prescale)</pre>.
+ *
+ * \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+ * occur, as indicated in the AVR8 microcontroller datasheet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler to use when determining the bus frequency, a \c TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_* value.
+ * \param[in] BitLength Length of the bits sent on the bus.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+ const uint8_t BitLength) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+ const uint8_t BitLength)
+ {
+ TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
+ TWSR = Prescale;
+ TWBR = BitLength;
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+ * \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
+ {
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+
+ /** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0cd177e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware SPI.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct SPI driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
+ * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware SPI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's SPI port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_H__
+#define __SPI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The SPI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c537bcd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific USART driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware USART.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
+ * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/Serial_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
+#define __SERIAL_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The Serial peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dbab9dbf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI Master Mode USART driver, for
+ * microcontrollers containing a hardware USART capable of operating in a Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI Master SPI Mode Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
+ * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware SPI Master Mode serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port, using a SPI framing format.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The Serial SPI Master Mode peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24483d8e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware TWI.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct TWI driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
+ * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/TWI_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's TWI bus port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_H__
+#define __TWI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7797df11a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip SPI driver for the XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI_XMEGA SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver for the hardware SPI port(s) available on XMEGA AVR microcontroller models. This
+ * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the AVR's
+ * SPI ports.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ * SPI_Init(&SPIC,
+ * SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x01);
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x02);
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(&SPIC, 0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED SPI_CLK2X_bm
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 (3 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING SPI_MODE1_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING SPI_MODE0_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST SPI_DORD_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE 0
+
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_MASTER SPI_MASTER_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+ * SPI routines.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+ * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+ {
+ SPI->CTRL = (SPIOptions | SPI_ENABLE_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ SPI->CTRL &= ~SPI_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ return (SPI->CTRL & SPI_MASTER_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = Byte;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ return SPI->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = Byte;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = 0;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ return SPI->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca3235083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_XMEGA Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ * SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x01);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x02);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, 0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << 1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+ * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate)
+ {
+ uint16_t BaudValue = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+
+ USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+ USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+ USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_MSPI_gc | SPIOptions);
+ USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ USART->CTRLA = 0;
+ USART->CTRLB = 0;
+ USART->CTRLC = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ USART->DATA = DataByte;
+ while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm));
+ USART->STATUS = USART_TXCIF_bm;
+ return USART->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, DataByte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ecda47d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, DataByte);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)));
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+ FlashStringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* StringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+ StringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* CurrByte = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
+
+ while (Length--)
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, *(CurrByte++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, USART);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, USART);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36f507d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial_XMEGA Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ * Serial_Init(&USARTD0, 9600, false);
+ *
+ * // Send a string through the USART
+ * Serial_TxString(&USARTD0, "Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Receive a byte through the USART
+ * uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte(&USARTD0);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * not set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+ * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+ * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second. This should be the target baud rate regardless of
+ * the \c DoubleSpeed parameter's value.
+ * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed)
+ {
+ uint16_t BaudValue = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+ USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+ USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+ USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_ASYNCHRONOUS_gc | USART_PMODE_DISABLED_gc | USART_CHSIZE_8BIT_gc);
+ USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm | (DoubleSpeed ? USART_CLK2X_bm : 0));
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ USART->CTRLA = 0;
+ USART->CTRLB = 0;
+ USART->CTRLC = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return ((USART->STATUS & USART_RXCIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+ * function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return (USART->STATUS & USART_DREIF_bm) ? true : false;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+ * pending transmissions have completed.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return (USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm) ? true : false;
+ }
+
+ /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+ *
+ * \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+ * space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char DataByte)
+ {
+ while (!(Serial_IsSendReady(USART)));
+ USART->DATA = DataByte;
+ }
+
+ /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+ return -1;
+
+ USART->STATUS = USART_RXCIF_bm;
+ return USART->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92cc643b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+ TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining)
+ {
+ uint8_t status = TWI->MASTER.STATUS;
+
+ if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm))
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+ }
+ else if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm))
+ {
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+ }
+ else if (status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm))
+ {
+ return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+ }
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining)) {
+ if (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_CLKHOLD_bm) {
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ TWI->MASTER.DATA = Byte;
+
+ while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm));
+
+ return (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm) && !(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte)
+{
+ if ((TWI->MASTER.STATUS & (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm));
+
+ *Byte = TWI->MASTER.DATA;
+
+ if (LastByte)
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+ else
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_CMD_RECVTRANS_gc;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI, Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(Buffer++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94ada7371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip TWI driver for the XMEGA Family of AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI_XMEGA TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ *
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x01);
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x02);
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ *
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ * // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte1, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte2, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte3, true);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ * TWI_WritePacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ * &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ * TWI_ReadPacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ * &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_READ 0x01
+
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE 0x00
+
+ /** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+ * or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+ */
+ #define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK 0xFE
+
+ /** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+ * the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Frequency Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+ */
+ #define TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(Frequency) ((F_CPU / (2 * Frequency)) - 5)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+ enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ TWI_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusFault = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+ * before any other TWI operations.
+ *
+ * The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (2 * (5 + (BAUD)))</pre>.
+ *
+ * \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+ * occur, as indicated in the XMEGA microcontroller datasheet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Baud Value of the BAUD register of the TWI Master.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Baud) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Baud)
+ {
+ TWI->CTRL = 0x00;
+ TWI->MASTER.BAUD = Baud;
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLA = TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLB = 0;
+ TWI->MASTER.STATUS = TWI_MASTER_BUSSTATE_IDLE_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+ * \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI)
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLA &= ~TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI)
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1c0109ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOA Android Open Accessory Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the Google Android Open Accessory class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOA_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Android Open Accessory Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Android Open Accessory
+ * Class, for Host USB mode. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Android Open Accessory Class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Host using the USB Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6ced05dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio 1.0 Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Audio 1.0 class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudio_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudio_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Audio 1.0 Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio 1.0 Class, for both
+ * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio 1.0 class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/AudioClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/AudioClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30b3ee237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDC_ModDescription Module Description
+ * CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
+ * Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ * CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/CDCClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/CDCClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdf8671fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOACommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOACommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory mode. */
+ #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D00
+
+ /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory and Android Debug mode. */
+ #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D01
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+ * Android Open Accessory class.
+ */
+ enum AOA_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AOA data class.
+ */
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to AOA data subclass.
+ */
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AOA data class protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Android Open Accessory class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum AOA_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol = 0x33, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to retrieve the device's supported Accessory Protocol version. */
+ AOA_REQ_SendString = 0x34, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to set an accessory property string in the device. */
+ AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode = 0x35, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to switch the device into Accessory mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory property string indexes. */
+ enum AOA_Strings_t
+ {
+ AOA_STRING_Manufacturer = 0, /**< Index of the Manufacturer property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Model = 1, /**< Index of the Model Name property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Description = 2, /**< Index of the Description property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Version = 3, /**< Index of the Version Number property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_URI = 4, /**< Index of the URI Information property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Serial = 5, /**< Index of the Serial Number property string. */
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory protocol versions. */
+ enum AOA_Protocols_t
+ {
+ AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1 = 0x0001, /**< Android Open Accessory version 1. */
+ AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2 = 0x0002, /**< Android Open Accessory version 2. */
+ };
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46ecd0858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Audio Channel Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Audio Feature Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Audio Terminal Types */
+ //@{
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
+ //@}
+
+ /** Convenience macro to fill a 24-bit \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
+ *
+ * \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {.Byte1 = ((uint32_t)freq & 0xFF), .Byte2 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 8) & 0xFF), .Byte3 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0xFF)}
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * allows for sampling frequency adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * allows for pitch adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_PITCH_CONTROL (1 << 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Audio
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum Audio_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the USB Audio 1.0 class.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio Control subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio Control protocol.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the MIDI Streaming subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio streaming subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Streaming Audio protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Control interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific control interface header. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific control interface Input Terminal. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific control interface Output Terminal. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Mixer = 0x04, /**< Audio class specific control interface Mixer Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Selector = 0x05, /**< Audio class specific control interface Selector Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature = 0x06, /**< Audio class specific control interface Feature Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Processing = 0x07, /**< Audio class specific control interface Processing Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Extension = 0x08, /**< Audio class specific control interface Extension Unit. */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface general descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format type descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatSpecific = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format information descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific endpoint description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific endpoint general descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Audio class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum Audio_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent = 0x01, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum = 0x02, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum = 0x03, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution = 0x04, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMemory = 0x05, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent = 0x81, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum = 0x82, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum = 0x83, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution = 0x84, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMemory = 0x85, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus = 0xFF, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the device status. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for Audio class specific Endpoint control modifiers which can be set and retrieved by a USB host, if the corresponding
+ * endpoint control is indicated to be supported in the Endpoint's Audio-class specific endpoint descriptor.
+ */
+ enum Audio_EndpointControls_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq = 0x01, /**< Sampling frequency adjustment of the endpoint. */
+ AUDIO_EPCONTROL_Pitch = 0x02, /**< Pitch adjustment of the endpoint. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+ uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+ uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+ uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+ */
+ uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+ uint16_t wChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+ uint8_t iChannelNames; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+ uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t bSourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+ uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+ * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary Coded Decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+ uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+ * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t bcdADC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+ uint8_t bInCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceNumbers; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+ * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+ * specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+ uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+ uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+ uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+ * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+ * specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bUnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint8_t bSourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+ uint8_t bControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+ uint8_t bmaControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+ uint8_t iFeature; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+ uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+ uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bTerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+ uint8_t bDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+ uint16_t wFormatTag; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+ * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+ * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements containing
+ * the continuous or discrete sample frequencies.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+ uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalDiscreteSampleRates; /**< Total number of discrete sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+ * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+ * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+ * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t;
+
+ /** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a 24-bit audio sample frequency structure. As GCC does not contain a built in 24-bit datatype,
+ * this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Byte1; /**< Lowest 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ uint8_t Byte2; /**< Middle 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ uint8_t Byte3; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+ * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+ * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more 24-bit integer elements containing the continuous
+ * or discrete sample frequencies.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bFormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t bSubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+ uint8_t bBitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t bSampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+ * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+ * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+ * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+ * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
+
+ uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+ uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+ * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+ * value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (\c EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (\c ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+ * ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bRefresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+ uint8_t bSynchAddress; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+ uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+ uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+ uint8_t bLockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+ uint16_t wLockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ad49eca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * CDC Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Virtual Control Line Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+ * from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+ * from the host, to indicate that the RTS line state should be high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
+ //@}
+
+ /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
+ * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
+ * a single \c typedef \c struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
+ * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows \c sizeof() to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
+ */
+ #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
+ struct \
+ { \
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
+ uint8_t SubType; \
+ uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the CDC
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum CDC_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ CDC_CSCP_CDCClass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Abstract Control Model CDC subclass.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AT Command protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to a vendor-specific protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass = 0x0A, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the CDC Data class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC data class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC data class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum CDC_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ CDC_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
+ CDC_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
+ CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding = 0x20, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+ CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding = 0x21, /**< CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+ CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState = 0x22, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
+ CDC_REQ_SendBreak = 0x23, /**< CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific notification requests that can be issued by a CDC device to a host. */
+ enum CDC_ClassNotifications_t
+ {
+ CDC_NOTIF_SerialState = 0x20, /**< Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port
+ * handshake line states, for use with a \ref USB_Request_Header_t
+ * notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC notification
+ * endpoint.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific interface descriptor subtypes. */
+ enum CDC_DescriptorSubtypes_t
+ {
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific Header functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CallManagement = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific Call Management functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM = 0x02, /**< CDC class-specific Abstract Control Model functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_DirectLine = 0x03, /**< CDC class-specific Direct Line functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneRinger = 0x04, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Ringer functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneCall = 0x05, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Call functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union = 0x06, /**< CDC class-specific Union functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CountrySelection = 0x07, /**< CDC class-specific Country Selection functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneOpModes = 0x08, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Operation Modes functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_USBTerminal = 0x09, /**< CDC class-specific USB Terminal functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_NetworkChannel = 0x0A, /**< CDC class-specific Network Channel functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ProtocolUnit = 0x0B, /**< CDC class-specific Protocol Unit functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ExtensionUnit = 0x0C, /**< CDC class-specific Extension Unit functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_MultiChannel = 0x0D, /**< CDC class-specific Multi-Channel Management functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CAPI = 0x0E, /**< CDC class-specific Common ISDN API functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Ethernet = 0x0F, /**< CDC class-specific Ethernet functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ATM = 0x10, /**< CDC class-specific Asynchronous Transfer Mode functional descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
+ enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
+ {
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
+ enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
+ {
+ CDC_PARITY_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+ * See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDCSpecification; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device,
+ * encoded in BCD format.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+ * See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdCDC; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device, encoded in BCD format.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+ * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+ */
+ uint8_t Capabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+ * this should be set to a fixed value of \c 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+ * to the CDC ACM specification.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+ * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmCapabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+ * this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+ * to the CDC ACM specification.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+ * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+ */
+ uint8_t MasterInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+ uint8_t SlaveInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+ * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+ */
+ uint8_t bMasterInterface; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+ uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC Virtual Serial Port Line Encoding Settings Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC Line Encoding structure, used to hold the various encoding parameters for a virtual
+ * serial port.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second. */
+ uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+ * \ref CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+ * \ref CDC_LineEncodingParity_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED CDC_LineEncoding_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e700a9b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * HID Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "HIDParser.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Modifier Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report LED Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's COMPOSE mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_COMPOSE (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KANA mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA (1 << 4)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Key Scan-codes */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_ROLLOVER 0x01
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POST_FAIL 0x02
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_UNDEFINED 0x03
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A 0x04
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B 0x05
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C 0x06
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D 0x07
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E 0x08
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F 0x09
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G 0x0A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H 0x0B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I 0x0C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J 0x0D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K 0x0E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L 0x0F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M 0x10
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N 0x11
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O 0x12
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P 0x13
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q 0x14
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R 0x15
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S 0x16
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T 0x17
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U 0x18
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V 0x19
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W 0x1A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X 0x1B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y 0x1C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z 0x1D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION 0x1E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT 0x1F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK 0x20
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR 0x21
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE 0x22
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET 0x23
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND 0x24
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK 0x25
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0x26
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0x27
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER 0x28
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE 0x29
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE 0x2A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB 0x2B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE 0x2C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE 0x2D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS 0x2E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE 0x2F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE 0x30
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x31
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_HASHMARK_AND_TILDE 0x32
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON 0x33
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE 0x34
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE 0x35
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0x36
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0x37
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK 0x38
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK 0x39
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1 0x3A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2 0x3B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3 0x3C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4 0x3D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5 0x3E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6 0x3F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7 0x40
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8 0x41
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9 0x42
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10 0x43
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11 0x44
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12 0x45
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN 0x46
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SCROLL_LOCK 0x47
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE 0x48
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT 0x49
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME 0x4A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP 0x4B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE 0x4C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END 0x4D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN 0x4E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW 0x4F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW 0x50
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW 0x51
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW 0x52
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK 0x53
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH 0x54
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK 0x55
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS 0x56
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS 0x57
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ENTER 0x58
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END 0x59
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW 0x5A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN 0x5B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW 0x5C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5 0x5D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW 0x5E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_7_AND_HOME 0x5F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_8_AND_UP_ARROW 0x60
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_9_AND_PAGE_UP 0x61
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT 0x62
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DOT_AND_DELETE 0x63
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x64
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION 0x65
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER 0x66
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN 0x67
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F13 0x68
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F14 0x69
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F15 0x6A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F16 0x6B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F17 0x6C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F18 0x6D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F19 0x6E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F20 0x6F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F21 0x70
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F22 0x71
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F23 0x72
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F24 0x73
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXECUTE 0x74
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HELP 0x75
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MENU 0x76
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SELECT 0x77
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_STOP 0x78
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_AGAIN 0x79
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UNDO 0x7A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CUT 0x7B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COPY 0x7C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PASTE 0x7D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_FIND 0x7E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE 0x7F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP 0x80
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN 0x81
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_CAPS_LOCK 0x82
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_NUM_LOCK 0x83
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_SCROLL_LOCK 0x84
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COMMA 0x85
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 0x86
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL1 0x87
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL2 0x88
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL3 0x89
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL4 0x8A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL5 0x8B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL6 0x8C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL7 0x8D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL8 0x8E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL9 0x8F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG1 0x90
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG2 0x91
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG3 0x92
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG4 0x93
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG5 0x94
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG6 0x95
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG7 0x96
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG8 0x97
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG9 0x98
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ALTERNATE_ERASE 0x99
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SYSREQ 0x9A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CANCEL 0x9B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR 0x9C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRIOR 0x9D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RETURN 0x9E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEPARATOR 0x9F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OUT 0xA0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPER 0xA1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR_AND_AGAIN 0xA2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CRSEL_AND_PROPS 0xA3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXSEL 0xA4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_00 0xB0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_000 0xB1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 0xB2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 0xB3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_UNIT 0xB4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_SUB_UNIT 0xB5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0xB6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0xB7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_BRACE 0xB8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_BRACE 0xB9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_TAB 0xBA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BACKSPACE 0xBB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_A 0xBC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_B 0xBD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_C 0xBE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_D 0xBF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_E 0xC0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_F 0xC1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_XOR 0xC2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CARET 0xC3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PERCENTAGE 0xC4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0xC5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0xC6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP 0xC7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP_AMP 0xC8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE 0xC9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE_PIPE 0xCA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COLON 0xCB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HASHMARK 0xCC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SPACE 0xCD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AT 0xCE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EXCLAMATION_SIGN 0xCF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_STORE 0xD0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_RECALL 0xD1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_CLEAR 0xD2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_ADD 0xD3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_SUBTRACT 0xD4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_MULTIPLY 0xD5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_DIVIDE 0xD6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS_AND_MINUS 0xD7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR 0xD8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR_ENTRY 0xD9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BINARY 0xDA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OCTAL 0xDB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DECIMAL 0xDC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HEXADECIMAL 0xDD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL 0xE0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT 0xE1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT 0xE2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_GUI 0xE3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL 0xE4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT 0xE5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT 0xE6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_GUI 0xE7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PLAY 0xE8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_STOP 0xE9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PREVIOUS_TRACK 0xEA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0xEB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_EJECT 0xEC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_UP 0xED
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_DOWN 0xEE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_MUTE 0xEF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_WWW 0xF0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_BACKWARD 0xF1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_FORWARD 0xF2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CANCEL 0xF3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SEARCH 0xF4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SLEEP 0xF8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_LOCK 0xF9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_RELOAD 0xFA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CALCULATOR 0xFB
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Common HID Device Report Descriptors */
+ //@{
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB Joystick. The resulting report
+ * descriptor is structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * intA_t X; // Signed X axis value
+ * intA_t Y; // Signed Y axis value
+ * intA_t Z; // Signed Z axis value
+ * uintB_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+ * } Joystick_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Where \c uintA_t is a type large enough to hold the ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values,
+ * and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 3), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB keyboard. The resulting report descriptor
+ * is compatible with \ref USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t when \c MaxKeys is equal to 6. For other values, the report will
+ * be structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Modifier; // Keyboard modifier byte indicating pressed modifier keys (\c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks)
+ * uint8_t Reserved; // Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0.
+ * uint8_t KeyCode[MaxKeys]; // Length determined by the number of keys that can be reported
+ * } Keyboard_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param[in] MaxKeys Number of simultaneous keys that can be reported at the one time (8-bit).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(MaxKeys) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, MaxKeys), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB mouse. The resulting report descriptor
+ * is compatible with \ref USB_MouseReport_Data_t if the \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values fit within a \c int8_t range
+ * and the number of Buttons is less than 8. For other values, the report is structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * uintA_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+ * intB_t X; // X axis value
+ * intB_t Y; // Y axis value
+ * } Mouse_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Where \c intA_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button, and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold the
+ * ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+ * \param[in] AbsoluteCoords Boolean \c true to use absolute X/Y coordinates (e.g. touchscreen).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons, AbsoluteCoords) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | (AbsoluteCoords ? HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE : HID_IOF_RELATIVE)), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical Vendor Defined byte array HID report descriptor,
+ * used for transporting arbitrary data between the USB host and device via HID reports. The resulting report should be
+ * a \c uint8_t byte array of the specified length in both Device to Host (IN) and Host to Device (OUT) directions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] VendorPageNum Vendor Defined HID Usage Page index, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] CollectionUsage Vendor Usage for the encompassing report IN and OUT collection, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] DataINUsage Vendor Usage for the IN report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] DataOUTUsage Vendor Usage for the OUT report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] NumBytes Length of the data IN and OUT reports.
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(VendorPageNum, CollectionUsage, DataINUsage, DataOUTUsage, NumBytes) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, (0xFF00 | VendorPageNum)), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, CollectionUsage), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataINUsage), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataOUTUsage), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the HID
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ HID_CSCP_HIDClass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the HID class.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * does not implement a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_BootSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * implements a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * does not belong to a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Keyboard HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Mouse HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the HID class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum HID_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ HID_REQ_GetReport = 0x01, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
+ HID_REQ_GetIdle = 0x02, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
+ HID_REQ_GetProtocol = 0x03, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
+ HID_REQ_SetReport = 0x09, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
+ HID_REQ_SetIdle = 0x0A, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
+ HID_REQ_SetProtocol = 0x0B, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the HID class specific descriptor types. */
+ enum HID_DescriptorTypes_t
+ {
+ HID_DTYPE_HID = 0x21, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+ HID_DTYPE_Report = 0x22, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
+ enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
+ {
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_In = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
+ };
+
+ /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+ * specification for details on the structure elements.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+
+ uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+ uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+ * specification for details on the structure elements.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t bcdHID; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bCountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+ uint8_t bNumDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType2; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+ uint16_t wDescriptorLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
+ int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
+ */
+ uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
+ uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
+ typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62f10c4e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#include "HIDParser.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ uint16_t ReportSize,
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
+{
+ HID_StateTable_t StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
+ HID_StateTable_t* CurrStateTable = &StateTable[0];
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
+ HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[0];
+ uint16_t UsageList[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
+ uint8_t UsageListSize = 0;
+ HID_MinMax_t UsageMinMax = {0, 0};
+
+ memset(ParserData, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
+ memset(CurrStateTable, 0x00, sizeof(HID_StateTable_t));
+ memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+
+ ParserData->TotalDeviceReports = 1;
+
+ while (ReportSize)
+ {
+ uint8_t HIDReportItem = *ReportData;
+ uint32_t ReportItemData;
+
+ ReportData++;
+ ReportSize--;
+
+ switch (HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK)
+ {
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32:
+ ReportItemData = (((uint32_t)ReportData[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)ReportData[2] << 16) |
+ ((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | ReportData[0]);
+ ReportSize -= 4;
+ ReportData += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16:
+ ReportItemData = (((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | (ReportData[0]));
+ ReportSize -= 2;
+ ReportData += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8:
+ ReportItemData = ReportData[0];
+ ReportSize -= 1;
+ ReportData += 1;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReportItemData = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK))
+ {
+ case HID_RI_PUSH(0):
+ if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH - 1])
+ return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
+
+ memcpy((CurrStateTable + 1),
+ CurrStateTable,
+ sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+ CurrStateTable++;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_POP(0):
+ if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
+ return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
+
+ CurrStateTable--;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(0):
+ if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK) == HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32)
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = (ReportItemData >> 16);
+
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_UNIT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->ReportCount = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_ID(0):
+ CurrStateTable->ReportID = ReportItemData;
+
+ if (ParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+ {
+ CurrReportIDInfo = NULL;
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ParserData->TotalDeviceReports; i++)
+ {
+ if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == CurrStateTable->ReportID)
+ {
+ CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CurrReportIDInfo == NULL)
+ {
+ if (ParserData->TotalDeviceReports == HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS)
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems;
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[ParserData->TotalDeviceReports++];
+ memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ ParserData->UsingReportIDs = true;
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE(0):
+ if (UsageListSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
+ return HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow;
+
+ UsageList[UsageListSize++] = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(0):
+ UsageMinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(0):
+ UsageMinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_COLLECTION(0):
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
+
+ while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL)
+ {
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS - 1])
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath++;
+ }
+
+ CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
+ }
+
+ CurrCollectionPath->Type = ReportItemData;
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
+
+ if (UsageListSize)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+ UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+ UsageListSize--;
+ }
+ else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0):
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+ return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_INPUT(0):
+ case HID_RI_OUTPUT(0):
+ case HID_RI_FEATURE(0):
+ for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t NewReportItem;
+
+ memcpy(&NewReportItem.Attributes,
+ &CurrStateTable->Attributes,
+ sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
+
+ NewReportItem.ItemFlags = ReportItemData;
+ NewReportItem.CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+ NewReportItem.ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+
+ if (UsageListSize)
+ {
+ NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+ UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+ UsageListSize--;
+ }
+ else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+ {
+ NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t ItemTypeTag = (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK));
+
+ if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_INPUT(0))
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_In;
+ else if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_OUTPUT(0))
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out;
+ else
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature;
+
+ NewReportItem.BitOffset = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType];
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType] += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
+
+ ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits = MAX(ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits, CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType]);
+
+ if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
+
+ memcpy(&ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems],
+ &NewReportItem, sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+ if (!(ReportItemData & HID_IOF_CONSTANT) && CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(&NewReportItem))
+ ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_TYPE_MASK) == HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN)
+ {
+ UsageMinMax.Minimum = 0;
+ UsageMinMax.Maximum = 0;
+ UsageListSize = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(ParserData->TotalReportItems))
+ return HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems;
+
+ return HID_PARSE_Successful;
+}
+
+bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+ if (ReportItem == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+ uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+ uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
+ return false;
+
+ ReportData++;
+ }
+
+ ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+ ReportItem->Value = 0;
+
+ while (DataBitsRem--)
+ {
+ if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
+ ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
+
+ CurrentBit++;
+ BitMask <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+ if (ReportItem == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+ uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+ uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+ {
+ ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
+ ReportData++;
+ }
+
+ ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+
+ while (DataBitsRem--)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Value & BitMask)
+ ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= (1 << (CurrentBit % 8));
+
+ CurrentBit++;
+ BitMask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS; i++)
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSizeBits = ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportSizeBits[ReportType];
+
+ if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == ReportID)
+ return (ReportSizeBits / 8) + ((ReportSizeBits % 8) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..023316d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ * This file allows for the easy parsing of complex HID report descriptors, which describes the data that
+ * a HID device transmits to the host. It also provides an easy API for extracting and processing the data
+ * elements inside a HID report sent from an attached HID device.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_HIDParser HID Report Parser
+ * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HIDParser_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HIDParser_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Human Interface Device (HID) class report descriptor parser. This module implements a parser than is
+ * capable of processing a complete HID report descriptor, and outputting a flat structure containing the
+ * contents of the report in an a more friendly format. The parsed data may then be further processed and used
+ * within an application to process sent and received HID reports to and from an attached HID device.
+ *
+ * A HID report descriptor consists of a set of HID report items, which describe the function and layout
+ * of data exchanged between a HID device and a host, including both the physical encoding of each item
+ * (such as a button, key press or joystick axis) in the sent and received data packets - known as "reports" -
+ * as well as other information about each item such as the usages, data range, physical location and other
+ * characteristics. In this way a HID device can retain a high degree of flexibility in its capabilities, as it
+ * is not forced to comply with a given report layout or feature-set.
+ *
+ * This module also contains routines for the processing of data in an actual HID report, using the parsed report
+ * descriptor data as a guide for the encoding.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
+#define __HIDPARSER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include "HIDReportData.h"
+ #include "HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
+ * allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
+ * this is set to 2 levels (allowing non-nested PUSH items) but this can be overridden by
+ * defining \c HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
+ * define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH 2
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
+ * allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
+ * one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
+ * item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
+ * value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
+ * switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
+ * processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
+ * processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 10 collections, but this can be
+ * overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
+ * the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS 10
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE) that can be processed
+ * in the report item descriptor and stored in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value allows
+ * for more report items to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 20 items,
+ * but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project
+ * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS 20
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of unique report IDs that can be processed in the report item
+ * descriptor for the report size information array in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value
+ * allows for more report ID report sizes to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set
+ * to 10 items, but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS to another value in the user project
+ * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch. Note that IN, OUT and FEATURE
+ * items sharing the same report ID consume only one size item in the array.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS 10
+ #endif
+
+ /** Returns the value a given HID report item (once its value has been fetched via \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo())
+ * left-aligned to the given data type. This allows for signed data to be interpreted correctly, by shifting the data
+ * leftwards until the data's sign bit is in the correct position.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportItem HID Report Item whose retrieved value is to be aligned.
+ * \param[in] Type Data type to align the HID report item's value to.
+ *
+ * \return Left-aligned data of the given report item's pre-retrieved value for the given datatype.
+ */
+ #define HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, Type) ((Type)(ReportItem->Value << ((8 * sizeof(Type)) - ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize)))
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport() function. */
+ enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HID_PARSE_Successful = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
+ HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow = 1, /**< More than \ref HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems = 3, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection = 4, /**< An END COLLECTION item found without matching COLLECTION item. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow = 6, /**< More than \ref HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems = 7, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS report IDs in the device. */
+ HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems = 8, /**< All report items from the device were filtered by the filtering callback routine. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Min/Max Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max).
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
+ uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
+ } HID_MinMax_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Unit Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Type; /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+ uint8_t Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+ } HID_Unit_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Usage Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Page; /**< Usage page of the report item. */
+ uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
+ } HID_Usage_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Collection Path Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
+ * parent collection if any.
+ */
+ typedef struct HID_CollectionPath
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Collection type (e.g. "Generic Desktop"). */
+ HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Collection usage. */
+ struct HID_CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or \c NULL if root collection. */
+ } HID_CollectionPath_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Attributes Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t BitSize; /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
+
+ HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
+ HID_Unit_t Unit; /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
+ HID_MinMax_t Logical; /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+ HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+ } HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Details Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) layout attributes and other details.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t BitOffset; /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
+ uint8_t ItemType; /**< Report item type, a value in \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t. */
+ uint16_t ItemFlags; /**< Item data flags, a mask of \c HID_IOF_* constants. */
+ uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
+
+ HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes; /**< Report item attributes. */
+
+ uint32_t Value; /**< Current value of the report item - use \ref HID_ALIGN_DATA() when processing
+ * a retrieved value so that it is aligned to a specific type.
+ */
+ uint32_t PreviousValue; /**< Previous value of the report item. */
+ } HID_ReportItem_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Size Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a report item size information structure, to retain the size of a device's reports by ID.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID of the report within the HID interface. */
+ uint16_t ReportSizeBits[3]; /**< Total number of bits in each report type for the given Report ID,
+ * indexed by the \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ } HID_ReportSizeInfo_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser State Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the \c ReportItems array. */
+ HID_ReportItem_t ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including all IN, OUT
+ * and FEATURE items.
+ */
+ HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
+ * by the report items.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalDeviceReports; /**< Number of reports within the HID interface */
+ HID_ReportSizeInfo_t ReportIDSizes[HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS]; /**< Report sizes for each report in the interface */
+ uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits; /**< Largest report that the attached device will generate, in bits */
+ bool UsingReportIDs; /**< Indicates if the device has at least one REPORT ID
+ * element in its HID report descriptor.
+ */
+ } HID_ReportInfo_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
+ * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing the device's HID report table.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the HID report table.
+ * \param[out] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output.
+ *
+ * \return A value in the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ uint16_t ReportSize,
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
+ * member of the report item's \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure.
+ *
+ * When called on a report with an item that exists in that report, this copies the report item's \c Value
+ * to its \c PreviousValue element for easy checking to see if an item's value has changed before processing
+ * a report. If the given item does not exist in the report, the function does not modify the report item's
+ * data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device.
+ * \param[in,out] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+ *
+ * \returns Boolean \c true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the given report item's value out of the \c Value member of the report item's
+ * \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
+ * buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
+ * this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
+ *
+ * When called, this copies the report item's \c Value element to its \c PreviousValue element for easy
+ * checking to see if an item's value has changed before sending a report.
+ *
+ * If the device has multiple HID reports, the first byte in the report is set to the report ID of the given item.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Buffer holding the current OUT or FEATURE report data.
+ * \param[in] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+ */
+ void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the size of a given HID report in bytes from its Report ID.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance containing the parser output.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report whose size is to be determined.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report whose size is to be determined, a value from the
+ * \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \return Size of the report in bytes, or \c 0 if the report does not exist.
+ */
+ uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType) ATTR_CONST ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Callback routine for the HID Report Parser. This callback <b>must</b> be implemented by the user code when
+ * the parser is used, to determine what report IN, OUT and FEATURE item's information is stored into the user
+ * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure. This can be used to filter only those items the application will be using, so that
+ * no RAM is wasted storing the attributes for report items which will never be referenced by the application.
+ *
+ * Report item pointers passed to this callback function may be cached by the user application for later use
+ * when processing report items. This provides faster report processing in the user application than would
+ * a search of the entire parsed report item table for each received or sent report.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the current report item for user checking.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure, \c false if
+ * it should be ignored.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t ReportCount;
+ uint8_t ReportID;
+ } HID_StateTable_t;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe1c4df94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Constants for HID report item attributes.
+ *
+ * HID report item constants for report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * details on each flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_HIDParser
+ * \defgroup Group_HIDReportItemConst HID Report Descriptor Item Constants
+ *
+ * General HID constant definitions for HID Report Descriptor elements.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK 0x03
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_MASK 0x0C
+ #define HID_RI_TAG_MASK 0xF0
+
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN 0x00
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL 0x04
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL 0x08
+
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_0 0x00
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8 0x01
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16 0x02
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32 0x03
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits) CONCAT_EXPANDED(HID_RI_DATA_BITS_, DataBits)
+
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_0(Data)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) , (Data & 0xFF)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data >> 8)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_32(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data >> 16)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, ...) CONCAT_EXPANDED(_HID_RI_ENCODE_, DataBits(__VA_ARGS__))
+
+ #define _HID_RI_ENTRY(Type, Tag, DataBits, ...) (Type | Tag | HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)) _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, (__VA_ARGS__))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name HID Input, Output and Feature Report Descriptor Item Flags */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_IOF_CONSTANT (1 << 0)
+ #define HID_IOF_DATA (0 << 0)
+ #define HID_IOF_VARIABLE (1 << 1)
+ #define HID_IOF_ARRAY (0 << 1)
+ #define HID_IOF_RELATIVE (1 << 2)
+ #define HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE (0 << 2)
+ #define HID_IOF_WRAP (1 << 3)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_WRAP (0 << 3)
+ #define HID_IOF_NON_LINEAR (1 << 4)
+ #define HID_IOF_LINEAR (0 << 4)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_PREFERRED_STATE (1 << 5)
+ #define HID_IOF_PREFERRED_STATE (0 << 5)
+ #define HID_IOF_NULLSTATE (1 << 6)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_NULL_POSITION (0 << 6)
+ #define HID_IOF_VOLATILE (1 << 7)
+ #define HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE (0 << 7)
+ #define HID_IOF_BUFFERED_BYTES (1 << 8)
+ #define HID_IOF_BITFIELD (0 << 8)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name HID Report Descriptor Item Macros */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_RI_INPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_OUTPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_FEATURE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xC0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x30, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x40, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x50, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_UNIT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x60, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x70, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_ID(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PUSH(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_POP(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ //@}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6414bc06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * MIDI Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name MIDI Command Values
+ * See http://www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php for more information.
+ */
+ //@{
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has one byte of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_1BYTE MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has two bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_2BYTE 0x20
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has three bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_3BYTE 0x30
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event that has at least four bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_START_3BYTE 0x40
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with one remaining data byte. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE 0x50
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with two remaining data bytes. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_2BYTE 0x60
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with three remaining data bytes. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_3BYTE 0x70
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note pressure change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_PRESSURE 0xA0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_CONTROL_CHANGE 0xB0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_PROGRAM_CHANGE 0xC0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a channel pressure change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_CHANNEL_PRESSURE 0xD0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a pitch change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_PITCH_WHEEL_CHANGE 0xE0
+ //@}
+
+ /** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
+ #define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
+
+ /** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
+ * addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address.
+ *
+ * \return Constructed MIDI channel ID.
+ */
+ #define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
+
+ /** Constructs a MIDI event ID from a given MIDI command and a virtual MIDI cable index. This can then be
+ * used to create and decode \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDI event packets.
+ *
+ * \param[in] virtualcable Index of the virtual MIDI cable the event relates to
+ * \param[in] command MIDI command to send through the virtual MIDI cable
+ *
+ * \return Constructed MIDI event ID.
+ */
+ #define MIDI_EVENT(virtualcable, command) (((virtualcable) << 4) | ((command) >> 4))
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible MIDI jack types in a MIDI device jack descriptor. */
+ enum MIDI_JackTypes_t
+ {
+ MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded = 0x01, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+ MIDI_JACKTYPE_External = 0x02, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+ * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
+ * specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+ * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint16_t bcdMSC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported MIDI Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+ * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+ * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+ * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+ uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+ uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+ uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+ * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t bNrInputPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+ uint8_t baSourceID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+ uint8_t baSourcePin[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+ uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bNumEmbMIDIJack; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t bAssocJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
+ *
+ * Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Event; /**< MIDI event type, constructed with the \ref MIDI_EVENT() macro. */
+
+ uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MIDI_EventPacket_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2ea37a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
+
+ /** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
+
+ /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
+
+ /** \name SCSI Commands*/
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a START STOP UNIT command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT 0x1B
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Sense Key Values */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
+ * a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Codes */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that a medium that was previously indicated as not ready has now
+ * become ready for use.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE 0x28
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Key Code Qualifiers */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
+ * command can be executed.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Mass
+ * Storage device class.
+ */
+ enum MS_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass = 0x08, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Mass Storage class.
+ */
+ MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the SCSI Transparent Command Set subclass of the Mass
+ * storage class.
+ */
+ MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol = 0x50, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Mass Storage class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Mass Storage class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum MS_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN = 0xFE, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical
+ * Units (drives) in the SCSI device.
+ */
+ MS_REQ_MassStorageReset = 0xFF, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface,
+ * ready for the next command.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
+ enum MS_CommandStatusCodes_t
+ {
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
+ * SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
+ */
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_PhaseError = 2, /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
+ *
+ * Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be \ref MS_CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
+ uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+ uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
+ uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
+ uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
+ uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
+ *
+ * Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be \ref MS_CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
+ uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+ uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
+ uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the \ref MS_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
+ *
+ * Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+ * device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
+ * device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ResponseCode;
+
+ uint8_t SegmentNumber;
+
+ unsigned SenseKey : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ unsigned ILI : 1;
+ unsigned EOM : 1;
+ unsigned FileMark : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Information[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+ uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+ uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
+ } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+ * device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
+ * information.
+ *
+ * For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned DeviceType : 5;
+ unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ unsigned Removable : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Version;
+
+ unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved2 : 1;
+ unsigned NormACA : 1;
+ unsigned TrmTsk : 1;
+ unsigned AERC : 1;
+
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t Reserved3[2];
+
+ unsigned SoftReset : 1;
+ unsigned CmdQue : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved4 : 1;
+ unsigned Linked : 1;
+ unsigned Sync : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1;
+ unsigned RelAddr : 1;
+
+ uint8_t VendorID[8];
+ uint8_t ProductID[16];
+ uint8_t RevisionID[4];
+ } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2db830e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Printer Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Virtual Printer Status Line Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY (1 << 5)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Printer
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum PRNT_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass = 0x07, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Printer class.
+ */
+ PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Printer subclass.
+ */
+ PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bidirectional protocol of the Printer class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Printer class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum PRNT_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID = 0x00, /**< Printer class-specific request to retrieve the Unicode ID
+ * string of the device, containing the device's name, manufacturer
+ * and supported printer languages.
+ */
+ PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus = 0x01, /**< Printer class-specific request to get the current status of the
+ * virtual printer port, for device selection and ready states.
+ */
+ PRNT_REQ_SoftReset = 0x02, /**< Printer class-specific request to reset the device, ready for new
+ * printer commands.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ade1af067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Message Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Response Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Media States */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Media Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Connection Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Packet Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS OID Values */
+ //@{
+ #define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
+ #define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
+ #define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
+ #define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
+ #define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
+ #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
+ #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
+ #define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
+ #define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
+ #define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
+ #define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
+ #define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
+ #define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
+ #define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
+ #define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
+ #define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
+ #define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
+ #define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum RNDIS_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
+ RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
+ enum RNDIS_States_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
+ RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
+ RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific notification requests that can be issued by a RNDIS device to a host. */
+ enum RNDIS_ClassNotifications_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable = 0x01, /**< Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
+ enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
+ {
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MAC Address Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MAC_Address_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a \c REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
+ uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t DataOffset;
+ uint32_t DataLength;
+ uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
+ uint32_t OOBDataLength;
+ uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
+ uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
+ uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
+ uint32_t VcHandle;
+ uint32_t Reserved;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t MajorVersion;
+ uint32_t MinorVersion;
+ uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t MajorVersion;
+ uint32_t MinorVersion;
+ uint32_t DeviceFlags;
+ uint32_t Medium;
+ uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
+ uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+ uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
+ uint32_t AFListOffset;
+ uint32_t AFListSize;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t AddressingReset;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t Oid;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t Oid;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7608b18cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Still Image Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Chars Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
+ *
+ * \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
+ */
+ #define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars) ((Chars) << 1)
+
+ /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+ * a command container.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the \c Param field of the container.
+ */
+ #define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + ((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
+
+ /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+ * a data container.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataLen Length in bytes of the data in the container.
+ */
+ #define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + (DataLen))
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
+ enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
+ {
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
+ };
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+ * Still Image device class.
+ */
+ enum SI_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ SI_CSCP_StillImageClass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Still Image class.
+ */
+ SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Still Image subclass.
+ */
+ SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Still Image class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
+ enum PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
+ {
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_OK = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
+ * issued command.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
+ * session before being issued.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
+ * by the attached device.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
+ * parameters are not supported by the device.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
+ *
+ * Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
+ * attached Still Image device.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
+ uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
+ uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
+ uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED PIMA_Container_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08cbeb706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C
+#include "AudioClassDevice.h"
+
+void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceIndex = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+ if ((InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber) &&
+ (InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+ if ((EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address) &&
+ (EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
+ EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(AudioInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, NULL, NULL))
+ {
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+ uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, NULL, NULL))
+ {
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, &ValueLength, Value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+ uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, &ValueLength, Value))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca63511b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioDevice Audio 1.0 Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Audio interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the
+ * \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Control interface within the device this
+ * structure controls.
+ */
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this
+ * structure controls.
+ */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool InterfaceEnabled; /**< Set and cleared by the class driver to indicate if the host has enabled the streaming endpoints
+ * of the Audio Streaming interface.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Audio interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing the
+ * given Audio interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Audio class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver event for an Audio Stream start/stop change. This event fires each time the device receives a stream enable or
+ * disable control request from the host, to start and stop the audio stream. The current state of the stream can be determined by the
+ * State.InterfaceEnabled value inside the Audio interface structure passed as a parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Audio class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+ * OUT endpoint ready for reading.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+ * the streaming IN endpoint ready for writing.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsINReady();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int8_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int16_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int32_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_8() << 16) | Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Sample);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C)
+ void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(Audio_Device_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..867548c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C
+#include "CDCClassDevice.h"
+
+void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = Endpoint_Read_32_LE();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SendBreak:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(CDCInterfaceInfo, (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ CDC_Device_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(String, strlen_P(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_NOTIF_SerialState,
+ .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost)),
+ };
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+ sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+ NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return CDC_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d5c4e5a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCDevice CDC Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note There are several major drawbacks to the CDC-ACM standard USB class, however
+ * it is very standardized and thus usually available as a built-in driver on
+ * most platforms, and so is a better choice than a proprietary serial class.
+ *
+ * One major issue with CDC-ACM is that it requires two Interface descriptors,
+ * which will upset most hosts when part of a multi-function "Composite" USB
+ * device. This is because each interface will be loaded into a separate driver
+ * instance, causing the two interfaces be become unlinked. To prevent this, you
+ * should use the "Interface Association Descriptor" addendum to the USB 2.0 standard
+ * which is available on most OSes when creating Composite devices.
+ *
+ * Another major oversight is that there is no mechanism for the host to notify the
+ * device that there is a data sink on the host side ready to accept data. This
+ * means that the device may try to send data while the host isn't listening, causing
+ * lengthy blocking timeouts in the transmission routines. It is thus highly recommended
+ * that the virtual serial line DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal be used where possible
+ * to determine if a host application is ready for data.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each CDC interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the
+ * CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC control interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+ * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Device_USBTask() is called.
+ */
+ uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+ * masks - to notify the host of changes to these values, call the
+ * \ref CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+ */
+ } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+ * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+ * reconstructed on a physical UART.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given CDC interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+ * the given CDC interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given CDC class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given CDC class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a line encoding change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+ * line encoding change (containing the serial parity, baud and other configuration information) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new line encoding
+ * settings are available in the \c LineEncoding structure inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+ * control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DTR) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+ * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+ * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a send break request sent to the device from the host. This is generally used to separate
+ * data or to indicate a special condition to the receiving device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break that has been sent by the host, in milliseconds.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer from PROGMEM space to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+ * the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string from PROGMEM space to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected
+ * when the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+ * succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+ * bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+ * bytes are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+ * function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the host. This should be called when the virtual serial
+ * control lines (DCD, DSR, etc.) have changed states, or to give BREAK notifications to the host. Line states persist
+ * until they are cleared via a second notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's
+ * \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value is updated to push the new states to the USB host.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given CDC interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref CDC_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8a6e8b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DEVICE_C
+#include "HIDClassDevice.h"
+
+void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSize = 0;
+ uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+ uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+ uint8_t ReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(ReportData));
+
+ CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, ReportType, ReportData, &ReportSize);
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportData,
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+ uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+ uint8_t ReportData[ReportSize];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, ReportID, ReportType,
+ &ReportData[ReportID ? 1 : 0], ReportSize - (ReportID ? 1 : 0));
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0x00);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount >> 2);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = true;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = 500;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum == USB_Device_GetFrameNumber())
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED))
+ return;
+ #else
+ return;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportINData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+ uint8_t ReportID = 0;
+ uint16_t ReportINSize = 0;
+
+ memset(ReportINData, 0, sizeof(ReportINData));
+
+ bool ForceSend = CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In,
+ ReportINData, &ReportINSize);
+ bool StatesChanged = false;
+ bool IdlePeriodElapsed = (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount && !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining));
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+ {
+ StatesChanged = (memcmp(ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINSize) != 0);
+ memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+ }
+
+ if (ReportINSize && (ForceSend || StatesChanged || IdlePeriodElapsed))
+ {
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportINData, ReportINSize, NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae628c87d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDDevice HID Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each HID interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the
+ * \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+ *
+ * \note Due to technical limitations, the HID device class driver does not utilize a separate OUT
+ * endpoint for host->device communications. Instead, the host->device data (if any) is sent to
+ * the device via the control endpoint.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the HID interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t ReportINEndpoint; /**< Data IN HID report endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ void* PrevReportINBuffer; /**< Pointer to a buffer where the previously created HID input report can be
+ * stored by the driver, for comparison purposes to detect report changes that
+ * must be sent immediately to the host. This should point to a buffer big enough
+ * to hold the largest HID input report sent from the HID interface. If this is set
+ * to \c NULL, it is up to the user to force transfers when needed in the
+ * \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function.
+ *
+ * \note Due to the single buffer, the internal driver can only correctly compare
+ * subsequent reports with identical report IDs. In multiple report devices,
+ * this buffer should be set to \c NULL and the decision to send reports made
+ * by the user application instead.
+ */
+ uint8_t PrevReportINBufferSize; /**< Size in bytes of the given input report buffer. This is used to create a
+ * second buffer of the same size within the driver so that subsequent reports
+ * can be compared. If the user app is to determine when reports are to be sent
+ * exclusively (i.e. \c PrevReportINBuffer is \c NULL) this value must still be
+ * set to the size of the largest report the device can issue to the host.
+ */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool UsingReportProtocol; /**< Indicates if the HID interface is set to Boot or Report protocol mode. */
+ uint16_t PrevFrameNum; /**< Frame number of the previous HID report packet opportunity. */
+ uint16_t IdleCount; /**< Report idle period, in milliseconds, set by the host. */
+ uint16_t IdleMSRemaining; /**< Total number of milliseconds remaining before the idle period elapsed - this
+ * should be decremented by the user application if non-zero each millisecond. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given HID interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given HID interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given HID class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given HID class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** HID class driver callback for the user creation of a HID IN report. This callback may fire in response to either
+ * HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback the
+ * user is responsible for the creation of the next HID input report to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID If preset to a non-zero value, this is the report ID being requested by the host. If zero,
+ * this should be set to the report ID of the generated HID input report (if any). If multiple
+ * reports are not sent via the given HID interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of HID report to generate, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the generated HID report should be stored.
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes in the generated input report, or zero if no report is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report even if it is identical to the previous report and still within
+ * the idle period (useful for devices which report relative movement), \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+
+ /** HID class driver callback for the user processing of a received HID OUT report. This callback may fire in response to
+ * either HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback
+ * the user is responsible for the processing of the received HID output report from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
+ * interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of received HID report, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
+ */
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates that a millisecond of idle time has elapsed on the given HID interface, and the interface's idle count should be
+ * decremented. This should be called once per millisecond so that hardware key-repeats function correctly. It is recommended
+ * that this be called by the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, once SOF events have been enabled via
+ * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining)
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a35c4082b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DEVICE_C
+#include "MIDIClassDevice.h"
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee2efd7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIDevice MIDI Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Define: */
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each MIDI interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the
+ * \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this structure controls. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t RESERVED; // No state information for this class
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given MIDI interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given MIDI interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given MIDI class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the host. If no host is connected, the event packet is discarded. Events are queued into the
+ * endpoint bank until either the endpoint bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Device_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple
+ * MIDI events to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+
+ /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the host. This should be called to override the
+ * \ref MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the host. Events are unpacked from the endpoint, thus if the endpoint bank contains
+ * multiple MIDI events from the host in the one packet, multiple calls to this function will return each individual event.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given MIDI class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)MIDIInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ea30f7cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C
+#include "MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+
+void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != MSInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs - 1);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(MSInterfaceInfo))
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ bool SCSICommandResult = CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Status = (SCSICommandResult) ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CSW_SIGNATURE);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Tag = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Tag;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+ if (!(SCSICommandResult) && (le32_to_cpu(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)))
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock,
+ (sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t) - 16), &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Signature != CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE)) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN >= MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > 16))
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus,
+ sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12b54f8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSDevice Mass Storage Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Mass Storage interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the
+ * \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Mass Storage interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalLUNs; /**< Total number of logical drives in the Mass Storage interface. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock; /**< Mass Storage class command block structure, stores the received SCSI
+ * command from the host which is to be processed.
+ */
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; /**< Mass Storage class command status structure, set elements to indicate
+ * the issued command's success or failure to the host.
+ */
+ volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Mass Storage interface be reset
+ * and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Mass Storage interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given Mass Storage interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Mass Storage class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Mass Storage class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Mass Storage class driver callback for the user processing of a received SCSI command. This callback will fire each time the
+ * host sends a SCSI command which requires processing by the user application. Inside this callback the user is responsible
+ * for the processing of the received SCSI command from the host. The SCSI command is available in the CommandBlock structure
+ * inside the Mass Storage class state structure passed as a parameter to the callback function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the SCSI command was successfully processed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C)
+ static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7209c452d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C
+#include "PrinterClassDevice.h"
+
+void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t IEEEStringLen = strlen(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_BE(IEEEStringLen);
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String, IEEEStringLen);
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case PRNT_REQ_SoftReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = true;
+
+ EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus = PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR | PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ PRNT_Device_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+ if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return PRNT_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ PRNT_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..802c5912d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterDevice Printer Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Printer Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Printer interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the
+ * PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Printer interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ char* IEEE1284String; /**< IEEE 1284 identification string, sent to the host during enumeration
+ * to identify the printer model, manufacturer and other characteristics.
+ */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t PortStatus; /**< Current status of the Printer virtual port, a collection of \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_*
+ * bitmask values.
+ */
+
+ volatile bool IsPrinterReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Printer interface be reset
+ * and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Printer interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+ * the given Printer interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Printer class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Printer class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Printer class driver event for a soft reset request on a Printer interface. This event fires each time the host
+ * requests a reset of the printer interface's internal state, and may be hooked in the user program by declaring a
+ * handler function with the same name and parameters listed here.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+ * the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the Printer interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+ * succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+ * bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+ */
+ uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+ * bytes are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+ * function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given Printer Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given Printer interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref PRNT_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and Printer service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(PRNT_Device_Event_Stub);
+
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45293b12f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C
+#include "RNDISClassDevice.h"
+
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
+ {
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_OK),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_OK),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS),
+ };
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(RNDISInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageLength));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength < RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady)
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+ .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ };
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
+ }
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+ this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+ RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ switch (le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageType))
+ {
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message =
+ (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response =
+ (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t));
+ INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
+
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t Query_Oid = CPU_TO_LE32(QUERY_Message->Oid);
+
+ void* QueryData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+ void* ResponseData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+ uint16_t ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT);
+
+ if (RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(RNDISInterfaceInfo, Query_Oid, QueryData, le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength),
+ ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) + ResponseSize);
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(ResponseSize);
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED);
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t));
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t SET_Oid = le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->Oid);
+
+ SET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT);
+ SET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t));
+ SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+ void* SetData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+
+ SET_Response->Status = RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(RNDISInterfaceInfo, SET_Oid, SetData,
+ le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) ?
+ REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS : REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ RESET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT);
+ RESET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t));
+ RESET_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+ RESET_Response->AddressingReset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message =
+ (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response =
+ (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT);
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t));
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ void* const QueryData,
+ const uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* const ResponseSize)
+{
+ (void)QueryData;
+ (void)QuerySize;
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0x00FFFFFF);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+ *ResponseSize = (strlen(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription) + 1);
+
+ memcpy(ResponseData, RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription, *ResponseSize);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(100000);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+ case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+ memcpy(ResponseData, &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+ case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ const void* SetData,
+ const uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+ (void)SetSize;
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter = le32_to_cpu(*((uint32_t*)SetData));
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+ /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ if (le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength) > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength);
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+ memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..761bc2790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISDevice RNDIS Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the RNDIS USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief RNDIS Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each RNDIS interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the
+ * \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the RNDIS control interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ char* AdapterVendorDescription; /**< String description of the adapter vendor. */
+ MAC_Address_t AdapterMACAddress; /**< MAC address of the adapter. */
+
+ uint8_t* MessageBuffer; /**< Buffer where RNDIS messages can be stored by the internal driver. This
+ * should be at least 132 bytes in length for minimal functionality. */
+ uint16_t MessageBufferLength; /**< Length in bytes of the \ref MessageBuffer RNDIS buffer. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool ResponseReady; /**< Internal flag indicating if a RNDIS message is waiting to be returned to the host. */
+ uint8_t CurrRNDISState; /**< Current RNDIS state of the adapter, a value from the \ref RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+ uint32_t CurrPacketFilter; /**< Current packet filter mode, used internally by the class driver. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given RNDIS interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given RNDIS interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given RNDIS class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given RNDIS class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the device to read in and process.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+ * only the packet contents for processing by the device in the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+ * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C)
+ static void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ void* const QueryData,
+ const uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* const ResponseSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+ static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ const void* SetData,
+ const uint16_t SetSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..158eb256b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHID HID Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Human Interface Device (HID) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHID_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHID_ModDescription Module Description
+ * HID Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB HID Class, for both Device
+ * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the HID class manually
+ * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB HID Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/HIDClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/HIDClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea8903366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C
+#include "AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+
+bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+ bool* const NeedModeSwitch)
+{
+ (void)AOAInterfaceInfo;
+
+ if (DeviceDescriptor->Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+ return false;
+
+ *NeedModeSwitch = ((DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+ (DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID));
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AOAInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&AOAInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AOAInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ AOAInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = AOAInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ AOA_Host_Flush(AOAInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ uint16_t AccessoryProtocol;
+ if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AccessoryProtocol)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)) && (AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2)))
+ return AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ for (uint8_t PropertyIndex = 0; PropertyIndex < AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS; PropertyIndex++)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(AOAInterfaceInfo, PropertyIndex)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t StringIndex)
+{
+ const char* String = AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.PropertyStrings[StringIndex];
+
+ if (String == NULL)
+ String = "";
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = StringIndex,
+ .wLength = (strlen(String) + 1),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return AOA_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ AOA_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4f04e445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Android Open Accessory USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Android Open Accessory Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Android Open Accessory class driver functions as the \c AOAInterfaceInfo
+ * parameter. This stores each Android Open Accessory interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ char* PropertyStrings[AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS]; /**< Android Accessory property strings, sent to identify the accessory when the
+ * Android device is switched into Open Accessory mode. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the AOA interface within the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Android Open Accessory interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** General management task for a given Android Open Accessory host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface.
+ * This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Android Open Accessory Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Validates a device descriptor, to check if the device is a valid Android device, and if it is currently in Android Open Accessory mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] DeviceDescriptor Pointer a buffer containing the attached device's Device Descriptor.
+ * \param[out] NeedModeSwitch Pointer to a boolean where the mode switch requirement of the attached device is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is a valid Android device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+ bool* const NeedModeSwitch) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Android Open Accessory host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Android Open Accessory Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device. This should be
+ * called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Starts Accessory Mode in the attached Android device. This function will validate the device's Android Open Accessory protocol
+ * version, send the configured property strings, and request a switch to Android Open Accessory mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if a logical error occurred..
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+ * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the AOA interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref AOA_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref AOA_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the AOA interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given AOA Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given AOA interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref AOA_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and AOA service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t StringIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f1a6dc2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C
+#include "AudioClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while ((AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address && !(DataINEndpoint)) ||
+ (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address && !(DataOUTEndpoint)))
+ {
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Banks = 2;
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Banks = 2;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = AudioControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool EnableStreaming)
+{
+ if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ return USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber,
+ EnableStreaming ? AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex : 0);
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ const uint16_t DataLength,
+ void* const Data)
+{
+ if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t RequestType;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress;
+
+ if (EndpointProperty & 0x80)
+ RequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+ else
+ RequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(DataPipeIndex);
+ EndpointAddress = Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress();
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = RequestType,
+ .bRequest = EndpointProperty,
+ .wValue = ((uint16_t)EndpointControl << 8),
+ .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = DataLength,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Data);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1f4207f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioHost Audio 1.0 Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Control interface within the attached device. */
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Streaming interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint8_t EnabledStreamingAltIndex; /**< Alternative setting index of the Audio Streaming interface when the stream is enabled. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible AUDIO interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Audio host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Audio Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+ * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Starts or stops the audio streaming for the given configured Audio Host interface, allowing for audio samples to be
+ * send and/or received.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EnableStreaming Boolean true to enable streaming of the specified interface, \c false to disable
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool EnableStreaming) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Gets or sets the specified property of a streaming audio class endpoint that is bound to a pipe in the given
+ * class instance.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] DataPipeIndex Index of the data pipe whose bound endpoint is to be altered.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ const uint16_t DataLength,
+ void* const Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Audio host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+ * IN pipe ready for reading.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ bool SampleReceived = false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ SampleReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return SampleReceived;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+ * the streaming OUT pipe ready for writing.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ return Pipe_IsOUTReady();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int8_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int16_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (int16_t)Pipe_Read_16_LE();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int32_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (((uint32_t)Pipe_Read_8() << 16) | Pipe_Read_16_LE());
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Sample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+ Pipe_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af9ed96e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C
+#include "CDCClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = CDCControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification;
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+ if ((Notification.bRequest == CDC_NOTIF_SerialState) &&
+ (Notification.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+ {
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+ sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ CDC_Host_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState,
+ .wValue = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SendBreak,
+ .wValue = Duration,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(String, strlen_P(String), NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return CDC_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ CDC_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86ce6def3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCHost CDC Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the \c CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the CDC-ACM control interface within the attached device. */
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+ * masks - to notify the device of changes to these values, call the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+ */
+ uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+ * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() is called.
+ */
+ } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+ * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+ * reconstructed on a physical UART. When set by the host application, the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding() function must be called to push the changes
+ * to the device.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** General management task for a given CDC host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given CDC host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given CDC Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sets the line encoding for the attached device's virtual serial port. This should be called when the \c LineEncoding
+ * values of the interface have been changed to push the new settings to the USB device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the device. This should be called when the virtual serial
+ * control lines (DTR, RTS, etc.) have changed states. Line states persist until they are cleared via a second
+ * notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value is updated
+ * to push the new states to the USB device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Send Break request to the device. This is generally used to separate data or to indicate a special condition
+ * to the receiving device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+ * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer from PROGMEM space to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the pipe
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string from PROGMEM space to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected
+ * when the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either
+ * the pipe bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the device. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given CDC interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref CDC_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC host interface. This event fires each time the device notifies
+ * the host of a control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DCD) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+ * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value inside the CDC host interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+ * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Host_Event_Stub);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32591ffd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C
+#include "HIDClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+
+ memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (DataINEndpoint)
+ break;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+ } while (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol &&
+ (HIDInterface->Protocol != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol));
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+ {
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = HIDInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize = LE16_TO_CPU(HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol = (HIDInterface->SubClass != HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ void* Buffer)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+ .wValue = ((HID_REPORT_ITEM_In + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+#endif
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ uint16_t ReportSize;
+ uint8_t* BufferPos = Buffer;
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol))
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportID = 0;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+ {
+ ReportID = Pipe_Read_8();
+ *(BufferPos++) = ReportID;
+ }
+
+ ReportSize = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ReportSize = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPos, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+#endif
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceUsesOUTPipe && (ReportType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out))
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ReportID, sizeof(ReportID), NULL);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+#else
+ .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8),
+#endif
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = ReportSize,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+ }
+}
+
+bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ bool ReportReceived;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ReportReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReportReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol))
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = true;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t MS)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetIdle,
+ .wValue = ((MS << 6) & 0xFF00),
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol)
+ {
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 1,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = false;
+ }
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData == NULL)
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData)) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ {
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL | ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits = HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->LargestReportSizeBits;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = (LargestReportSizeBits >> 3) + ((LargestReportSizeBits & 0x07) != 0);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73b5abb1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDHost HID Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some HID Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define HID_ERROR_LOGICAL 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ uint8_t HIDInterfaceProtocol; /**< HID interface protocol value to match against if a specific
+ * boot subclass protocol is required, a protocol value from the
+ * \ref HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t enum.
+ */
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* HIDParserData; /**< HID parser data to store the parsed HID report data, when boot protocol
+ * is not used.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined,
+ * this field is unavailable.
+ */
+ #endif
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the HID interface within the attached device. */
+
+ bool SupportsBootProtocol; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance supports the HID Boot
+ * Protocol when enabled via \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+ */
+ bool DeviceUsesOUTPipe; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance uses a separate OUT data pipe for
+ * OUT reports, or if OUT reports are sent via the control pipe instead.
+ */
+ bool UsingBootProtocol; /**< Indicates that the interface is currently initialized in Boot Protocol mode */
+ uint16_t HIDReportSize; /**< Size in bytes of the HID report descriptor in the device. */
+
+ uint8_t LargestReportSize; /**< Largest report the device will send, in bytes. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HID_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given HID host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given HID Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+ * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \attention Once the device pipes are configured, the HID device's reporting protocol <b>must</b> be set via a call
+ * to either the \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol() or \ref HID_Host_SetReportProtocol() function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+
+ /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached HID device, when a report has been received on the HID IN Data pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \attention The destination buffer should be large enough to accommodate the largest report that the attached device
+ * can generate.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached device, by the report ID.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report if ControlRequest is false, set by the to the Report ID to fetch.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ /** Sends an OUT or FEATURE report to the currently attached HID device, using the device's OUT pipe if available,
+ * or the device's Control pipe if not.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, the ReportID parameter is removed
+ * from the parameter list of this function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report to send to the device, or 0 if the device does not use report IDs.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of report to issue to the device, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer containing the report to send to the attached device.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Report size in bytes to send to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if the DeviceUsesOUTPipe flag is set in
+ * the interface's state structure, a value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ #endif
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+ #else
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ /** Determines if a HID IN report has been received from the attached device on the data IN pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a report has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the Boot Report protocol mode, on supported devices.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method must still be called
+ * to explicitly place the attached device into boot protocol mode before use.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the device does not support Boot Protocol mode, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sets the idle period for the attached HID device to the specified interval. The HID idle period determines the rate
+ * at which the device should send a report, when no state changes have occurred; i.e. on HID keyboards, this sets the
+ * hardware key repeat interval.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] MS Idle period as a multiple of four milliseconds, zero to disable hardware repeats
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t MS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the standard Report protocol mode. This also retrieves
+ * and parses the device's HID report descriptor, so that the size of each report can be determined in advance.
+ *
+ * \attention Whether this function is used or not, the \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback from the HID
+ * Report Parser this function references <b>must</b> be implemented in the user code.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if an error occurs while retrieving the HID
+ * Report descriptor or the setting of the Report protocol, \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the HID interface does
+ * not have a valid \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure set in its configuration, a mask of \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL
+ * and a value from the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Human Interface Class host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)HIDInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..635148f5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C
+#include "MIDIClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MIDIInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ MIDI_Host_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ bool DataReady = false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ {
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+ DataReady = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return DataReady;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9cae21a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIHost MIDI Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the MIDI interface within the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible MIDI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given MIDI host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given MIDI Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** General management task for a given MIDI host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the device. If no device is connected, the event packet is discarded.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the device. This should be called to override the
+ * \ref MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events. Events are queued into the
+ * pipe bank until either the pipe bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Host_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple MIDI
+ * events to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the device.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7c5a6a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C
+#include "MassStorageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MassStorageInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(MassStorageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ MassStorageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MassStorageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ const void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if (++MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag = 1;
+
+ SCSICommandBlock->Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE);
+ SCSICommandBlock->Tag = cpu_to_le32(MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendReceiveData(MSInterfaceInfo, SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+ return MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ uint16_t BytesRem = le32_to_cpu(SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength);
+
+ if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+ ErrorCode = MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 1,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+ {
+ *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, InquiryData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, DeviceCapacity)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ DeviceCapacity->Blocks = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->Blocks);
+ DeviceCapacity->BlockSize = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->BlockSize);
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, SenseData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ const void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..348050f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMassStorageHost Mass Storage Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Mass Storage Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Mass Storage interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionTag; /**< Current transaction tag for data synchronizing of packets. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t;
+
+ /** \brief SCSI Device LUN Capacity Structure.
+ *
+ * SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
+ * of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
+ * the device when the \ref MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity() function is called.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device. */
+ uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN. */
+ } SCSI_Capacity_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ MS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Mass Storage interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Mass Storage host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Mass
+ * Storage Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it
+ * is found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+ * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] DeviceConfigDescriptor Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* DeviceConfigDescriptor) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a MASS STORAGE RESET control request to the attached device, resetting the Mass Storage Interface
+ * and readying it for the next Mass Storage command. This should be called after a failed SCSI request to
+ * ensure the attached Mass Storage device is ready to receive the next command.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a GET MAX LUN control request to the attached device, retrieving the index of the highest LUN (Logical
+ * UNit, a logical drive) in the device. This value can then be used in the other functions of the Mass Storage
+ * Host mode Class driver to address a specific LUN within the device.
+ *
+ * \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+ * on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+ * if the device STALLs the request.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] MaxLUNIndex Pointer to a location where the highest LUN index value should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Retrieves the Mass Storage device's inquiry data for the specified LUN, indicating the device characteristics and
+ * properties.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] InquiryData Location where the read inquiry data should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a TEST UNIT READY command to the device, to determine if it is ready to accept other SCSI commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the total capacity of the attached USB Mass Storage device, in blocks, and block size.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] DeviceCapacity Pointer to the location where the capacity information should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Retrieves the device sense data, indicating the current device state and error codes for the previously
+ * issued command.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] SenseData Pointer to the location where the sense information should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Issues a PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command, to logically (or, depending on the type of device, physically) lock
+ * the device from removal so that blocks of data on the medium can be read or altered.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] PreventRemoval Boolean \c true if the device should be locked from removal, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads blocks of data from the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to read from.
+ * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+ * \param[out] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the read data from the device should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /** Writes blocks of data to the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to write to.
+ * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+ * \param[in] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the data to write should be sourced from.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ const void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Mass Storage host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Mass Storage Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)MSInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ const void* const BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a04d0ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C
+#include "PrinterClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ PRNT_Host_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ char* const DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+ {
+ DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ DeviceIDStringLength = be16_to_cpu(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+ if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+ DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+ DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..511dab4b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterHost Printer Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Printer Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the \c PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Printer interface within the attached device. */
+ uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting within the Printer Interface in the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Printer interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Printer host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Printer
+ * instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within
+ * the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Printer host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Configures the printer to enable Bidirectional mode, if it is not already in this mode. This should be called
+ * once the connected device's configuration has been set, to ensure the printer is ready to accept commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the status of the virtual Printer port's inbound status lines. The result can then be masked against the
+ * \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_* macros to determine the printer port's status.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PortStatus Location where the retrieved port status should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Soft-resets the attached printer, readying it for new commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends the given null terminated string to the attached printer's input endpoint.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to a null terminated string to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends the given raw data stream to the attached printer's input endpoint. This should contain commands that the
+ * printer is able to understand - for example, PCL data. Not all printers accept all printer languages; see
+ * \ref PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID() for details on determining acceptable languages for an attached printer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the raw command stream to send to the printer.
+ * \param[in] Length Size in bytes of the command stream to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref PRNT_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the printer interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the attached printer device's ID string, formatted according to IEEE 1284. This string is sent as a
+ * Unicode string from the device and is automatically converted to an ASCII encoded C string by this function, thus
+ * the maximum reportable string length is two less than the size given (to accommodate the Unicode string length
+ * bytes which are removed).
+ *
+ * This string, when supported, contains the model, manufacturer and acceptable printer languages for the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to a buffer where the Device ID string should be stored, in ASCII format.
+ * \param[in] BufferSize Size in bytes of the buffer allocated for the Device ID string.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ char* const DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fb09fdab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C
+#include "RNDISClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = RNDISControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor,
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t KeepAliveMessage;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG);
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t));
+ KeepAliveMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t InitMessage;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+ InitMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG);
+ InitMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t));
+ InitMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ InitMessage.MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ InitMessage.MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+ InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.HostMaxPacketSize);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (InitMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceMaxPacketSize = le32_to_cpu(InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+ } SetMessageData;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = cpu_to_le32(Length);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ memcpy(&SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageData,
+ (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (SetMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+ } QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+ QueryMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG);
+ QueryMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t));
+ QueryMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ QueryMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessageResponseData,
+ sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool PacketWaiting;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ PacketWaiting = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PacketWaiting;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataLength);
+
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataOffset) -
+ (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ memset(&DeviceMessage, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+ DeviceMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+ DeviceMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+ DeviceMessage.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ DeviceMessage.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bddbc247a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISHost RNDIS Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet
+ * USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief RNDIS Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ uint32_t HostMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the host. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the RNDIS control interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint32_t DeviceMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the attached RNDIS device. */
+
+ uint32_t RequestID; /**< Request ID counter to give a unique ID for each command/response pair. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible RNDIS interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given RNDIS host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given RNDIS Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+ * of long inactivity.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface. This should be called after the device's pipes have been
+ * configured via the call to \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to set.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from.
+ * \param[in] Length Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to get.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be written to.
+ * \param[in] MaxLength Length in bytes of the destination buffer size.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the host to read in and process.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+ * only the packet contents for processing by the host in the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+ * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given RNDIS host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)RNDISInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef33d9be4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C
+#include "StillImageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&SIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(SIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(EventsEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.EndpointAddress = EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = StillImageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ if (SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen)
+ PIMAHeader->TransactionID = cpu_to_le32(SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID++);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ if (PIMAHeader->Type == CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock))
+ {
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ IsEventReceived = true;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, sizeof(PIMA_Container_t), NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID = 0;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1002),
+ .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = true;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1003),
+ .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t Operation,
+ const uint8_t TotalParams,
+ uint32_t* const Params)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(TotalParams)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = cpu_to_le16(Operation),
+ };
+
+ memcpy(&PIMABlock.Params, Params, sizeof(uint32_t) * TotalParams);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ababdb09a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassStillImageHost Still Image Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Still Image USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Still Image Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Still Image Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Still Image class driver functions as the \c SIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Still Image interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t EventsPipe; /**< Event notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Still Image interface within the attached device. */
+
+ bool IsSessionOpen; /**< Indicates if a PIMA session is currently open with the attached device. */
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Transaction ID for the next transaction to send to the device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ SI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Still Image interface was not found in the device's
+ * Configuration Descriptor.
+ */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Still Image host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Still
+ * Image Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is
+ * found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+ * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Opens a new PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used before any session-orientated PIMA commands
+ * are issued to the device. Only one session can be open at the one time.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Closes an already opened PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used after all session-orientated
+ * PIMA commands have been issued to the device.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a raw PIMA block header to the device, filling out the transaction ID automatically. This can be used to send
+ * arbitrary PIMA blocks to the device with or without parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure that is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Receives a raw PIMA block header from the device. This can be used to receive arbitrary PIMA blocks from the device with
+ * or without parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the received block is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given PIMA command to the attached device, filling out the PIMA command header's Transaction ID automatically.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Operation PIMA operation code to issue to the device.
+ * \param[in] TotalParams Total number of 32-bit parameters to send to the device in the issued command block.
+ * \param[in] Params Pointer to an array of 32-bit values containing the parameters to send in the command block.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t Operation,
+ const uint8_t TotalParams,
+ uint32_t* const Params) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives and checks a response block from the attached Still Image device, once a command has been issued and all data
+ * associated with the command has been transferred.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Indicates if the device has issued a PIMA event block to the host via the asynchronous events pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an event is waiting to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives an asynchronous event block from the device via the asynchronous events pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the event should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends arbitrary data to the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+ * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the data to send has been stored.
+ * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data in the buffer to send to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Receives arbitrary data from the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+ * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the received data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data to read.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Still Image host class interface, required for the correct operation of the
+ * interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)SIInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a35ae13aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDI MIDI Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF MIDI class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * MIDI Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB MIDI Class, for both Device
+ * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the MIDI class manually
+ * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB MIDI Class.
+ *
+ * \note The USB MIDI class is actually a special case of the regular Audio class, thus this module depends on
+ * structure definitions from the \ref Group_USBClassAudioDevice class driver module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/MIDIClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa41fbf81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMS Mass Storage Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Bulk-Only Transport Mass Storage class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMS_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Mass Storage Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Mass Storage Class, for both
+ * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Mass Storage class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78ad52068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinter Printer Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Printer class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Printer Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Printer Class, for the base
+ * USB Printer transport layer for USB Host mode only. Note that printers are free to implement whatever printer language
+ * they choose on top of this (e.g. Postscript), and so this driver exposes low level data transport functions only rather
+ * than high level raster or text functions. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Printer
+ * class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Devices using the USB Printer Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/PrinterClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07b4f5627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDIS RNDIS (Networking) Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the Microsoft Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_ModDescription Module Description
+ * RNDIS Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the Microsoft USB RNDIS Networking
+ * Class, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ * RNDIS class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts using the USB RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/RNDISClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cb8b4fcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassSI Still Image Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Still Image (PIMA-compliant) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Still Image Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Still Image Class,
+ * for USB Host mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Still Image class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Devices using the USB Still Image Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/StillImageClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f972b0bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP);
+ while (UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69f9be593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_AVR8 Device Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+ * \n
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+ (defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || \
+ defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 80
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x0E
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \attention This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \attention The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return UDFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ UDCON |= (1 << LSM);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UDADDR = (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN)) | (Address & 0x7F);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ UDADDR |= (1 << ADDEN);
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN));
+ }
+
+ #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte = boot_signature_byte_get(SigReadAddress);
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ffae15e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80e78df1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92cf8360d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+ const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
+{
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+ UECFG1X = 0;
+ UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
+ UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
+
+ return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t UECFG0XTemp;
+ uint8_t UECFG1XTemp;
+ uint8_t UEIENXTemp;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+ if (EPNum == Number)
+ {
+ UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0XData;
+ UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1XData;
+ UEIENXTemp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0X;
+ UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1X;
+ UEIENXTemp = UEIENX;
+ }
+
+ if (!(UECFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+ continue;
+
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+ UECFG0X = UECFG0XTemp;
+ UECFG1X = UECFG1XTemp;
+ UEIENX = UEIENXTemp;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ UEINT = 0;
+
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+ UEIENX = 0;
+ UEINTX = 0;
+ UECFG1X = 0;
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d8375230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Packet Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+ const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 5
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+ * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - please
+ * refer to the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+ * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+ ((Type << EPTYPE0) | ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0)),
+ ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ return UEBCX;
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ return (((uint16_t)UEBCHX << 8) | UEBCLX);
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+ return UEBCLX;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (UECFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT;
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ return ((UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+ #else
+ return ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UENUM = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UERST = (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK));
+ UERST = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+ * and from a host.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << EPEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+ * to and from a host.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgment via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (UESTA0X & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+ {
+ UEINTX |= (1 << RXOUTI);
+ while (UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+ * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+ * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return UEINT;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * endpoints).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UEINTX &= ~((1 << TXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ #else
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UEINTX &= ~((1 << RXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ #else
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT);
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask)
+ {
+ UECFG0X = ((UECFG0X & ~(1 << EPDIR)) | (DirectionMask ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0));
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return UEDATX;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbb7735e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+ uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+ static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+ static uint8_t PostWaitState;
+
+ switch (USB_HostState)
+ {
+ case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining)
+ {
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+ WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+ {
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+ #endif
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+ Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default:
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 8,
+ };
+
+ uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
+ .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+ {
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ while (MS)
+ {
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ MS--;
+ }
+
+ if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsError())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResetBus();
+ while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+ {
+ /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+ all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+ looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+ present. */
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ }
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a48e3162
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ * \defgroup Group_Host_AVR8 Host Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE) && !defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ #error The INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE compile option requires NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT for the AVR8 architecture.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+ * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+ * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+ * fixed value is specified by the library.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
+
+ #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+ * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+ * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+ * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+ * compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+ * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+ * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+ * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+ * current.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+ * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+ * event.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+ * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+ * error.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+ * indicating the attachment of a device.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+ * complete successfully.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+ * configure correctly.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return UHFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+ * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+ *
+ * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+ * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << RESET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+ * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+ * host and attached device may occur.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << SOFEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+ * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+ * messages to the device.
+ *
+ * \attention While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+ * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+ * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+ * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+ * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ return ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+ * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI);
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+ * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+ * be resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << RESUME);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << HOST);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC);
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UVCONE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSHWC);
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE);
+
+ DDRE |= (1 << 7);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSREQ);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #else
+ PORTE |= (1 << 7);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSRQC);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ PORTE |= (1 << 7);
+ #else
+ PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UHADDR = (Address & 0x7F);
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+ uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+ static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74c70ccdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_OTG_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_OTG
+ * \defgroup Group_OTG_AVR8 USB On The Go (OTG) Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB OTG definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+ */
+ #define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS (1 << SRPSEL)
+
+ /** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+ */
+ #define USB_OTG_STP_DATA 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
+ * that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
+ * connected device.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device is currently sending a HNP to an attached host.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void)
+ {
+ return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
+ * interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
+ * host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
+ *
+ * There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
+ * pulsing the Data + line via the internal pull-up resistor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SRPTypeMask Mask indicating the type of SRP to use, either \ref USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or
+ * \ref USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask)
+ {
+ OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (SRPTypeMask | (1 << SRPREQ)));
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
+ * device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
+ * current device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the connected device is currently sending a HNP request.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b17d45d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ca63bdf5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+ * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+ * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20239d06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+ if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+ UPCFG1X = 0;
+
+ UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+ UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t UPCFG0XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPCFG1XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPCFG2XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPIENXTemp;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (PNum == Number)
+ {
+ UPCFG0XTemp = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+ UPCFG1XTemp = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+ UPCFG2XTemp = 0;
+ UPIENXTemp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPCFG0XTemp = UPCFG0X;
+ UPCFG1XTemp = UPCFG1X;
+ UPCFG2XTemp = UPCFG2X;
+ UPIENXTemp = UPIENX;
+ }
+
+ if (!(UPCFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+ continue;
+
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+ UPCFG0X = UPCFG0XTemp;
+ UPCFG1X = UPCFG1XTemp;
+ UPCFG2X = UPCFG2XTemp;
+ UPIENX = UPIENXTemp;
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+ UPINT = 0;
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+ UPIENX = 0;
+ UPINTX = 0;
+ UPCFG1X = 0;
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ }
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ continue;
+
+ if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+ return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+ else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3521efbe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8 Pipe Packet Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_AVR8 Pipe Control Request Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_AVR8 Pipe Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an underflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL (1 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+ * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP (0 << PTOKEN0)
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN (1 << PTOKEN0)
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT (2 << PTOKEN0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+ * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
+
+ /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+ * the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
+ * the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+ * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+ * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+ * currently selected USB AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ */
+ enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+ {
+ return UPBCX;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (UPCFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+ * currently selected pipe address so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK) | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+ * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UPNUM = (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UPRST = (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK));
+ UPRST = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+ * an attached device.
+ *
+ * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << PEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+ * from an attached device.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+ *
+ * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+ {
+ return (UPCFG0X & (0x03 << PTOKEN0));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+ * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+ * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+ * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+ {
+ UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~(0x03 << PTOKEN0)) | Token);
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE);
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+ * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE);
+ UPINRQX = TotalINRequests;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+ * pipe is bound to.
+ *
+ * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t UPCFG0X_Temp = UPCFG0X;
+
+ return (((UPCFG0X_Temp >> PEPNUM0) & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) |
+ ((UPCFG0X_Temp & (1 << PTOKEN1)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ UPCFG2X = Milliseconds;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+ * be serviced.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return UPINT;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * pipes).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((UPINT & (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE);
+ }
+
+ /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPCONX & (1 << PFREEZE)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+ {
+ UPERRX = 0;
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+ * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+ * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+ *
+ * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPERRX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+ (UPSTAX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW)));
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (UPSTAX & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+ * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+ * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction and the pipe bank is full.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+ * CONTROL type pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXSTPI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+ * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << RXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+ * the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+ * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+ * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+ * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+ * can be re-sent.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+ * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return UPDATX;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t DWord;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.DWord;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+ * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+ * to the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * pipes at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * bank size and number of hardware banks.
+ *
+ * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+ * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+ * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+ * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+ * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+ * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+ * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+ * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+ * the pipe can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+ * or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+ * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+ * automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+ * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+ * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+ * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+ * \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6c4beb22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..922b58efa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e55e592eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb2a57fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92532ab00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ /* Workaround for AVR8 bootloaders that fail to turn off the OTG pad before running
+ * the loaded application. This causes VBUS detection to fail unless we first force
+ * it off to reset it. */
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+ #endif
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
+ USB_REG_On();
+ else
+ USB_REG_Off();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ PLLFRQ = (1 << PDIV2);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+ {
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UIDE);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED))
+ USB_REG_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = ((UHWCON & (1 << UIDE)) != 0);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UIMOD);
+ #endif
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ #else
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_Init_Device();
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_Init_Host();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ }
+ #else
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+ USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b6e2ef43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_AVR8 USB Interface Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Host.h"
+ #include "../OTG.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (F_USB == 8000000)
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #endif
+ #elif (F_USB == 16000000)
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PLLP0)
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PINDIV)
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
+ #error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_USB value and AVR model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Regulator disable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+ * regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Regulator enable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+ * regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages from the VBUS level down to a level within
+ * the range allowable by the USB standard.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED (0 << 1)
+
+ /** Option mask for \ref USB_Init() to keep regulator enabled at all times. Indicates that \ref USB_Disable()
+ * should not disable the regulator as it would otherwise. Has no effect if regulator is disabled using
+ * \ref USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Manual PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
+ * will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+ * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Automatic PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
+ * take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+ * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL (0 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on some AVR models which do not support hardware VBUS monitoring.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ UDCON |= (1 << DETACH);
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ UDCON &= ~(1 << DETACH);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+ * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_PLL_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_PLL_On(void)
+ {
+ PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC;
+ PLLCSR = (USB_PLL_PSC | (1 << PLLE));
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void)
+ {
+ PLLCSR = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_REG_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_REG_On(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UVREGE);
+ #else
+ REGCR &= ~(1 << REGDIS);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_REG_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_REG_Off(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE);
+ #else
+ REGCR |= (1 << REGDIS);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << FRZCLK);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+ USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+ {
+ if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
+ return USB_MODE_Device;
+ else
+ return USB_MODE_Host;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fac4fb41a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ OTGIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ UDIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USBINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ OTGINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ UDINT = 0;
+ #endif
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ #else
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ #else
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+
+ EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1eeb019f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+ USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
+ USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
+ USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
+ USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
+ USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
+ USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
+ USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
+ USB_INT_SRPI = 13,
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBCON |= (1 << VBUSTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBCON |= (1 << IDTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << WAKEUPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << SUSPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << EORSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << SOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEIENX |= (1 << RXSTPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << HSOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << DCONNE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << DDISCE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << RSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << BCERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << VBERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << SRPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << IDTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << WAKEUPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << SUSPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << EORSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << SOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEIENX &= ~(1 << RXSTPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << HSOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << DCONNE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << DDISCE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << RSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << BCERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << VBERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << SRPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBINT &= ~(1 << VBUSTI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBINT &= ~(1 << IDTI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << WAKEUPI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << SUSPI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << EORSTI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << SOFI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << HSOFI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << DCONNI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << DDISCI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << RSTI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << BCERRI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << VBERRI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << SRPI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return (USBCON & (1 << VBUSTE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return (USBCON & (1 << IDTE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << WAKEUPE));
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << SUSPE));
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << EORSTE));
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << SOFE));
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (UEIENX & (1 << RXSTPE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << HSOFE));
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << DCONNE));
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << DDISCE));
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << RSTE));
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << BCERRE));
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << VBERRE));
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << SRPE));
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return (USBINT & (1 << VBUSTI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return (USBINT & (1 << IDTI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << WAKEUPI));
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << SUSPI));
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << EORSTI));
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << SOFI));
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << HSOFI));
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << DCONNI));
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << DDISCI));
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << RSTI));
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << BCERRI));
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << VBERRI));
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << SRPI));
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d540bcfb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "ConfigDescriptors.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+ uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+ void* const BufferPtr,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = ((DTYPE_Configuration << 8) | (ConfigNumber - 1)),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ *ConfigSizePtr = le16_to_cpu(DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)->TotalConfigurationSize);
+
+ if (*ConfigSizePtr > BufferSize)
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(BufferPtr) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData;
+
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful;
+}
+#endif
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type)
+{
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t BeforeType)
+{
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
+ {
+ *BytesRem = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t AfterType)
+{
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
+
+ if (*BytesRem)
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ uint8_t* PrevDescLoc = *CurrConfigLoc;
+ uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
+
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail)
+ {
+ *CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
+ *BytesRem = PrevBytesRem;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor;
+}
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5355ecfe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_ConfigDescriptorParser
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_StdDescriptors
+ * \defgroup Group_ConfigDescriptorParser Configuration Descriptor Parser
+ * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ * This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in host applications to easily
+ * parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface and other descriptor
+ * data can be extracted and used as needed.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
+ * descriptor type.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+ *
+ * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)(DescriptorPtr))
+
+ /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
+ * type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+ *
+ * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
+
+ /** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
+ * This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
+ * values can be accessed in the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Type
+
+ /** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Size
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a Configuration Descriptor comparator function (function taking a pointer to an array
+ * of type void, returning a uint8_t value).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp function for more details.
+ */
+ typedef uint8_t (* ConfigComparatorPtr_t)(void*);
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. */
+ enum USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred while retrieving the configuration descriptor. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected while retrieving the configuration
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request to retrieve the configuration
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow = 5, /**< The device's configuration descriptor is too large to fit into the allocated
+ * buffer.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData = 6, /**< The device returned invalid configuration descriptor data. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator function. */
+ enum DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for return values of \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(). */
+ enum DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to descriptor which matches
+ * search criteria of the given comparator function. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Fail = 1, /**< Comparator function returned \ref DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data from an attached device via a standard request into a buffer,
+ * including validity and size checking to prevent a buffer overflow.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConfigNumber Device configuration descriptor number to fetch from the device (usually set to 1 for
+ * single configuration devices).
+ * \param[in,out] ConfigSizePtr Pointer to a location for storing the retrieved configuration descriptor size.
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data.
+ * \param[out] BufferSize Size of the allocated buffer where the configuration descriptor is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+ uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+ void* const BufferPtr,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
+ * The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+ * which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
+ * descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
+ * function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ * \param[in] BeforeType Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t BeforeType)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+ * which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
+ * automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ * \param[in] AfterType Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t AfterType)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a pre-made comparator
+ * function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
+ * automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
+ * so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
+ * original search to fail. This behavior allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
+ * has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
+ *
+ * Comparator functions should be standard functions which accept a pointer to the header of the current
+ * descriptor inside the configuration descriptor which is being compared, and should return a value from
+ * the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum as a uint8_t value.
+ *
+ * \note This function is available in USB Host mode only.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ComparatorRoutine Name of the comparator search function to use on the configuration descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return Value of one of the members of the \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor); // Comparator Prototype
+ *
+ * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ * {
+ * if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ * else
+ * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+ * }
+ *
+ * //...
+ *
+ * // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
+ * if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &CurrentConfigLoc, EndpointSearcher) ==
+ * Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
+ * {
+ * // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
+ points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** CurrConfigLoc) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** CurrConfigLoc)
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
+
+ if (*BytesRem < CurrDescriptorSize)
+ CurrDescriptorSize = *BytesRem;
+
+ *CurrConfigLoc = (void*)((uintptr_t)*CurrConfigLoc + CurrDescriptorSize);
+ *BytesRem -= CurrDescriptorSize;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81b0e1702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Device definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Device Device Management
+ * \brief USB Device management definitions for USB device mode.
+ *
+ * USB Device mode related definitions common to all architectures. This module contains definitions which
+ * are used when the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the various states of the USB Device state machine. Only some states are
+ * implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
+ *
+ * For information on each possible USB device state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_DeviceState, which stores the current device state machine state.
+ */
+ enum USB_Device_States_t
+ {
+ DEVICE_STATE_Unattached = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device is not currently connected to a host.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Powered = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device is connected to a host, but enumeration has not
+ * yet begun.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Default = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device's USB bus has been reset by the host and it is
+ * now waiting for the host to begin the enumeration process.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Addressed = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device has been addressed by the USB Host, but is not
+ * yet configured.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Configured = 4, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+ * that the device has been enumerated by the host and is ready
+ * for USB communications to begin.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Suspended = 5, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+ * that the USB bus has been suspended by the host, and the device
+ * should power down to a minimal power level until the bus is
+ * resumed.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
+ * index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
+ * prototype and name so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] wValue The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
+ * lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
+ * case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
+ * in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
+ * \param[in] wIndex The language ID of the string to return if the \c wValue type indicates
+ * \ref DTYPE_String, otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a
+ * class-specific standards.
+ * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
+ * the address of the descriptor.
+ * \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace A value from the \ref USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t enum to indicate the memory
+ * space in which the descriptor is stored. This parameter does not exist when one
+ * of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time options is used, or on architectures which
+ * use a unified address space.
+ *
+ * \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the \c PROGMEM attribute.
+ * If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
+ * allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the \c USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
+ * \c USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
+ * switch.
+ *
+ * \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise.
+ */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+ #endif
+ ) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Device_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..feb092dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C
+#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void)
+{
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ USB_ControlRequest.bRequest = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wValue = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wIndex = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ #else
+ uint8_t* RequestHeader = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ for (uint8_t RequestHeaderByte = 0; RequestHeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); RequestHeaderByte++)
+ *(RequestHeader++) = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest();
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ {
+ uint8_t bmRequestType = USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_GetStatus:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetStatus();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_ClearFeature:
+ case REQ_SetFeature:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_ClearSetFeature();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_SetAddress:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_SetAddress();
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_GetDescriptor:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_GetConfiguration:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_SetConfiguration:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ }
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
+{
+ uint8_t DeviceAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0x7F);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+ USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = (DeviceAddress) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
+{
+ #if defined(FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+ return;
+ #else
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #if defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_FLASH
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_EEPROM
+ #elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_RAM
+ #else
+ uint8_t MemoryAddressSpace;
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , &MemoryAddressSpace
+ #endif
+ ) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ {
+ if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ {
+ if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+ return;
+ }
+ #else
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+ return;
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
+ uint16_t UnicodeString[INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4];
+ } SignatureDescriptor;
+
+ SignatureDescriptor.Header.Type = DTYPE_String;
+ SignatureDescriptor.Header.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4);
+
+ USB_Device_GetSerialString(SignatureDescriptor.UnicodeString);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&SignatureDescriptor, sizeof(SignatureDescriptor));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+#endif
+
+static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
+{
+ const void* DescriptorPointer;
+ uint16_t DescriptorSize;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue == ((DTYPE_String << 8) | USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor();
+ return;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if ((DescriptorSize = CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(USB_ControlRequest.wValue, USB_ControlRequest.wIndex,
+ &DescriptorPointer
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , &DescriptorAddressSpace
+ #endif
+ )) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) || !defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #else
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ else
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType)
+ {
+ case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
+ {
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ if (USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered)
+ CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ if (USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
+ CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
+ #endif
+ break;
+ }
+ case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (EndpointIndex >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+
+ CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ #endif
+
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(CurrentStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void)
+{
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
+ {
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ case REQREC_DEVICE:
+ {
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature);
+ else
+ return;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
+ {
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (EndpointIndex == ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP || EndpointIndex >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
+ {
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14badcda1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB device standard request management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the processing of incoming standard control requests
+ * when the library is in USB device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+#define __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "USBTask.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Enum for the possible descriptor memory spaces, for the \c MemoryAddressSpace parameter of the
+ * \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function. This can be used when none of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS
+ * compile time options are used, to indicate in which memory space the descriptor is stored.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ enum USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t
+ {
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ MEMSPACE_FLASH = 0, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in FLASH memory. */
+ #endif
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ MEMSPACE_EEPROM = 1, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in EEPROM memory. */
+ #endif
+ MEMSPACE_RAM = 2, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in RAM memory. */
+ };
+ #endif
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
+ * different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
+ * value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ /** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
+ * flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce FLASH usage of the compiled applications where Remote Wakeup is not supported,
+ * this global and the underlying management code can be disabled by defining the
+ * \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP token in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler via
+ * the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ /** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
+ * powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
+ * support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error Only one of the USE_*_DESCRIPTORS modes should be selected.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C)
+ static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
+ static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void);
+ static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void);
+
+ #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b577f6347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW Endpoint Data Reading and Writing
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ * \brief Endpoint data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement Endpoint Packet Management
+ * \brief USB Endpoint package management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement Endpoint Management
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a endpoint table entry, used to configure endpoints in groups via
+ * \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable().
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the endpoint to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+ uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint. */
+ } USB_Endpoint_Table_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * numerical address in the device.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
+ * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..156d155b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 5, /**< Indicates that the endpoint bank became full or empty before
+ * the complete contents of the current stream could be
+ * transferred. The endpoint stream function should be called
+ * again to process the next chunk of data in the transfer.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..186557956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "Events.h"
+
+void USB_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57fd0d9af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_Events
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Events USB Events
+ * \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library events, which are small
+ * pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each event can be fired from
+ * multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR, thus each handler
+ * should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
+ *
+ * Events can be hooked by the user application by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters
+ * listed here. If an event with no user-associated handler is fired within the library, it by default maps to an
+ * internal empty stub function.
+ *
+ * Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources by calling the
+ * event handler function (with any required event parameters).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
+#define __USBEVENTS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
+ * mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
+ * before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode but after the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
+ * event has fired (if disconnected before the role change).
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that support dual role USB modes.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
+ * to the compiler (see \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
+ * interface is in host mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in \ref USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+ /** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+ * a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
+ * the standard \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() event and so can be used to programmatically start the USB
+ * management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+ * a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
+ * can be used to programmatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+ * in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
+ * \ref USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SubErrorCode Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
+ * ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
+ * code returned by the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+ /** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+ * in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
+ * controlled by the user application.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * 1 second) when a transaction is waiting to be processed by the device will prevent break communications
+ * and cause the host to reset the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+ * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+ * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is not suspended while in host mode.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+ * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+ *
+ * \note This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+ * \ref USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration of
+ * a USB device.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode
+ * and the device is connected to a USB host, beginning the enumeration process measured by a rising
+ * level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+ * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+ *
+ * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controller functionality, VBUS sensing is not available.
+ * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+ * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+ * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+ * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+ * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode and the device is
+ * disconnected from a host, measured by a falling level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+ *
+ * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+ * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+ *
+ * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers, VBUS sense is not available to the USB controller.
+ * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+ * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+ * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+ * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+ * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+
+ /** Event for control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control request
+ * to the mandatory device control endpoint (of address 0). This may either be a standard
+ * request that the library may have a handler code for internally, or a class specific request
+ * issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. If a request is not processed in the
+ * user application via this event, it will be passed to the library for processing internally
+ * if a suitable handler exists.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; each packet within the request transaction must be acknowledged or
+ * sent within 50ms or the host will abort the transfer.
+ *
+ * The library internally handles all standard control requests with the exceptions of SYNC FRAME,
+ * SET DESCRIPTOR and SET INTERFACE. These and all other non-standard control requests will be left
+ * for the user to process via this event if desired. If not handled in the user application or by
+ * the library internally, unknown requests are automatically STALLed.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
+ * or appropriate class specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
+ * request SETUP parameters into the \ref USB_ControlRequest structure which should then be used
+ * by the application to determine how to handle the issued request.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
+ * selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
+ * applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * one second) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * This event fires after the value of \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
+ * transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
+ * the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device. If the USB interface is
+ * enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library will automatically suspend the
+ * USB PLL before the event is fired to save power.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+ * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+ *
+ * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
+ * mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
+ * hooked to pull the user application out of a low power state and back into normal operating
+ * mode. If the USB interface is enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library
+ * will automatically restart the USB PLL before the event is fired.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+ * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+ *
+ * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode, and
+ * a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This event fires after the control
+ * endpoint has been automatically configured by the library.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+ * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+ * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is enumerated in device mode to a USB host.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+ * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+ *
+ * \pre This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+ * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
+ void USB_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50410b2be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Host definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Host Host Management
+ * \brief USB Host management definitions for USB host mode.
+ *
+ * USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
+ * the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
+#define __USBHOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine.
+ *
+ * For information on each possible USB host state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ * Several of the USB host states are broken up further into multiple smaller sub-states,
+ * so that they can be internally implemented inside the library in an efficient manner.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HostState, which stores the current host state machine state.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_States_t
+ {
+ HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice = 0, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for an interval
+ * to elapse before continuing with the next step of the device
+ * enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Unattached = 1, /**< This state indicates that the host state machine is waiting for
+ * a device to be attached so that it can start the enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered = 2, /**< This state indicates that a device has been attached, and the
+ * library's internals are being configured to begin the enumeration
+ * process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle = 3, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for the initial
+ * settling period to elapse before beginning the enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect = 4, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for a connection event
+ * from the USB controller to indicate a valid USB device has been attached
+ * to the bus and is ready to be enumerated.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset = 5, /**< This state indicates that a valid USB device has been attached, and that
+ * it will now be reset to ensure it is ready for enumeration.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe = 6, /**< This state indicates that the attached device is currently powered and
+ * reset, and that the control pipe is now being configured by the stack.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default = 7, /**< This state indicates that the stack is currently retrieving the control
+ * endpoint's size from the device, so that the control pipe can be altered
+ * to match.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset = 8, /**< This state indicates that the control pipe is being reconfigured to match
+ * the retrieved control endpoint size from the device, and the device's USB
+ * bus address is being set.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet = 9, /**< This state indicates that the device's address has now been set, and the
+ * stack is has now completed the device enumeration process. This state causes
+ * the stack to change the current USB device address to that set for the
+ * connected device, before progressing to the \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state
+ * ready for use in the user application.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Addressed = 10, /**< Indicates that the device has been enumerated and addressed, and is now waiting
+ * for the user application to configure the device ready for use.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Configured = 11, /**< Indicates that the device has been configured into a valid device configuration,
+ * ready for general use by the user application.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Host_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42a934daa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C
+#include "HostStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ uint16_t DataLen = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType);
+ Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bRequest);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ #else
+ uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
+ Pipe_Write_8(*(HeaderStream++));
+ #endif
+
+ Pipe_ClearSETUP();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if (DataStream != NULL)
+ {
+ while (DataLen)
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ DataLen = 0;
+
+ while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
+ {
+ *(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_8();
+ DataLen--;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (DataStream != NULL)
+ {
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (DataLen)
+ {
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_Host_ControlPipeSize))
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(*(DataStream++));
+ DataLen--;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
+{
+ #if (USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent) && Pipe_IsSETUPSent()) ||
+ ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsINReceived()) ||
+ ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady) && Pipe_IsOUTReady())))
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(BufferPtr);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
+ .wValue = ConfigNumber,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = ConfigNumber;
+ USB_HostState = (ConfigNumber) ? HOST_STATE_Configured : HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetConfiguration,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigNumber);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (((uint16_t)Type << 8) | Index),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = BufferLength,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(FeatureStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
+ .wValue = FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt,
+ .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ const uint8_t AltSetting)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetInterface,
+ .wValue = AltSetting,
+ .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ uint8_t* const AltSetting)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetInterface,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(AltSetting);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66542690a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB host standard request management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the issuing of outgoing standard control requests
+ * when the library is in USB host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+#define __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
+ * device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
+ * library will return a timeout error code.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
+ * if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
+ * request transfer.
+ */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
+ * indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
+ */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+ };
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the attached device. This indicates the currently
+ * selected configuration value if one has been set successfully, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+ *
+ * To set a device configuration, call the \ref USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Host
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends the request stored in the \ref USB_ControlRequest global structure to the attached device,
+ * and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
+ * as requested. The transfer is made on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
+ * \c NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr);
+
+ /** Sends a SET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, with the given configuration index.
+ *
+ * This routine will automatically update the \ref USB_HostState and \ref USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber
+ * state variables according to the given function parameters and the result of the request.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConfigNumber Configuration index to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber);
+
+ /** Sends a GET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, to retrieve the currently selected
+ * device configuration index.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] ConfigNumber Pointer to a location where the retrieved configuration index should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the descriptor of the
+ * specified type and index.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of descriptor to retrieve, a value from the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the descriptor to retrieve.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Retrieves the current feature status of the attached device, via a GET STATUS standard request. The
+ * retrieved feature status can then be examined by masking the retrieved value with the various
+ * \c FEATURE_* masks for bus/self power information and remote wakeup support.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] FeatureStatus Location where the retrieved feature status should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Clears a stall condition on the given pipe, via a CLEAR FEATURE standard request to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the endpoint to clear, including the endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress);
+
+ /** Selects a given alternative setting for the specified interface, via a SET INTERFACE standard request to
+ * the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+ * \param[in] AltSetting Index of the interface's alternative setting which is to be selected.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ const uint8_t AltSetting);
+
+
+ /** Retrieves the current alternative setting for the specified interface, via a GET INTERFACE standard request to
+ * the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+ * \param[out] AltSetting Pointer to a location where the retrieved alternative setting value should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ uint8_t* const AltSetting) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the device descriptor.
+ * This can be used to easily retrieve information about the device such as its VID, PID and power
+ * requirements. This is a convenience wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] DeviceDescriptorPtr Pointer to the destination device descriptor structure where
+ * the read data is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr)
+ {
+ return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_Device, 0, DeviceDescriptorPtr, sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the string descriptor
+ * of the specified index. This can be used to easily retrieve string descriptors from the device by
+ * index, after the index is obtained from the Device or Configuration descriptors. This is a convenience
+ * wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the string descriptor to retrieve.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is
+ * to be stored.
+ * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength)
+ {
+ return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_String, Index, Buffer, BufferLength);
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
+ {
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C)
+ static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr);
+ static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6293e4cac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB OTG definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_OTG
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_OTG USB On The Go (OTG) Management
+ * \brief USB OTG management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role
+ * exchange. OTG is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host
+ * roles.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
+#define __USBOTG_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0697078d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Pipe definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW Pipe Data Reading and Writing
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ * \brief Pipe data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement Pipe Packet Management
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq Pipe Control Request Management
+ * \brief Pipe control request definitions.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement Pipe Management
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_H__
+#define __PIPE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a pipe table entry, used to configure pipes in groups via
+ * \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable().
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the pipe to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the pipe bank, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Address of the endpoint in the connected device. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+ uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the pipe. */
+ } USB_Pipe_Table_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
+ * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE 0
+
+ /** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
+ * in the device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * numerical address in the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..878530284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 4, /**< Indicates that the pipe bank became full/empty before the
+ * complete contents of the stream could be transferred.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..381c02c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common standard USB Descriptor definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_StdDescriptors
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_StdDescriptors USB Descriptors
+ * \brief Standard USB Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ * Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
+ * structures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
+ * for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
+ * descriptor does not exist.
+ */
+ #define NO_DESCRIPTOR 0
+
+ /** Macro to calculate the power value for the configuration descriptor, from a given number of milliamperes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] mA Maximum number of milliamps the device consumes when the given configuration is selected.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(mA) ((mA) >> 1)
+
+ /** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
+ * Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
+ *
+ * \param[in] UnicodeChars Number of Unicode characters in the string text.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_LEN(UnicodeChars) (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + ((UnicodeChars) << 1))
+
+ /** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from a wide character string.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is for little-endian systems only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] String String to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(String) { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + (sizeof(String) - 2), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = String }
+
+ /** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from an array of characters.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ... Characters to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(...) { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + sizeof((uint16_t){__VA_ARGS__}), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = {__VA_ARGS__} }
+
+ /** Macro to encode a given major/minor/revision version number into Binary Coded Decimal format for descriptor
+ * fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the standard device descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note This value is automatically converted into Little Endian, suitable for direct use inside device
+ * descriptors on all architectures without endianness conversion macros.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Major Major version number to encode.
+ * \param[in] Minor Minor version number to encode.
+ * \param[in] Revision Revision version number to encode.
+ */
+ #define VERSION_BCD(Major, Minor, Revision) \
+ CPU_TO_LE16( ((Major & 0xFF) << 8) | \
+ ((Minor & 0x0F) << 4) | \
+ (Revision & 0x0F) )
+
+ /** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t descriptors
+ * to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
+ */
+ #define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG 0x0409
+
+ /** \name USB Configuration Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the reserved bit in the Configuration Descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes field, which must be set on all
+ * devices for historical purposes.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED 0x80
+
+ /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+ * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
+ * from the device's own power source.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED 0x40
+
+ /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+ * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
+ * remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
+ * request.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP 0x20
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC (0 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE (2 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC (3 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Usage Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA (0 << 4)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK (2 << 4)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
+ enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+ {
+ DTYPE_Device = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Configuration = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_String = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Interface = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Endpoint = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_DeviceQualifier = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Other = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
+ DTYPE_InterfacePower = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_CSInterface = 0x24, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific interface descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_CSEndpoint = 0x25, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific endpoint descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors. */
+ enum USB_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular class at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular subclass at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular protocol at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific class.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific subclass.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific protocol.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass = 0xEF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor class.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor subclass.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+ * uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+ * uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each
+ * element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+ uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+
+ uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+ * host will request this string via a separate
+ * control request for the string descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+ */
+ uint8_t ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+ *
+ * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+ * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+ *
+ * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+ * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+ * To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ * and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+ * device upon insertion.
+ *
+ * \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+ uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint16_t idVendor; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t idProduct; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t bcdDevice; /**< Product release (version) number.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t iManufacturer; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+ * host will request this string via a separate
+ * control request for the string descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+ */
+ uint8_t iProduct; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+ *
+ * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t iSerialNumber; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+ * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+ *
+ * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+ * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+ * To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ * and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+ * device upon insertion.
+ *
+ * \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+ uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+ uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ uint8_t bReserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+ * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+
+ uint8_t ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+
+ uint8_t ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+ * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+ * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+ * macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+ * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+ uint8_t bConfigurationValue; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t iConfiguration; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+ * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+ */
+ uint8_t bMaxPower; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+ * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+ * macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+ * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+ * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+ * selected by the host.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+ uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+ * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+ * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+ * selected by the host.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+ uint8_t iInterface; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+ * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+ * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+ * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+ * function. Read the ECN for more information.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+ uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+
+ uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+ uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface association.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+ * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+ * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+ * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+ * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+ * function. Read the ECN for more information.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bFirstInterface; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceCount; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+ uint8_t iFunction; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface association.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet
+ * size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT
+ * or ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+ * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+ * value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+ * ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+ * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+ * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+ *
+ * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+ * the device as an array.
+ *
+ * This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_String_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ #if (((ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)) && !defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ wchar_t UnicodeString[];
+ #else
+ uint16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
+ * string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
+ * to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
+ * rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+ * Unicode size.
+ *
+ * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
+ * the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
+ * Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
+ * array of ASCII characters on little endian devices with
+ * UTF-16-LE \c wchar_t encoding.
+ */
+ #endif
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_String_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+ * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+ * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+ *
+ * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+ * the device as an array.
+ *
+ * This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t for the version of this type with with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+ * or a value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively, string language IDs).
+ * If normal ASCII characters are to be used, they must be added as an array
+ * of characters rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+ * Unicode size.
+ *
+ * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before the opening string
+ * quotation mark) are considered to be Unicode strings, and may be used instead
+ * of an explicit array of ASCII characters.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_String_t;
+
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..729780696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_StdRequest
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_StdRequest Standard USB Requests
+ * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request
+ * details (such as data direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
+#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
+ * or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION 0x80
+
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
+ * Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE 0x60
+
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Device, Interface
+ * Endpoint or Other). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
+ * masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT 0x1F
+
+ /** \name Control Request Data Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+ */
+ #define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+ */
+ #define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST (1 << 7)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Control Request Type Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_STANDARD (0 << 5)
+
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_CLASS (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_VENDOR (2 << 5)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Control Request Recipient Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_DEVICE (0 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
+ * currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_INTERFACE (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
+ * currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_ENDPOINT (2 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
+ * in the currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_OTHER (3 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Standard USB Control Request
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard USB control request.
+ *
+ * \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
+ uint8_t bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
+ uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
+ uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
+ uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Request_Header_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
+ * request type is \ref REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of \ref REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
+ * handled regardless of the request type value).
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
+ */
+ enum USB_Control_Request_t
+ {
+ REQ_GetStatus = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_ClearFeature = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetFeature = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetAddress = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetDescriptor = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for device and interface recipients. Passed to the
+ * user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetDescriptor = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetConfiguration = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetConfiguration = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetInterface = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetInterface = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SynchFrame = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Feature Selector values for Set Feature and Clear Feature standard control requests directed to the device, interface
+ * and endpoint recipients.
+ */
+ enum USB_Feature_Selectors_t
+ {
+ FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt = 0x00, /**< Feature selector for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When
+ * used in a Set Feature or Clear Feature request this indicates that an
+ * endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request) should have
+ * its stall condition changed.
+ */
+ FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup = 0x01, /**< Feature selector for Device level Remote Wakeup enable set or clear.
+ * This feature can be controlled by the host on devices which indicate
+ * remote wakeup support in their descriptors to selectively disable or
+ * enable remote wakeup.
+ */
+ FEATURE_SEL_TestMode = 0x02, /**< Feature selector for Test Mode features, used to test the USB controller
+ * to check for incorrect operation.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED (1 << 0)
+ #define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED (1 << 1)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3aa1433f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup = true;
+ while (AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd6dbde88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_UC3 Device Management (UC3)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in high speed (480Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED (1 << 1)
+ #endif
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+ (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 120
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x80800204
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDFNUM.fnum;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 3;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.uadd = Address;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden;
+ }
+
+ #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t* SigReadAddress = (uint8_t*)INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte = *SigReadAddress;
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04f6e97d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b1c10eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e24672c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint32_t UECFG0Data)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = UECFG0Data;
+
+ return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ uint32_t UECFG0Temp;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+ if (EPNum == Number)
+ {
+ UECFG0Temp = UECFG0Data;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UECFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum];
+ }
+
+ if (!(UECFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+ continue;
+
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = UECFG0Temp;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecon0clr)[EPNum] = -1;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EPNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EPNum * 0x10000];
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32d6a9b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3 Endpoint Packet Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_UC3 Endpoint Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_EPSIZE_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint32_t UECFGXData);
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 8
+ #else
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+ * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - refer to
+ * the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+ * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+ (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_EPTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPDIR_MASK : 0) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_SINGLE : AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_DOUBLE) |
+ Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].byct;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return ((&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint number whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ uint32_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EndpointNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EndpointNumber * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+ * and from a host.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+ * to and from a host.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uerst & (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].nbusybk;
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbks = true;
+ while ((&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbk);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rwall;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].cfgok;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+ * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+ * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.udint & (AVR32_USBB_EP6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP5INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP3INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP1INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * endpoints).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txini;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxouti;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txinic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxoutic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrq;
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rstdts = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir = (DirectionMask == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c182ab69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+ uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+ static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+ static uint8_t PostWaitState;
+
+ switch (USB_HostState)
+ {
+ case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining)
+ {
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+ WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+ {
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+ #endif
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+ Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default:
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 8,
+ };
+
+ uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
+ .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+ {
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ while (MS)
+ {
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ MS--;
+ }
+
+ if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsError())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResetBus();
+ while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+ {
+ /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+ all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+ looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+ present. */
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ }
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5338f7208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host_UC3B
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ * \defgroup Group_Host_UC3B Host Management (UC3B)
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 32-bit AVR UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+#define __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+ * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+ * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+ * fixed value is specified by the library.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
+
+ #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+ * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+ * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+ * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+ * compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+ * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+ * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+ * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+ * current.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+ * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+ * event.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+ * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+ * error.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+ * indicating the attachment of a device.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+ * complete successfully.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+ * configure correctly.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB_UHFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+ * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+ *
+ * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+ * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset;
+ }
+
+ /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+ * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+ * host and attached device may occur.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+ * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+ * messages to the device.
+ *
+ * \note While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+ * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = false;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+ * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+ * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+ * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ return (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.speed == AVR32_USBB_SPEED_FULL);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+ * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rxrsmi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rxrsmic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+ * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+ * be resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+ {
+ // Not required for UC3B
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+ {
+ // Not required for UC3B
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p0 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p1 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p2 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p3 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p4 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p5 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p6 = Address;
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+ uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+ static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27426ada0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_UC3.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc3444208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+ * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+ * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73cf36078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES];
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+ if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
+ Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+ ((uint32_t)Number << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ uint32_t UPCFG0Temp;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (PNum == Number)
+ {
+ UPCFG0Temp = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
+ Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+ ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPCFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum];
+ }
+
+ if (!(UPCFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+ continue;
+
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = UPCFG0Temp;
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcon0clr)[PNum] = -1;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PNum * 0x10000];
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ }
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ continue;
+
+ if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+ return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+ else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12e0dcd62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_UC3 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3 Pipe Packet Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_UC3 Pipe Control Request Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_UC3 Pipe Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe;
+ extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (AVR32_USBB_UPSTA0_OVERFI_MASK << 8)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_CRC16_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_TIMEOUT_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_PID_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATAPID_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATATGL_MASK
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+ * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_SETUP
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_IN
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_OUT
+ //@}
+
+ /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+ * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+ * the device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 8
+ #else
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
+ #endif
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+ * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+ * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+ * currently selected UC3 AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ */
+ enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pbyct;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken == PIPE_TOKEN_OUT) ? PIPE_DIR_OUT : PIPE_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+ * currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+ * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Index of the pipe to reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ uint32_t PipeNumber = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PipeNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PipeNumber * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+ * an attached device.
+ *
+ * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+ * from an attached device.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uprst & (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+ *
+ * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+ * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+ * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+ * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken = Token;
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+ * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = false;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inrq = TotalINRequests;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].cfgok;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+ * pipe is bound to.
+ *
+ * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+ {
+ return ((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pepnum |
+ ((Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].intfrq = Milliseconds;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+ * be serviced.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P5INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P3INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P1INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_P0INT_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * pipes).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P0INTES_MASK << (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezec = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0SET)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezes = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreeze) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].overfic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+ * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+ (AVR32_USBB_PERRI_MASK | AVR32_USBB_OVERFI_MASK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+ * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+ *
+ * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+ {
+
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+ (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+ (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] << 8) &
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW));
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nbusybk;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+ * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+ * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction and the pipe bank is full.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rwall;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxini;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txouti;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+ * CONTROL type pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpi;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+ * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxinic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+ * the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txoutic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+ * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+ * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+ * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+ * can be re-sent.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+ * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldic = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+ * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+ * to the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * pipes at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * bank size and number of hardware banks.
+ *
+ * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+ * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+ * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+ * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+ * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+ * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+ * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+ * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+ * the pipe can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+ * or bank corruption will occur.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+ * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+ * automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+ * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+ * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+ * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+ * \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_PSIZE_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6c4beb22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..922b58efa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e55e592eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb2a57fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b1e9ac6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = true;
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ }
+ #else
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+ #endif
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[3].cen = false;
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide;
+ #endif
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].pllsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].oscsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].diven = (F_USB != USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].div = (F_USB == USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ) ? 0 : (uint32_t)((F_USB / USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ / 2) - 1);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].cen = true;
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = true;
+
+ USB_Init_Device();
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuspo = true;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = false;
+
+ USB_Init_Host();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ {
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+ #else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+ USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32c2f6ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_UC3 USB Interface Management (UC3)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Host.h"
+ #include "../OTG.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the clock input to the USB module.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR))
+ #if ((F_USB < 12000000) || (F_USB % 12000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 12MHz for UC3A3 and UC3A4 devices.
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #if ((F_USB < 48000000) || (F_USB % 48000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 48MHz for UC3A and UC3B devices.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Selects one of the system's main clock oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+ * generation module. This indicates that an external oscillator should be used directly instead of an
+ * internal PLL clock source.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Selects one of the system's PLL oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+ * generation module. This indicates that one of the device's PLL outputs should be used instead of an
+ * external oscillator source.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_PLL (0 << 2)
+
+ /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 0 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 1 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_1 (0 << 3)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbus;
+ }
+
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = false;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+ #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 12000000UL
+ #else
+ #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 48000000UL
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+ {
+ if (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.id)
+ return USB_MODE_Device;
+ else
+ return USB_MODE_Host;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b3958a14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uhinteclr = -1;
+ AVR32_USBB.udinteclr = -1;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uhintclr = -1;
+ AVR32_USBB.udintclr = -1;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+ {
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+ {
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+
+ EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2f67bf86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+ USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
+ USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
+ USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
+ USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
+ USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
+ USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
+ USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = true;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.wakeupes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.suspes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.eorstes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.sofes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpes = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.hsofies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.dconnies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.ddiscies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.rsties = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.wakeupec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.suspec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.eorstec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.sofec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpec = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.hsofiec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.dconniec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.ddisciec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.rstiec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = false;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = false;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.wakeupc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.suspc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.eorstc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.sofc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.hsofic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.dconnic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.ddiscic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rstic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.bcerric = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vberric = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.wakeupe;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.suspe;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.eorste;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.sofe;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpe;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.hsofie;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.dconnie;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.ddiscie;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.rstie;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbusti;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.idti;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.wakeup;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.susp;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.eorst;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.sof;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.hsofi;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.dconni;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.ddisci;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rsti;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.bcerri;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vberri;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Interrupt service routine handler for the USB controller ISR group. This interrupt routine <b>must</b> be
+ * linked to the entire USB controller ISR vector group inside the AVR32's interrupt controller peripheral,
+ * using the user application's preferred USB controller driver.
+ */
+ void USB_GEN_vect(void);
+ #else
+ ISR(USB_GEN_vect);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5980a37ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Controller definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement USB Interface Management
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for general USB controller management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** \name Endpoint Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Endpoint direction mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * direction for comparing with the \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* masks.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK 0x80
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT 0x00
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN 0x80
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Pipe direction mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's
+ * direction for comparing with the \c PIPE_DIR_* masks.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_MASK 0x80
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_OUT 0x00
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_IN 0x80
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint/Pipe Type Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint from an endpoint descriptor. This should then be compared
+ * with the \c EP_TYPE_* masks to determine the exact type of the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_MASK 0x03
+
+ /** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_CONTROL 0x00
+
+ /** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS 0x01
+
+ /** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_BULK 0x02
+
+ /** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT 0x03
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
+ * user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
+ */
+ enum USB_Modes_t
+ {
+ USB_MODE_None = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
+ USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
+ USB_MODE_Host = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
+ USB_MODE_UID = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
+ * USB connector.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/USBController_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b00ef7bd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB controller interrupt service routine management.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2044f899a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBMode
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_USBMode USB Mode Tokens
+ * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ *
+ * This file defines macros indicating the type of USB controller the library is being compiled for, and its
+ * capabilities. These macros may then be referenced in the user application to selectively enable or disable
+ * code sections depending on if they are defined or not.
+ *
+ * After the inclusion of the master USB driver header, one or more of the following tokens may be defined, to
+ * allow the user code to conditionally enable or disable code based on the USB controller family and allowable
+ * USB modes. These tokens may be tested against to eliminate code relating to a USB mode which is not enabled for
+ * the given compilation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
+#define __USBMODE_H__
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 2 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx2 or ATMEGAxxU2) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 4 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATMEGAxxU4) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 6 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx6) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 7 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx7) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A0 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A0*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A1*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A3*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A4 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A4*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B0 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3B0*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3B1*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A1U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A1U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A3U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A3U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A4U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A4U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B1) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B3) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C3) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C4 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C4) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in USB Device mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in USB Host mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in either USB Device or Host mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+ #else
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A0256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A064__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A1256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A164__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A364__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A364S__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A464__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A464S__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B0256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3B0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B064__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B1256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3B1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B164__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A1U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A1U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A3U__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega192A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3BU__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3BU_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32A4U__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A4U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B1__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B1__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B3__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64C3__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega192C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256C3__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega384C3__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16C4__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32C4__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
+ #error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
+ #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+ #else
+ #undef USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #endif
+ #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
+ #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #error USB_DEVICE_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+ #else
+ #undef USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+ #endif
+
+ #if (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+ #error The currently selected device, USB mode or architecture is not supported.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..329ff4a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBTask.h"
+
+volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
+USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) && !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
+#endif
+
+void USB_USBTask(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ USB_DeviceTask();
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ USB_HostTask();
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ USB_HostTask();
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ USB_DeviceTask();
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_HostTask(void)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77cee6581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Main USB service task management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function definitions required for the main USB service task, which must be called
+ * from the user application to ensure that the USB connection to or from a connected USB device is maintained.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
+#define __USBTASK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "HostStandardReq.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not necessarily connected to a host
+ * or device (i.e. if \ref USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals related
+ * to the USB driver are invalid.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
+
+ /** Structure containing the last received Control request when in Device mode (for use in user-applications
+ * inside of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event, or for filling up with a control request to
+ * issue when in Host mode before calling \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest().
+ *
+ * \note The contents of this structure is automatically endian-corrected for the current CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ extern USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
+ * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Host_States_t enum values.
+ *
+ * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+ * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+ * \c HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+ * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+ * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Host_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Host
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
+ #else
+ #define USB_HostState CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current device state machine state. When in device mode, this indicates the state
+ * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Device_States_t enum values.
+ *
+ * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+ * library. The only exception to this rule is if the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token is used
+ * (see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events).
+ *
+ * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+ * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+ * \c DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+ * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+ * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value except in the circumstances outlined above.
+ *
+ * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Device_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
+ #else
+ #define USB_DeviceState CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires this task to be executed
+ * continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
+ * in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
+ * fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
+ *
+ * The USB task must be serviced within 30ms while in device mode, or within 1ms while in host mode.
+ * The task may be serviced at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
+ *
+ * - In device mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect()
+ * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() event.
+ *
+ * - In host mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached()
+ * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() or
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() events.
+ *
+ * If in device mode (only), the control endpoint can instead be managed via interrupts entirely by the library
+ * by defining the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on the USB events.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ void USB_USBTask(void);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_HostTask(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(Duration, NextState) do { USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; \
+ WaitMSRemaining = (Duration); \
+ PostWaitState = (NextState); } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..470e128b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ USB.CTRLB |= USB_RWAKEUP_bm;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..759ff350b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_XMEGA Device Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+ * \n
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+
+ #if (F_USB > 6000000)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+ #endif
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS (8 * (1 + (offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, COORDY1) - offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0))))
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0)
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->FrameNum;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_SPEED_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_SPEED_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ /* No implementation for XMEGA architecture */
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB.ADDR = Address;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB.ADDR != 0) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte;
+
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+ SerialByte = pgm_read_byte(SigReadAddress);
+ NVM.CMD = 0;
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..641328170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c094da49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..470f57ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm) ? true : false);
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_SETUP_bm)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_SETUP_bm | USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+
+ if ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) == USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+{
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++];
+}
+
+void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++] = Data;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+ uint8_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = Address;
+
+ Endpoint_FIFOPair_t* EndpointFIFOPair = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber];
+ USB_EndpointTable_t* EndpointTable = (USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR;
+
+ if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &EndpointFIFOPair->IN;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].IN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &EndpointFIFOPair->OUT;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].OUT;
+ }
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Config,
+ const uint8_t Size)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Address);
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm : 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = Config;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->DATAPTR = (intptr_t)USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data;
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? Size : 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].IN.CTRL = 0;
+ ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].OUT.CTRL = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db7d840d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Packet Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX) && !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 16
+ #else
+ #if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Data[64];
+
+ uint8_t Length;
+ uint8_t Position;
+ } Endpoint_FIFO_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ Endpoint_FIFO_t OUT;
+ Endpoint_FIFO_t IN;
+ } Endpoint_FIFOPair_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ extern volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+ extern volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << USB_EP_BUFSIZE_gp);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Config,
+ const uint8_t Size);
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address);
+
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t EPConfigMask = (USB_EP_INTDSBL_bm | ((Banks > 1) ? USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+ if ((Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ // TODO - Fix once limitations are lifted
+ EPConfigMask &= ~USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm;
+ if (Size > 64)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (Type)
+ {
+ case EP_TYPE_CONTROL:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc;
+ break;
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS_gc;
+ break;
+ default:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_BULK_gc;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, EPConfigMask, Size);
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address, EPConfigMask, Size);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+ else
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length - USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position);
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].IN.Position = 0;
+ else
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].OUT.Position = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position < USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void);
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearIN(void);
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void);
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void);
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL &= ~USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_STALL_bm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data);
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8b8c462c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8b8c462c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb92b1d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c923f3101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b32de813d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e55e592eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4eea57a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[sizeof(USB_EndpointTable_t) + 1];
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+ USB.CAL0 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL0));
+ USB.CAL1 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL1));
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_NO_OPERATION_gc;
+
+ /* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+ USB.EPPTR = ((intptr_t)&USB_EndpointTable[1] & ~(1 << 0));
+ USB.CTRLA = (USB_STFRNUM_bm | ((ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1) << USB_MAXEP_gp));
+
+ if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (3 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+ else if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED)
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (2 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+ else
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (1 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ uint8_t PrescalerNeeded;
+
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED)
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+ else
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 48000000;
+ #else
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t DividerIndex = 0;
+ while (PrescalerNeeded > 0)
+ {
+ DividerIndex++;
+ PrescalerNeeded >>= 1;
+ }
+
+ CLK.USBCTRL = (DividerIndex - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp;
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC)
+ CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_PLL_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+ else
+ CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_RC32M_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+ USB_Init_Device();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ }
+ #else
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bab03a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_XMEGA USB Interface Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT 16
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_EP_t OUT;
+ USB_EP_t IN;
+ } Endpoints[ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT];
+ uint16_t FrameNum;
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_EndpointTable_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((F_USB % 6000000) || (F_USB < 6000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 6MHz for USB Low Speed operation, and a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed operation.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be low priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRILOW ((0 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be medium priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED ((0 << 2) | (1 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be high priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH ((1 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal RC 32MHz clock, once it has been DFLL calibrated to 48MHz. */
+ #define USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC (0 << 3)
+
+ /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal PLL. */
+ #define USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC (1 << 3)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLB &= ~USB_ATTACH_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLB |= USB_ATTACH_bm;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+ * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a82dde030
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= USB_INTLVL_gm;
+ USB.INTCTRLB = 0;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = 0xFF;
+ USB.INTFLAGSBCLR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_BUSEVENT_vect)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend);
+
+ #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ #else
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ #else
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54ee7f115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI = 1,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend = 2,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume = 3,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SUSPENDIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RESUMEIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RSTIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SOFIF_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_BUSEVIE_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_SOFIE_bm) ? true : false);
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SUSPENDIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RESUMEIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RSTIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SOFIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..87c098cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of the USB portions of the library, instead of
+ * the individual USB driver submodule headers.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USB USB Core - LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
+ *
+ * \brief Core driver for the microcontroller hardware USB module
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Device_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Endpoint_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/EndpointStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Host_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Pipe_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/PipeStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBController_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBInterrupt_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver and framework for the USB controller of the selected architecture and microcontroller model. This module
+ * consists of many submodules, and is designed to provide an easy way to configure and control USB host, device
+ * or OTG mode USB applications.
+ *
+ * The USB stack requires the sole control over the USB controller in the microcontroller only; i.e. it does not
+ * require any additional timers or other peripherals to operate. This ensures that the USB stack requires as few
+ * resources as possible.
+ *
+ * The USB stack can be used in Device Mode for connections to USB Hosts (see \ref Group_Device), in Host mode for
+ * hosting of other USB devices (see \ref Group_Host), or as a dual role device which can either act as a USB host
+ * or device depending on what peripheral is connected (see \ref Group_OTG). Both modes also require a common set
+ * of USB management functions found \ref Group_USBManagement.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USBClassDrivers USB Class Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers for the various standardized USB device classes
+ *
+ * Drivers for both host and device mode of the standard USB classes, for rapid application development.
+ * Class drivers give a framework which sits on top of the low level library API, allowing for standard
+ * USB classes to be implemented in a project with minimal user code. These drivers can be used in
+ * conjunction with the library low level APIs to implement interfaces both via the class drivers and via
+ * the standard library APIs.
+ *
+ * Multiple device mode class drivers can be used within a project, including multiple instances of the
+ * same class driver. In this way, USB Hosts and Devices can be made quickly using the internal class drivers
+ * so that more time and effort can be put into the end application instead of the USB protocol.
+ *
+ * The available class drivers and their modes are listed below.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
+ * <th width="90px">Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="90px">Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Audio 1.0</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CDC-ACM</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>HID</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIDI</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Mass Storage</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Printer</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>RNDIS</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Still Image</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_UsingClassDrivers Using the Class Drivers
+ * To make the Class drivers easy to integrate into a user application, they all implement a standardized
+ * design with similarly named/used function, enums, defines and types. The two different modes are implemented
+ * slightly differently, and thus will be explained separately. For information on a specific class driver, read
+ * the class driver's module documentation.
+ *
+ * \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverDevice Device Mode Class Drivers
+ * Implementing a Device Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Inside the ClassInfo structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the Audio Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t My_Audio_Interface =
+ * {
+ * .Config =
+ * {
+ * .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
+ * .DataINEndpoint =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * },
+ * };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The class driver's configuration parameters should match those used in the device's descriptors that are
+ * sent to the host.
+ *
+ * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ConfigureEndpoints()</tt> function
+ * should be called in response to the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event. This function will return a
+ * boolean true value if the driver successfully initialized the instance. Like all the class driver functions, this function
+ * takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize - in this manner, multiple separate instances of
+ * the same class type can be initialized like this:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ *
+ * if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&My_Audio_Interface)))
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int main(void)
+ * {
+ * SetupHardware();
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ * Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ * Audio_Device_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * USB_USBTask();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The final standardized Device Class Driver function is the Control Request handler function
+ * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ProcessControlRequest()</tt>, which should be called when the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event fires. This function should also be called for
+ * each class driver instance, using the address of the instance to operate on as the function's
+ * parameter. The request handler will abort if it is determined that the current request is not
+ * targeted at the given class driver instance, thus these methods can safely be called
+ * one-after-another in the event handler with no form of error checking:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+ * {
+ * Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ * The individual Device Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ * class-specific functions.
+ *
+ * \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverHost Host Mode Class Drivers
+ * Implementing a Host Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Inside the \c USB_ClassInfo_* structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the MIDI Host Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t My_MIDI_Interface =
+ * {
+ * .Config =
+ * {
+ * .DataINPipe =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * .DataOUTPipe =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * },
+ * };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_ConfigurePipes()</tt> function
+ * should be called in response to the \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event firing. This function will
+ * will return an error code from the class driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t</tt> enum
+ * to indicate if the driver successfully initialized the instance and bound it to an interface in the attached device.
+ * Like all the class driver functions, this function takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize -
+ * in this manner, multiple separate instances of the same class type can be initialized. A fragment of a Class Driver
+ * based Host mode application may look like the following:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+ *
+ * uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ * uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ *
+ * if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ * sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+ * ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Note that the function also requires the device's configuration descriptor so that it can determine which interface
+ * in the device to bind to - this can be retrieved as shown in the above fragment using the
+ * \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. If the device does not implement the interface the class driver
+ * is looking for, if all the matching interfaces are already bound to class driver instances or if an error occurs while
+ * binding to a device interface (for example, a device endpoint bank larger that the maximum supported bank size is used)
+ * the configuration will fail.
+ *
+ * To complete the device enumeration after binding the host mode Class Drivers to the attached device, a call to
+ * \c USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() must be made. If the device configuration is not set within the
+ * \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event, the host still will assume the device enumeration has failed.
+ *
+ * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ * <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int main(void)
+ * {
+ * SetupHardware();
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ * Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ * MIDI_Host_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * USB_USBTask();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ * The individual Host Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ * class-specific functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USB_H__
+#define __USB_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "Core/USBTask.h"
+ #include "Core/Events.h"
+ #include "Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Core/USBController.h"
+ #include "Core/USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/Host.h"
+ #include "Core/Pipe.h"
+ #include "Core/HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "Core/PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/Device.h"
+ #include "Core/Endpoint.h"
+ #include "Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "Core/EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/OTG.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #include "Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"
+ #include "Class/AudioClass.h"
+ #include "Class/CDCClass.h"
+ #include "Class/HIDClass.h"
+ #include "Class/MassStorageClass.h"
+ #include "Class/MIDIClass.h"
+ #include "Class/PrinterClass.h"
+ #include "Class/RNDISClass.h"
+ #include "Class/StillImageClass.h"
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/License.txt b/LUFA/License.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f89d606d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/License.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+this software.
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h b/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9997d797f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Architecture Specific Hardware Platform Drivers.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level
+ * hardware configuration and management. The platform drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide
+ * a high level management layer for the various low level system functions such as clock control and interrupt
+ * management.
+ *
+ * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ * modules required for a particular application.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers System Platform Drivers - LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
+ * \brief Hardware platform drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level hardware configuration and management. The platform
+ * drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide a high level management layer for the various low level
+ * system functions such as clock control and interrupt management.
+ *
+ * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ * modules required for a particular application.
+ *
+ * \note The exact APIs and availability of sub-modules within the platform driver group may vary depending on the
+ * target used - see individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+#define __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/ClockManagement.h"
+ #include "UC3/InterruptManagement.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f286d51d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
+ * \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * #include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h>
+ *
+ * void main(void)
+ * {
+ * // Start the master external oscillator which will be used as the main clock reference
+ * UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(0, EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE, EXOSC_START_0CLK);
+ *
+ * // Start the PLL for the CPU clock, switch CPU to it
+ * UC3CLK_StartPLL(0, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, F_CPU);
+ * UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL0, F_CPU);
+ *
+ * // Start the PLL for the USB Generic Clock module
+ * UC3CLK_StartPLL(1, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, 48000000);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator types. */
+ enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_MODE_CLOCK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK, /**< External clock (non-crystal) mode. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_900KHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 900KHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_3MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 3MHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 8MHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or faster than 8MHz. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
+ enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_START_0CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_0_RCOSC, /**< Immediate startup, no delay. */
+ EXOSC_START_64CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_64_RCOSC, /**< Wait 64 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_128CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_128_RCOSC, /**< Wait 128 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_2048CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC, /**< Wait 2048 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_4096CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_4096_RCOSC, /**< Wait 4096 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_8192CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC, /**< Wait 8192 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_16384CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_16384_RCOSC, /**< Wait 16384 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
+ enum UC3_System_ClockSource_t
+ {
+ CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the internal slow clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_OSC0 = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 0 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_OSC1 = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 1 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_PLL0 = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 0 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_PLL1 = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 1 clock. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Starts the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+ * the oscillator is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the external oscillator to start.
+ * \param[in] Type Type of clock attached to the given oscillator channel, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t.
+ * \param[in] Startup Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Startup)
+ {
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.startup = Startup;
+ AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.mode = Type;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.startup = Startup;
+ AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.mode = Type;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ AVR32_PM.mcctrl |= (1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
+
+ while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_OFFSET + Channel))));
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the external oscillator to stop.
+ */
+ static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel)
+ {
+ AVR32_PM.mcctrl &= ~(1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the PLL to start.
+ * \param[in] Source Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+ * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the PLL's output.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency)
+ {
+ if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 0;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllmul = (Frequency / SourceFreq) ? (((Frequency / SourceFreq) - 1) / 2) : 0;
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].plldiv = 0;
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = true;
+
+ while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_OFFSET + Channel))));
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the PLL to stop.
+ */
+ static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel)
+ {
+ AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = false;
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the given Generic Clock of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the Generic Clock to start.
+ * \param[in] Source Clock source for the Generic Clock, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+ * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the Generic Clock's clock source, in Hz.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the Generic Clock's output.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the Generic Clock was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
+ const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency)
+ {
+ if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
+ return false;
+
+ if (SourceFreq < Frequency)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_PLL1:
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].diven = (SourceFreq > Frequency) ? true : false;
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].div = (((SourceFreq / Frequency) - 1) / 2);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = true;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the given generic clock of the UC3 microcontroller.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the generic clock to stop.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the generic clock was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel)
+ {
+ if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
+ return false;
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = false;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
+ * and ready for use before this function is called.
+ *
+ * This function will configure the FLASH controller's wait states automatically to suit the given clock source.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+ * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the CPU core's clock source, in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq)
+ {
+ if (SourceFreq > AVR32_PM_CPU_MAX_FREQ)
+ return false;
+
+ AVR32_FLASHC.FCR.fws = (SourceFreq > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ) ? true : false;
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW)
+ case CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK:
+ AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0)
+ case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+ AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0)
+ case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
+ AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59f16f16f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__AVR32__)
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+.section .exception_handlers, "ax", @progbits
+
+// ================= EXCEPTION TABLE ================
+.balign 0x200
+.global EVBA_Table
+EVBA_Table:
+
+.org 0x000
+Exception_Unrecoverable_Exception:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x004
+Exception_TLB_Multiple_Hit:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x008
+Exception_Bus_Error_Data_Fetch:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x00C
+Exception_Bus_Error_Instruction_Fetch:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x010
+Exception_NMI:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x014
+Exception_Instruction_Address:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x018
+Exception_ITLB_Protection:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x01C
+Exception_OCD_Breakpoint:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x020
+Exception_Illegal_Opcode:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x024
+Exception_Unimplemented_Instruction:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x028
+Exception_Privilege_Violation:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x02C
+Exception_Floating_Point:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x030
+Exception_Coprocessor_Absent:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x034
+Exception_Data_Address_Read:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x038
+Exception_Data_Address_Write:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x03C
+Exception_DTLB_Protection_Read:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x040
+Exception_DTLB_Protection_Write:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x044
+Exception_DTLB_Modified:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x050
+Exception_ITLB_Miss:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x060
+Exception_DTLB_Miss_Read:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x070
+Exception_DTLB_Miss_Write:
+ rjmp $
+.org 0x100
+Exception_Supervisor_Call:
+ rjmp $
+// ============== END OF EXCEPTION TABLE =============
+
+// ============= GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ===========
+.balign 4
+.irp Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
+Exception_INT\Level:
+ mov r12, \Level
+ call INTC_GetInterruptHandler
+ mov pc, r12
+.endr
+// ========= END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ========
+
+// ====== GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ======
+.balign 4
+.global Autovector_Table
+Autovector_Table:
+.irp Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
+ .word ((AVR32_INTC_INT0 + \Level) << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (Exception_INT\Level - EVBA_Table)
+.endr
+// === END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ===
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b99be24b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C
+#include "InterruptManagement.h"
+
+/** Interrupt vector table, containing the ISR to call for each interrupt group */
+InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
+
+/** ISR for unhandled interrupt groups */
+ISR(Unhandled_Interrupt)
+{
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel)
+{
+ return InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC.icr[AVR32_INTC_INT3 - InterruptLevel]];
+}
+
+void INTC_Init(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t InterruptGroup = 0; InterruptGroup < AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS; InterruptGroup++)
+ {
+ InterruptHandlers[InterruptGroup] = Unhandled_Interrupt;
+ AVR32_INTC.ipr[InterruptGroup] = Autovector_Table[AVR32_INTC_INT0];
+ }
+
+ __builtin_mtsr(AVR32_EVBA, (uintptr_t)&EVBA_Table);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b05193037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
+ * handlers within the device.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
+ * \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts Interrupt Controller Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
+ * \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
+ * handlers within the device.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * #include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h>
+ *
+ * ISR(USB_Group_IRQ_Handler)
+ * {
+ * // USB group handler code here
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main(void)
+ * {
+ * INTC_Init();
+ * INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(INTC_IRQ_GROUP(AVR32_USBB_IRQ), AVR32_INTC_INT0, USB_Group_IRQ_Handler);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef void (*InterruptHandlerPtr_t)(void);
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C)
+ extern const void EVBA_Table;
+ #endif
+ extern InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
+ extern const uint32_t Autovector_Table[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt group.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IRQIndex Index of the interrupt request to convert.
+ *
+ * \return Interrupt group number associated with the interrupt index.
+ */
+ #define INTC_IRQ_GROUP(IRQIndex) (IRQIndex / 32)
+
+ /** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt line.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IRQIndex Index of the interrupt request to convert.
+ *
+ * \return Interrupt line number associated with the interrupt index.
+ */
+ #define INTC_IRQ_LINE(IRQIndex) (IRQIndex % 32)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Initializes the interrupt controller ready to handle interrupts. This must be called at the
+ * start of the user program before any interrupts are registered or enabled.
+ */
+ void INTC_Init(void);
+
+ /** Retrieves the associated interrupt handler for the interrupt group currently being fired. This
+ * is called directly from the exception handler routine before dispatching to the ISR.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InterruptLevel Priority level of the interrupt.
+ *
+ * \return Pointer to the associated interrupt handler function, or NULL if no handler set.
+ */
+ InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Registers a handler for a given interrupt group. On the AVR32 UC3 devices, interrupts are grouped by
+ * peripheral. To save on SRAM used, a single ISR handles all interrupt lines within a single group - to
+ * determine the exact line that has interrupted within the group ISR handler, use \ref INTC_GetGroupInterrupts().
+ *
+ * If multiple interrupts with the same group are registered, the last registered handler will become the
+ * handler called for interrupts raised within that group.
+ *
+ * To obtain the group number of a specific interrupt index, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
+ *
+ * \param[in] GroupNumber Group number of the interrupt group to register a handler for.
+ * \param[in] InterruptLevel Priority level for the specified interrupt, a \c AVR32_INTC_INT* mask.
+ * \param[in] Handler Address of the ISR handler for the interrupt group.
+ */
+ static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
+ const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
+ const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
+ const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
+ const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler)
+ {
+ InterruptHandlers[GroupNumber] = Handler;
+ AVR32_INTC.ipr[GroupNumber] = Autovector_Table[InterruptLevel];
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the pending interrupts for a given interrupt group. The result of this function should be masked
+ * against interrupt request indexes converted to a request line number via the \ref INTC_IRQ_LINE() macro. To
+ * obtain the group number of a given interrupt request, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
+ *
+ * \param[in] GroupNumber Group number of the interrupt group to check.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of pending interrupt lines for the given interrupt group.
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber)
+ {
+ return AVR32_INTC.irr[GroupNumber];
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8aadb3ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Please note that the UC3 architecture support is EXPERIMENTAL at this time, and may be non-functional/incomplete in some areas. Please refer to the Known Issues section of the LUFA manual. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h b/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb941d9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA
+ * \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * #include <LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h>
+ *
+ * void main(void)
+ * {
+ * // Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to F_CPU and switch the CPU core to run from it
+ * XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ * XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+ *
+ * // Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to F_USB using the USB SOF as a reference
+ * XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ * XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator frequency ranges. */
+ enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_FREQ_2MHZ_MAX = OSC_FRQRANGE_04TO2_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 2MHz. */
+ EXOSC_FREQ_9MHZ_MAX = OSC_FRQRANGE_2TO9_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 9MHz. */
+ EXOSC_FREQ_12MHZ_MAX = OSC_FRQRANGE_9TO12_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 12MHz. */
+ EXOSC_FREQ_16MHZ_MAX = OSC_FRQRANGE_12TO16_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 16MHz. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
+ enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_START_6CLK = OSC_XOSCSEL_EXTCLK_gc, /**< Wait 6 clock cycles before startup (external clock). */
+ EXOSC_START_32KCLK = OSC_XOSCSEL_32KHz_gc, /**< Wait 32K clock cycles before startup (32.768KHz crystal). */
+ EXOSC_START_256CLK = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_256CLK_gc, /**< Wait 256 clock cycles before startup. */
+ EXOSC_START_1KCLK = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_1KCLK_gc, /**< Wait 1K clock cycles before startup. */
+ EXOSC_START_16KCLK = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_16KCLK_gc, /**< Wait 16K clock cycles before startup. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
+ enum XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t
+ {
+ CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 2MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_XOSC = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the External Oscillator clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_PLL = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal PLL clock. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible DFLL clock reference sources. */
+ enum XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t
+ {
+ DFLL_REF_INT_RC32KHZ = 0, /**< Reference clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+ DFLL_REF_EXT_RC32KHZ = 1, /**< Reference clock sourced from the External 32KHz RC Oscillator clock connected to TOSC pins. */
+ DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF = 2, /**< Reference clock sourced from the USB Start Of Frame packets. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Write a value to a location protected by the XMEGA CCP protection mechanism. This function uses inline assembly to ensure that
+ * the protected address is written to within four clock cycles of the CCP key being written.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address to write to, a memory address protected by the CCP mechanism
+ * \param[in] Value Value to write to the protected location
+ */
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value)
+ {
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "out %0, __zero_reg__" "\n\t" /* Zero RAMPZ using fixed zero value register */
+ "movw r30, %1" "\n\t" /* Copy address to Z register pair */
+ "out %2, %3" "\n\t" /* Write key to CCP register */
+ "st Z, %4" "\n\t" /* Indirectly write value to address */
+ : /* No output operands */
+ : /* Input operands: */ "m" (RAMPZ), "e" (Address), "m" (CCP), "r" (CCP_IOREG_gc), "r" (Value)
+ : /* Clobbered registers: */ "r30", "r31"
+ );
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+ * the oscillator is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FreqRange Frequency range of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t.
+ * \param[in] Startup Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
+ const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
+ const uint8_t Startup)
+ {
+ OSC.XOSCCTRL = (FreqRange | ((Startup == EXOSC_START_32KCLK) ? OSC_X32KLPM_bm : 0) | Startup);
+ OSC.CTRL |= OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
+
+ while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_XOSCRDY_bm));
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void)
+ {
+ OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+ * the oscillator is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source Internal oscillator to start, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
+ {
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
+ while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC2MRDY_bm));
+ return true;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
+ while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32MRDY_bm));
+ return true;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
+ while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32KRDY_bm));
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source Internal oscillator to stop, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
+ {
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
+ return true;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
+ return true;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+ OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the PLL's output.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+ const uint32_t Frequency)
+ {
+ uint8_t MulFactor = (Frequency / SourceFreq);
+
+ if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
+ return false;
+
+ if (MulFactor > 31)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC2M_gc | MulFactor);
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC32M_gc | MulFactor);
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
+ OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_XOSC_gc | MulFactor);
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ OSC.CTRL |= OSC_PLLEN_bm;
+
+ while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_PLLRDY_bm));
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void)
+ {
+ OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_PLLEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source RC Clock source for the DFLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ * \param[in] Reference Reference clock source for the DFLL, an value from \ref XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the DFLL's output.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint8_t Reference,
+ const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
+ const uint8_t Reference,
+ const uint32_t Frequency)
+ {
+ uint16_t DFLLCompare = (Frequency / 1024);
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ OSC.DFLLCTRL |= (Reference << OSC_RC2MCREF_bp);
+ DFLLRC2M.COMP1 = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
+ DFLLRC2M.COMP2 = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
+ DFLLRC2M.CTRL = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ OSC.DFLLCTRL |= (Reference << OSC_RC32MCREF_gp);
+ DFLLRC32M.COMP1 = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
+ DFLLRC32M.COMP2 = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
+
+ if (Reference == DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF)
+ {
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+ DFLLRC32M.CALA = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSCA));
+ DFLLRC32M.CALB = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSC));
+ NVM.CMD = 0;
+ }
+
+ DFLLRC32M.CTRL = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Stops the given DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source RC Clock source for the DFLL to be stopped, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source)
+ {
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ DFLLRC2M.CTRL = 0;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ DFLLRC32M.CTRL = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
+ * and ready for use before this function is called.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Source Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source)
+ {
+ uint8_t ClockSourceMask = 0;
+
+ switch (Source)
+ {
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+ ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC2M_gc;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+ ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32M_gc;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+ ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32K_gc;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
+ ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_XOSC_gc;
+ break;
+ case CLOCK_SRC_PLL:
+ ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_PLL_gc;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(&CLK.CTRL, ClockSourceMask);
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ return (CLK.CTRL == ClockSourceMask);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt b/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42144aac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Please note that the XMEGA architecture support is EXPERIMENTAL at this time, and may be non-functional/incomplete in some areas. Please refer to the Known Issues section of the LUFA manual. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f251cc0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This is a modified/updated version of the Microsoft HV1 Docbook transform, written by Morten Engelhardt Olsen,
+
+Originally posted at http://sourceforge.net/p/docbook/feature-requests/461/, this has been further updated by Morten to make it compatible with more recent DocBook versions.
+
+ ---------------------------
+/ This documentation system \
+\ is udderly ridiculous! /
+ ---------------------------
+ \ ^__^
+ \ (oo)\_______
+ (__)\ )\/\
+ ||----w |
+ || ||
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03b81feaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet
+ xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:d="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ exclude-result-prefixes="xsl d"
+ version="1.0">
+
+ <xsl:import href="../xhtml/chunk.xsl"/>
+ <xsl:import href="../xhtml/highlight.xsl"/>
+
+ <!--
+ Based on the normal xhtml templates, all overrides applicable to
+ xhtml is applicable to HV1.
+ -->
+
+ <xsl:import href="hv1-common.xsl"/>
+
+ <!--
+ Choose if links should be generated using ms-xhelp (default) or
+ the more verbose ms.help type. The latter requires product.name,
+ product.version and product.locale to be set
+ -->
+ <xsl:param name="use.mshelp.links" select="0"/>
+
+ <!--
+ Name of target product. If specified then each page is
+ marked with this product. This is usualy set during
+ install time.
+ -->
+ <xsl:param name="product.name" select="''" />
+
+ <!--
+ Name of target version. If specified then each page is
+ marked with this version. This is usualy set during
+ install time.
+ -->
+ <xsl:param name="product.version" select="''" />
+
+ <!--
+ Locale for the help. Should always be set
+ -->
+ <xsl:param name="product.locale" select="'en-US'" />
+
+ <!--
+ Self branding. Gives access for chunks to load
+ it's own branding package during runtime
+ -->
+ <xsl:param name="topic.selfbrand" select="1"/>
+
+
+ <!-- Use doctitle for olinks -->
+ <xsl:param name="olink.doctitle" select="'yes'" />
+
+ <!-- Enable source code highlighting-->
+ <xsl:param name="highlight.source" select="1"/>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6f261068
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+ xmlns:d="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+ exclude-result-prefixes="d"
+ version="1.0">
+
+
+ <!-- no separate HTML page with index as this is binary in hv1 -->
+ <xsl:param name="generate.index" select="0"/>
+
+
+ <!-- Generate help tags in header -->
+ <xsl:template name="user.head.content">
+ <xsl:param name="node" select="''" />
+ <xsl:variable name="up" select="parent::*"/>
+
+ <!-- Locale should be first Help tag-->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.Locale">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$product.locale and product.locale != ''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>en-US</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!-- Specify locale for this chunk. Should probably query xml:lang -->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.TopicLocale">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@xml:lang">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@xml:lang"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$product.locale and product.locale != ''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>en-US</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!-- This is the unique ID for this page -->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.Id">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.id"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!-- The ID of the parent TOC node (-1 is root) -->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.TocParent">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.parent.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="up" select="$up"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!-- For all pages with the same parent, the order is set by TocOrder -->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.TocOrder">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:value-of select="1+count(preceding-sibling::chapter|preceding-sibling::section)"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!-- boolean to indicate if this page is allowed to load custom branding -->
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.SelfBranded">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$topic.selfbrand">
+ <xsl:text>true</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>false</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+
+ <!--
+ Insert description meta element. This is shown in searches and indexes
+ -->
+
+ <xsl:variable name="description">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.description"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="$description != ''">
+ <meta name="Description">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.description"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <!-- Display version of page -->
+ <xsl:variable name="display.version">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.display.version"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="$display.version != ''">
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.DisplayVersion">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$display.version"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <!--
+ Content type is used to distinguish between multiple topics with same id.
+ Usualy to have multiple versions available
+ -->
+ <!--
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.ContentType">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ TODO: implement
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ -->
+
+
+ <!-- If a product name is given, then mark each header with this name-->
+ <xsl:if test="$product.name and $product.name != ''">
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.Product">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.name"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <!-- If a version is given, then mark each header with version-->
+ <xsl:if test="$product.version and $product.version != ''">
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.ProductVersion">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.version"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <!--
+ Insert all keywords for this chunk. These are used
+ by the help runtime to generate indexes and refine search
+ -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.keywords" />
+
+ <!--
+ Insert all F1 ids for this chunk. This is used
+ by the help runtime to resolve F1 queries
+ -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.f1" />
+ </xsl:template>
+
+
+ <!-- There are links from ToC pane to bibliodivs, so there must be anchor -->
+ <xsl:template match="bibliodiv/title">
+ <h3 class="{name(.)}">
+ <xsl:call-template name="anchor">
+ <xsl:with-param name="node" select=".."/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="conditional" select="0"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </h3>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!--
+ Template to get a page id.
+
+ Needs to be unique in the target help system; microsoft uses UUIDs for this.
+ To avoid UUIDs and generate-id (only unique in current xml fragment),
+ we do
+ <root.filename> +
+ <last ancestor title> +
+ <second last ancestor title> +
+ ....
+ <self title>, where different types of sections/fragments
+ may be prefixed with a type identifier.
+
+ This should generate a fairly specific/unique ID.
+ -->
+ <xsl:template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+ <xsl:param name="target" />
+ <xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="id.of.document">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$target" mode="recursive-chunk-id"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:variable name="titleWithSpace">
+ <xsl:value-of select="key('id',$id.of.document)/title"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate($id.of.document,' ','')" />
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- template that returns the page id used above -->
+ <xsl:template match="*" mode="recursive-chunk-id">
+ <xsl:param name="recursive" select="false()"/>
+
+ <!-- returns the filename of a chunk -->
+ <xsl:variable name="ischunk">
+ <xsl:call-template name="chunk"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="dbhtml-filename">
+ <xsl:call-template name="pi.dbhtml_filename"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="filename">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$dbhtml-filename != ''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$dbhtml-filename"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if this is the root element, use the root.filename -->
+ <xsl:when test="not(parent::*) and $root.filename != ''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+ <!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/> -->
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- Special case -->
+ <xsl:when test="self::legalnotice and not($generate.legalnotice.link = 0)">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="(@id or @xml:id) and not($use.id.as.filename = 0)">
+ <!-- * if this legalnotice has an ID, then go ahead and use -->
+ <!-- * just the value of that ID as the basename for the file -->
+ <!-- * (that is, without prepending an "ln-" too it) -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]"/>
+ <!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/>-->
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!-- * otherwise, if this legalnotice does not have an ID, -->
+ <!-- * then we generate an ID... -->
+ <xsl:variable name="id">
+ <xsl:call-template name="object.id"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <!-- * ...and then we take that generated ID, prepend an -->
+ <!-- * "ln-" to it, and use that as the basename for the file -->
+ <!-- <xsl:value-of select="concat('ln-',$id,$html.ext)"/>-->
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- if there's no dbhtml filename, and if we're to use IDs as -->
+ <!-- filenames, then use the ID to generate the filename. -->
+ <xsl:when test="(@id or @xml:id) and $use.id.as.filename != 0">
+ <xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]"/>
+ <!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/>-->
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise/>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$ischunk='0'">
+ <!-- if called on something that isn't a chunk, walk up... -->
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="count(parent::*)&gt;0">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="$recursive"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <!-- unless there is no up, in which case return "" -->
+ <xsl:otherwise/>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="not($recursive) and $filename != ''">
+ <!-- if this chunk has an explicit name, use it -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="$filename"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::set">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::book">
+ <xsl:text>bk</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::article">
+ <xsl:if test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:text>ar</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::preface">
+ <xsl:if test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:text>pr</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::chapter">
+ <xsl:if test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:text>ch</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::appendix">
+ <xsl:if test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:text>ap</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="a" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::part">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::reference">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>rn</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::refentry">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="parent::reference">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>re</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::colophon">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>co</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::sect1
+ or self::sect2
+ or self::sect3
+ or self::sect4
+ or self::sect5
+ or self::section">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ <xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number format="01"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::bibliography">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>bi</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::glossary">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>go</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::index">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="/set">
+ <!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+ <xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>ix</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="self::setindex">
+ <xsl:text>si</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="set"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>chunk-filename-error-</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name(.)"/>
+ <xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="set"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Main template that generates internal links -->
+ <xsl:template name="href.target">
+ <xsl:param name="context" select="."/>
+ <xsl:param name="object" select="."/>
+ <xsl:param name="toc-context" select="."/>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="id">
+ <xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+ <xsl:with-param name="target" select="$object"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="href">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$use.mshelp.links">
+ <!-- Generate a ms.help type link-->
+ <xsl:if test="$product.name = ''">
+ <xsl:message terminate="yes">
+ $product.name needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="$product.version = ''">
+ <xsl:message terminate="yes">
+ $product.version needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:if test="$product.locale = ''">
+ <xsl:message terminate="yes">
+ $product.locale needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+ </xsl:message>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:text>ms.help?method=page&amp;id=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$id"/>
+ <xsl:text>&amp;product=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.name"/>
+ <xsl:text>&amp;productVersion=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.version"/>
+ <xsl:text>&amp;locale=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+ <!-- Append the jump id if the current object has an id-->
+ <xsl:if test="$object[@id or @xml:id]">
+ <xsl:text>#</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$object/@id|$object/@xml:id"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <!-- Generate ms-xhelp type links. Default-->
+ <xsl:text>ms-xhelp:///?Id=</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$id"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="*" mode="common.html.attributes">
+ <xsl:param name="class" select="local-name(.)"/>
+ <xsl:param name="inherit" select="0"/>
+
+ <!--
+ Workaround for known issue with HelpLibAgent
+ Comment from Bruce Belson:
+ <pre> tags get their whitespace mangled by the Help Library Agent,
+ unless the non-standard attribute xml:space="preserve" is added to the pre element.
+ -->
+ <xsl:if test="$class = 'programlisting' or $class = 'verbatim' or $class = 'litterallayout' or $class = 'screen'">
+ <xsl:attribute name="xml:space">preserve</xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.html.lang"/>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dir">
+ <xsl:with-param name="inherit" select="$inherit"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="class.attribute">
+ <xsl:with-param name="class" select="$class"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.display.version">
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="title.markup" select="ancestor-or-self::book"/>
+ <xsl:if test="ancestor-or-self::chapter">
+ <xsl:text> - </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="title.markup" select="ancestor-or-self::chapter"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+
+ <!-- Generate a meta element for each keyword in chunk -->
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.keywords">
+ <xsl:variable name="is.chunk">
+ <xsl:call-template name="chunk">
+ <xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select=".//indexterm[$is.chunk = '0'] |
+ (./indexterm | *[not(self::section or self::preface or self::book or self::chapter)]//indexterm)[$is.chunk = '1']">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="primary != ''">
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.Keywords">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- This concats the primary and secondary togheter, separated by colon if there exists
+ a tertiary element -->
+ <xsl:when test="tertiary">
+ <xsl:value-of select="primary/text()" />
+ <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="secondary/text()" />
+ <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="tertiary/text()" />
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:for-each select="primary/text() | secondary/text()">
+ <xsl:value-of select="." />
+ <xsl:if test="not(position() = last())">, </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise/>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Generate a F1 meta element for each indexterm with an ID (used as F1 id) -->
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.f1">
+ <xsl:variable name="is.chunk">
+ <xsl:call-template name="chunk">
+ <xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="id">
+ <xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.id"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select=".//indexterm[$is.chunk = '0'] |
+ (./indexterm | *[not(self::section or self::preface or self::book or self::chapter)]//indexterm)[$is.chunk = '1']">
+ <xsl:if test="@id|@xml:id">
+ <meta name="Microsoft.Help.F1">
+ <xsl:attribute name="content">
+ <xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]" />
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </meta>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- ID used for to resolution. Using default ID -->
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.toc.id">
+ <xsl:variable name="href">
+ <xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+ <xsl:with-param name="target" select="."/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Determine parent id (if top level -> -1) -->
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.toc.parent.id">
+ <xsl:param name="up" select="''"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="href">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$up">
+ <!-- I have a parent -->
+ <xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+ <xsl:with-param name="target" select="$up"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:text>-1</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="hv1.description">
+ <xsl:variable name="content">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="abstract|d:abstract|d:info/d:abstract|bookinfo/abstract|sectioninfo/abstract|articleinfo/abstract|partinfo/abstract">
+ <xsl:value-of select="(abstract|d:abstract|d:info/d:abstract|bookinfo/abstract|sectioninfo/abstract|articleinfo/abstract|partinfo/abstract)[1]"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="child::para">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(normalize-space(child::para[1]), 0, 150)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise/>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:if test="$content != ''">
+ <xsl:value-of select="concat($content, '...')"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c017acfd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Copy the Docbook XSLT docbook-xsl-1.78.1 release contents into this directory (i.e. with the root Docbook files in the current folder). The Docbook releases can be found at http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/ .
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd1d7ee21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+ <head>
+ <title>LUFA Help</title>
+ </head>
+ <body class="vendor-book">
+ <div class="details">
+ <span class="vendor">FourWalledCubicle</span>
+ <span class="product">LUFA</span>
+ <span class="name">LUFA Help</span>
+ <span class="locale">en-us</span>
+ </div>
+ <div class="package-list">
+ <div class="package">
+ <span class="name">lufa_studio_help.mshc</span>
+ <a class="current-link" href="lufa_studio_help.mshc">lufa_studio_help.mshc</a>
+ </div>
+ </div>
+ </body>
+</html>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26c1d378e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+
+ <xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
+
+ <xsl:template name="generate.book.title">
+ <xsl:text>LUFA Library</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="generate.book.id">
+ <xsl:param name="book.title"/>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@id">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate($book.title, ' ','')"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:param name="name"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="book.title">
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+ <xsl:variable name="book.id">
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <indexterm id="{$name}">
+ <primary>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
+ </primary>
+ <secondary>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ </secondary>
+ </indexterm>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="doxygen">
+ <xsl:variable name="book.title">
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="book.id">
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <book id="{$book.id}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <!-- Add index chapter -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = 'indexpage']">
+ <xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
+ <xsl:with-param name="page.title" select="'Library Information'"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+
+ <!-- Add free-floating chapters -->
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and not(@id = 'indexpage') and not(//innerpage/@refid = @id)]">
+ <xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
+ </xsl:apply-templates>
+
+ <!-- Add Modules chapter -->
+ <chapter>
+ <title>Modules</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'group' and not(//innergroup/@refid = @id)]"/>
+ </chapter>
+ </book>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'page']">
+ <xsl:param name="element.type" select="'section'"/>
+ <xsl:param name="page.title" select="title"/>
+
+ <xsl:element name="{$element.type}">
+ <xsl:attribute name="id">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="name">
+ <xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$page.title"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+ <xsl:if test="not(innerpage) and count(detaileddescription//sect1)">
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="bold">Subsections:</emphasis>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <xsl:for-each select="detaileddescription//sect1">
+ <listitem>
+ <link linkend="{@id}">
+ <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+ </link>
+ </listitem>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select="innerpage">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:element>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'group']">
+ <section id="{@id}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="name">
+ <xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+ <xsl:if test="count(innergroup)">
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="bold">Subgroups:</emphasis>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
+ <listitem>
+ <link linkend="{@refid}">
+ <xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
+ </link>
+ </listitem>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="sectiondef"/>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select="innerclass">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@id = current()/@refid]"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'group' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'struct' or @kind = 'union']">
+ <xsl:variable name="name" select="compoundname"/>
+
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{$name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'struct'">
+ <xsl:text>Struct </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'union'">
+ <xsl:text>Union </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+ <xsl:for-each select="sectiondef[@kind = 'public-attrib']">
+ <table>
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Type</entry>
+ <entry>Name</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:for-each select="memberdef">
+ <row id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ <xsl:if test="starts-with(argsstring, '[')">
+ <xsl:text>[]</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:variable name="struct.element.name">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </xsl:variable>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="$struct.element.name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:text>Function </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ <xsl:text>()</xsl:text>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <para>
+ <emphasis role="italic">
+ <xsl:value-of select="briefdescription"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting language="c">
+ <emphasis role="keyword">
+ <xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ <xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
+
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="not(param[1]/declname)">
+ <emphasis role="keyword">void</emphasis>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:for-each select="param">
+ <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text>&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ <emphasis role="keyword">
+ <xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="declname"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'enum']">
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:text>Enum </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Members</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Enum Value</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:for-each select="enumvalue">
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'define']">
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:text>Macro </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <programlisting language="c">
+ <emphasis role="preprocessor">
+ <xsl:text>#define </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ <xsl:if test="count(param) > 0">
+ <xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:for-each select="param/defname">
+ <xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+ <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+
+ <!-- Split long macro definitions across multiple lines -->
+ <xsl:if test="(string-length(initializer) > 50) or (count(param) > 0)">
+ <xsl:text>\&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <xsl:value-of select="initializer"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'typedef']">
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:text>Type </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <programlisting language="c">
+ <emphasis role="keyword">
+ <xsl:text>typedef </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/>
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+
+ <xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'variable']">
+ <section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+ <title>
+ <xsl:text>Variable </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+ <xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+
+ <programlisting language="c">
+ <emphasis role="keyword">
+ <xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+ </emphasis>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="linebreak | simplesectsep">
+ <!-- MUST be on two separate lines, as this is a *literal* newline -->
+ <literallayout>
+ </literallayout>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="verbatim">
+ <programlisting>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </programlisting>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="sectiondef">
+ <para>
+ <xsl:value-of select="description"/>
+ </para>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="memberdef"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="simplesect" mode="struct">
+ <footnote>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </footnote>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="simplesect">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'par'">
+ <note>
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+ </title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </note>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'return'">
+ <note>
+ <title>Returns</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </note>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'warning'">
+ <warning>
+ <title>Warning</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </warning>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'pre'">
+ <note>
+ <title>Precondition</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </note>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'see'">
+ <note>
+ <title>See also</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </note>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:when test="@kind = 'note'">
+ <note>
+ <title>Note</title>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </note>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'param']">
+ <table>
+ <title>Parameters</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Data Direction</entry>
+ <entry>Parameter Name</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
+ <row>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+ </row>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'retval']">
+ <table>
+ <title>Return Values</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Return Value</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
+ <row>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+ </row>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="parameteritem">
+ <xsl:if test="parent::parameterlist/@kind = 'param'">
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="not(descendant::parametername/@direction)">
+ <emphasis role="italic">?</emphasis>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <emphasis role="bold">
+ [<xsl:value-of select="descendant::parametername/@direction"/>]
+ </emphasis>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <xsl:value-of select="parameternamelist/parametername"/>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="parameterdescription"/>
+ </entry>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="parameterdescription">
+ <para>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </para>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="type">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="bold">
+ <emphasis role="bold">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </emphasis>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis">
+ <emphasis role="italic">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </emphasis>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="small">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="mdash | ndash">
+ <!-- Doxygen bug; double dashed are replaced with single HTML dash
+ entities, even in verbatim-like <tt> sections -->
+ <xsl:text>--</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="computeroutput | preformatted">
+ <computeroutput>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </computeroutput>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="codeline">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="ulink">
+ <ulink url="{@url}">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </ulink>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="superscript">
+ <superscript>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </superscript>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="subscript">
+ <subscript>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </subscript>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="para">
+ <para>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </para>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="ref">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <!-- Don't show links inside program listings -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::programlisting">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <!-- Don't show links to file compound definitions, as they are discarded -->
+ <xsl:when test="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'file' and @id = current()/@refid]">
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <!-- Show links outside program listings -->
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <link linkend="{@refid}">
+ <xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
+ </link>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="entry">
+ <entry>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </entry>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="table[caption]">
+ <table>
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="caption"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="{@cols}">
+ <thead>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="table[not(caption)]">
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="{@cols}">
+ <thead>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="row">
+ <row>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </row>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="itemizedlist">
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="orderedlist">
+ <orderedlist>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="listitem">
+ <listitem>
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </listitem>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="programlisting">
+ <programlisting language="c">
+ <xsl:for-each select="codeline[position() > 1 or highlight]">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+ <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </programlisting>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="highlight">
+ <emphasis role="{@class}">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </emphasis>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="highlight[1]/text()">
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="substring(., 1, 1) = '*'">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring(., 2)"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:value-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="sp[ancestor::codeline]">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="image">
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata align="center">
+ <xsl:attribute name="fileref">
+ <xsl:text>images/</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="detaileddescription">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="sect1 | sect2 | sect3 | sect4 | sect5 | sect6 | sect7 | sect8 | sect9">
+ <section>
+ <xsl:if test="@id">
+ <xsl:attribute name="id">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <title>
+ <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+ </title>
+
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </section>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="anchor">
+ <xsl:if test="@id">
+ <indexterm id="{@id}"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="title"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="htmlonly"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="*">
+ <xsl:message>NO XSL TEMPLATE MATCH: <xsl:value-of select="local-name()"/></xsl:message>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9ff58f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio HV1 Setup XHTML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates a helpcontentsetup.msha document to add appropriate version
+ information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Need to input the LUFA help package filename for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="help-package-filename"/>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="node()">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:copy-of select="@*"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="node()"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Update the LUFA help package file name -->
+ <xsl:template match="xhtml:div[@class='package']/xhtml:span[@class='name']">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:copy-of select="@class"/>
+
+ <xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="xhtml:div[@class='package']/xhtml:a[@class='current-link']">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:copy-of select="@class"/>
+
+ <xsl:attribute name="href">
+ <xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+
+ <xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7e230166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Docbook XML to Microsoft Help Viewer 1.0 transform file -->
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+
+ <xsl:import href="../Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl"/>
+
+ <xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'keyword' or @role = 'keywordtype' or @role = 'keywordflow']">
+ <span class="hl-keyword" style="color: #0079C1">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </span>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'stringliteral' or @role = 'charliteral']">
+ <span class="hl-string" style="color: #800000">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </span>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'comment']">
+ <em class="hl-comment" style="color: #008000">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </em>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'preprocessor']">
+ <span class="hl-preprocessor" style="color: #A000A0">
+ <xsl:apply-templates/>
+ </span>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'normal' and ancestor::programlisting]">
+ <xsl:apply-templates />
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4a025cc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+.programlisting {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 15px;
+ padding: 10px;
+ background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+ font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
+ }
+
+ code {
+ background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
+ }
+
+.note, .warning, .tip {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 15px;
+ padding-left: 10px;
+ padding-bottom: 5px;
+ background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+}
+
+table {
+ border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ margin-left: 15px;
+ font-size: 10pt;
+}
+
+table thead {
+ background-color: #f4f4f4;
+}
+
+table thead th {
+ padding: 5px;
+}
+
+table tbody td {
+ padding: 5px;
+}
+
+ul {
+ padding-left: 20px;
+}
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..369c78178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1b2f943b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05ef8b6ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<Types xmlns="http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/content-types">
+ <Default Extension="vsixmanifest" ContentType="text/xml"/>
+ <Default Extension="cache" ContentType="text/xml"/>
+ <Default Extension="png" ContentType="application/octet-stream"/>
+ <Default Extension="txt" ContentType="text/plain"/>
+ <Default Extension="xml" ContentType="text/xml"/>
+ <Default Extension="zip" ContentType="application/octet-stream"/>
+ <Default Extension="dll" ContentType="application/octet-stream" />
+ <Default Extension="pkgdef" ContentType="text/plain" />
+ <Default Extension="htm" ContentType="text/html" />
+ <Default Extension="msha" ContentType="text/html" />
+ <Default Extension="mshc" ContentType="application/octet-stream"/>
+</Types>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..794fd689e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<AsfContentProvider Version="1.0.0">
+ <Identifier Id="0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b">
+ <Org>FourWalledCubicle</Org>
+ <ShortName>LUFA</ShortName>
+ <Author>Dean Camera</Author>
+ <Description/>
+ <FollowFolderStructure>True</FollowFolderStructure>
+ </Identifier>
+ <AsfContent Type="zip" Path="contents.zip">
+ <Content>
+ <Version>0</Version>
+ <HelpURL/>
+ <Locator/>
+ <DbXMLPath>content.xml.cache</DbXMLPath>
+ <Description/>
+ </Content>
+ </AsfContent>
+</AsfContentProvider>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f155618b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<Vsix xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" Version="1.0.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010">
+ <Identifier Id="FourWalledCubicle.LUFA.0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b">
+ <Name>LUFA Library</Name>
+ <Author>Dean Camera</Author>
+ <Version>0</Version>
+ <MoreInfoUrl>http://www.lufa-lib.org</MoreInfoUrl>
+ <Description xml:space="preserve">LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs.</Description>
+
+ <License>License.txt</License>
+ <Icon>LUFA_thumb.png</Icon>
+ <PreviewImage>LUFA.png</PreviewImage>
+
+ <SupportedProducts>
+ <IsolatedShell Version="7.0">AtmelStudio</IsolatedShell>
+ </SupportedProducts>
+
+ <SupportedFrameworkRuntimeEdition MinVersion="4.0" MaxVersion="4.5"/>
+ <Locale>1033</Locale>
+
+ <AllUsers>false</AllUsers>
+ </Identifier>
+
+ <References/>
+
+ <Content>
+ <VsPackage>LUFA.pkgdef</VsPackage>
+ <CustomExtension Type="MSHelp">helpcontentsetup.msha</CustomExtension>
+ <CustomExtension Type="asf-manifest">asf-manifest.xml</CustomExtension>
+ </Content>
+</Vsix>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab787e8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+import sys
+sys.path.append("ProjectGenerator")
+
+
+def show_message(message):
+ print("[Project Generator] %s" % message)
+ sys.stdout.flush()
+
+
+def main(lufa_root_path):
+ try:
+ from asf_avrstudio5_interface import PythonFacade
+ except ImportError:
+ print("Fatal Error: The ASF project generator is missing.")
+ return 1
+
+ p = PythonFacade(lufa_root_path)
+
+ show_message("Checking database sanity...")
+ p.check_extension_database_sanity(lufa_root_path)
+
+ show_message("Building cache files...")
+ p.generate_extension_cache_files(lufa_root_path)
+
+ show_message("Cache files created.")
+ return 0
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ sys.exit(main(sys.argv[1]))
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00f552c9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates an asf-manifest.xml document to add appropriate version
+ information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Need to input the LUFA version for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="lufa-version"/>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Update the LUFA version to the version passed as a parameter -->
+ <xsl:template match="Version">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1198dd9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates the version element of a Visual Studio VSIX manifest file to the
+ value passed as a parameter to the stylesheet transform -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:vs="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Need to input the extension version for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="extension-version"/>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Update the extension version to the version passed as a parameter -->
+ <xsl:template match="vs:Version">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$extension-version"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3fb82294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Extension XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Creates an extension.xml document from a given manifest list of XML files,
+ and adds appropriate documentation base URI entries and version
+ information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Store the LUFA version mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="lufa-version" select="lufa-manifest/@version"/>
+
+ <!-- Read manifest list and then process all FDK nodes in the referenced
+ document -->
+ <xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+ <xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
+
+ <extension-container xmlversion="2.0">
+ <xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/extension-container/*"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </extension-container>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Update the extension version to the version of LUFA being used -->
+ <xsl:template match="extension/@version">
+ <xsl:attribute name="version">
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
+ <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+ <xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Update the extension online help URLs to the version of LUFA being
+ used -->
+ <xsl:template match="online-help/*/@baseurl">
+ <xsl:attribute name="baseurl">
+ <xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
+ <xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <xsl:template match="online-help/index-page/@url">
+ <xsl:attribute name="url">
+ <xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
+ <xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
+ <xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2998b879f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Outputs a flat file list of all source files referenced in all modules of
+ the input manifest XML file, so that they can be checked for existence. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
+ and then process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
+ <xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+ <xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+ <xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Match source file nodes, output filename -->
+ <xsl:template match="build[@type='c-source']|build[@type='header-file']|build[@type='distribute']">
+ <xsl:value-of select="@value"/>
+ <xsl:text>&#xA;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c22ff94c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Indents a given XML document to match the node hierarchy. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes" indent="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Remove all white-space on all elements so that they can be indented -->
+ <xsl:strip-space elements="*"/>
+
+ <!-- Match the root node and copy, so that the output will be a correctly
+ indented version of the input document -->
+ <xsl:template match="/">
+ <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
+ </xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ab44e7a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Creates an asf.xml module document from a given manifest list of XML files,
+ and adds appropriate documentation links by cross-referencing the Doxygen
+ tag output file to map Doxygen group names to generated filenames. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen tag filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-tagfile" select="lufa-manifest/@tagfile"/>
+
+ <!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen documentation filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+ <xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-docfile" select="lufa-manifest/@docfile"/>
+
+ <!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
+ and then copy/process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
+ <xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+ <xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
+
+ <asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+ <xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </asf>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+ <xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+ <xsl:copy>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+ </xsl:copy>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+ <!-- For Doxygen entry point nodes we need to convert them into help link
+ nodes instead and add descriptions, so that they show up as links in
+ Studio correctly -->
+ <xsl:template match="build[@type='doxygen-entry-point']">
+ <!-- select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(parent::select-by-config)">
+ <build type="online-help" subtype="module-help-page-append">
+ <xsl:attribute name="value">
+ <!-- Extract filename of the HTML file that contains the documentation for this module from the Doxgen tag file -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-tagfile)/tagfile/compound[name=current()/@value]/filename"/>
+ </xsl:attribute>
+ </build>
+ </xsl:if>
+
+ <!-- Modules inside a select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
+ <xsl:if test="not(parent::module and ../parent::select-by-config)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ <!-- Extract brief description of the module from the Doxygen combined XML documentation file -->
+ <xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-docfile)/doxygen/compounddef[compoundname=current()/@value]/briefdescription/para"/>
+ </info>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c83894986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <extension-container>
+ <extension uuid="0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b" org="FourWalledCubicle" shortname="LUFA" version="" fullname="Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA)">
+ <author name="Dean Camera" website="http://www.lufa-lib.org/" email="dean@fourwalledcubicle.com"/>
+ <description>Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA), a USB software stack/framework.</description>
+ <icon-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png"/>
+ <preview-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png"/>
+ <license caption="LUFA License" path="LUFA/License.txt"/>
+ <release-notes caption="LUFA Information" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org"/>
+ <online-help>
+ <index-page caption="LUFA Documentation" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+ <module-help-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+ <module-guide-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+ </online-help>
+ <dependencies/>
+ </extension>
+ </extension-container>
+
+ <asf>
+ <device-alias-map name="lufa_avr8">
+ <device-support value="at90usb82"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega16u4"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ </device-alias-map>
+
+ <device-alias-map name="lufa_xmega">
+ <device-support value="atxmega16a4u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega32a4u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega64a4u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a4u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega64a3u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a3u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega192a3u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega256a3u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega64b3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128b3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega64b1"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega64c3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega128c3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega192c3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega256c3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
+ <device-support value="atxmega16c4"/>
+ </device-alias-map>
+
+ <device-alias-map name="lufa_uc3">
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a364"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a364s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a464"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a464s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b064"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b164"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a0128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a1128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3128s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a4128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a4128s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b0128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b1128"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a0256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a1256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3256s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a4256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a4256s"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b1256"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a1512"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b0512"/>
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b1512"/>
+ </device-alias-map>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b72f84cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.common" caption="LUFA Common Infrastructure">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Version.h"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="license" value="License.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Common/Common.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/Architectures.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/Attributes.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/BoardTypes.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/CompilerSpecific.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Common/Endianness.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd0359f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <board id="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8" vendor="LUFA" caption="AVR8 Architecture">
+ <device-support value="mega"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+ </board>
+
+ <board id="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega" vendor="LUFA" caption="XMEGA Architecture">
+ <device-support value="xmega"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+ </board>
+
+ <board id="lufa.boards.dummy.uc3" vendor="LUFA" caption="UC3 Architecture">
+ <device-support value="uc3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+ </board>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.info" caption="LUFA Board Hardware Information Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Board.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.leds" caption="LUFA Board LED Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_LEDs"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.buttons" caption="LUFA Board Buttons Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Buttons"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash" caption="LUFA Board Dataflash Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Dataflash"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.joystick" caption="LUFA Board Joystick Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Joystick"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Joystick.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.temperature" caption="LUFA Board Temperature Sensor Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Temperature"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.c"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69a38c5f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.board" name="lufa.drivers.board.name" default="none" caption="LUFA Board Support">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Board hardware (LEDs, Buttons, etc.) drivers for the preconfigured LUFA boards. Note that only the boards
+ compatible with the currently selected device will be shown.
+
+ To disable all hardware drivers silently, use NONE. To supply customer drivers, use USER (see manual).
+ </info>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#none" caption="Board Support - None">
+ <device-support value="avr"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_NONE"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#user" caption="Board Support - User Supplied">
+ <device-support value="avr"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USER"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#adafruit_u4" caption="Board Support - ADAFRUITU4">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ADAFRUITU4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#atavrusbrf01" caption="Board Support - ATAVRUSBRF01">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#benito" caption="Board Support - BENITO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BENITO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BENITO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#big_multio" caption="Board Support - BIGMULTIO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BIGMULTIO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#blackcat" caption="Board Support - BLACKCAT">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BLACKCAT"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bui" caption="Board Support - BUI">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUI"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bumbleb" caption="Board Support - BUMBLEB">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUMBLEB"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#culv3" caption="Board Support - CULV3">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_CULV3"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_CULV3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#duce" caption="Board Support - DUCE">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_DUCE"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_DUCE"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk527" caption="Board Support - EVK527">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK527"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK527"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#jm_db_u2" caption="Board Support - JMDBU2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_JMDBU2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#leonardo" caption="Board Support - LEONARDO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_LEONARDO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#maximus" caption="Board Support - MAXIMUS">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MAXIMUS"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_32u2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_32U2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_a" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_A">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_1">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_3" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_3">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_4" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_4">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_dip" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_DIP">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV1">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#microsin_162" caption="Board Support - MICROSIN162">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROSIN162"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#minimus" caption="Board Support - MINIMUS">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MINIMUS"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#multio" caption="Board Support - MULTIO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MULTIO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_162" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX162">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX162"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX32U4">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX32U4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_isp_mkii" caption="Board Support - OLIMEXISPMK2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_t32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX_T32U4">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#rzusbstick" caption="Board Support - RZUSBSTICK">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_RZUSBSTICK"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#sparkfun_8u2" caption="Board Support - SPARKFUN8U2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk525" caption="Board Support - STK525">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK525"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK525"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk526" caption="Board Support - STK526">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK526"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <device-support value="at90usb82"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK526"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy" caption="Board Support - TEENSY">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy2" caption="Board Support - TEENSY2">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#tul" caption="Board Support - TUL">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TUL"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TUL"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#udip" caption="Board Support - UDIP">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UDIP"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UDIP"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uno" caption="Board Support - UNO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UNO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UNO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax" caption="Board Support - USB2AX">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V3">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3_1" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V31">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V31"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbfoo" caption="Board Support - USBFOO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBFOO"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbkey" caption="Board Support - USBKEY">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBKEY"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbtiny_mkii" caption="Board Support - USBTINYMKII">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBTINYMKII"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain_rev1" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 1)">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 2+)">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#a3bu_xplained" caption="Board Support - A3BU_XPLAINED">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#b1_xplained" caption="Board Support - B1_XPLAINED">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_B1_XPLAINED"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1100" caption="Board Support - EVK1100">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1100"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1101" caption="Board Support - EVK1101">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1101"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1104" caption="Board Support - EVK1104">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1104"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uc3a3_xplained" caption="Board Support - UC3A3_XPLAINED">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stange_isp" caption="Board Support - STANGE_ISP">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STANGE_ISP"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#c3_xplained" caption="Board Support - C3_XPLAINED">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_C3_XPLAINED"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#u2s" caption="Board Support - U2S">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_U2S"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_U2S"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#yun" caption="Board Support - YUN">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_YUN"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_YUN"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micro" caption="Board Support - MICRO">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICRO"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICRO"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee72f33db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c" caption="LUFA AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d" caption="LUFA AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer" caption="LUFA Ring Buffer">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_RingBuff"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi" caption="LUFA ANSI Terminal Commands">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Terminal"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4eb8747a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart" caption="LUFA USART Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#avr8" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#xmega" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#uc3" caption="LUFA USART Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi" caption="LUFA SPI Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#avr8" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#xmega" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#uc3" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#avr8" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#xmega" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#uc3" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#avr8" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#xmega" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#uc3" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc" caption="LUFA ADC Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#avr8" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#xmega" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#uc3" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f07aad672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb" caption="LUFA USB Driver">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USB"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER" value=""/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="CodeTemplates"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/USB/USB.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..123d60643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class" caption="LUFA USB Class Drivers">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassDrivers"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ec06ed6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d93925dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c4f678d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the CDC USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the CDC USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9e70a97c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the HID USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the HID USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the HID USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the HID USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c127ae2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the MIDI USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the MIDI USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1be340310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Mass Storage USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Mass Storage USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b1fbe60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Printer USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Printer USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09e86fbf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host/Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Device)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb0786cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image">
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Host)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Still Image USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Definitions Only)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Still Image USB class.
+ </info>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-config>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..095bcd279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - Common">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.usb.core" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2792cb2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d815fca44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..364a0f3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e20b718fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-device id="lufa.platform" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support">
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.platform#avr8" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - AVR8">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_AVR8"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.platform#xmega" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - XMEGA">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_XMEGA"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" value="Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.platform.xmega"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="service" id="lufa.platform#uc3" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - UC3">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_UC3"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" value="Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.platform.uc3"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c26d2304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.uc3" caption="LUFA UC3 Platform Drivers">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="Platform/UC3/Exception.S"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299c85966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.xmega" caption="LUFA XMEGA Platform Drivers">
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66b416e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+ <asf>
+ <select-by-device id="common.utils.toolchain_config" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults">
+ <module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#avr" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 8-bit AVR">
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ <device-support value="avr"/>
+
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-jump-tables" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.miscellaneous.LinkerFlags" value="-Wl,--relax" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+ </module>
+ </select-by-device>
+
+ <module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#uc3" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 32-bit AVR">
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+ <device-support value="uc3"/>
+
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -mno-cond-exec-before-reload" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ <toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.miscellaneous.LinkerFlags" value="-Wl,--relax" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+ </module>
+ </asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30483e9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Makefile for the LUFA Atmel Studio Integration.
+# ---------------------------------------
+
+LUFA_ROOT := ..
+LUFA_VERSION_NUM := $(shell grep -e "\#define *LUFA_VERSION_STRING " $(LUFA_ROOT)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
+LUFA_VERSION_TYPE := $(shell grep -e "\#define *LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE " $(LUFA_ROOT)/Version.h)
+
+ifneq ($(findstring LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT, $(LUFA_VERSION_TYPE)),LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT)
+ EXT_VERSION_NUM := $(shell date +"%y.%m.%d").$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
+ EXT_VSIX_NAME := LUFA-RELEASE-$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM).vsix
+else
+ EXT_VERSION_NUM := 0.$(shell date +"%y%m%d.%H%M%S")
+ EXT_VSIX_NAME := LUFA-TESTING-$(shell date +"%y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S").vsix
+
+ $(warning Development mode set - assuming a test version should be created.)
+endif
+
+DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml
+DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/xml/lufa_doc.xml
+TEMP_MANIFEST_XML := manifest.xml
+EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.xml
+MODULE_OUTPUT_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/asf.xml
+MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../lufa_help_$(subst .,_,$(EXT_VERSION_NUM)).mshc
+XML_FILES := $(filter-out $(TEMP_MANIFEST_FILE), $(shell ls *.xml))
+VSIX_ASSETS := $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT)/License.txt \
+ VSIX/"[Content_Types].xml" \
+ VSIX/LUFA.dll \
+ VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
+VSIX_GEN_PARAMS := --stringparam extension-version "$(EXT_VERSION_NUM)" \
+ --stringparam lufa-version "$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)" \
+ --stringparam help-package-filename "$(notdir $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML))"
+MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS := --stringparam generate.toc "book toc" \
+ --stringparam chunk.quietly "1" \
+ --stringparam chunk.section.depth "3" \
+ --stringparam chunk.first.sections "1" \
+ --stringparam chapter.autolabel "0" \
+ --stringparam root.filename "LUFA" \
+ --stringparam html.stylesheet "lufa_studio_help_styling.css"
+
+all: clear_project_dirs generate_xml check_filenames generate_vsix
+
+clear_project_dirs:
+ @make -s -C $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. clean
+
+clean:
+ @rm -f $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+ @rm -rf mshelp
+ @cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. && rm -f contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS)) *.vsix *.mshc
+
+$(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML):
+ @make -C ../ doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_TAGFILE=Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
+
+$(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML)
+ @xsltproc $(dir $@)/combine.xslt $(dir $@)/index.xml > $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+
+$(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+ @echo Generating temporary module manifest XML...
+
+ @printf "<lufa-manifest version=\"%s\" tagfile=\"%s\" docfile=\"%s\">\n" $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > $@
+ @for i in $(XML_FILES); do \
+ printf "\t<xml-source filename=\"%s\"/>\n" $$i >> $@; \
+ done;
+ @echo '</lufa-manifest>' >> $@
+
+$(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
+ @echo Generating library core XDK module manifest file...
+ @xsltproc XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+$(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
+ @echo Generating library XDK extension manifest file...
+ @xsltproc XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML): $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+ @echo Converting Doxygen XML to DocBook...
+ @-mkdir mshelp 2> /dev/null
+ @xsltproc HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > mshelp/lufa_docbook.xml
+
+ @echo Converting DocBook XML to Microsoft Help 1.0...
+ @cd mshelp && xsltproc $(MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS) ../HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt lufa_docbook.xml
+
+ @echo Copying help assets...
+ @cp HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css mshelp
+ @-mkdir mshelp/images 2> /dev/null
+ @cp `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images -type f` mshelp/images
+
+ @echo Archiving help content...
+ @cd mshelp && zip ../$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML) -q -0 -r *.html *.css images
+
+ @echo Generating HV1 manifest...
+ @xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../helpcontentsetup.msha
+
+generate_help: $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+generate_xml: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+generate_vsix: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+ @echo Generating XDK cache files...
+ @rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../content.xml.cache
+ @rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ExampleProjects.xml
+ @python VSIX/generate_caches.py $(LUFA_ROOT)/../
+
+ @echo Archiving XDK content...
+ @rm -f contents.zip
+ @cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip contents.zip -q -0 -r --exclude=*Documentation* --exclude=*StudioIntegration* LUFA Bootloaders Demos Projects README.txt
+
+ @echo Creating VSIX dependencies...
+ @cp $(VSIX_ASSETS) $(LUFA_ROOT)/..
+ @xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.vsixmanifest
+ @xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/asf-manifest.xml > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../asf-manifest.xml
+
+ @echo Generating Atmel Studio VSIX file...
+ cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip $(EXT_VSIX_NAME) -q -9 contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)) $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS))
+
+ @echo "Atmel Studio VSIX extension file generated."
+
+check_filenames: $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+ @echo Verifying referenced filenames of XDK modules...
+ @for f in `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ -name "asf.xml"`; do \
+ echo "Checking $$f..."; \
+ asf_file_dir=`dirname $$f`; \
+ xsltproc XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt $$f | sed -e "/^$$/d" | while read -r i; do \
+ if ( ( ! test -f "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) && ( ! test -d "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) ); then \
+ echo "Source file \"$$i\" referenced in $$f does not exist!"; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done || exit 1; \
+ done;
+
+check_database:
+ python ProjectGenerator/project_generator.py -b $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ --main-ext-uuid=0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b CHECK
+
+.PHONY: all clean generate_help generate_xml generate_vsix check_filenames check_database
diff --git a/LUFA/Version.h b/LUFA/Version.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03cb08406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/Version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * \brief LUFA library version constants.
+ *
+ * Version constants for informational purposes and version-specific macro creation. This header file contains the
+ * current LUFA version number in several forms, for use in the user-application (for example, for printing out
+ * whilst debugging, or for testing for version compatibility).
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_VERSION_H__
+#define __LUFA_VERSION_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name LUFA Release Type Constants */
+ //@{
+ /** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a development release. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT 0
+
+ /** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a beta release. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_BETA 1
+
+ /** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a full official release. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_FULL 2
+ //@}
+
+ /** Indicates the version number of the library, as an integer. \note This value is only updates in non-development releases. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER 0x170418
+
+ /** Indicates the version number of the library, as a string. \note This value is only updates in non-development releases. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_STRING "170418"
+
+ /** Indicates the release type of the library. */
+ #define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_FULL
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/LUFA/doxyfile b/LUFA/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90b8ca2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2400 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER = 000000
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO = ./DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = NO
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 1
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ StudioIntegration/ \
+ Build/ \
+ License.txt
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = _* \
+ __*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH = ./ \
+ CodeTemplates/
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH = ./
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 120
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = com.lufa-lib.library.documentation
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = DeanCamera
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE = ../LUFA.chm
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 300
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = YES
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ EEMEM \
+ ATTR_PACKED
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/LUFA/makefile b/LUFA/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e7a9c3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LUFA/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Makefile for the LUFA library itself.
+# ---------------------------------------
+
+LUFA_VERSION_NUM := $(shell grep LUFA_VERSION_STRING $(LUFA_PATH)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
+
+# Default target - no default action when attempting to build the core directly
+all:
+
+# Display the LUFA version of this library copy
+version:
+ @echo "LUFA $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)"
+
+LUFA_PATH := .
+ARCH := {AVR8,UC3,XMEGA}
+DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS := QUIET=YES PROJECT_NUMBER=$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
+
+# Remove all object and associated files from the LUFA library core
+clean:
+ rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.o)
+ rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.d)
+ rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.lst)
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+
+.PHONY: all version
diff --git a/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt b/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b18f69f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!--
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Extracts out all function signatures from a combined Doxygen XML output. -->
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+ <xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+ <xsl:template match="doxygen">
+ <xsl:for-each select="//memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
+ <xsl:value-of select="definition"/><xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/><xsl:text>;&#10;</xsl:text>
+ </xsl:for-each>
+ </xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/Maintenance/makefile b/Maintenance/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93f694e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Maintenance/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Maintenance scripts not required by general LUFA users, used for project development purposes.
+
+
+# Path to the root of the LUFA tree
+LUFA_ROOT := ../
+
+all:
+
+# Print a list of all filenames and line numbers that exceed an allowed threshold
+line-lengths:
+ awk '{ if (length > 120) { print FILENAME, ":", FNR, "[", length, "]" } }' `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name *.[ch]`
+
+# Generate a header containing all library functions
+function-list:
+ $(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
+ @xsltproc $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/combine.xslt $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/index.xml > temp.xml
+ @xsltproc lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt temp.xml > function_list.h
+ @sort function_list.h | uniq > function_list_unique.h
+ @rm temp.xml
+
+# Update all Doxygen configuration files to the latest Doxygen version
+upgrade-doxygen:
+ @echo Upgrading Doxygen files...
+ @for doxygen_conf in `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name doxyfile`; do \
+ doxygen -u $$doxygen_conf; \
+ done;
+ @echo Doxygen configuration update complete.
+
+# Make all possible bootloaders for all targets and configurations as set by the BootloaderTest build test
+# and store them in a separate directory called "Bootloaders"
+bootloaders:
+ @echo "build_bootloaders:" > BuildMakefile
+ @printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders 2>/dev/null\n\n" >> BuildMakefile
+
+ @while read line; \
+ do \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+ \
+ if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then \
+ build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`; \
+ \
+ build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
+ build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
+ build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`; \
+ build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`; \
+ build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`; \
+ build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`; \
+ \
+ printf "Found '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s / %4s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
+ \
+ printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders/%s 2>/dev/null\n" $$build_bootloader >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t@echo Building '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/ clean hex ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\tmv $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/Bootloader%s.hex Bootloaders/%s/%s-%s-%s-BOARD_%s-BOOT_%sKB-%sMHz.hex\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ fi; \
+ done < $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+
+ $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile build_bootloaders
+ cp $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/License.txt Bootloaders
+ rm -f BuildMakefile
+
+# Check the working branch documentation, ensure no placeholder values
+check-documentation-placeholders:
+ @echo Checking for release suitability...
+ @if ( grep " LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE " $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Version.h | grep "LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT" > /dev/null ;); then \
+ echo " ERROR: Version header has not been updated for release!"; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi;
+ @if ( grep "XXXXXX" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/DoxygenPages/*.txt > /dev/null ;); then \
+ echo " ERROR: Doxygen documentation has not been updated for release!"; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi;
+ @echo Done.
+
+# Validate the working branch - compile all documentation, demos/projects/examples and run build tests
+validate-branch:
+ $(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) doxygen
+ $(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) all DEBUG_LEVEL=0
+ $(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests all
+
+# Validate the working branch for general release, check for placeholder documentation then build and test everything
+validate-release: check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
+
+
+.PHONY: all upgrade-doxygen bootloaders check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a734d960b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AVRISP-MKII.h"
+
+#if (BOARD != BOARD_NONE)
+ /* Some board hardware definitions (e.g. the Arduino Micro) have their LEDs defined on the same pins
+ as the ISP, PDI or TPI interfaces (see the accompanying project documentation). If a board other
+ than NONE is selected (to enable the LED driver with the programmer) you should double-check that
+ no conflicts will occur. If there is a conflict, turn off the LEDs (set BOARD to NONE in the makefile)
+ or define a custom board driver (see the LUFA manual) with alternative LED mappings.
+ */
+ #warning Board specific drivers have been selected; make sure the board LED driver does not conflict with the programmer ISP/PDI/TPI interfaces.
+#endif
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+ V2Protocol_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ /* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power
+ mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER);
+ #endif
+
+ AVRISP_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
+ UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
+ #endif
+
+ /* USB Stack Initialization */
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */
+ if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
+void AVRISP_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+ /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
+ V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve
+ * \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
+ * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor
+ *
+ * \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae2d04148
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AVRISP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
+#define _AVRISP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #if defined(ADC)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #endif
+
+ #include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */
+ #define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER LEDS_LED3
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AVRISP_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76d612ec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description
+ *
+ * Firmware for an Atmel Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB
+ * AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within
+ * Atmel Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most
+ * basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices at the programmer's VCC voltage from
+ * within Atmel Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB
+ * interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the
+ * programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer.
+ *
+ * This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
+ * drivers. It is currently tested working under the following configurations:
+ *
+ * - <b>Windows:</b> Atmel Studio 7, with alternative driver
+ * - <b>Windows:</b> AVRDUDE 6.2, with alternative driver
+ * - <b>Linux:</b> AVRDUDE 6.1
+ *
+ * <b>Note that this clone requires a libUSB based driver under Windows,</b> due to an incompatible change in the official
+ * Jungo based driver. The alternative driver given here will function with both real and clone AVRISP devices in Atmel
+ * Studio 7 onwards under Windows - and as a bonus, also provides AVRDude access to the programmer.
+ *
+ * As of Atmel Studio version 7.0.1417 the legacy Jungo driver has been deprecated in favor of an official libUSB based
+ * driver, making the driver packaged here superfluous. Use the driver packaged here only if you are still using an earlier
+ * Atmel Studio 7 build, otherwise the official Atmel libUSB driver should be used.
+ *
+ * Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
+ * - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
+ * - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
+ *
+ * On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the
+ * \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET
+ * detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times
+ * which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices.
+ *
+ * While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
+ * of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases.
+ * Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM
+ * is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption.
+ * <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Installation
+ * The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation
+ * On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems)
+ * editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer
+ * is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation
+ * On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the Atmel Studio platform, the programmer
+ * requires an alternative libUSB based driver. Uninstall the existing Jungo driver for the device (if installed) and replace
+ * it with the driver that ships with this project, to enable access to the programmer in Atmel Studio and AVRDUDE.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
+ * Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MISO</td>
+ * <td>PDO</td>
+ * <td>1</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>VTARGET</td>
+ * <td>2</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SCLK</td>
+ * <td>SCLK</td>
+ * <td>3</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MOSI</td>
+ * <td>PDI</td>
+ * <td>4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>/RESET</td>
+ * <td>5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the
+ * fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's
+ * XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly).
+ *
+ * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
+ * Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>DATA</td>
+ * <td>1</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>VTARGET</td>
+ * <td>2</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>3</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>XCK</td>
+ * <td>CLOCK</td>
+ * <td>5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
+ * Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>DATA</td>
+ * <td>1</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>VTARGET</td>
+ * <td>2</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>CLOCK</td>
+ * <td>3</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
+ * <td>/RESET</td>
+ * <td>5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ * <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
+ * <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ * but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
+ * to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply
+ * voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage
+ * to the ADC.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will
+ * override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the
+ * ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be
+ * measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set
+ * to 2.
+ * \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming
+ * hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used,
+ * if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
+ * with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4210fbbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2104,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .AVRISP_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
+ },
+
+ .AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII");
+
+/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
+ * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0"
+ // Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware?
+);
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &AVRISP_ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial:
+ Address = &AVRISP_SerialString;
+ Size = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56dcf25a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
+ #define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
+ #define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2d15abdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB
+ #define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB
+ #define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 0)
+ #else
+ #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
+ #endif
+
+ #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+
+ #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+ #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 5
+ #define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 1
+// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
+ #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
+// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
+// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
+
+// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed160230c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6553504d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#include "ISPProtocol.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on
+ * the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host.
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t TimeoutMS;
+ uint8_t PinStabDelayMS;
+ uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS;
+ uint8_t SynchLoops;
+ uint8_t ByteDelay;
+ uint8_t PollValue;
+ uint8_t PollIndex;
+ uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4];
+ } Enter_ISP_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ CurrentAddress = 0;
+
+ /* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS);
+ ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP();
+
+ ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+
+ /* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified
+ * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */
+ while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+ {
+ uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
+
+ for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
+ {
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay);
+ ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */
+ if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue))
+ {
+ ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+ ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */
+void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t PreDelayMS;
+ uint8_t PostDelayMS;
+ } Leave_ISP_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ /* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS);
+ ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
+ ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP();
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes,
+ * words or pages of data to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesToWrite;
+ uint8_t ProgrammingMode;
+ uint8_t DelayMS;
+ uint8_t ProgrammingCommands[3];
+ uint8_t PollValue1;
+ uint8_t PollValue2;
+ uint8_t ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the
+ } Write_Memory_Params; // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) -
+ sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL);
+ Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite);
+
+ if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL);
+
+ // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
+ // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
+ if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) +
+ Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+ uint8_t PollValue = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 :
+ Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2;
+ uint16_t PollAddress = 0;
+ uint8_t* NextWriteByte = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData;
+ uint16_t PageStartAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
+ {
+ uint8_t ByteToWrite = *(NextWriteByte++);
+ uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode;
+
+ /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
+ if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
+ {
+ ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
+ }
+
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
+
+ /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
+ * or low byte at the current word address */
+ if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+ /* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */
+ if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue))
+ {
+ if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+ else
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+ PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
+ }
+
+ /* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */
+ if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK))
+ {
+ /* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */
+ if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK))
+ ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
+
+ ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
+ Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
+
+ /* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */
+ if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK)
+ break;
+
+ /* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */
+ PollAddress = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
+ * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
+ * address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */
+ if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
+ {
+ CurrentAddress++;
+
+ if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */
+ if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)
+ {
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */
+ if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress))
+ {
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) |
+ PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
+ }
+
+ ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
+ Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
+ Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
+
+ /* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */
+ if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes,
+ * words or pages of data from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesToRead;
+ uint8_t ReadMemoryCommand;
+ } Read_Memory_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL);
+ Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+ /* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */
+ for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++)
+ {
+ /* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
+ if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
+ {
+ ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
+ }
+
+ /* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+
+ /* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high
+ * or low byte at the current word address */
+ if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)
+ Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+ /* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
+ * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
+ * address boundary has been crossed */
+ if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP))
+ {
+ CurrentAddress++;
+
+ if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+ bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
+ if (IsEndpointFull)
+ {
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */
+void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t EraseDelayMS;
+ uint8_t PollMethod;
+ uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4];
+ } Erase_Chip_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+
+ /* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */
+ for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++)
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]);
+
+ /* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */
+ if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod))
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS);
+ else
+ ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands,
+ * reading the requested configuration byte from the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t RetByte;
+ uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4];
+ } Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
+
+ /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */
+ for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
+ ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration
+ * byte to the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4];
+ } Write_FuseLockSig_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ /* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */
+ for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++)
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */
+void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t TxBytes;
+ uint8_t RxBytes;
+ uint8_t RxStartAddr;
+ uint8_t TxData[255];
+ } SPI_Multi_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+ uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0;
+ uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0;
+
+ /* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */
+ while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr)
+ {
+ if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]);
+ else
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0);
+
+ CurrTxPos++;
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */
+ while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes)
+ {
+ if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++]));
+ else
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+
+ CurrRxPos++;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+ bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
+ if (IsEndpointFull)
+ {
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around
+ * the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a
+ * constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required).
+ *
+ * \param[in] DelayMS Number of milliseconds to delay for
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS)
+{
+ while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+ Delay_MS(1);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44b339762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
+#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */
+ #define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3)
+
+ #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0)
+ #define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1)
+ #define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3)
+ #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4)
+ #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5)
+ #define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6)
+ #define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
+ void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
+ void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
+ void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
+ void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197b62275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
+ */
+
+#include "ISPTarget.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
+{
+#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
+#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
+ SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
+#else
+ #error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
+#endif
+};
+
+/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
+{
+ TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767),
+ TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395),
+ TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243),
+ TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200),
+ TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470),
+ TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285),
+ TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583),
+ TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914),
+ TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944),
+ TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963), TIMER_COMP(9468), TIMER_COMP(9081), TIMER_COMP(8612),
+ TIMER_COMP(8239), TIMER_COMP(7851), TIMER_COMP(7498), TIMER_COMP(7137), TIMER_COMP(6809),
+ TIMER_COMP(6478), TIMER_COMP(6178), TIMER_COMP(5879), TIMER_COMP(5607), TIMER_COMP(5359),
+ TIMER_COMP(5093), TIMER_COMP(4870), TIMER_COMP(4633), TIMER_COMP(4418), TIMER_COMP(4209),
+ TIMER_COMP(4019), TIMER_COMP(3823), TIMER_COMP(3645), TIMER_COMP(3474), TIMER_COMP(3310),
+ TIMER_COMP(3161), TIMER_COMP(3011), TIMER_COMP(2869), TIMER_COMP(2734), TIMER_COMP(2611),
+ TIMER_COMP(2484), TIMER_COMP(2369), TIMER_COMP(2257), TIMER_COMP(2152), TIMER_COMP(2052),
+ TIMER_COMP(1956), TIMER_COMP(1866), TIMER_COMP(1779), TIMER_COMP(1695), TIMER_COMP(1615),
+ TIMER_COMP(1539), TIMER_COMP(1468), TIMER_COMP(1398), TIMER_COMP(1333), TIMER_COMP(1271),
+ TIMER_COMP(1212), TIMER_COMP(1155), TIMER_COMP(1101), TIMER_COMP(1049), TIMER_COMP(1000),
+ TIMER_COMP(953), TIMER_COMP(909), TIMER_COMP(866), TIMER_COMP(826), TIMER_COMP(787),
+ TIMER_COMP(750), TIMER_COMP(715), TIMER_COMP(682), TIMER_COMP(650), TIMER_COMP(619),
+ TIMER_COMP(590), TIMER_COMP(563), TIMER_COMP(536), TIMER_COMP(511), TIMER_COMP(487),
+ TIMER_COMP(465), TIMER_COMP(443), TIMER_COMP(422), TIMER_COMP(402), TIMER_COMP(384),
+ TIMER_COMP(366), TIMER_COMP(349), TIMER_COMP(332), TIMER_COMP(317), TIMER_COMP(302),
+ TIMER_COMP(288), TIMER_COMP(274), TIMER_COMP(261), TIMER_COMP(249), TIMER_COMP(238),
+ TIMER_COMP(226), TIMER_COMP(216), TIMER_COMP(206), TIMER_COMP(196), TIMER_COMP(187),
+ TIMER_COMP(178), TIMER_COMP(170), TIMER_COMP(162), TIMER_COMP(154), TIMER_COMP(147),
+ TIMER_COMP(140), TIMER_COMP(134), TIMER_COMP(128), TIMER_COMP(122), TIMER_COMP(116),
+ TIMER_COMP(111), TIMER_COMP(105), TIMER_COMP(100), TIMER_COMP(95.4), TIMER_COMP(90.9),
+ TIMER_COMP(86.6), TIMER_COMP(82.6), TIMER_COMP(78.7), TIMER_COMP(75.0), TIMER_COMP(71.5),
+ TIMER_COMP(68.2), TIMER_COMP(65.0), TIMER_COMP(61.9), TIMER_COMP(59.0), TIMER_COMP(56.3),
+ TIMER_COMP(53.6), TIMER_COMP(51.1)
+};
+
+/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */
+bool HardwareSPIMode = true;
+
+/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data;
+
+/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ /* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */
+ if (!(PINB & (1 << 1)))
+ {
+ if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
+ PORTB |= (1 << 2);
+ else
+ PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SoftSPI_Data <<= 1;
+
+ if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining))
+ {
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+ TIFR1 = (1 << OCF1A);
+ }
+
+ if (PINB & (1 << 3))
+ SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */
+ PINB |= (1 << 1);
+}
+
+/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for
+ * communication with the attached target.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void)
+{
+ uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
+
+ if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
+ {
+ HardwareSPIMode = true;
+
+ SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST |
+ SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HardwareSPIMode = false;
+
+ DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+ ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no
+ * further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void)
+{
+ if (HardwareSPIMode)
+ {
+ SPI_Disable();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+ /* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is
+ * re-purposed for software SPI */
+ ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so
+ * that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for
+ * an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this
+ * functionality to work correctly.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void)
+{
+ #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE)
+ /* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */
+ DDRD |= (1 << 5);
+
+ /* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */
+ UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
+ UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+ UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+ #else
+ /* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+ #else
+ DDRB |= (1 << 5);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */
+ TIMSK1 = 0;
+ TCNT1 = 0;
+ OCR1A = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
+ TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that
+ * cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SCKDuration Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration)
+{
+ /* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+ TCNT1 = 0;
+ OCR1A = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]);
+ TCCR1A = 0;
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+}
+
+/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
+ *
+ * \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ SoftSPI_Data = Byte;
+ SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8;
+
+ /* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */
+ if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
+ PORTB |= (1 << 2);
+ else
+ PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+ TCNT1 = 0;
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11));
+ while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+
+ return SoftSPI_Data;
+}
+
+/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
+ * When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
+{
+ if (ResetTarget)
+ {
+ AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
+
+ if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
+ AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ else
+ AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
+ * BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
+ *
+ * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+ while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+ return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
+}
+
+/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
+ * 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
+ * pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
+{
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+}
+
+/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
+ * the given parameters.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants
+ * \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
+ * \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
+ * \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
+ * \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
+ *
+ * \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
+ * \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
+ const uint16_t PollAddress,
+ const uint8_t PollValue,
+ const uint8_t DelayMS,
+ const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
+{
+ uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+
+ /* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
+ switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
+ {
+ case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
+ case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
+ ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
+ break;
+ case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
+ case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
+ do
+ {
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
+ ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
+ }
+ while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+ if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+ ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
+
+ break;
+ case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
+ case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
+ ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Program complete - reset timeout */
+ TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
+
+ return ProgrammingStatus;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f32f5194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ISPTarget.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
+#define _ISP_TARGET_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+
+ #include "../V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "ISPProtocol.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */
+ #define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D
+
+ /** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */
+ #define TIMER_COMP(freq) (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1)
+
+ /** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */
+ #define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED 4000000
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern bool HardwareSPIMode;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void);
+ void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void);
+ void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void);
+ void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration);
+ uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+ void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
+ uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
+ void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
+ uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
+ const uint16_t PollAddress,
+ const uint8_t PollValue,
+ const uint8_t DelayMS,
+ const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or
+ * software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
+ */
+ static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ if (HardwareSPIMode)
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ else
+ ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate
+ * SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+ *
+ * \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ if (HardwareSPIMode)
+ ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ else
+ ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00);
+
+ #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
+ return ~ReceivedByte;
+ #else
+ return ReceivedByte;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the
+ * appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the attached target
+ *
+ * \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ uint8_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ if (HardwareSPIMode)
+ ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ else
+ ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
+
+ #if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
+ return ~ReceivedByte;
+ #else
+ return ReceivedByte;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd64c5a1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
+#include "V2Protocol.h"
+
+/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
+uint32_t CurrentAddress;
+
+/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */
+bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
+
+
+/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
+{
+ if (TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+ TimeoutTicksRemaining--;
+ else
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+}
+
+/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
+void V2Protocol_Init(void)
+{
+ #if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
+ /* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */
+ OCR0A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+
+ V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
+
+ #if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+ ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
+ * This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
+ * appropriate function.
+ */
+void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
+{
+ uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */
+ TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
+ TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
+
+ switch (V2Command)
+ {
+ case CMD_SIGN_ON:
+ V2Protocol_SignOn();
+ break;
+ case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
+ case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
+ V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
+ break;
+ case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
+ V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
+ break;
+ case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
+ V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
+ break;
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+ case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
+ break;
+ case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
+ break;
+ case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
+ case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
+ break;
+ case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
+ case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
+ break;
+ case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
+ break;
+ case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
+ case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
+ case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
+ case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
+ break;
+ case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
+ case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
+ ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
+ break;
+ case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
+ ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
+ break;
+#endif
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
+ XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
+ break;
+ case CMD_XPROG:
+ XPROGProtocol_Command();
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the timeout management timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
+}
+
+/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
+ * STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ /* Discard all incoming data */
+ while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
+static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
+ * no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
+ * getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
+ *
+ * \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+ uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint8_t ParamValue;
+
+ if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
+ ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+
+ uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
+
+ if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
+ }
+ else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
+ * global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
+ * to the attached device as required.
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
+ MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f447ba4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for V2Protocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+ #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
+ #include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
+ #include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
+ #include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
+ #error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF)
+ #undef VTARGET_REF_VOLTS
+ #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56
+
+ #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV
+ #else
+ #define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */
+ #define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2"
+
+ /** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */
+ #define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS 100
+
+ /** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */
+ #define TimeoutTicksRemaining GPIOR1
+
+ /** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */
+ #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
+ extern bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void V2Protocol_Init(void);
+ void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
+ static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
+ static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
+ static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
+ static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..121eae7f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
+ #define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
+ #define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
+ #define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
+ #define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
+ #define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
+ #define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A
+ #define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
+ #define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
+ #define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
+ #define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
+ #define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
+ #define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
+ #define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
+ #define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
+ #define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
+ #define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
+ #define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
+ #define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
+ #define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
+ #define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
+ #define CMD_XPROG 0x50
+ #define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51
+
+ #define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
+ #define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
+ #define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
+ #define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
+ #define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
+ #define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
+ #define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM 0xCA
+ #define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00
+ #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01
+ #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02
+ #define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04
+ #define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10
+ #define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
+
+ #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
+ #define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
+ #define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
+ #define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
+ #define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
+ #define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
+ #define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
+ #define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
+ #define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1
+ #define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b33c212f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
+#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
+
+/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
+static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01;
+
+/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
+static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration = 0x06;
+
+/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
+static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
+ {
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = 0 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = 0 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = 0x00 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = 0x01 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10) },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+ .ParamValue = 6 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+ .ParamValue = 0x01 },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+ .ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY },
+
+ { .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
+ .ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+ .ParamValue = 0x00 },
+ };
+
+
+/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
+void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
+{
+ /* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */
+ uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity);
+ uint8_t SCKDuration = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration);
+
+ /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
+ if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF)
+ V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity;
+
+ /* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
+ if (SCKDuration != 0xFF)
+ V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue = SCKDuration;
+}
+
+/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
+ * VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
+ */
+void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
+{
+ #if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
+ /* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
+ V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
+ * be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
+ * getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
+ *
+ * \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks
+ */
+uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+ ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+ if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a
+ * GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
+ * parameter is host-readable.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
+ *
+ * \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
+ */
+uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+ ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+ if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
+}
+
+/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host
+ * via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
+ * parameter is host-writable.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
+ * \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to
+ *
+ * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
+ const uint8_t Value)
+{
+ ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+ if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
+
+ /* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
+ if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
+ eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value);
+
+ /* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
+ if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION)
+ eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value);
+}
+
+/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
+ * parameter ID.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table
+ *
+ * \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+ ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
+
+ /* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
+ for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
+ {
+ if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
+ return CurrTableItem;
+
+ CurrTableItem++;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b195f67c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+
+ #if defined(ADC)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #endif
+
+ #include "V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
+ #include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */
+ #define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */
+ #define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
+ #define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
+
+ #if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version
+ * the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */
+ #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x18
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
+ const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
+ uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
+ } ParameterItem_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
+ void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
+
+ uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
+ uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
+ void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
+ const uint8_t Value);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
+ static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22eb7d74c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
+#include "TINYNVM.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
+static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
+{
+ /* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
+}
+
+/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
+ */
+static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+ /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
+ * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address));
+}
+
+/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
+ */
+static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+ /* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
+ * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address));
+}
+
+/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
+{
+ /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+
+ uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+ if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
+ if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
+ * timeout period expires.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
+{
+ /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
+ TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
+
+ uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+ if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
+ if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void)
+{
+ /* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */
+ XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI();
+
+ /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
+
+ /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY);
+ for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
+ return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+}
+
+/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */
+void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void)
+{
+ TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+ } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
+
+ XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI();
+}
+
+/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
+ * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
+ * \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
+ uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+ uint16_t ReadSize)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
+ TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
+
+ /* Send the address of the location to read from */
+ TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
+
+ while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+ {
+ /* Read the byte of data from the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+ *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space
+ * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
+ * \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
+ uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+ uint16_t WriteLength)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
+ if (WriteLength & 0x01)
+ WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
+
+ /* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */
+ TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
+
+ /* Send the address of the location to write to */
+ TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
+
+ while (WriteLength)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Write the low byte of data to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+
+ /* Write the high byte of data to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+
+ /* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */
+ WriteLength -= 2;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Erases the target's memory space.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+ const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
+ TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+ /* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
+ TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61389bb45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TINYNVM.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
+#define _TINY_NVM_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+ #include "XPROGTarget.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ #define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
+ #define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10
+ #define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14
+ #define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+ bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
+ bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void);
+ void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void);
+ bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
+ uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+ uint16_t ReadLength);
+ bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
+ uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+ uint16_t WriteLength);
+ bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+ const uint16_t Address);
+
+ #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+ static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
+ static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
+ static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0208a634b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
+#include "XMEGANVM.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
+ *
+ * \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target
+ */
+static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
+{
+ /* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24);
+}
+
+/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
+ */
+static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
+{
+ /* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
+ uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
+
+ /* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+}
+
+/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
+ * calculation.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
+{
+ /* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS));
+
+ uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+ if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
+ if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
+ * timeout period expires.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
+{
+ /* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
+
+ /* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+
+ uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+ if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
+ if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void)
+{
+ /* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */
+ XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI();
+
+ /* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY);
+
+ /* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
+
+ /* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY);
+ for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
+ return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+}
+
+/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */
+void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void)
+{
+ XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+
+ /* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the
+ * change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?).
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ /* Clear reset register */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+ } while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
+
+ XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI();
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target
+ * \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
+ uint32_t* const CRCDest)
+{
+ *CRCDest = 0;
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
+
+ /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
+
+ /* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1);
+
+ /* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++)
+ ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+ return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
+ * \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
+ * \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
+ uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+ uint16_t ReadSize)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
+
+ if (ReadSize > 1)
+ {
+ /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
+
+ /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
+
+ /* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+ *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
+ *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ * \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
+ * \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
+ const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the memory write command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
+
+ /* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ * \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
+ * \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
+ * \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
+ * \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
+ * \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
+ * \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
+ * \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
+ const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
+ const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
+ const uint8_t PageMode,
+ const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+ const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+ uint16_t WriteSize)
+{
+ if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
+
+ /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+ }
+
+ if (WriteSize)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
+
+ /* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+
+ /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
+
+ /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ while (WriteSize--)
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+ }
+
+ if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the memory write command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
+
+ /* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+ const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */
+ if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
+ {
+ /* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+ /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+ }
+ else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM)
+ {
+ /* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
+
+ /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
+
+ /* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+
+ /* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1);
+
+ /* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++)
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+ /* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+ /* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+ XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+ XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a8c5b048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
+#define _XMEGA_NVM_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+ #include "XPROGTarget.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ #define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES 3
+
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10
+
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX (1 << 0)
+
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35
+ #define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+ bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
+ bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void);
+ void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void);
+ bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
+ uint32_t* const CRCDest);
+ bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
+ uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+ uint16_t ReadSize);
+ bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
+ const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+ const uint8_t Byte);
+ bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
+ const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
+ const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
+ const uint8_t PageMode,
+ const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+ const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+ uint16_t WriteSize);
+ bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+ const uint32_t Address);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
+ static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
+ static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa5503f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C
+#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */
+uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase = 0x010001C0;
+
+/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */
+uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = 32;
+
+/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */
+uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33;
+
+/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */
+uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32;
+
+/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */
+uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI;
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI
+ * programming.
+ */
+void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Protocol;
+ } SetMode_XPROG_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE);
+ Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be
+ * removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled.
+ */
+void XPROGProtocol_Command(void)
+{
+ uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ switch (XPROGCommand)
+ {
+ case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE:
+ XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE:
+ XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_ERASE:
+ XPROGProtocol_Erase();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM:
+ XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM:
+ XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_CRC:
+ XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM:
+ XPROGProtocol_SetParam();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ bool NVMBusEnabled = false;
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI();
+ else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI)
+ NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with
+ * the attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ XMEGANVM_DisablePDI();
+ else
+ TINYNVM_DisableTPI();
+
+ #if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+ /* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the
+ * XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */
+ ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t MemoryType;
+ uint32_t Address;
+ } Erase_XPROG_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+ Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t EraseCommand;
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ {
+ /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */
+ switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
+ {
+ case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_APP:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG;
+ break;
+ default:
+ EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP)
+ EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
+ else
+ EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE;
+
+ /* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t MemoryType;
+ uint8_t PageMode;
+ uint32_t Address;
+ uint16_t Length;
+ uint8_t ProgData[256];
+ } WriteMemory_XPROG_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) -
+ sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL);
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
+
+ // The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
+ // to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
+ if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) +
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ {
+ /* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */
+ uint8_t WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE;
+ uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF;
+ uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF;
+ bool PagedMemory = true;
+
+ switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
+ {
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE;
+ WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
+ EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE;
+ PagedMemory = false;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS:
+ WriteCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK;
+ PagedMemory = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand,
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) ||
+ (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0]))))
+ {
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData,
+ WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+ {
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the
+ * attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t MemoryType;
+ uint32_t Address;
+ uint16_t Length;
+ } ReadMemory_XPROG_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+ ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
+ ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint8_t ReadBuffer[256];
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ {
+ /* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+
+ if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the
+ * attached device's memory and a data set on the host.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t CRCType;
+ } ReadCRC_XPROG_Params;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ uint32_t MemoryCRC;
+
+ if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+ {
+ uint8_t CRCCommand;
+
+ /* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */
+ switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType)
+ {
+ case XPROG_CRC_APP:
+ CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC;
+ break;
+ case XPROG_CRC_BOOT:
+ CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC;
+ break;
+ default:
+ CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */
+ if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC)))
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TPI does not support memory CRC */
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+
+ if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the
+ * attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+ uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */
+ switch (XPROGParam)
+ {
+ case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE:
+ XPROG_Param_NVMBase = Endpoint_Read_32_BE();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE:
+ XPROG_Param_EEPageSize = Endpoint_Read_16_BE();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG:
+ XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG:
+ XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ break;
+ case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1:
+ /* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or
+ the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail.
+ */
+ Endpoint_Discard_16();
+ break;
+ default:
+ ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e35a1e4a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
+#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "XMEGANVM.h"
+ #include "TINYNVM.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming
+ for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware
+ damage and force-enable XPROG.
+ */
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01
+ #define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02
+ #define XPROG_CMD_ERASE 0x03
+ #define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04
+ #define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05
+ #define XPROG_CMD_CRC 0x06
+ #define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07
+
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6
+ #define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7
+
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP 1
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_APP 2
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT 3
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM 4
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7
+ #define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG 8
+
+ #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0
+ #define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1
+
+ #define XPROG_CRC_APP 1
+ #define XPROG_CRC_BOOT 2
+ #define XPROG_CRC_FLASH 3
+
+ #define XPROG_ERR_OK 0
+ #define XPROG_ERR_FAILED 1
+ #define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION 2
+ #define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3
+
+ #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01
+ #define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02
+ #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03
+ #define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04
+ #define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1 0x05
+
+ #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00
+ #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01
+ #define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02
+
+ #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1)
+ #define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0)
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
+ extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
+ extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
+ extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
+ void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
+
+ #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+ static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
+ static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0455329c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
+#include "XPROGTarget.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
+bool IsSending;
+
+/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
+void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
+{
+ IsSending = false;
+
+ /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
+ DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+ /* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
+ PORTD |= (1 << 3);
+ _delay_us(100);
+
+ /* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
+ UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
+ UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+ UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+
+ /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
+ XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+ XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+}
+
+/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
+void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
+{
+ IsSending = false;
+
+ /* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
+ AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ _delay_us(100);
+
+ /* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
+ DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+ /* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
+ UBRR1 = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
+ UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+ UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+
+ /* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
+ XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+ XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+}
+
+/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
+void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
+{
+ /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
+ if (IsSending)
+ XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+ /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
+ UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ /* Tristate all pins */
+ DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
+ PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
+}
+
+/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
+void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
+{
+ /* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
+ if (IsSending)
+ XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+ /* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
+ UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ /* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */
+ DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
+ PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
+
+ /* Tristate target /RESET line */
+ AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+ AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+}
+
+/** Sends a byte via the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART
+ */
+void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
+ if (!(IsSending))
+ XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
+
+ /* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
+ while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
+ UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
+ UDR1 = Byte;
+}
+
+/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired.
+ *
+ * \return Received byte from the USART
+ */
+uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
+{
+ /* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
+ if (IsSending)
+ XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+ /* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
+ while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+ return UDR1;
+}
+
+/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
+void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void)
+{
+ /* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
+ if (!(IsSending))
+ XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
+
+ /* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
+ {
+ /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
+ while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+ while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
+ while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+ }
+}
+
+static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
+{
+ /* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
+ while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+ while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
+ while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+
+ PORTD |= (1 << 3);
+ DDRD |= (1 << 3);
+
+ UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
+ UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1);
+
+ IsSending = true;
+}
+
+static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
+{
+ while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
+ UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
+
+ UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
+ UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1);
+
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
+
+ IsSending = false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1341384f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
+#define _XPROG_TARGET_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "../V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+ #if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */
+ #define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 2000000
+
+ /** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */
+ #define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12
+
+ /** \name PDI Related Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+ #define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x00 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
+ #define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
+ #define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize) (0x40 | ( AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
+ #define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
+ #define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg) (0x80 | PDIReg)
+ #define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize) (0xA0 | DataSize)
+ #define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg) (0xC0 | PDIReg)
+ #define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0
+
+ #define PDI_REG_STATUS 0
+ #define PDI_REG_RESET 1
+ #define PDI_REG_CTRL 2
+
+ #define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
+
+ #define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59
+ #define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
+
+ #define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE 0
+ #define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES 1
+ #define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES 2
+ #define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES 3
+
+ #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
+ #define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1
+ #define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \name TPI Related Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+ #define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess)
+ #define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess)
+ #define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68
+ #define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address) (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
+ #define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address) (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
+ #define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg) (0x80 | TPIReg)
+ #define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg) (0xC0 | TPIReg)
+ #define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0
+
+ #define TPI_REG_STATUS 0x00
+ #define TPI_REG_CTRL 0x02
+ #define TPI_REG_ID 0x0F
+
+ #define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
+
+ #define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
+
+ #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
+ #define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4
+ /** @} */
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
+ void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
+ void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
+ void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
+ void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+ uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
+ void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void);
+ bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+
+ #if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+ static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
+ static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81ea41228
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f916b0898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0718dfb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f004a584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292df2785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f17914b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c38919ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..030ec300c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56bb2cda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
+
+This software is distributed under the following licenses:
+Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL)
+Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+
+***********************************************************************
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5322e5b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e475b90a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11467236b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module -->
+ <module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
+
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ </module>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..faba2c70d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ WindowsDriver/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bc0e0f25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AVRISP-MKII
+SRC = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \
+ Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Benito.c b/Projects/Benito/Benito.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93a39cb7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Benito.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Benito.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
+volatile struct
+{
+ uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */
+ uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
+ uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
+ uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
+} PulseMSRemaining;
+
+/** Milliseconds remaining until the receive buffer is flushed to the USB host */
+uint8_t FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */
+ if ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) && CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+ {
+ UDR1 = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+ PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */
+ if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
+ {
+ /* Clear flush timer expiry flag */
+ TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0);
+
+ /* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */
+ if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse))
+ {
+ LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+ AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */
+ if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse))
+ {
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX);
+ PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
+ }
+
+ /* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
+ if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
+ LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+
+ /* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
+ if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
+ LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
+
+ /* Check if the receive buffer flush period has expired */
+ uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ if (!(--FlushPeriodRemaining) || (BufferCount > 200))
+ {
+ FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
+
+ /* Start RX LED indicator pulse */
+ if (BufferCount)
+ {
+ LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
+ PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
+ }
+
+ /* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */
+ while (BufferCount--)
+ {
+ /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+ if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+ RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+ RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */
+ OCR0A = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+ TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
+
+ /* Tristate target /RESET Line */
+ AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+ AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDS_NO_LEDS : LEDMASK_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
+
+ switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
+ {
+ case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
+ ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
+ break;
+ case CDC_PARITY_Even:
+ ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
+
+ switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
+ {
+ case 6:
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ /* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */
+ UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+
+ /* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */
+ UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
+ UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
+ * for later transmission to the host.
+ */
+ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ static bool PreviousDTRState = false;
+ bool CurrentDTRState = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
+
+ /* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */
+ if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+ AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+ PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS;
+ }
+
+ PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Benito.h b/Projects/Benito/Benito.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28bed26af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Benito.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Benito.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BENITO_H_
+#define _BENITO_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
+ #define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
+ #define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt b/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07bec52b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
+ * Arduino Bootloader Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This
+ * project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse
+ * to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin.
+ *
+ * This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs.
+ *
+ * After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located
+ * in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
+ * its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
+ * automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-ponging between toggles.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Period between flushings of received data buffer to the attached USB host.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d81c45b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT PORTD
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR DDRD
+ #define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
+
+ #define AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS 10
+
+ #define TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS 30
+ #define PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS 100
+
+ #define RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS 10
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b113c827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c b/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86cfa9a8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2060,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Benito Arduino Programmer");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h b/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..453bb74ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Command Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf b/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75e93a8a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA Benito Programmer" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/asf.xml b/Projects/Benito/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f36da767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Benito Programmer" id="lufa.projects.benito.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.benito"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.benito" caption="Benito Programmer">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Benito AVR programmer.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Benito.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Benito.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Benito.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/doxyfile b/Projects/Benito/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dff1b73f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "Benito Arduino Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/Benito/makefile b/Projects/Benito/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e44ffef93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Benito/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = atmega32u2
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = BENITO
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Benito
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..197122fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e580caa47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the HIDReportViewer project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "HIDReportViewer.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Device_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "HID Device Report Viewer Running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RetrieveDeviceData();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to retrieve the HID device information from an attached device, and output
+ * the relevant data to the serial port for analysis.
+ */
+void RetrieveDeviceData(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ OutputReportSizes();
+ OutputParsedReportItems();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Prints a summary of the device's HID report sizes from the HID parser output to the serial port
+ * for display to the user.
+ */
+void OutputReportSizes(void)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nTotal Device Reports: %" PRId8 "\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports);
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportIndex = 0; ReportIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports; ReportIndex++)
+ {
+ const HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &HIDReportInfo.ReportIDSizes[ReportIndex];
+
+ uint8_t ReportSizeInBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_In];
+ uint8_t ReportSizeOutBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out];
+ uint8_t ReportSizeFeatureBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature];
+
+ /* Print out the byte sizes of each report within the device */
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Report ID 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Input Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
+ " - Output Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
+ " - Feature Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"),
+ CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID,
+ ReportSizeInBits,
+ ((ReportSizeInBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeInBits & 0x07) != 0)),
+ ReportSizeOutBits,
+ ((ReportSizeOutBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeOutBits & 0x07) != 0)),
+ ReportSizeFeatureBits,
+ ((ReportSizeFeatureBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeFeatureBits & 0x07) != 0)));
+ }
+}
+
+/** Prints a summary of the device's parsed and stored report items along with their attributes
+ * to the serial port for display to the user.
+ */
+void OutputParsedReportItems(void)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\nReport Items (%" PRId8 " in Table):\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems);
+
+ for (uint8_t ItemIndex = 0; ItemIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ItemIndex++)
+ {
+ const HID_ReportItem_t* RItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ItemIndex];
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Item %" PRId8 ":\r\n"
+ " - Report ID: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Data Direction: %s\r\n"
+ " - Item Flags: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Item Offset (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Item Size (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Usage Page: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
+ " - Usage: 0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
+ " - Unit Type: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+ " - Unit Exponent: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Logical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+ " - Logical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+ " - Physical Minimum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+ " - Physical Maximum: 0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+ " - Collection Path:\r\n"),
+ ItemIndex,
+ RItem->ReportID,
+ ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In) ? "IN" : ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out) ? "OUT" : "FEATURE")),
+ RItem->ItemFlags,
+ RItem->BitOffset,
+ RItem->Attributes.BitSize,
+ RItem->Attributes.Usage.Page,
+ RItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage,
+ RItem->Attributes.Unit.Type,
+ RItem->Attributes.Unit.Exponent,
+ RItem->Attributes.Logical.Minimum,
+ RItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum,
+ RItem->Attributes.Physical.Minimum,
+ RItem->Attributes.Physical.Maximum);
+
+ OutputCollectionPath(RItem->CollectionPath);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Prints the HID Collection path (along with each node's attributes) to the serial port
+ * for display to the user, from the given starting node to the root node.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CollectionPath Starting HID Collection node to print
+ */
+void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath)
+{
+ const HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrentNode = CollectionPath;
+
+ while (CurrentNode != NULL)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n"
+ " - Type: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+ " - Usage: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"),
+ CurrentNode->Type, CurrentNode->Usage);
+
+ CurrentNode = CurrentNode->Parent;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" |\r\n"
+ " END\r\n"));
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Device_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid HID Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Device_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22224fe1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReportViewer.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <inttypes.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RetrieveDeviceData(void);
+ void OutputReportSizes(void);
+ void OutputParsedReportItems(void);
+ void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fccc892c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage HID Device Report Viewer Programmer Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Firmware for a HID Report viewer. This project is designed to aid in the debugging of USB HID Hosts, where the contents of an
+ * unknown HID device's HID Report need to be examined. Once a HID device has been plugged into this application, the HID report
+ * descriptor will be parsed using the internal LUFA HID report parser, and the results dumped to the serial port in a human
+ * readable format. This output will contain information on the sizes of the reports within the device's HID interface, as well as
+ * information on each report element (size, usage, minimum/maximum values, etc.).
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7819aabf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="HID Report Viewer" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.hid_viewer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer" caption="HID Report Viewer">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ HID device report viewer project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="HIDReportViewer.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReportViewer.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReportViewer.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..015e9c0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "HID Device Report Viewer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75d40e88c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = HIDReportViewer
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b189943a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+ partial class frmCPU
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required designer variable.
+ /// </summary>
+ private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Clean up any resources being used.
+ /// </summary>
+ /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+ protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+ {
+ if (disposing && (components != null))
+ {
+ components.Dispose();
+ }
+ base.Dispose(disposing);
+ }
+
+ #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+ /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+ /// </summary>
+ private void InitializeComponent()
+ {
+ this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
+ this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
+ this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components);
+ this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
+ this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter();
+ this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+ this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit();
+ this.SuspendLayout();
+ //
+ // tmrCPUTimer
+ //
+ this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true;
+ this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000;
+ this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick);
+ //
+ // cmbComPort
+ //
+ this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
+ this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12);
+ this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
+ this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21);
+ this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
+ this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
+ //
+ // pcCPUUsage
+ //
+ this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor";
+ this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time";
+ this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total";
+ //
+ // lblCPU
+ //
+ this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36);
+ this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU";
+ this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28);
+ this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1;
+ this.lblCPU.Text = "0%";
+ this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter;
+ //
+ // nicoNotifyIcon
+ //
+ this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
+ this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
+ //
+ // btnMinimizeToTray
+ //
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67);
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray";
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2;
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+ this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click);
+ //
+ // btnExit
+ //
+ this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67);
+ this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
+ this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
+ this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
+ this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
+ this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+ this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
+ //
+ // frmCPU
+ //
+ this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+ this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+ this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
+ this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
+ this.MaximizeBox = false;
+ this.Name = "frmCPU";
+ this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
+ this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
+ this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load);
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit();
+ this.ResumeLayout(false);
+
+ }
+
+ #endregion
+
+ private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
+ private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32543fc59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Microsoft.Win32;
+
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+ public partial class frmCPU : Form
+ {
+ private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
+
+ private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
+
+ public frmCPU()
+ {
+ InitializeComponent();
+
+ nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
+ nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
+ }
+
+ private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor");
+
+ String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
+ Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
+ cmbComPort.Items.Clear();
+ cmbComPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
+
+ cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
+ serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+
+ Hide();
+ }
+
+ private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
+ {
+ byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
+ buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
+ buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
+ buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
+
+ try
+ {
+ serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+ serSerialPort.Open();
+ serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
+ serSerialPort.Close();
+ }
+ catch (Exception e)
+ {
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue();
+
+ int Red = 0;
+ int Green = 0;
+ int Blue = 0;
+
+ if (CPUUsage < 25)
+ {
+ Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage);
+ }
+ else if (CPUUsage < 50)
+ {
+ Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25));
+ Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue;
+ }
+ else if (CPUUsage < 75)
+ {
+ Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50));
+ Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Red = LIGHT_MAX;
+ }
+
+ NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue);
+ lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%";
+ }
+
+ private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ Application.Exit();
+ }
+
+ private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ this.Hide();
+ }
+
+ private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
+ {
+ this.Show();
+ this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
+ }
+
+ private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
+ serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d568a9dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+ <PropertyGroup>
+ <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+ <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+ <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+ <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+ <ProjectGuid>{6040B049-4241-4FFD-B388-AACDA78D1469}</ProjectGuid>
+ <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+ <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+ <RootNamespace>CPUMonitor</RootNamespace>
+ <AssemblyName>CPUMonitor</AssemblyName>
+ <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+ <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+ <FileUpgradeFlags>
+ </FileUpgradeFlags>
+ <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+ <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+ <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Reference Include="System" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Core">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.cs">
+ <SubType>Form</SubType>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.Designer.cs">
+ <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+ <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="CPUMonitor.resx">
+ <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+ <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+ </Compile>
+ <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+ <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ </None>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+ </Compile>
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+ <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
+ Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+ <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+ </Target>
+ <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+ </Target>
+ -->
+</Project> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c62b1b020
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+ <value>17, 17</value>
+ </metadata>
+ <metadata name="tmrCPUTimer.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+ <value>137, 17</value>
+ </metadata>
+ <metadata name="pcCPUUsage.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+ <value>262, 17</value>
+ </metadata>
+ <metadata name="nicoNotifyIcon.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+ <value>383, 17</value>
+ </metadata>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb4fd89f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+ static class Program
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// The main entry point for the application.
+ /// </summary>
+ [STAThread]
+ static void Main()
+ {
+ Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+ Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+ Application.Run(new frmCPU());
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85d31fcba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
+// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+// Major Version
+// Minor Version
+// Build Number
+// Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf80e05fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
+ using System;
+
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+ /// </summary>
+ // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+ // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+ // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+ // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ internal class Resources {
+
+ private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+
+ private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+ internal Resources() {
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+ get {
+ if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+ global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+ resourceMan = temp;
+ }
+ return resourceMan;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+ /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+ get {
+ return resourceCulture;
+ }
+ set {
+ resourceCulture = value;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af7dbebba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..690fde3ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
+
+
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+ internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+
+ private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+
+ public static Settings Default {
+ get {
+ return defaultInstance;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39645652a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+ <Profiles>
+ <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+ </Profiles>
+ <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75713f94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31e6b44b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2044,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LED Notifier");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b19682a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Command Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..595083a4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+ partial class LEDMixer
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required designer variable.
+ /// </summary>
+ private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Clean up any resources being used.
+ /// </summary>
+ /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+ protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+ {
+ if (disposing && (components != null))
+ {
+ components.Dispose();
+ }
+ base.Dispose(disposing);
+ }
+
+ #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+ /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+ /// </summary>
+ private void InitializeComponent()
+ {
+ this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
+ this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+ this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+ this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+ this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
+ this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
+ this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit();
+ this.SuspendLayout();
+ //
+ // tbRed
+ //
+ this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64);
+ this.tbRed.Maximum = 512;
+ this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed";
+ this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+ this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0;
+ this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll);
+ //
+ // tbGreen
+ //
+ this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115);
+ this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512;
+ this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen";
+ this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+ this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1;
+ this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll);
+ //
+ // tbBlue
+ //
+ this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163);
+ this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512;
+ this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue";
+ this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+ this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2;
+ this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll);
+ //
+ // cbPort
+ //
+ this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
+ this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12);
+ this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort";
+ this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21);
+ this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3;
+ this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
+ //
+ // lblRed
+ //
+ this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64);
+ this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed";
+ this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29);
+ this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4;
+ this.lblRed.Text = "Red";
+ this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+ //
+ // lblBlue
+ //
+ this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115);
+ this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen";
+ this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27);
+ this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5;
+ this.lblBlue.Text = "Green";
+ this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+ //
+ // lblGreen
+ //
+ this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163);
+ this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue";
+ this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25);
+ this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6;
+ this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue";
+ this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+ //
+ // LEDMixer
+ //
+ this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+ this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+ this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed);
+ this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
+ this.MaximizeBox = false;
+ this.MinimizeBox = false;
+ this.Name = "LEDMixer";
+ this.Text = "LED Mixer";
+ this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load);
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit();
+ this.ResumeLayout(false);
+ this.PerformLayout();
+
+ }
+
+ #endregion
+
+ private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue;
+ private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfaffed30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+ public partial class LEDMixer : Form
+ {
+ private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
+
+ public LEDMixer()
+ {
+ InitializeComponent();
+ }
+
+ private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
+ Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
+ cbPort.Items.Clear();
+ cbPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
+
+ cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0;
+
+ tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+ tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+ tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+ }
+
+ private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+ }
+
+ private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+ }
+
+ private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+ }
+
+ private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
+ {
+ byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
+ buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
+ buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
+ buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
+
+ try
+ {
+ serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text;
+ serSerialPort.Open();
+ serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
+ serSerialPort.Close();
+ }
+ catch (Exception e)
+ {
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6287ddcff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+ <PropertyGroup>
+ <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+ <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+ <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+ <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+ <ProjectGuid>{A7814DA7-FA30-4A3D-878F-2E1975F9B27D}</ProjectGuid>
+ <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+ <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+ <RootNamespace>LEDMixer</RootNamespace>
+ <AssemblyName>LEDMixer</AssemblyName>
+ <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+ <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+ <FileUpgradeFlags>
+ </FileUpgradeFlags>
+ <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+ <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+ <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Reference Include="System" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Core">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Compile Include="LEDMixer.cs">
+ <SubType>Form</SubType>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="LEDMixer.Designer.cs">
+ <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+ <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="LEDMixer.resx">
+ <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+ <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+ </Compile>
+ <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+ <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ </None>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+ </Compile>
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+ <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
+ Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+ <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+ </Target>
+ <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+ </Target>
+ -->
+</Project> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0601840d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+ <value>17, 17</value>
+ </metadata>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8958f86d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+ static class Program
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// The main entry point for the application.
+ /// </summary>
+ [STAThread]
+ static void Main()
+ {
+ Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+ Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+ Application.Run(new LEDMixer());
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c88194381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
+// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+// Major Version
+// Minor Version
+// Build Number
+// Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53e3f2e0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
+ using System;
+
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+ /// </summary>
+ // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+ // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+ // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+ // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ internal class Resources {
+
+ private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+
+ private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+ internal Resources() {
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+ get {
+ if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+ global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+ resourceMan = temp;
+ }
+ return resourceMan;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+ /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+ get {
+ return resourceCulture;
+ }
+ set {
+ resourceCulture = value;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af7dbebba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d79f28b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
+
+
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+ internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+
+ private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+
+ public static Settings Default {
+ get {
+ return defaultInstance;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39645652a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+ <Profiles>
+ <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+ </Profiles>
+ <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f399e1164
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "LEDNotifier.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Counter for the software PWM. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty;
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111)
+ SoftPWM_Count = 0;
+
+ if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty)
+ LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty)
+ LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty)
+ LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+ CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Read in next LED colour command from the host */
+ uint8_t ColourUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream);
+
+ /* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */
+ uint8_t Channel = (ColourUpdate & 0b11100000);
+ uint8_t Duty = (ColourUpdate & 0b00011111);
+
+ if (Channel & (1 << 5))
+ SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty;
+
+ if (Channel & (1 << 6))
+ SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty;
+
+ if (Channel & (1 << 7))
+ SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty;
+
+ fputc(&USBSerialStream, ColourUpdate);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Timer Initialization */
+ OCR0A = 100;
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS00);
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f094d43e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for LEDNotifier.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
+#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53728f448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li AT90USB646
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any
+ * USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the
+ * host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become
+ * a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc3f0e74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml b/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01f346838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="LED Notifier Widget" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.led_notifier"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier" caption="LED Notifier Widget">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ RGB LED notification widget project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LEDNotifier.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="CPUUsageApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="LEDMixerApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="LEDNotifier.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="LEDNotifier.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile b/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89391e8a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - USB LED Notifier Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ CPUUsageApp/ \
+ LEDMixerApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile b/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b426834fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = atmega32u2
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USB2AX
+F_CPU = 16000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = LEDNotifier
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c1cfe675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES 3
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75713f94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4bcea1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2048,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f973b4da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d9e08a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** 8-bit 256 entry Sine Wave lookup table */
+static const uint8_t SineTable[256] =
+{
+ 128, 131, 134, 137, 140, 143, 146, 149, 152, 156, 159, 162, 165, 168, 171, 174,
+ 176, 179, 182, 185, 188, 191, 193, 196, 199, 201, 204, 206, 209, 211, 213, 216,
+ 218, 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 237, 239, 240, 242, 243, 245,
+ 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 252, 253, 254, 254, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+ 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 254, 254, 253, 252, 252, 251, 250, 249, 248, 247,
+ 246, 245, 243, 242, 240, 239, 237, 236, 234, 232, 230, 228, 226, 224, 222, 220,
+ 218, 216, 213, 211, 209, 206, 204, 201, 199, 196, 193, 191, 188, 185, 182, 179,
+ 176, 174, 171, 168, 165, 162, 159, 156, 152, 149, 146, 143, 140, 137, 134, 131,
+ 128, 124, 121, 118, 115, 112, 109, 106, 103, 99, 96, 93, 90, 87, 84, 81,
+ 79, 76, 73, 70, 67, 64, 62, 59, 56, 54, 51, 49, 46, 44, 42, 39,
+ 37, 35, 33, 31, 29, 27, 25, 23, 21, 19, 18, 16, 15, 13, 12, 10,
+ 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 3, 2, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
+ 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35,
+ 37, 39, 42, 44, 46, 49, 51, 54, 56, 59, 62, 64, 67, 70, 73, 76,
+ 79, 81, 84, 87, 90, 93, 96, 99, 103, 106, 109, 112, 115, 118, 121, 124,
+};
+
+/** Array of structures describing each note being generated */
+static DDSNoteData NoteData[MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+ if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+ {
+ if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
+ {
+ DDSNoteData* LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[0];
+
+ /* Find a free entry in the note table to use for the note being turned on */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+ {
+ /* Check if the note is unused */
+ if (!(NoteData[i].Pitch))
+ {
+ /* If a note is unused, it's age is essentially infinite - always prefer unused note entries */
+ LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (NoteData[i].LRUAge >= LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge)
+ {
+ /* If an older entry that the current entry has been found, prefer overwriting that one */
+ LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
+ }
+
+ NoteData[i].LRUAge++;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the oldest note entry with the new note data and reset its age */
+ LRUNoteStruct->Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
+ LRUNoteStruct->TableIncrement = (uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * SCALE_FACTOR) +
+ ((uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO * SCALE_FACTOR) *
+ (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 - BASE_PITCH_INDEX));
+ LRUNoteStruct->TablePosition = 0;
+ LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge = 0;
+
+ /* Turn on indicator LED to indicate note generation activity */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+ }
+ else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
+ {
+ bool FoundActiveNote = false;
+
+ /* Find the note in the note table to turn off */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+ {
+ if (NoteData[i].Pitch == ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2)
+ NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
+ else if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
+ FoundActiveNote = true;
+ }
+
+ /* If all notes off, turn off the indicator LED */
+ if (!(FoundActiveNote))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint16_t MixedSample = 0;
+
+ /* Sum together all the active notes to form a single sample */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+ {
+ /* A non-zero pitch indicates the note is active */
+ if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
+ {
+ /* Use the top 8 bits of the table position as the sample table index */
+ uint8_t TableIndex = (NoteData[i].TablePosition >> 24);
+
+ /* Add the new tone sample to the accumulator and increment the table position */
+ MixedSample += SineTable[TableIndex];
+ NoteData[i].TablePosition += NoteData[i].TableIncrement;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Output clamped mixed sample value to the PWM */
+ OCR3A = (MixedSample <= 0xFF) ? MixedSample : 0xFF;
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = (VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 8);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM31) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+ /* Disable any notes currently being played */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+ NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
+
+ /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..026a6ee38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** Scale factor used to convert the floating point frequencies and ratios into a fixed point number */
+ #define SCALE_FACTOR 65536
+
+ /** Base (lowest) allowable MIDI note frequency */
+ #define BASE_FREQUENCY 27.5
+
+ /** Ratio between each note in an octave */
+ #define NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO 1.05946
+
+ /** Lowest valid MIDI pitch index */
+ #define BASE_PITCH_INDEX 21
+
+ /** Number of samples in the virtual sample table (can be expanded to lower maximum frequency, but allow for
+ * more simultaneous notes due to the reduced amount of processing time needed when the samples are spaced out)
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Sample table increments per period for the base MIDI note frequency */
+ #define BASE_INCREMENT (((F_CPU / VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 2) / BASE_FREQUENCY))
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t LRUAge;
+ uint8_t Pitch;
+ uint32_t TableIncrement;
+ uint32_t TablePosition;
+ } DDSNoteData;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d0f019ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Tone Generator Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI note synthesiser project. This project implements a basic DDS frequency synthesiser, capable of producing 8-bit PWM sine
+ * waves of variable frequency. When attached to a USB host, this project will allow for multiple MIDI notes to be synthesised into
+ * audiable sound via PWM, using the notes sent to MIDI channel 1.
+ *
+ * Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare channel A. Decouple the audio output with a capacitor
+ * and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the maximum number of MIDI notes that can be generated simultaneously. More notes require more processing time,
+ * and thus a value that is too high will cause audiable sound distortion due to insufficient CPU time.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6795c1bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Tone Generator" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen" caption="MIDI Tone Generator">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI tone generator project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDIToneGenerator.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19bdcef4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Tone Generator Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4132de45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDIToneGenerator
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b417b8a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MAG_T1_CLOCK (1 << 0)
+ #define MAG_T1_DATA (1 << 1)
+ #define MAG_T2_CLOCK (1 << 2)
+ #define MAG_T2_DATA (1 << 3)
+ #define MAG_T3_CLOCK (1 << 4)
+ #define MAG_T3_DATA (1 << 5)
+ #define MAG_CARDPRESENT (1 << 6)
+
+ #define MAG_PORT PORTC
+ #define MAG_PIN PINC
+ #define MAG_DDR DDRC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b8d027a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c b/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8032bccc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
+ * reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent,
+ * where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used.
+ *
+ * See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2042,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Magnetic Card Reader");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..149fe7531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..802d040c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits
+ * to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce
+ * overall RAM usage.
+ */
+
+#include "CircularBitBuffer.h"
+
+/** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */
+void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ /* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */
+ Buffer->Elements = 0;
+
+ /* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */
+ Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+ Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+ Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+ Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+}
+
+/** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */
+void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer,
+ const bool Bit)
+{
+ /* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */
+ if (Bit)
+ *Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask;
+
+ /* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
+ Buffer->Elements++;
+
+ /* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */
+ if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
+ {
+ /* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
+ if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
+ Buffer->In.CurrentByte++;
+ else
+ Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+
+ /* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
+ Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
+ Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */
+bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ /* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */
+ bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0);
+
+ /* Clear the buffer bit */
+ *Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask;
+
+ /* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
+ Buffer->Elements--;
+
+ /* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */
+ if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
+ {
+ /* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
+ if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
+ Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++;
+ else
+ Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+
+ /* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
+ Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
+ Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */
+ return Bit;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0adbe0c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
+#define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eighth of this value per buffer. */
+ #define MAX_BITS 8192
+ #else
+ #define MAX_BITS 1024
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */
+ uint8_t ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */
+ } BitBufferPointer_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */
+ uint16_t Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */
+
+ BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */
+ BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */
+ } BitBuffer_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to initialize
+ */
+ void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into
+ * \param[in] Bit Bit to store into the buffer
+ */
+ void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer,
+ const bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to retrieve a bit from
+ *
+ * \return Next bit from the buffer
+ */
+ bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d9cc8cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/*
+ NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros
+ prior to including the file:
+
+ MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC1)
+ MAG_T1_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (i.e.. PORTC2)
+ MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC3)
+ MAG_T2_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (i.e.. PORTC0)
+ MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC5)
+ MAG_T3_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (i.e.. PORTC6)
+ MAG_CLS_PIN Pin connected to card loaded wire (i.e.. PORTC4)
+ MAG_PIN PIN macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PINC)
+ MAG_DDR DDR macro for the reader's port (i.e.. DDRC)
+ MAG_PORT PORT macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PORTC)
+
+ The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is
+ connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to
+ pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded
+ wire is connected to pin 4 on port C.
+
+ If the mag-stripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks,
+ then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a
+ pin that is unused. For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on
+ port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are
+ not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or
+ temperature sensor).
+
+ Connecting wires to pins on different ports (i.e.. a data wire to pin 0
+ on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently
+ unsupported. All pins specified above must be on the same port.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K).
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
+#define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */
+ #define MAG_MASK (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \
+ MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \
+ MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \
+ MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader
+ * device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before
+ * trying to read any of the card reader's status lines.
+ */
+ static inline void Magstripe_Init(void)
+ {
+ MAG_DDR &= ~MAG_MASK;
+ MAG_PORT |= MAG_MASK;
+ };
+
+ /** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs.
+ *
+ * \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ /* Mag-stripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */
+ return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bb6ff01a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MagStripe reader program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Magstripe.h"
+
+/** Bit buffers to hold the read bits for each of the three magnetic card tracks before they are transmitted
+ * to the host as keyboard presses.
+ */
+static BitBuffer_t TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
+
+/** Pointer to the current track buffer being sent to the host. */
+static BitBuffer_t* CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ for (uint8_t Buffer = 0; Buffer < TOTAL_TRACKS; Buffer++)
+ BitBuffer_Init(&TrackDataBuffers[Buffer]);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Magstripe_GetStatus() & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+ ReadMagstripeData();
+
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Magstripe_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Determines if a card has been inserted, and if so reads in each track's contents into the bit buffers
+ * until they are read out to the host as a series of keyboard presses.
+ */
+void ReadMagstripeData(void)
+{
+ /* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the separate card tracks */
+ const struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ClockMask;
+ uint8_t DataMask;
+ } TrackInfo[] = {{MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA},
+ {MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA},
+ {MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}};
+
+ uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0;
+ uint8_t Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
+
+ while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+ {
+ for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < TOTAL_TRACKS; Track++)
+ {
+ bool DataPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0);
+ bool ClockPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
+ bool ClockLevelChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
+
+ /* Sample data on rising clock edges from the card reader */
+ if (ClockPinLevel && ClockLevelChanged)
+ BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&TrackDataBuffers[Track], DataPinLevel);
+ }
+
+ Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL;
+ Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
+ }
+
+ CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[0];
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ static bool IsKeyReleaseReport;
+
+ /* Key reports must be interleaved with key release reports, or repeated keys will be ignored */
+ IsKeyReleaseReport = !IsKeyReleaseReport;
+
+ if ((IsKeyReleaseReport) || (CurrentTrackBuffer == &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]))
+ {
+ /* No more data to send, or key release report between key presses */
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_NONE;
+ }
+ else if (!(CurrentTrackBuffer->Elements))
+ {
+ /* End of current track, send an enter press and change to the next track's buffer */
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER;
+ CurrentTrackBuffer++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Still data in the current track; convert next bit to a 1 or 0 keypress */
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(CurrentTrackBuffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0;
+ }
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID Class driver callback function for the processing of a received HID report from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID interface structure for the HID interface being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to the report buffer where the received report is stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the report received from the host
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Ignore keyboard LED reports from the host, but still need to declare the callback routine
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..342cd8ffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Magstripe.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_
+#define _MAGSTRIPE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h"
+ #include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Total number of tracks which can be read from the card, between 1 and 3. */
+ #define TOTAL_TRACKS 3
+
+ /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that no is currently pressed. */
+ #define KEY_NONE 0
+
+ /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */
+ #define KEY_1 30
+
+ /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */
+ #define KEY_0 39
+
+ /** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */
+ #define KEY_ENTER 40
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void ReadMagstripeData(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a11dfaf80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li AT90USB1287
+ * \li AT90USB1286
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Keyboard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card
+ * reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed
+ * to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at <a>http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/</a>.
+ *
+ * See <a>http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/</a> for the USB reader hardware project website,
+ * including construction and support details.
+ *
+ * To use, connect your magnetic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted
+ * from the project makefile):
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Signal:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>AVR Port:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 1 Data</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 1 Clock</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 2 Data</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 2 Clock</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 3 Data</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Track 3 Clock</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Card Detect</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard project demonstration application, written by Denver Gingerich.
+ *
+ * This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected a TTL magnetic stripe reader
+ * to the connected computer. The raw bitstream obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through
+ * the keyboard driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the project will send a return key.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAX_BITS</td>
+ * <td>CircularBitBuffer.h</td>
+ * <td>Gives the maximum number of bits per track which can be buffered by the device for later transmission to a host.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_PIN</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_PORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAG_DDR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml b/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9fc5311e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader" id="lufa.projects.magstripe.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.magstripe"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.magstripe" caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Magnetic strip card reader project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Magstripe.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Magstripe.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Magstripe.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/MagstripeHW.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile b/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23554c194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "Denver Gingerich's Stripe Snoop Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/Magstripe/makefile b/Projects/Magstripe/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fc1bf526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Magstripe/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = NONE
+F_CPU = 16000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Magstripe
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75713f94d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c b/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3213e76fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MediaControlReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x0C), /* Consumer Page */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Consumer Controls */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB0), /* Play */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB1), /* Pause */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB3), /* Fast Forward */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB4), /* Rewind */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB5), /* Next Track */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB6), /* Previous Track */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB7), /* Stop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xCD), /* Play/Pause (toggle) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE2), /* Mute */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE9), /* Volume Up */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xEA), /* Volume Down */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x0B),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206A,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MediaControlHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MediaControlReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Media Controller");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MediaControlHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MediaControlReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MediaControlReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h b/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0e29dc10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Media Controller HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MediaControlHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_HID = 0, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b3121a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MediaControl project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MediaController.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Media Control HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t MediaControl_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MediaReport_Data_t* MediaReport = (USB_MediaReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Update the Media Control report with the user button presses */
+ MediaReport->Mute = ((ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? true : false);
+ MediaReport->PlayPause = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) ? true : false);
+ MediaReport->VolumeUp = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) ? true : false);
+ MediaReport->VolumeDown = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) ? true : false);
+ MediaReport->PreviousTrack = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) ? true : false);
+ MediaReport->NextTrack = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) ? true : false);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e8ed5d6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MediaControl.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIACONTROL_H_
+#define _MEDIACONTROL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a Media Control HID report. This report contains the bits to match the usages defined
+ * in the HID report of the device. When set to a true value, the relevant media controls on the host will
+ * be triggered.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned Play : 1;
+ unsigned Pause : 1;
+ unsigned FForward : 1;
+ unsigned Rewind : 1;
+ unsigned NextTrack : 1;
+ unsigned PreviousTrack : 1;
+ unsigned Stop : 1;
+ unsigned PlayPause : 1;
+ unsigned Mute : 1;
+ unsigned VolumeUp : 1;
+ unsigned VolumeDown : 1;
+ unsigned RESERVED : 5;
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MediaReport_Data_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dece2132a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Media Controller Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Media Controller project. This project implements a basic Media Control device, to signal the host to play, pause, toggle playback,
+ * mute and/or adjust the host volume, in addition to other such media commands. This project may be extended to create a dedicated
+ * media playback control device, for home media centers or other equipment. By default, some of the most commonly used playback controls
+ * are controlled by the board joystick and LEDs, however this may be altered as desired.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml b/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d476da51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Media Controller" id="lufa.projects.media_control.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.media_control"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.media_control" caption="Media Controller">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Magnetic strip card reader project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MediaController.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MediaController.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MediaController.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile b/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7206cf649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Media Controller Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/MediaController/makefile b/Projects/MediaController/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4df317e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MediaController/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MediaController
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da8a8cc0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6a7b8726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
+ * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
+ if (DataINEndpoint)
+ break;
+
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */
+ if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CLASS)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32e86ad7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MissileLauncher.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class. */
+ #define HID_CLASS 0x03
+
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..006543d86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*
+ USB Missile Launcher Demo
+ Copyright (C) Dave Fletcher, 2010.
+ fletch at fletchtronics dot net
+
+ Based on research by Scott Weston at
+ http://code.google.com/p/pymissile
+ */
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Dave Fletcher (fletch [at] fletchtronics [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers,
+ * which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the
+ * launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MissileLauncher application. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the application and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration as well
+ * as the sending of commands to the attached launcher toy.
+ */
+
+#include "MissileLauncher.h"
+
+/** Launcher first init command report data sequence */
+static const uint8_t CMD_INITA[8] = { 85, 83, 66, 67, 0, 0, 4, 0 };
+
+/** Launcher second init command report data sequence */
+static const uint8_t CMD_INITB[8] = { 85, 83, 66, 67, 0, 64, 2, 0 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to stop all movement */
+static const uint8_t CMD_STOP[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFT[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHT[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_UP[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_DOWN[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTUP[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTUP[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTDOWN[8] = { 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTDOWN[8] = { 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to fire a missile */
+static const uint8_t CMD_FIRE[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 8, 8 };
+
+/** Last command sent to the launcher, to determine what new command (if any) must be sent */
+static const uint8_t* CmdState;
+
+/** Buffer to hold a command to send to the launcher */
+static uint8_t CmdBuffer[LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ CmdState = CMD_STOP;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Read_Joystick_Status();
+ DiscardNextReport();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+}
+
+/** Reads the joystick and button status, sending commands to the launcher as needed. */
+void Read_Joystick_Status(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t Buttons_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (Buttons_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ Send_Command(CMD_FIRE);
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ Send_Command(CMD_UP);
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ Send_Command(CMD_DOWN);
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ Send_Command(CMD_LEFT);
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ Send_Command(CMD_RIGHT);
+ else if (CmdState != CMD_STOP)
+ Send_Command(CMD_STOP);
+}
+
+/** Lower level send routine, copies report into a larger buffer and sends.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Report Report data to send.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Report length in bytes.
+ */
+void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ memcpy(CmdBuffer, Report, 8);
+ WriteNextReport(CmdBuffer, ReportSize);
+}
+
+/** Sends one of the \c CMD_* command constants to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Command One of the command constants.
+ */
+void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command)
+{
+ if ((CmdState == CMD_STOP && Command != CMD_STOP) ||
+ (CmdState != CMD_STOP && Command == CMD_STOP))
+ {
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
+
+ Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITA, 8);
+ Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITB, 8);
+ Send_Command_Report(Command, LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE);
+ }
+
+ CmdState = Command;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if (ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and discards the next report from the attached device. */
+void DiscardNextReport(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Writes a report to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
+ * \param[in] ReportLength Length of the report to send
+ */
+void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData,
+ const uint16_t ReportLength)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
+ * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
+ if (Pipe_IsConfigured())
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write out HID report data */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+ .wValue = 0x02,
+ .wIndex = 0x01,
+ .wLength = ReportLength,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request to the device */
+ USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f06d6f8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MissileLauncher.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_
+#define _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** Size of the Launcher report command buffer. */
+ #define LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE 64
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void Read_Joystick_Status(void);
+ void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+ void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void DiscardNextReport(void);
+ void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData,
+ const uint16_t ReportLength);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0ddd15cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage David Fletcher's Missile Launcher
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers,
+ * which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the
+ * launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml b/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b8ac1bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Missile Launcher" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.missile_launcher"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher" caption="Missile Launcher">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Missile launcher project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MissileLauncher.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MissileLauncher.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MissileLauncher.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile b/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a31d4536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "Dave Fletcher's Missile Launcher Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile b/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..882f338d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MissileLauncher
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ffe5d9c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+ #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c b/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..635e2ca7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x04B4,
+ .ProductID = 0xFD11,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = STRING_ID_Serial,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(500)
+ },
+
+ .RelayBoardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+ .SubClass = 0x00,
+ .Protocol = 0x00,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_LanguageString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"SISPM");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"RelayBoard");
+
+/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
+ * series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"00001");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Serial:
+ Address = &RelayBoard_SerialString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_SerialString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h b/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f763196a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Relay Board Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t RelayBoardInterface;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard = 0, /**< Relay board interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Serial = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b69ee5710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RelayBoard program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RelayBoard.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ USB_USBTask();
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the project's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Initialize Relays */
+ DDRC |= ALL_RELAYS;
+ PORTC &= ~ALL_RELAYS;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ const uint8_t SerialNumber[5] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 };
+ uint8_t ControlData[2] = { 0, 0 };
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case 0x09:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue)
+ {
+ case 0x303:
+ if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY1; else PORTC |= RELAY1;
+ break;
+ case 0x306:
+ if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY2; else PORTC |= RELAY2;
+ break;
+ case 0x309:
+ if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY3; else PORTC |= RELAY3;
+ break;
+ case 0x30c:
+ if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY4; else PORTC |= RELAY4;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue)
+ {
+ case 0x301:
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SerialNumber, sizeof(SerialNumber));
+ break;
+ case 0x303:
+ ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY1) ? 2 : 3;
+ break;
+ case 0x306:
+ ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY2) ? 2 : 3;
+ break;
+ case 0x309:
+ ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY3) ? 2 : 3;
+ break;
+ case 0x30c:
+ ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY4) ? 2 : 3;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (ControlData[1])
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData));
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31ea73298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RelayBoard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RELAYBOARD_H_
+#define _RELAYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define RELAY1 (1 << 7)
+ #define RELAY2 (1 << 6)
+ #define RELAY3 (1 << 5)
+ #define RELAY4 (1 << 4)
+ #define ALL_RELAYS (RELAY1 | RELAY2 | RELAY3 | RELAY4)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b190dfe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage OB's Quad-Relay outlet control using a Teensy2++
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li AT90USB1286
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USB Standards</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Firmware for a Teensy2++ AVR-based miniboard to control four relays, using the
+ * same protocol used by the commercially available Silver Shield PM power outlets
+ * ( http://sourceforge.net/projects/sispmctl ) sold for some time. Because this
+ * project mimics the original device, it can be controlled using the "sismpctl"
+ * package included in many Linux distributions - including router-orientated
+ * versions such as OpenWRT - to control the board's relays.
+ *
+ * Relays 1 to 4 are respectively wired to pins C4, C5, C6 and C7 of the Teensy++ V2,
+ * which are the PORTC bits 4 to 7 of the AT90USB1286. The relays MUST be wired through
+ * a transistor, and a diode must be added in antiparallel on the relay's coil pins to
+ * protect the transistor from back EMF generated from the relay when the coil is turned off.
+ * The transistor base pin is wired to the Teensy data port through a 10K resistor. A
+ * LED may be also be added as a relay status indicator on each channel.
+ *
+ * The Relay coil will be driven by the transistor, but the power will come from
+ * the 5V from the PC's USB port: Be careful in choosing the relay to avoid overloading
+ * the PC, as the maximum current used MUST remains under ~450mA @ 5V.
+ *
+ * The author's tested relays are 2 Finder 32.21.7.005.2000, coil il 125ohm, which can
+ * handle 5A @ 250VAC. Be careful to use proper isolation if high voltages are manipulated.
+ * The author used Hotglue to isolate all parts of the PCB in contact with high voltage.
+ *
+ * See <a>http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/</a> for the Teensy2++ website.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Signal:</b></td>
+ * <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Relay 1</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Relay 2</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Relay 3</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Relay 4</td>
+ * <td>PORTC, Pin 7</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Teensy2++ Yellow Led</td>
+ * <td>PORTD, pin 6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml b/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3a2ef4b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Relay Board Controller" id="lufa.projects.relay_board.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.relay_board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.relay_board" caption="Relay Board Controller">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Relay Board Controller project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RelayBoard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RelayBoard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RelayBoard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile b/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12224900e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "OB's Dual-Relay Outlet Control Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile b/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9553a8585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RelayBoard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b113c827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..374ee0a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
+ * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
+ * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
+ * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
+ * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
+ * port location).
+ */
+#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
+#endif
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204B,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Simon Foster");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"USB-HD44780 Adapter");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..360aa421b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Command Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf b/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4799bd1a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61a9b7ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HD44780.h"
+
+static void HD44780_WriteNibble(const uint8_t nib)
+{
+ /* Read PORTD and clear the ENABLE and PD0..3 bits
+ then OR in the data */
+
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~(ENABLE | LO4_MASK)) | (nib & LO4_MASK);
+
+ /* Enforce address setup time (tAS) 60ns
+ 60 @ 16MHz = <1
+ Let's us a few NOPs for good measure */
+ asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ :: );
+
+ /* Take enable high and enforce Enable High time (tEH=450ns)
+ 450ns @ 16MHz = 7.2 => 7 NOPs */
+
+ PORTD |= ENABLE;
+
+ asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ :: );
+
+ /* Take enable low and enforce Enable Low time (tEL=500ns)
+ 500ns @ 16MHz = 8.0 => 7 NOPs */
+ PORTD &= ~ENABLE;
+
+ asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ "nop\n\t"
+ :: );
+}
+
+static void HD44780_WriteByte(const uint8_t c)
+{
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(HI4(c));
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(LO4(c));
+}
+
+static void HD44780_PowerUp4Bit(void)
+{
+ /* Wait for more than 40 ms after VCC rises to 2.7 V */
+ _delay_ms(40);
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+ /* Wait for more than 4.1 ms */
+ _delay_ms(5);
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+ /* Wait for more than 100 µs */
+ _delay_us(100);
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+ /* From now on we must allow 40us for each command */
+ _delay_us(50);
+ HD44780_WriteNibble(0x02); // FN_SET 4-bit
+
+ /* The LCD is now in 4-bit mode so we can continue
+ using the 4-bit API */
+ _delay_us(50);
+}
+
+void HD44780_Initialize(void)
+{
+ PORTD &= ~ALL_BITS;
+ DDRD |= ALL_BITS;
+ HD44780_PowerUp4Bit();
+}
+
+void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c)
+{
+ PORTD &= ~RS;
+ HD44780_WriteByte(c);
+ _delay_us(50);
+}
+
+void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c)
+{
+ PORTD |= RS;
+ HD44780_WriteByte(c);
+ PORTD &= ~RS;
+ _delay_us(50);
+}
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..012803785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HD44780.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HD44780_H_
+#define _HD44780_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define RS (1 << 4) /* PD4 */
+ #define ENABLE (1 << 7) /* PD7 */
+
+ #define HI4_MASK 0xF0
+ #define LO4_MASK 0x0F /* PD0-PD3 */
+
+ #define ALL_BITS (RS | ENABLE | LO4_MASK)
+
+ #define HI4(c) ((c & HI4_MASK) >> 4)
+ #define LO4(c) ((c & LO4_MASK) >> 0)
+
+ #define CMD_DISPLAY_ON 0x0C
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void HD44780_Initialize(void);
+ void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c);
+ void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85abbdb50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the SerialToLCD program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "SerialToLCD.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the LCD */
+static RingBuffer_t FromHost_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref FromHost_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t FromHost_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&FromHost_Buffer, FromHost_Buffer_Data, sizeof(FromHost_Buffer_Data));
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+ if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&FromHost_Buffer)))
+ {
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the USART transmit buffer */
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&FromHost_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+ }
+
+ while (RingBuffer_GetCount(&FromHost_Buffer) > 0)
+ {
+ static uint8_t EscapePending = 0;
+ int16_t HD44780Byte = RingBuffer_Remove(&FromHost_Buffer);
+
+ if (HD44780Byte == COMMAND_ESCAPE)
+ {
+ if (EscapePending)
+ {
+ HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
+ EscapePending = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Next received character is the command byte */
+ EscapePending = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (EscapePending)
+ {
+ HD44780_WriteCommand(HD44780Byte);
+ EscapePending = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the application's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Power up the HD44780 Interface */
+ HD44780_Initialize();
+ HD44780_WriteCommand(CMD_DISPLAY_ON);
+
+ /* Start the flush timer so that overflows occur rapidly to push received bytes to the USB interface */
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS02);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03d28799b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SerialToLCD.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SERIALTOLCD_H_
+#define _SERIALTOLCD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Lib/HD44780.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define COMMAND_ESCAPE 0x1B
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2f339648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li AT90USB162
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Firmware for a USB Virtual Serial to HD44780 LCD controller project, by Simon Foster. This
+ * project connects a standard HD7780 compatible LCD controller to a PC via a virtual serial
+ * link, so that data supplied by the host can be written to the display. This project is
+ * designed to use the Minimum USB AVR board, however it can be modified to suit other hardware
+ * if desired.
+ *
+ * LCD Datasheet: http://www.sparkfun.com/datasheets/LCD/HD44780.pdf \n
+ * More Information: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD44780_Character_LCD \n
+ *
+ * Below are the connections between the AVR Minimus board and LCD.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>AVR Pin:</b></td>
+ * <td><b>HD44780 LCD Pin:</b></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>VCC</td>
+ * <td>VCC</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD0</td>
+ * <td>DB4</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD1</td>
+ * <td>DB5</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD2</td>
+ * <td>DB6</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD3</td>
+ * <td>DB7</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD4</td>
+ * <td>/RS</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GND</td>
+ * <td>/RW</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>PD7</td>
+ * <td>/E</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml b/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f29872794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB Serial to LCD Display" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd" caption="USB Serial to LCD Display">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ USB Serial to LCD Controller project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="SerialToLCD.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA SerialToLCD.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="SerialToLCD.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="SerialToLCD.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/HD44780.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/HD44780.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile b/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64b4d5a83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile b/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76e7350e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb162
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = MINIMUS
+F_CPU = 16000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = SerialToLCD
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/HD44780.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fcfcb2590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define DUMMY_RTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7d7e6270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c07a58878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+ * Vendor Usage Page: 1
+ * Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+ * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+ * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+ * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2063,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_GenericHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &GenericReport;
+ Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffbd65d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "TempDataLogger.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
+ #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE sizeof(Device_Report_t)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+ // Settings Management Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_HID = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1111ce39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0feeb67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80d8843d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+
+
+FILES
+
+ ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module.
+ ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+ ff.c FatFs module.
+ diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+ diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
+ integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs.
+ option Optional external functions.
+
+ Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+ module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+ storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+ to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+ Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype
+
+ Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release.
+
+ Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12.
+ Removed unbuffered mode.
+ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+ Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+ Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename.
+ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+ Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+ Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+ Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+ Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+ Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+ Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+ Added minimization level 3.
+ Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+ existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+ May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+ Added FSInfo support.
+ Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+ Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+ Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+ Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+ Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+ Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+ Added f_utime().
+ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+ Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+ Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+ Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+ Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+ Added long file name support.
+ Added multiple code page support.
+ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+ Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+ Changed result code of critical errors.
+ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+ Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+ Added multiple sector size support.
+
+ Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+ Added relative path feature.
+ Added f_chdir().
+ Added f_chdrive().
+ Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+ Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+
+ May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
+ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+
+ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+
+ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+ Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
+
+ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+
+ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
+ Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
+ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cc8cd404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialize a Drive */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+ BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+ BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s) */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+ BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+ BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */
+ DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
+ BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
+)
+{
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+ return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s) */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+ BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+ const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */
+ DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
+ BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
+)
+{
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+ return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Miscellaneous Functions */
+
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (
+ BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+ BYTE ctrl, /* Control code */
+ void *buff /* Buffer to send/receive control data */
+)
+{
+ if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)
+ return RES_OK;
+ else
+ return RES_PARERR;
+}
+
+
+DWORD get_fattime (void)
+{
+ TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate;
+
+ RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate);
+
+
+ return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) |
+ ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) |
+ ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) |
+ ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) |
+ ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) |
+ (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3c3149a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/ Low level disk interface module include file
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+ RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */
+ RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */
+ RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */
+ RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */
+ RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#endif
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */
+
+/* Generic command */
+#define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Mandatory for write functions */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..059b5885a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support.
+/ Removed unbuffered mode.
+/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename().
+/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
+/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system.
+/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/ Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
+/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/ Added minimization level 3.
+/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/ Added FSInfo support.
+/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
+/ Added long file name feature.
+/ Added multiple code page feature.
+/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/ Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/ Changed result code of critical errors.
+/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/ Added multiple sector size feature.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/ Added relative path feature.
+/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/ Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+/
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
+/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
+/
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
+/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
+/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions on sector size */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
+#error Wrong sector size.
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */
+#else
+#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Reentrancy related */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+#else
+#define ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res
+#endif
+
+#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+
+/* File access control feature */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+#if _FS_READONLY
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
+#endif
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
+ DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */
+ WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */
+ WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
+} FILESEM;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x40
+#define _DS1E 0x7E
+#define _DS2S 0x80
+#define _DS2E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x41
+#define _DS1E 0x5A
+#define _DS2S 0x61
+#define _DS2E 0x7A
+#define _DS3S 0x81
+#define _DS3E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x40
+#define _DS1E 0x7E
+#define _DS2S 0xA1
+#define _DS2E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+ 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+ 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+ 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
+#endif
+#define _DF1S 0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
+
+#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else /* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else /* Code page is SBCS */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c) 0
+#define IsDBCS2(c) 0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
+#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */
+
+
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
+/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
+#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
+#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
+/ different platforms */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */
+#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
+#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */
+#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
+#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */
+#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */
+#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */
+#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */
+#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */
+#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
+#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
+#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */
+#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
+#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
+#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
+#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
+#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
+#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
+#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */
+
+#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */
+#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */
+#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */
+#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */
+#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */
+#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
+#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */
+#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */
+#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
+#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */
+#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */
+#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
+#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
+#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Module private work area */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
+/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
+/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
+*/
+
+#if _VOLUMES
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+#else
+#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
+#endif
+
+static
+WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_LOCK
+static
+FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
+ if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
+ (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; }
+#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn)
+
+#else
+#error Wrong LFN configuration.
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+ BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+ const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
+ while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
+ *(int*)d = *(int*)s;
+ d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
+ cnt -= sizeof (int);
+ }
+#endif
+ while (cnt--)
+ *d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
+ BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+
+ while (cnt--)
+ *d++ = (BYTE)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+ const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
+ int r = 0;
+
+ while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+ while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+ return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+int lock_fs (
+ FATFS *fs /* File system object */
+)
+{
+ return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+ if (fs &&
+ res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+ res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+ res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+ res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+ ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* File lock control functions */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_LOCK
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */
+ DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
+ int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, be;
+
+ /* Search file semaphore table */
+ for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+ if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */
+ if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */
+ Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+ Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+ } else { /* Blank entry */
+ be++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */
+ return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
+
+ /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
+ return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+static
+int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+ return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
+ DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
+ int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */
+ if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
+ Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+ Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+ }
+
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */
+ Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
+ Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
+ Files[i].idx = dj->index;
+ Files[i].ctr = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */
+
+ Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */
+
+ return i + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */
+ UINT i /* Semaphore index */
+)
+{
+ WORD n;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
+ n = Files[i].ctr;
+ if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
+ if (n) n--;
+ Files[i].ctr = n;
+ if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ } else {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+static
+void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */
+ FATFS *fs
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+ if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
+) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+ DWORD wsect;
+
+
+ wsect = fs->winsect;
+ if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */
+ if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ fs->wflag = 0;
+ if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */
+ BYTE nf;
+ for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
+ wsect += fs->fsize;
+ disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if (sector) {
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ fs->winsect = sector;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+ FATFS *fs /* File system object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ res = move_window(fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+ if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+ fs->winsect = 0;
+ /* Create FSInfo structure */
+ mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+ ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+ /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
+ disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+ fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+ }
+ /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+ if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
+ res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster# */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+ clst -= 2;
+ if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */
+ return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+ UINT wc, bc;
+ BYTE *p;
+
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */
+ return 1;
+
+ switch (fs->fs_type) {
+ case FS_FAT12 :
+ bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+ wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+ wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
+ return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+ case FS_FAT16 :
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+ return LD_WORD(p);
+
+ case FS_FAT32 :
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+ return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
+ DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+ UINT bc;
+ BYTE *p;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+ } else {
+ switch (fs->fs_type) {
+ case FS_FAT12 :
+ bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+ *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+ bc++;
+ fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+ *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+ break;
+
+ case FS_FAT16 :
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+ ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
+ break;
+
+ case FS_FAT32 :
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+ val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
+ ST_DWORD(p, val);
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+ fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD nxt;
+#if _USE_ERASE
+ DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
+#endif
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+ } else {
+ res = FR_OK;
+ while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */
+ nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */
+ if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */
+ if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */
+ if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */
+ res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */
+ fs->free_clust++;
+ fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ }
+#if _USE_ERASE
+ if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */
+ ecl = nxt;
+ } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */
+ rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */
+ rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */
+ disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */
+ scl = ecl = nxt;
+ }
+#endif
+ clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */
+ scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */
+ if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
+ }
+ else { /* Stretch the current chain */
+ cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */
+ if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */
+ if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */
+ scl = clst;
+ }
+
+ ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */
+ for (;;) {
+ ncl++; /* Next cluster */
+ if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */
+ ncl = 2;
+ if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
+ }
+ cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */
+ if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */
+ if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
+ return cs;
+ if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
+ }
+
+ res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
+ if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
+ res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */
+ if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+ fs->free_clust--;
+ fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
+ }
+
+ return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+static
+DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
+ FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
+
+
+ tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */
+ cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */
+ for (;;) {
+ ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */
+ if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */
+ if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */
+ cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */
+ }
+ return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
+ WORD idx /* Index of directory table */
+)
+{
+ DWORD clst;
+ WORD ic;
+
+
+ dj->index = idx;
+ clst = dj->sclust;
+ if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+ clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+ if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
+ dj->clust = clst;
+ if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
+ }
+ else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
+ ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */
+ while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */
+ clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ idx -= ic;
+ }
+ dj->clust = clst;
+ dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
+ }
+
+ dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+ return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
+ int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
+)
+{
+ DWORD clst;
+ WORD i;
+
+
+ stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
+ i = dj->index + 1;
+ if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+ return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+ if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */
+ dj->sect++; /* Next sector */
+
+ if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */
+ if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */
+ return FR_NO_FILE;
+ }
+ else { /* Dynamic table */
+ if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
+ clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */
+ if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ BYTE c;
+ if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */
+ clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */
+ if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */
+ if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ /* Clean-up stretched table */
+ if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */
+ mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */
+ dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */
+ for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ dj->fs->winsect++;
+ }
+ dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */
+#else
+ return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */
+#endif
+ }
+ dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */
+ dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ dj->index = i;
+ dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+DWORD ld_clust (
+ FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cl;
+
+ cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+ if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
+ cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
+
+ return cl;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void st_clust (
+ BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ DWORD cl /* Value to be set */
+)
+{
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
+ WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+ i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+ s = 0; wc = 1;
+ do {
+ uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+ if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
+ wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */
+ return 0; /* Not matched */
+ } else {
+ if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
+ }
+ } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+ if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
+ WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+ i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+ s = 0; wc = 1;
+ do {
+ uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+ if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
+ lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */
+ } else {
+ if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
+ }
+ } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */
+
+ if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
+ lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+ const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+ BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */
+ BYTE sum /* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc;
+
+
+ dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */
+ dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+ dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+ ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+ i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+ s = wc = 0;
+ do {
+ if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */
+ ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */
+ if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */
+ } while (++s < 13);
+ if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+ dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+ BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */
+ const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+ const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */
+ WORD seq /* Sequence number */
+)
+{
+ BYTE ns[8], c;
+ UINT i, j;
+
+
+ mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+ if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
+ do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+ }
+
+ /* itoa (hexdecimal) */
+ i = 7;
+ do {
+ c = (seq % 16) + '0';
+ if (c > '9') c += 7;
+ ns[i--] = c;
+ seq /= 16;
+ } while (seq);
+ ns[i] = '~';
+
+ /* Append the number */
+ for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+ if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+ if (j == i - 1) break;
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ do {
+ dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+ } while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+ const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+ BYTE sum = 0;
+ UINT n = 11;
+
+ do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+ return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+ DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+ ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+ c = dir[DIR_Name];
+ if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+ if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
+ ord = 0xFF;
+ } else {
+ if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
+ if (dj->lfn) {
+ if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+ sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+ c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */
+ dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+ }
+ /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+ ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+ }
+ } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
+ if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */
+ ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */
+ if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+ break;
+#endif
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+ DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ while (dj->sect) {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+ c = dir[DIR_Name];
+ if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+ if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
+ ord = 0xFF;
+ } else {
+ if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
+ if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+ sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+ c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
+ dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+ }
+ /* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+ ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+ } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
+ if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */
+ dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+ break;
+#endif
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ }
+
+ if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+ DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ WORD n, ne, is;
+ BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+ WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+ fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+ mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+ if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+
+ if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+ fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */
+ for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+ gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */
+ res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ }
+ if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */
+ if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+ fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+ }
+
+ if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+ for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+ ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+ } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+ ne = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Reserve contiguous entries */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+ n = is = 0;
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */
+ if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */
+ if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */
+ if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
+ } else {
+ n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+ }
+ res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+ if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+ ne--;
+ do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+ }
+ }
+
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ c = *dj->dir;
+ if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj->dir;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */
+ mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */
+#endif
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+ DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ WORD i;
+
+ i = dj->index; /* SFN index */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
+ const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ BYTE b, cf;
+ WCHAR w, *lfn;
+ UINT i, ni, si, di;
+ const TCHAR *p;
+
+ /* Create LFN in Unicode */
+ for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+ lfn = dj->lfn;
+ si = di = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */
+ if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
+ if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+ w &= 0xFF;
+ if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
+ if (!IsDBCS2(b))
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */
+ w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */
+ }
+ w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
+ if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+ if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */
+ }
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+ (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
+ lfn[di] = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+ dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+ dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */
+ return FR_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+ while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+ w = lfn[di-1];
+ if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+ di--;
+ }
+ if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
+
+ lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */
+
+ /* Create SFN in directory form */
+ mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+ for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+ if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+ while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+ b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+ for (;;) {
+ w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */
+ if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */
+ if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+ }
+
+ if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */
+ if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+ }
+ if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */
+ if (si > di) break; /* No extension */
+ si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */
+ b <<= 2; continue;
+ }
+
+ if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */
+ if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+ w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+ cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */
+ }
+
+ if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ if (i >= ni - 1) {
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+ }
+ dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+ } else { /* Single byte char */
+ if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+ w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
+ } else {
+ if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */
+ b |= 2;
+ } else {
+ if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */
+ b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+ }
+
+ if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+ if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+ cf |= NS_LFN;
+ if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+ if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+ }
+
+ dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else /* Non-LFN configuration */
+ BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+ UINT ni, si, i;
+ const char *p;
+
+ /* Create file name in directory form */
+ for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+ sfn = dj->fn;
+ mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+ si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+ if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ }
+ if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+ return FR_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+ for (;;) {
+ c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+ if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
+ if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+ if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ i = 8; ni = 11;
+ b <<= 2; continue;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */
+ b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
+#else
+#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+ if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
+ if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ sfn[i++] = d;
+ } else { /* Single byte code */
+ if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */
+ b |= 2;
+ } else {
+ if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */
+ b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+ }
+ }
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ }
+ }
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+ if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
+ if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+ if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+ if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
+
+ sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+ BYTE nt, *dir;
+ TCHAR *p, c;
+
+
+ p = fno->fname;
+ if (dj->sect) {
+ dir = dj->dir;
+ nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */
+ c = dir[i];
+ if (c == ' ') break;
+ if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
+ if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+ if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+ c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+ c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+ if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ }
+ if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */
+ *p++ = '.';
+ for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+ c = dir[i];
+ if (c == ' ') break;
+ if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+ if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+ c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+ c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+ if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ }
+ }
+ fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */
+ fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */
+ fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */
+ fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */
+ }
+ *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+ if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
+ TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+ WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+ i = 0;
+ if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+ lfn = dj->lfn;
+ while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+ w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+ if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */
+ if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+ if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
+ tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
+ }
+ }
+ tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
+ }
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+ DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+ const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE *dir, ns;
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+ path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+ } else { /* No heading separator */
+ dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */
+ }
+#else
+ if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */
+ path++;
+ dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+ if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ dj->dir = 0;
+ } else { /* Follow path */
+ for (;;) {
+ res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */
+ ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
+ if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */
+ if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */
+ /* Object not found */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */
+ dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
+ } else { /* Could not find the object */
+ if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+ dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+ if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+ res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+ }
+ dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */
+ return 3;
+ if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+ return 2;
+
+ if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */
+ return 0;
+ if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
+ const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+ FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+ BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+ BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
+ UINT vol;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+ DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
+ WORD nrsv;
+ const TCHAR *p = *path;
+ FATFS *fs;
+
+
+ /* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+ vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */
+ if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+ p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */
+ } else { /* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */
+#else
+ vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+ *rfs = 0;
+ if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */
+ return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */
+ if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */
+
+ ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */
+
+ *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+ if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */
+ stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
+ if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+ if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */
+ return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+ return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The file system object is not valid. */
+ /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
+
+ fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */
+ fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+ stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */
+ return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
+ if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */
+ return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
+ if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+ /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
+ fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
+ if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
+ if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
+ /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
+ pi = LD2PT(vol);
+ if (pi) pi--;
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
+ if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */
+ bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */
+ fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */
+ }
+ }
+ if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */
+
+ /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
+
+ if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
+ return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+ fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+ fs->fsize = fasize;
+
+ fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */
+ if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */
+ fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */
+
+ fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+ if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */
+
+ fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */
+ if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
+
+ tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */
+ if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+
+ nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */
+ if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
+
+ /* Determine the FAT sub type */
+ sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */
+ if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
+ nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */
+ if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
+ fmt = FS_FAT12;
+ if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+ if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+ /* Boundaries and Limits */
+ fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */
+ fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */
+ fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
+ fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */
+ szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */
+ } else {
+ if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
+ fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */
+ szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */
+ fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
+ }
+ if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
+ return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ /* Initialize cluster allocation information */
+ fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ fs->last_clust = 0;
+
+ /* Get fsinfo if available */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+ fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+ LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+ LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+ LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+ fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+ fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */
+ fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
+ fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */
+ fs->wflag = 0;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */
+ clear_lock(fs);
+#endif
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+ void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
+)
+{
+ FIL *fil;
+
+
+ fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
+ if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
+ return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */
+
+ if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
+ return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+ BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+ FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+ FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+ if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */
+ return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */
+
+ if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ clear_lock(rfs);
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+ if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */
+ }
+
+ if (fs) {
+ fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */
+ if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ }
+ FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */
+ BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+ fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
+#else
+ mode &= FA_READ;
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ else
+ res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Create or Open a file */
+ if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+ DWORD dw, cl;
+
+ if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
+#else
+ res = dir_register(&dj);
+#endif
+ mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */
+ dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */
+ }
+ else { /* Any object is already existing */
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ } else {
+ if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */
+ res = FR_EXIST;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
+ dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */
+ cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */
+ st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+ dw = dj.fs->winsect;
+ res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else { /* Open an existing file */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ } else {
+ if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
+ mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ fp->dir_ptr = dir;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+ if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ }
+
+#else /* R/O configuration */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else {
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ FREE_BUF();
+
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */
+ fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */
+ fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
+ fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */
+ fp->dsect = 0;
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */
+#endif
+ fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */
+ UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+ UINT rcnt, cc;
+ BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+ *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+ remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+ if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+ for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */
+ rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
+ } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl)
+ clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+ else
+#endif
+ clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
+ }
+ if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+ if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+ if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+ cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
+ mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+ if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
+ mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
+ continue;
+ }
+#if !_FS_TINY
+ if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ }
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+ if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+ mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */
+ UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD clst, sect;
+ UINT wcnt, cc;
+ const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+ BYTE csect;
+
+
+ *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+ if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+ for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */
+ wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
+ if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */
+ fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */
+ } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl)
+ clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+ else
+#endif
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
+ }
+ if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+ if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+ if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+ if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+ cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+ mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+ fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+ mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
+ continue;
+ }
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+ }
+#else
+ if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */
+ if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+ disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ }
+ wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+ if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
+ fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+ mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
+ fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD tim;
+ BYTE *dir;
+
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Update the directory entry */
+ res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+ dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */
+ st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */
+ tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+ fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(fp->fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+ res = validate(fp);
+ {
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+ }
+#else
+ res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
+ res = validate(fp);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+ unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
+ }
+#else
+ res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
+ return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+ BYTE drv /* Drive number */
+)
+{
+ if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+ CurrVol = drv;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (!dj.dir) {
+ dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */
+ } else {
+ if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */
+ dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
+ else
+ res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
+FRESULT f_getcwd (
+ TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */
+ UINT sz_path /* Size of path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ UINT i, n;
+ DWORD ccl;
+ TCHAR *tp;
+ FILINFO fno;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ *path = 0;
+ res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
+ dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
+ while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
+ res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ res = dir_read(&dj);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */
+ res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */
+ res = dir_read(&dj);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */
+ res = dir_next(&dj, 0);
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ fno.lfname = path;
+ fno.lfsize = i;
+#endif
+ get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
+ tp = fno.fname;
+ if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
+ for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
+ if (i < n + 3) {
+ res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
+ }
+ while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
+ path[--i] = '/';
+ }
+ tp = path;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */
+ *tp++ = ':';
+ if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */
+ *tp++ = '/';
+ } else { /* Sub-dir */
+ do /* Add stacked path str */
+ *tp++ = path[i++];
+ while (i < sz_path);
+ }
+ }
+ *tp = 0;
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */
+ DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
+
+ if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */
+ tbl = fp->cltbl;
+ tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */
+ cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */
+ if (cl) {
+ do {
+ /* Get a fragment */
+ tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */
+ do {
+ pcl = cl; ncl++;
+ cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
+ if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ } while (cl == pcl + 1);
+ if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */
+ *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
+ }
+ } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */
+ }
+ *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */
+ if (ulen <= tlen)
+ *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */
+ else
+ res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */
+
+ } else { /* Fast seek */
+ if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */
+ ofs = fp->fsize;
+ fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */
+ if (ofs) {
+ fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
+ dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
+ if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = dsc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+
+ /* Normal Seek */
+ {
+ DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+ if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+ ) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+ ifptr = fp->fptr;
+ fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
+ if (ofs) {
+ bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */
+ if (ifptr > 0 &&
+ (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+ fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */
+ ofs -= fp->fptr;
+ clst = fp->clust;
+ } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+ if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->sclust = clst;
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->clust = clst;
+ }
+ if (clst != 0) {
+ while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */
+ if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+ ofs = bcs; break;
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst;
+ fp->fptr += bcs;
+ ofs -= bcs;
+ }
+ fp->fptr += ofs;
+ if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+ nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */
+ if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = nsect;
+ }
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
+ fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory Object */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+ fs = dj->fs;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(*dj);
+ res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */
+ if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */
+ dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
+ } else { /* The object is not a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dj->id = fs->id;
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */
+ } else {
+ dj->fs = 0;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (!fno) {
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */
+ } else {
+ INIT_BUF(*dj);
+ res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */
+ dj->sect = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */
+ get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+ dj->sect = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */
+ get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+ else /* It is root dir */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+ DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+ FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+ UINT i;
+ BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+ /* Get drive number */
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+ fs = *fatfs;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
+ if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
+ *nclst = fs->free_clust;
+ } else {
+ /* Get number of free clusters */
+ fat = fs->fs_type;
+ n = 0;
+ if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+ clst = 2;
+ do {
+ stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
+ if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
+ if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
+ if (stat == 0) n++;
+ } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
+ } else {
+ clst = fs->n_fatent;
+ sect = fs->fatbase;
+ i = 0; p = 0;
+ do {
+ if (!i) {
+ res = move_window(fs, sect++);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = fs->win;
+ i = SS(fs);
+ }
+ if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+ if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+ p += 2; i -= 2;
+ } else {
+ if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+ p += 4; i -= 4;
+ }
+ } while (--clst);
+ }
+ fs->free_clust = n;
+ if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ *nclst = n;
+ }
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD ncl;
+
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+ fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+ res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
+ fp->sclust = 0;
+ } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+ ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
+ res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj, sdj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DWORD dclst;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) {
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */
+ } else {
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
+ res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */
+ }
+ dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
+ if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */
+ if (dclst < 2) {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+ sdj.sclust = dclst;
+ res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_read(&sdj);
+ if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */
+#endif
+ ) res = FR_DENIED;
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+ res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir, n;
+ DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */
+ dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */
+ if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */
+ dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
+ dir = dj.fs->win;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+ mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */
+ dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+ st_clust(dir, dcl);
+ mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */
+ dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
+ if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
+ pcl = 0;
+ st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
+ for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
+ dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directoy */
+ if (res != FR_OK) {
+ remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
+ } else {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */
+ st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Attribute */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
+ BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */
+ BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else { /* File or sub directory */
+ mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+ const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Root directory */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else { /* File or sub-directory */
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+ const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */
+ const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR djo, djn;
+ BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+ DWORD dw;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ djn.fs = djo.fs;
+ INIT_BUF(djo);
+ res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */
+ if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ } else {
+ mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */
+ mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */
+ res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
+ res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */
+ mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+ djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+ dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
+ if (!dw) {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
+ dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+ dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
+ st_clust(dir, dw);
+ djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK)
+ res = sync(djo.fs);
+ }
+ }
+/* End critical section */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */
+ UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */
+ UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+ UINT rcnt;
+ BYTE csect;
+
+
+ *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+ remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+ if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+ for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+ fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
+ fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+ }
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */
+ if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+ rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+ if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
+#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+ BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */
+ BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+ UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+ static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0};
+ static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
+ BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
+ DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
+ UINT i;
+ DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */
+ DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+ /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+ if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ fs = FatFs[drv];
+ if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+ fs->fs_type = 0;
+ pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */
+ part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
+
+ /* Get disk statics */
+ stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+ if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+ if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+ /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
+ if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+ if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */
+ b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */
+ n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */
+ } else {
+ /* Create a partition in this function */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */
+ n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */
+ }
+
+ if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */
+ vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
+ for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
+ au = cst[i];
+ }
+ au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+ if (au == 0) au = 1;
+ if (au > 128) au = 128;
+
+ /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
+ n_clst = n_vol / au;
+ fmt = FS_FAT12;
+ if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+ if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+ /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+ n_rsv = 32;
+ n_dir = 0;
+ } else {
+ n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
+ n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+ n_rsv = 1;
+ n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
+ }
+ b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */
+ b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */
+ b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */
+ if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */
+
+ /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
+ n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
+ n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
+ n_rsv += n;
+ b_fat += n;
+ } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
+ n_fat += n;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
+ n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
+ if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
+ || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
+ return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+ switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */
+ case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break;
+ case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
+ default: sys = 0x0C;
+ }
+
+ if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+ /* Update system ID in the partition table */
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+ tbl[4] = sys;
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ md = 0xF8;
+ } else {
+ if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */
+ md = 0xF0;
+ } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */
+ mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+ tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
+ tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */
+ tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */
+ tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */
+ tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */
+ tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */
+ n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
+ tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */
+ tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */
+ ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ md = 0xF8;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create BPB in the VBR */
+ tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+ mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
+ i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
+ tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */
+ tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */
+ i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
+ if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
+ } else {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
+ }
+ tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */
+ n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
+ tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
+ tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
+ mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+ } else {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
+ tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
+ mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+ }
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
+
+ /* Initialize FAT area */
+ wsect = b_fat;
+ for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */
+ n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */
+ if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+ n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+ } else {
+ n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+ }
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
+ for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize root directory */
+ i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
+ do {
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ } while (--i);
+
+#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */
+ {
+ DWORD eb[2];
+
+ eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
+ disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Create FSInfo if needed */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */
+ }
+
+ return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Divide Physical Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_fdisk (
+ BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */
+ const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
+ void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
+ BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+ DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
+
+
+ stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+ if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+
+ /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
+ for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
+ if (n == 256) n--;
+ e_hd = n - 1;
+ sz_cyl = 63 * n;
+ tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
+
+ /* Create partition table */
+ mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
+ p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
+ p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
+ if (!p_cyl) continue;
+ s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
+ sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
+ if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
+ s_hd = 1;
+ s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
+ } else {
+ s_hd = 0;
+ }
+ e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
+ if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+ /* Set partition table */
+ p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */
+ p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */
+ p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */
+ p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */
+ p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */
+ p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */
+ p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */
+ ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */
+ ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */
+
+ /* Next partition */
+ b_cyl += p_cyl;
+ }
+ ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
+
+ /* Write it to the MBR */
+ return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+TCHAR* f_gets (
+ TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+ int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ int n = 0;
+ TCHAR c, *p = buff;
+ BYTE s[2];
+ UINT rc;
+
+
+ while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+ f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+ if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */
+ c = s[0];
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
+ if (c >= 0x80) {
+ if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */
+ if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */
+ f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+ if (rc != 1) break;
+ c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
+ if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
+ } else {
+ if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */
+ f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
+ if (rc != 2) break;
+ c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
+ if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
+ } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */
+ c = '?';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+ if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ n++;
+ if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */
+ }
+ *p = 0;
+ return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+ TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ UINT bw, btw;
+ BYTE s[3];
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+ if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
+ if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+ btw = 1;
+ } else {
+ if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
+ s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+ btw = 2;
+ } else { /* 16-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
+ s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
+ s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+ btw = 3;
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Write the character without conversion */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+ btw = 1;
+#endif
+ f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */
+ return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+ const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ int n;
+
+
+ for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+ if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+ }
+ return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+ FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */
+ ... /* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+ va_list arp;
+ BYTE f, r;
+ UINT i, j, w;
+ ULONG v;
+ TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
+ int res, chc, cc;
+
+
+ va_start(arp, str);
+
+ for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+ c = *str++;
+ if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */
+ if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */
+ cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ w = f = 0;
+ c = *str++;
+ if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */
+ f = 1; c = *str++;
+ } else {
+ if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */
+ f = 2; c = *str++;
+ }
+ }
+ while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */
+ w = w * 10 + c - '0';
+ c = *str++;
+ }
+ if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */
+ f |= 4; c = *str++;
+ }
+ if (!c) break;
+ d = c;
+ if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
+ switch (d) { /* Type is... */
+ case 'S' : /* String */
+ p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
+ for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
+ chc = 0;
+ if (!(f & 2)) {
+ while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ }
+ chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
+ while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
+ continue;
+ case 'C' : /* Character */
+ cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
+ case 'B' : /* Binary */
+ r = 2; break;
+ case 'O' : /* Octal */
+ r = 8; break;
+ case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */
+ case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */
+ r = 10; break;
+ case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */
+ r = 16; break;
+ default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */
+ cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
+ v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
+ if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
+ v = 0 - v;
+ f |= 8;
+ }
+ i = 0;
+ do {
+ d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
+ if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
+ s[i++] = d + '0';
+ } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
+ if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
+ j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+ res = 0;
+ while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
+ do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
+ while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
+ }
+
+ va_end(arp);
+ return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..627cbaabe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions of volume management */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */
+typedef struct {
+ BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */
+ BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
+} PARTITION;
+extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */
+
+#else /* Single partition configuration */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */
+#if !_USE_LFN
+#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
+#endif
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) L ## x
+#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
+#endif
+
+#else /* ANSI/OEM string */
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef char TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) x
+#define _TEXT(x) x
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
+ BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */
+ BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
+ BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
+ BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+ BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+ WORD id; /* File system mount ID */
+ WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+ WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */
+ DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */
+ DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
+#endif
+ DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
+ DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */
+ DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
+ DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
+ DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
+ DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+ BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure (FIL) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */
+ WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
+ BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
+ BYTE pad1;
+ DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
+ DWORD fsize; /* File size */
+ DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
+ DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */
+ DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */
+ BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+ BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+ WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */
+ WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
+ DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
+ DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */
+ DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
+ BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+ BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+ WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ DWORD fsize; /* File size */
+ WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
+ WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
+ BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
+ TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+ UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+ FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */
+ FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
+ FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */
+ FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
+ FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */
+ FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */
+ FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */
+ FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
+ FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
+ FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
+ FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
+ FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
+ FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */
+ FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
+ FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
+ FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
+ FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
+ FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
+ FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
+ FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
+int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */
+TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */
+
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
+#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Additional user defined functions */
+
+/* RTC function */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode support functions */
+#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */
+void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */
+void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
+int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */
+void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */
+int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define FA_READ 0x01
+#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00
+#define FA__ERROR 0x80
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#define FA_WRITE 0x02
+#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04
+#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08
+#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY 0x40
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12 1
+#define FS_FAT16 2
+#define FS_FAT32 3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
+#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
+#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
+#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* Fast seek feature */
+#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63a4e7823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONF
+#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY 0 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/ 0: Full function.
+/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/ are removed.
+/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
+/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE 932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/ 1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/ 437 - U.S. (OEM)
+/ 720 - Arabic (OEM)
+/ 737 - Greek (OEM)
+/ 775 - Baltic (OEM)
+/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/ 866 - Russian (OEM)
+/ 857 - Turkish (OEM)
+/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM)
+/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */
+#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
+/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
+/
+/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
+/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
+/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */
+/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
+/
+/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
+/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
+/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
+/
+/ Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _VOLUMES 1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
+/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
+/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
+/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
+/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
+/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
+
+
+#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
+/ should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */
+/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
+/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/ 0: Byte-by-byte access.
+/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
+/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/ performance and code size.
+*/
+
+
+/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
+/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
+/
+/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/ function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
+/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
+ The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5408fe6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+#define _INTEGER
+
+#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+#else /* Embedded platform */
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int INT;
+typedef unsigned int UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef char CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short WORD;
+typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long LONG;
+typedef unsigned long ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long DWORD;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5291eaf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#include "RTC.h"
+
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+
+/** Current dummy RTC time and date */
+static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count;
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+ DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Year = 00;
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+ static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false;
+
+ HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed;
+ if (HalfSecondElapsed == false)
+ return;
+
+ if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60)
+ return;
+
+ DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+
+ if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60)
+ return;
+
+ DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+
+ if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24)
+ return;
+
+ DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
+
+ static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
+ uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1];
+
+ /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */
+ if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) &&
+ ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4))))
+ {
+ DaysInMonth++;
+ }
+
+ if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth)
+ return;
+
+ DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
+
+ if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12)
+ return;
+
+ DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
+ DummyRTC_Count.Year++;
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+ DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate;
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+ *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count;
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#else
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+ /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+ DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues;
+ const uint8_t WriteAddress = 0;
+
+ // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout
+ NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH = false;
+ NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false;
+
+ // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout
+ NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0;
+ NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10);
+ NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10);
+
+ // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307
+ if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress),
+ (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+ DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues;
+ const uint8_t ReadAddress = 0;
+
+ // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307
+ if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress),
+ (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Convert stored time value into decimal
+ TimeDate->Second = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec;
+ TimeDate->Minute = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min;
+ TimeDate->Hour = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour;
+
+ // Convert stored date value into decimal
+ TimeDate->Day = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day;
+ TimeDate->Month = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month;
+ TimeDate->Year = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f35b8ff1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RTC_H_
+#define _RTC_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Hour;
+ uint8_t Minute;
+ uint8_t Second;
+ uint8_t Day;
+ uint8_t Month;
+ uint8_t Year;
+ } TimeDate_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Sec : 4;
+ unsigned TenSec : 3;
+ unsigned CH : 1;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte1;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Min : 4;
+ unsigned TenMin : 3;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte2;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Hour : 4;
+ unsigned TenHour : 2;
+ unsigned TwelveHourMode : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte3;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned DayOfWeek : 3;
+ unsigned Reserved : 5;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte4;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Day : 4;
+ unsigned TenDay : 2;
+ unsigned Reserved : 2;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte5;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Month : 4;
+ unsigned TenMonth : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 3;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte6;
+
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned Year : 4;
+ unsigned TenYear : 4;
+ } Fields;
+
+ uint8_t IntVal;
+ } Byte7;
+ } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */
+ #define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void RTC_Init(void);
+ void RTC_Tick500ms(void);
+ bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate);
+ bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fbbfd60e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..494b31bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1dc267a6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = 1,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */
+static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
+static FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */
+static FIL TempLogFile;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */
+ RTC_Tick500ms();
+
+ /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */
+ if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)
+ return;
+
+ /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */
+ CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ {
+ TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+ RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+
+ char LineBuffer[100];
+ uint16_t BytesWritten;
+
+ BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",
+ CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year,
+ CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second,
+ Temperature_GetTemperature());
+
+ f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);
+ f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */
+ LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);
+
+ /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */
+ if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF)
+ LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+ /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+ OpenLogFile();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */
+void OpenLogFile(void)
+{
+ char LogFileName[12];
+
+ /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */
+ TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+ RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+ sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year);
+
+ /* Mount the storage device, open the file */
+ f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+ f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);
+ f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);
+}
+
+/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */
+void CloseLogFile(void)
+{
+ /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */
+ f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+ f_close(&TempLogFile);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+ Temperature_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+ TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000));
+ RTC_Init();
+
+ /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */
+ OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1);
+ TCCR1B = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12);
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */
+ CloseLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+ /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+ OpenLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+ RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+ ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+ RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+ /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */
+ if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)
+ {
+ LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;
+ eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90b9b4ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TempDataLogger.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
+ #include "Lib/RTC.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */
+ #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL 10
+
+ /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ TimeDate_t TimeDate;
+ uint8_t LogInterval500MS;
+ } Device_Report_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void OpenLogFile(void);
+ void CloseLogFile(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdf8db0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10926e87f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58fac5144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+ partial class frmDataloggerSettings
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required designer variable.
+ /// </summary>
+ private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Clean up any resources being used.
+ /// </summary>
+ /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+ protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+ {
+ if (disposing && (components != null))
+ {
+ components.Dispose();
+ }
+ base.Dispose(disposing);
+ }
+
+ #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+ /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+ /// </summary>
+ private void InitializeComponent()
+ {
+ this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+ this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+ this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();
+ this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+ this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+ this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();
+ this.SuspendLayout();
+ //
+ // btnSetValues
+ //
+ this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);
+ this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";
+ this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+ this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;
+ this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";
+ this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+ this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);
+ //
+ // dtpTime
+ //
+ this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";
+ this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;
+ this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);
+ this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";
+ this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;
+ this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+ this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;
+ //
+ // lblTime
+ //
+ this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;
+ this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);
+ this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";
+ this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+ this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;
+ this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";
+ //
+ // lblLoggingInterval
+ //
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;
+ this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";
+ //
+ // nudLogInterval
+ //
+ this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);
+ this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {
+ 60,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0});
+ this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {
+ 1,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0});
+ this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";
+ this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);
+ this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;
+ this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {
+ 5,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0});
+ //
+ // lblSeconds
+ //
+ this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;
+ this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);
+ this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";
+ this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);
+ this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;
+ this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";
+ //
+ // btnGetValues
+ //
+ this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);
+ this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";
+ this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+ this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;
+ this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";
+ this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+ this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);
+ //
+ // lblDate
+ //
+ this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;
+ this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+ this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);
+ this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";
+ this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+ this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;
+ this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";
+ //
+ // dtpDate
+ //
+ this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";
+ this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;
+ this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);
+ this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";
+ this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+ this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;
+ //
+ // frmDataloggerSettings
+ //
+ this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+ this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+ this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);
+ this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);
+ this.MaximizeBox = false;
+ this.MinimizeBox = false;
+ this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";
+ this.Text = "Datalogger";
+ this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);
+ ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();
+ this.ResumeLayout(false);
+ this.PerformLayout();
+
+ }
+
+ #endregion
+
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;
+ private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3d1e1564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Hid;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+ public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form
+ {
+ private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;
+ private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063;
+
+ private struct Device_Report_t
+ {
+ public Byte Day;
+ public Byte Month;
+ public Byte Year;
+
+ public Byte Hour;
+ public Byte Minute;
+ public Byte Second;
+
+ public Byte LogInterval500MS;
+
+ public Byte[] ToReport()
+ {
+ Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+ Report[0] = this.Hour;
+ Report[1] = this.Minute;
+ Report[2] = this.Second;
+ Report[3] = this.Day;
+ Report[4] = this.Month;
+ Report[5] = this.Year;
+ Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;
+
+ return Report;
+ }
+
+ public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)
+ {
+ this.Hour = Report[0];
+ this.Minute = Report[1];
+ this.Second = Report[2];
+ this.Day = Report[3];
+ this.Month = Report[4];
+ this.Year = Report[5];
+ this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];
+ }
+ };
+
+ private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()
+ {
+ IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);
+ IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;
+
+ if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)
+ ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];
+ else
+ return null;
+
+ // Fix report handle under Windows
+ if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)
+ {
+ ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,
+ ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);
+ }
+
+ return ConnectionHandle;
+ }
+
+ public frmDataloggerSettings()
+ {
+ InitializeComponent();
+ }
+
+ private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+ if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+ {
+ MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+ DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;
+ DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;
+ DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));
+ DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;
+ DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;
+ DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;
+ DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);
+
+ try
+ {
+ ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());
+ MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully.");
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+ }
+ }
+
+ private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+ IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+ if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+ {
+ MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+
+ try
+ {
+ Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+ ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);
+ DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);
+ String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully.";
+
+ try
+ {
+ dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(
+ (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),
+ DeviceReport.Month,
+ DeviceReport.Day);
+
+ dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(
+ DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,
+ DeviceReport.Hour,
+ DeviceReport.Minute,
+ DeviceReport.Second);
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" +
+ ex.Message +
+ "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() +
+ " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() +
+ " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() +
+ "\n\nUsing current date and time.";
+ dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;
+ dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;
+ }
+
+ try
+ {
+ nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;
+ }
+
+ MessageBox.Show(msgText);
+ }
+ catch (Exception ex)
+ {
+ MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+ }
+ }
+
+ private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+ {
+
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19dc0dd8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c19edd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a7112fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3693c6ca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2588e60c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+ static class Program
+ {
+ /// <summary>
+ /// The main entry point for the application.
+ /// </summary>
+ [STAThread]
+ static void Main()
+ {
+ Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+ Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+ Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4d0ab1d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
+// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+// Major Version
+// Minor Version
+// Build Number
+// Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63b1af40d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+ using System;
+
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+ /// </summary>
+ // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+ // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+ // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+ // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ internal class Resources {
+
+ private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+
+ private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+
+ [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+ internal Resources() {
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+ get {
+ if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+ global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+ resourceMan = temp;
+ }
+ return resourceMan;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /// <summary>
+ /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+ /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+ /// </summary>
+ [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+ internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+ get {
+ return resourceCulture;
+ }
+ set {
+ resourceCulture = value;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af7dbebba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+ <!--
+ Microsoft ResX Schema
+
+ Version 2.0
+
+ The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format
+ that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the
+ various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes
+ associated with the data types.
+
+ Example:
+
+ ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+ <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+ <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+ <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+ </data>
+ <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+ <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+ <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+ </data>
+
+ There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple
+ name/value pairs.
+
+ Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a
+ type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support
+ text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture.
+ Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the
+ mimetype set.
+
+ The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the
+ ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not
+ extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+
+ Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format
+ that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can
+ read any of the formats listed below.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized with
+ : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+ mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+ value : The object must be serialized into a byte array
+ : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+ : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+ -->
+ <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+ <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+ <xsd:element name="metadata">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="assembly">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="data">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+ <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ <xsd:element name="resheader">
+ <xsd:complexType>
+ <xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+ </xsd:sequence>
+ <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:choice>
+ </xsd:complexType>
+ </xsd:element>
+ </xsd:schema>
+ <resheader name="resmimetype">
+ <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="version">
+ <value>2.0</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="reader">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+ <resheader name="writer">
+ <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+ </resheader>
+</root> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95fc3ad58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+// This code was generated by a tool.
+// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+// the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+
+
+ [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+ [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+ internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+
+ private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+
+ public static Settings Default {
+ get {
+ return defaultInstance;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39645652a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+ <Profiles>
+ <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+ </Profiles>
+ <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab6b9a83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/
+
+This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,
+Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of
+Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system
+that has both hiddev and Mono.
+
+Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and
+64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often
+neglected.
+
+
+Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.
+
+Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET
+Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).
+
+
+A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate
+methods.
+
+LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other
+examples on common devices are welcomed.
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8517d6f42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+ <PropertyGroup>
+ <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+ <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+ <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+ <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+ <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid>
+ <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+ <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+ <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace>
+ <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName>
+ <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+ <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+ <FileUpgradeFlags>
+ </FileUpgradeFlags>
+ <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+ <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+ <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+ <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+ <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+ <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+ <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+ <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+ <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+ </PropertyGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL">
+ <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion>
+ <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Core">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+ <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+ </Reference>
+ <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+ <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <ItemGroup>
+ <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs">
+ <SubType>Form</SubType>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs">
+ <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+ </Compile>
+ <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+ <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx">
+ <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+ <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+ </EmbeddedResource>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+ </Compile>
+ <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+ <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+ <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+ </None>
+ <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+ <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+ <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+ <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+ </Compile>
+ </ItemGroup>
+ <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+ <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it.
+ Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+ <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+ </Target>
+ <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+ </Target>
+ -->
+</Project> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdb4ad9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script
+ configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user
+ defined logging interval.
+
+ The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to
+ a multiple of 500ms.
+
+ Usage:
+ python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval>
+
+ Example:
+ python temp_log_config.py 500
+
+ Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from datetime import datetime
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x2063
+report_length = 1 + 7
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+ product_id=device_pid)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+ # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero)
+ report_data = [0]
+
+ # Followed by the time/date data
+ report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute,
+ time_date.second, time_date.day,
+ time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000])
+
+ # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time
+ report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms])
+
+ # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+ report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+
+def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+ hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+ configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms)
+
+ print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date)
+ print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0)))
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ time_date = datetime.now()
+ log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2
+
+ # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range
+ log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01)
+ log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF)
+
+ main(time_date, log_interval_500ms)
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d4e0b5e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ * Human Interface Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ * Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by
+ * the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem
+ * each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage
+ * device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the
+ * logging commences.
+ *
+ * A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the
+ * sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token
+ * is specified - see \ref Sec_Options.
+ *
+ * Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.
+ * For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system.
+ *
+ * This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library
+ * LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system
+ * clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf7ee2c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Temperature Datalogger project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..395984174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "Temperature Datalogger Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ TempLogHostApp/ \
+ TempLogHostApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fea6fea91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = TempDataLogger
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7d7e6270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..982703707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204B,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA USB-RS232 Adapter");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b19682a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Command Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf b/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b00fab6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB to Serial" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47a84a4ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the USBtoSerial project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "USBtoSerial.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */
+static RingBuffer_t USBtoUSART_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUSART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data));
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+ if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUSART_Buffer)))
+ {
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Store received byte into the USART transmit buffer */
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+ }
+
+ uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ if (BufferCount)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ /* Check if a packet is already enqueued to the host - if so, we shouldn't try to send more data
+ * until it completes as there is a chance nothing is listening and a lengthy timeout could occur */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ /* Never send more than one bank size less one byte to the host at a time, so that we don't block
+ * while a Zero Length Packet (ZLP) to terminate the transfer is sent if the host isn't listening */
+ uint8_t BytesToSend = MIN(BufferCount, (CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE - 1));
+
+ /* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */
+ while (BytesToSend--)
+ {
+ /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+ if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+ RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+ RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Load the next byte from the USART transmit buffer into the USART if transmit buffer space is available */
+ if (Serial_IsSendReady() && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUSART_Buffer)))
+ Serial_SendByte(RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUSART_Buffer));
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
+ * for later transmission to the host.
+ */
+ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
+
+ if ((USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured) && !(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)))
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
+
+ switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
+ {
+ case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
+ ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
+ break;
+ case CDC_PARITY_Even:
+ ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
+
+ switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
+ {
+ case 6:
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Keep the TX line held high (idle) while the USART is reconfigured */
+ PORTD |= (1 << 3);
+
+ /* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ /* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */
+ UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+
+ /* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */
+ UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
+ UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+ /* Release the TX line after the USART has been reconfigured */
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed6880baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for USBtoSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_SERIAL_H_
+#define _USB_SERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0620f9393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage USB to Serial Converter Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * USB to Serial bridge project. This project allows a USB AVR to serve
+ * as a USB to USART bridge between a USB host and a device lacking a
+ * USB port. When programmed into a USB AVR, the AVR will enumerate as a
+ * virtual COM port.
+ *
+ * The AVR's hardware USART's settings will change to mirror as closely as
+ * possible the serial settings set on the host. However, due to hardware
+ * limitations, some options may not be supported (baud rates with unacceptable
+ * error rates at the AVR's clock speed, data lengths other than 6, 7 or 8 bits,
+ * 1.5 stop bits, parity other than none, even or odd).
+ *
+ * After running this project for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this project
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml b/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5afcafe7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB to Serial Converter" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial" caption="USB to Serial Converter">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ USB to Serial USART converter project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="USBtoSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="USBtoSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="USBtoSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile b/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f79dc6bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - USB to Serial Device Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile b/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b39042ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = USBtoSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30a265767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
+ #define ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER
+ #define ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER
+ #define MAX_URI_LENGTH 50
+
+ #define DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 2}
+ #define DEVICE_NETMASK (uint8_t[]){255, 255, 255, 0}
+ #define DEVICE_GATEWAY (uint8_t[]){ 10, 0, 0, 1}
+ #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS (uint8_t[]){ 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0}
+
+ #define UIP_CONF_UDP (defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER))
+ #define UIP_CONF_BROADCAST 1
+ #define UIP_CONF_TCP 1
+ #define UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS 1
+ #define UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS 3
+ #define UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS 5
+ #define UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE 1514
+ #define UIP_CONF_LL_802154 0
+ #define UIP_CONF_LL_80211 0
+ #define UIP_CONF_ROUTER 0
+ #define UIP_CONF_ICMP6 0
+ #define UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH 1
+ #define UIP_URGDATA 0
+ #define UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM 0
+ #define UIP_ARCH_ADD32 0
+ #define UIP_NEIGHBOR_CONF_ADDRTYPE 0
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba602dbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c b/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72dda9f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2069,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 3,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x00,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Webserver");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h b/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66da1b654
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 5)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Command Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf b/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c77de8f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..760718127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * DHCP Client Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will retrieve IP configuration settings from the
+ * DHCP server on the network.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C
+#include "DHCPClientApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Initialization function for the DHCP client. */
+void DHCPClientApp_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */
+ struct uip_udp_conn* Connection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+ /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */
+ if (Connection != NULL)
+ {
+ uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &Connection->appstate;
+ uip_udp_bind(Connection, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT));
+
+ /* Set the initial client state */
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+ /* Set timeout period to half a second for a DHCP server to respond */
+ timer_set(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout, CLOCK_SECOND / 2);
+ }
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP client. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack
+ * needs a UDP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void)
+{
+ uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_udp_conn->appstate;
+ DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata;
+ uint16_t AppDataSize = 0;
+
+ switch (AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState)
+ {
+ case DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover:
+ /* Clear all DHCP settings, reset client IP address */
+ memset(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data, 0x00, sizeof(AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data));
+ uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+
+ /* Fill out the DHCP response header */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_DISCOVER, AppState);
+
+ /* Add the required DHCP options list to the packet */
+ uint8_t RequiredOptionList[] = {DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER};
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST, sizeof(RequiredOptionList),
+ RequiredOptionList);
+
+ /* Send the DHCP DISCOVER packet */
+ uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+ /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */
+ timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer;
+
+ break;
+ case DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer:
+ if (!(uip_newdata()))
+ {
+ /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */
+ if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout))
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t OfferResponse_MessageType;
+ if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) &&
+ DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &OfferResponse_MessageType) &&
+ (OfferResponse_MessageType == DHCP_OFFER))
+ {
+ /* Received a DHCP offer for an IP address, copy over values for later request */
+ memcpy(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, &AppData->YourIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask);
+ DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP);
+ DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP);
+
+ timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendRequest;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case DHCP_STATE_SendRequest:
+ /* Fill out the DHCP response header */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_REQUEST, AppState);
+
+ /* Add the DHCP REQUESTED IP ADDRESS option to the packet */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t),
+ &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+
+ /* Add the DHCP SERVER IP ADDRESS option to the packet */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t),
+ &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP);
+
+ /* Send the DHCP REQUEST packet */
+ uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+ /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */
+ timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK;
+
+ break;
+ case DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK:
+ if (!(uip_newdata()))
+ {
+ /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */
+ if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout))
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t RequestResponse_MessageType;
+ if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) &&
+ DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &RequestResponse_MessageType) &&
+ (RequestResponse_MessageType == DHCP_ACK))
+ {
+ /* Set the new network parameters from the DHCP server */
+ uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+ uip_setnetmask((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask);
+ uip_setdraddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP);
+
+ AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required
+ * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP server.
+ *
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to
+ * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER
+ * \param[in] AppState Application state of the current UDP connection
+ *
+ * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet
+ */
+static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+ const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+ uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState)
+{
+ /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */
+ memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Fill out the DHCP packet header */
+ DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST;
+ DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET;
+ DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress);
+ DHCPHeader->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeader->TransactionID = DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID;
+ DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeader->Flags = HTONS(BOOTP_BROADCAST);
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, &MACAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+ DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE;
+
+ /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */
+ DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0aec00331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCPClientApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_
+#define _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+ #include "../Webserver.h"
+ #include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** States for each DHCP connection to a DHCP client. */
+ enum DHCP_Client_States_t
+ {
+ DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover, /**< Send DISCOVER packet to retrieve DHCP lease offers */
+ DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer, /**< Waiting for OFFER packet giving available DHCP leases */
+ DHCP_STATE_SendRequest, /**< Send REQUEST packet to request a DHCP lease */
+ DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK, /**< Wait for ACK packet to complete the DHCP lease */
+ DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased, /**< DHCP address has been leased from a DHCP server */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DHCPClientApp_Init(void);
+ void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C)
+ static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+ const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+ uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState);
+ #endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d80f65ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Common DHCP routines to manage DHCP packet data.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sets the given DHCP option in the DHCP packet's option list. This automatically moves the
+ * end of options terminator past the new option in the options list.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list
+ * \param[in] Option DHCP option to add to the list
+ * \param[in] DataLen Size in bytes of the option data to add
+ * \param[in] OptionData Buffer where the option's data is to be sourced from
+ *
+ * \return Number of bytes added to the DHCP packet
+ */
+uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+ const uint8_t Option,
+ const uint8_t DataLen,
+ void* const OptionData)
+{
+ /* Skip through the DHCP options list until the terminator option is found */
+ while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2);
+
+ /* Overwrite the existing terminator with the new option, add a new terminator at the end of the list */
+ DHCPOptionList[0] = Option;
+ DHCPOptionList[1] = DataLen;
+ memcpy(&DHCPOptionList[2], OptionData, DataLen);
+ DHCPOptionList[2 + DataLen] = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+ return (2 + DataLen);
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the given option's data (if present) from the DHCP packet's options list.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list
+ * \param[in] Option DHCP option to retrieve to the list
+ * \param[out] Destination Buffer where the option's data is to be written to if found
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the option was found in the DHCP packet's options list, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+ const uint8_t Option,
+ void* const Destination)
+{
+ /* Look through the incoming DHCP packet's options list for the requested option */
+ while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current DHCP option in the packet is the one requested */
+ if (DHCPOptionList[0] == Option)
+ {
+ /* Copy request option's data to the destination buffer */
+ memcpy(Destination, &DHCPOptionList[2], DHCPOptionList[1]);
+
+ /* Indicate that the requested option data was successfully retrieved */
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip to next DHCP option in the options list */
+ DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2);
+ }
+
+ /* Requested option not found in the incoming packet's DHCP options list */
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f54c1671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for common DHCP defines.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_COMMON_H_
+#define _DHCP_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP server. */
+ #define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67
+
+ /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP client. */
+ #define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
+
+ /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REQUEST message. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
+
+ /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REPLY message. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
+
+ /** BOOTP flag for a BOOTP broadcast message. */
+ #define BOOTP_BROADCAST 0x8000
+
+ /** Magic DHCP cookie for a BOOTP message to identify it as a DHCP message. */
+ #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63538263
+
+ /** Unique transaction ID used to identify DHCP responses to the client. */
+ #define DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID 0x13245466
+
+ /** DHCP message type for a DISCOVER message. */
+ #define DHCP_DISCOVER 1
+
+ /** DHCP message type for an OFFER message. */
+ #define DHCP_OFFER 2
+
+ /** DHCP message type for a REQUEST message. */
+ #define DHCP_REQUEST 3
+
+ /** DHCP message type for a DECLINE message. */
+ #define DHCP_DECLINE 4
+
+ /** DHCP message type for an ACK message. */
+ #define DHCP_ACK 5
+
+ /** DHCP message type for a NAK message. */
+ #define DHCP_NAK 6
+
+ /** DHCP message type for a RELEASE message. */
+ #define DHCP_RELEASE 7
+
+ /** DHCP medium type for standard Ethernet. */
+ #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 1
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the network subnet mask. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the network gateway IP. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the network DNS server. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the requested client IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR 50
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the IP address lease time. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the DHCP message type. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE 53
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the DHCP server IP. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the list of required options from the server. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST 55
+
+ /** DHCP message option for the options list terminator. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+ uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+ uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+ uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+ uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+ uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+ uip_ipaddr_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+ uip_ipaddr_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+ uip_ipaddr_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uip_ipaddr_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+ uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+
+ uint8_t Options[]; /**< DHCP message options */
+ } DHCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+ const uint8_t Option,
+ const uint8_t DataLen,
+ void* const OptionData);
+ bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+ const uint8_t Option,
+ void* const Destination);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fea54ddb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * DHCP Server Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will send IP configuration settings to a
+ * DHCP client on the network.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C
+#include "DHCPServerApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+struct uip_conn* BroadcastConnection;
+
+uint8_t LeasedIPs[255 / 8];
+
+/** Initialization function for the DHCP server. */
+void DHCPServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Listen on port 67 for DHCP server connections from hosts */
+ uip_listen(HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+ /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */
+ struct uip_udp_conn* BroadcastConnection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT));
+
+ /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */
+ if (BroadcastConnection != NULL)
+ uip_udp_bind(BroadcastConnection, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+ /* Set all IP addresses as unleased */
+ memset(LeasedIPs, 0x00, sizeof(LeasedIPs));
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP server. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack
+ * needs a UDP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+ DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata;
+ uint16_t AppDataSize = 0;
+
+ /* Only process when new data arrives - don't retransmit lost packets */
+ if (uip_newdata())
+ {
+ /* Get the DHCP message type (if present), otherwise early-abort */
+ uint8_t DHCPMessageType;
+ if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &DHCPMessageType)))
+ return;
+
+ uip_ipaddr_t Netmask, GatewayIPAddress, PreferredClientIP;
+ struct uip_eth_addr RemoteMACAddress;
+ uint32_t TransactionID;
+
+ /* Get configured network mask, gateway IP and extract out DHCP transaction ID and remote IP */
+ uip_getnetmask(&Netmask);
+ uip_getdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+ memcpy(&RemoteMACAddress, &AppData->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+ TransactionID = AppData->TransactionID;
+
+ /* Try to extract out the client's preferred IP address if it is indicated in the packet */
+ if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, &PreferredClientIP)))
+ memcpy(&PreferredClientIP, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+
+ switch (DHCPMessageType)
+ {
+ case DHCP_DISCOVER:
+ /* If no preference was made or the preferred IP is already taken, find a new address */
+ if (DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP))
+ DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(&PreferredClientIP);
+
+ /* Create a new DHCP OFFER packet with the offered IP address */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_OFFER, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID);
+
+ /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP OFFER packet options */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK,
+ sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask);
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER,
+ sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress);
+
+ /* Send the DHCP OFFER packet */
+ uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection);
+ memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+ break;
+ case DHCP_REQUEST:
+ /* Check to see if the requested IP address has already been leased to a client */
+ if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP)))
+ {
+ /* Create a new DHCP ACK packet to accept the IP address lease */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_ACK, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID);
+
+ /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP ACK packet options */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK,
+ sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask);
+ AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER,
+ sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress);
+
+ /* Mark the requested IP as leased to a client */
+ DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(&PreferredClientIP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Create a new DHCP NAK packet to reject the requested allocation */
+ AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_NAK, &RemoteMACAddress, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, TransactionID);
+ }
+
+ /* Send the DHCP ACK or NAK packet */
+ uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection);
+ memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+ break;
+ case DHCP_RELEASE:
+ /* Mark the IP address as released in the allocation table */
+ DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required
+ * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP client.
+ *
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to
+ * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER
+ * \param[in] ClientHardwareAddress Client MAC address the created transaction should be directed to
+ * \param[in] PreferredClientIP Preferred IP that should be given to the client if it is unallocated
+ * \param[in] TransactionID Transaction ID the created transaction should be associated with
+ *
+ * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet
+ */
+static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+ const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+ const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress,
+ const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP,
+ const uint32_t TransactionID)
+{
+ /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */
+ memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCPMessageType;
+ DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET;
+ DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress);
+ DHCPHeader->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeader->TransactionID = TransactionID;
+ DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeader->Flags = 0;
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, PreferredClientIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+ DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE;
+
+ /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */
+ DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType;
+ DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4);
+}
+
+/** Checks to see if the nominated IP address has already been allocated to a client.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address whose lease status should be checked
+ *
+ * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the IP has already been leased to a client, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+ uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+ /* Make sure that the requested IP address isn't already leased to the virtual server or another client */
+ if (IPAddress->u8[3] && !(IPAddress->u8[3] == uip_hostaddr.u8[3]) && !(LeasedIPs[Byte] & Mask))
+ return false;
+ else
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the next unleased IP in the IP address pool.
+ *
+ * \param[out] NewIPAddress Location where the generated IP Address should be stored
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress)
+{
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(NewIPAddress, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+ /** Look through the current subnet, skipping the broadcast and zero IP addresses */
+ for (uint8_t IP = 1; IP < 254; IP++)
+ {
+ /* Update new IP address to lease with the current IP address to test */
+ NewIPAddress->u8[3] = IP;
+
+ /* If we've found an unleased IP, abort with the updated IP stored for the called */
+ if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(NewIPAddress)))
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Marks the given IP Address as leased in the address pool, so that it will not be
+ * allocated to another client unless it is first released.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as leased
+ *
+ * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+ uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+ /* Mark the IP address as leased in the allocation table */
+ LeasedIPs[Byte] |= Mask;
+}
+
+/** Marks the given IP Address as not leased in the address pool, so that it can be
+ * allocated to another client upon request.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as not leased
+ *
+ * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+ uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+ /* Mark the IP address as unleased in the allocation table */
+ LeasedIPs[Byte] &= ~Mask;
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9dae7bf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCPServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+ #include "../Webserver.h"
+ #include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DHCPServerApp_Init(void);
+ void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C)
+ static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+ const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+ const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress,
+ const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP,
+ const uint32_t TransactionID);
+ static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+ static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress);
+ static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+ static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+ #endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1111ce39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..367fbac8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80d8843d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+
+
+FILES
+
+ ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module.
+ ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+ ff.c FatFs module.
+ diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+ diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
+ integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs.
+ option Optional external functions.
+
+ Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+ module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+ storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+ to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+ Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype
+
+ Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release.
+
+ Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12.
+ Removed unbuffered mode.
+ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+ Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+ Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename.
+ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+ Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+ Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+ Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+ Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+ Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+ Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+ Added minimization level 3.
+ Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+ existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+ May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+ Added FSInfo support.
+ Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+ Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+ Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+ Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+ Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+ Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+ Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+ Added f_utime().
+ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+ Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+ Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+ Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+ Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+ Added long file name support.
+ Added multiple code page support.
+ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+ Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+ Changed result code of critical errors.
+ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+ Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+ Added multiple sector size support.
+
+ Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+ Added relative path feature.
+ Added f_chdir().
+ Added f_chdrive().
+ Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+ Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+
+ May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
+ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+
+ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+
+ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+ Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
+
+ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+
+ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
+ Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
+ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b119b1a40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialize a Drive */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+ BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+ BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s) */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+ BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+ BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */
+ DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
+ BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
+)
+{
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+ return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s) */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+ BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */
+ const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */
+ DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */
+ BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
+)
+{
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+ return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65e3048a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/ Low level disk interface module include file
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"
+#include "ff.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+ RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */
+ RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */
+ RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */
+ RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */
+ RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f58adf83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support.
+/ Removed unbuffered mode.
+/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename().
+/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
+/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system.
+/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/ Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
+/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/ Added minimization level 3.
+/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/ Added FSInfo support.
+/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
+/ Added long file name feature.
+/ Added multiple code page feature.
+/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/ Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/ Changed result code of critical errors.
+/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/ Added multiple sector size feature.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/ Added relative path feature.
+/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/ Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+/
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
+/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
+/
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
+/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
+/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions on sector size */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
+#error Wrong sector size.
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */
+#else
+#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Reentrancy related */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+#else
+#define ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res
+#endif
+
+#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+
+/* File access control feature */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+#if _FS_READONLY
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
+#endif
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
+ DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */
+ WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */
+ WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
+} FILESEM;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x40
+#define _DS1E 0x7E
+#define _DS2S 0x80
+#define _DS2E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x41
+#define _DS1E 0x5A
+#define _DS2S 0x61
+#define _DS2E 0x7A
+#define _DS3S 0x81
+#define _DS3E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S 0x81
+#define _DF1E 0xFE
+#define _DS1S 0x40
+#define _DS1E 0x7E
+#define _DS2S 0xA1
+#define _DS2E 0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+ 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+ 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+ 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S 0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+ 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+ 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
+#endif
+#define _DF1S 0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
+
+#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else /* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else /* Code page is SBCS */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c) 0
+#define IsDBCS2(c) 0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
+#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */
+
+
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
+/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
+#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
+#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
+/ different platforms */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */
+#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
+#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */
+#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
+#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */
+#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */
+#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */
+#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */
+#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */
+#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
+#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
+#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */
+#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
+#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
+#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
+#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
+#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
+#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
+#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */
+
+#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */
+#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */
+#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */
+#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */
+#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */
+#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */
+#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */
+#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
+#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */
+#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */
+#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
+#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */
+#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */
+#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
+#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
+#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Module private work area */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
+/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
+/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
+*/
+
+#if _VOLUMES
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+#else
+#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
+#endif
+
+static
+WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_LOCK
+static
+FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
+#define FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
+#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
+ if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
+ (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; }
+#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn)
+
+#else
+#error Wrong LFN configuration.
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+ BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+ const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
+ while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
+ *(int*)d = *(int*)s;
+ d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
+ cnt -= sizeof (int);
+ }
+#endif
+ while (cnt--)
+ *d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
+ BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+
+ while (cnt--)
+ *d++ = (BYTE)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+ const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
+ int r = 0;
+
+ while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+ while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+ return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+int lock_fs (
+ FATFS *fs /* File system object */
+)
+{
+ return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+ if (fs &&
+ res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+ res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+ res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+ res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+ ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* File lock control functions */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_LOCK
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */
+ DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
+ int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, be;
+
+ /* Search file semaphore table */
+ for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+ if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */
+ if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */
+ Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+ Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+ } else { /* Blank entry */
+ be++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */
+ return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
+
+ /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
+ return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+static
+int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+ return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
+ DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
+ int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */
+ if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
+ Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+ Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+ }
+
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+ if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */
+ Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
+ Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
+ Files[i].idx = dj->index;
+ Files[i].ctr = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */
+
+ Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */
+
+ return i + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */
+ UINT i /* Semaphore index */
+)
+{
+ WORD n;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
+ n = Files[i].ctr;
+ if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
+ if (n) n--;
+ Files[i].ctr = n;
+ if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ } else {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+static
+void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */
+ FATFS *fs
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+ if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
+) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+ DWORD wsect;
+
+
+ wsect = fs->winsect;
+ if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */
+ if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ fs->wflag = 0;
+ if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */
+ BYTE nf;
+ for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
+ wsect += fs->fsize;
+ disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if (sector) {
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ fs->winsect = sector;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+ FATFS *fs /* File system object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ res = move_window(fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+ if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+ fs->winsect = 0;
+ /* Create FSInfo structure */
+ mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+ ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+ ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+ /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
+ disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+ fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+ }
+ /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+ if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
+ res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster# */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+ clst -= 2;
+ if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */
+ return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+ UINT wc, bc;
+ BYTE *p;
+
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */
+ return 1;
+
+ switch (fs->fs_type) {
+ case FS_FAT12 :
+ bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+ wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+ wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
+ return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+ case FS_FAT16 :
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+ return LD_WORD(p);
+
+ case FS_FAT32 :
+ if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+ return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
+ DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+ UINT bc;
+ BYTE *p;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+ } else {
+ switch (fs->fs_type) {
+ case FS_FAT12 :
+ bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+ *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+ bc++;
+ fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+ *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+ break;
+
+ case FS_FAT16 :
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+ ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
+ break;
+
+ case FS_FAT32 :
+ res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+ val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
+ ST_DWORD(p, val);
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+ fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD nxt;
+#if _USE_ERASE
+ DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
+#endif
+
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+ } else {
+ res = FR_OK;
+ while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */
+ nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */
+ if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */
+ if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */
+ if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */
+ res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */
+ fs->free_clust++;
+ fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ }
+#if _USE_ERASE
+ if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */
+ ecl = nxt;
+ } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */
+ rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */
+ rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */
+ disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */
+ scl = ecl = nxt;
+ }
+#endif
+ clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */
+ scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */
+ if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
+ }
+ else { /* Stretch the current chain */
+ cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */
+ if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */
+ if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */
+ scl = clst;
+ }
+
+ ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */
+ for (;;) {
+ ncl++; /* Next cluster */
+ if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */
+ ncl = 2;
+ if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
+ }
+ cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */
+ if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */
+ if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
+ return cs;
+ if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */
+ }
+
+ res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
+ if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
+ res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */
+ if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+ fs->free_clust--;
+ fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
+ }
+
+ return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+static
+DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
+ FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
+
+
+ tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */
+ cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */
+ for (;;) {
+ ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */
+ if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */
+ if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */
+ cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */
+ }
+ return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
+ WORD idx /* Index of directory table */
+)
+{
+ DWORD clst;
+ WORD ic;
+
+
+ dj->index = idx;
+ clst = dj->sclust;
+ if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+ clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+ if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
+ dj->clust = clst;
+ if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
+ }
+ else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
+ ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */
+ while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */
+ clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */
+ if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */
+ return FR_INT_ERR;
+ idx -= ic;
+ }
+ dj->clust = clst;
+ dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */
+ }
+
+ dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+ return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */
+ int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
+)
+{
+ DWORD clst;
+ WORD i;
+
+
+ stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
+ i = dj->index + 1;
+ if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+ return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+ if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */
+ dj->sect++; /* Next sector */
+
+ if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */
+ if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */
+ return FR_NO_FILE;
+ }
+ else { /* Dynamic table */
+ if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */
+ clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */
+ if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ BYTE c;
+ if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */
+ clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */
+ if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */
+ if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ /* Clean-up stretched table */
+ if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */
+ mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */
+ dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */
+ for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ dj->fs->winsect++;
+ }
+ dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */
+#else
+ return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */
+#endif
+ }
+ dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */
+ dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ dj->index = i;
+ dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+DWORD ld_clust (
+ FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+ DWORD cl;
+
+ cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+ if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
+ cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
+
+ return cl;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void st_clust (
+ BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ DWORD cl /* Value to be set */
+)
+{
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
+ WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+ i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+ s = 0; wc = 1;
+ do {
+ uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+ if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
+ wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */
+ return 0; /* Not matched */
+ } else {
+ if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
+ }
+ } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+ if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
+ WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+ BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+ i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+ s = 0; wc = 1;
+ do {
+ uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+ if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
+ lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */
+ } else {
+ if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */
+ }
+ } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */
+
+ if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+ if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */
+ lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+ const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+ BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */
+ BYTE sum /* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, s;
+ WCHAR wc;
+
+
+ dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */
+ dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+ dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+ ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+ i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+ s = wc = 0;
+ do {
+ if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */
+ ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */
+ if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */
+ } while (++s < 13);
+ if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+ dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+ BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */
+ const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+ const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */
+ WORD seq /* Sequence number */
+)
+{
+ BYTE ns[8], c;
+ UINT i, j;
+
+
+ mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+ if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
+ do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+ }
+
+ /* itoa (hexdecimal) */
+ i = 7;
+ do {
+ c = (seq % 16) + '0';
+ if (c > '9') c += 7;
+ ns[i--] = c;
+ seq /= 16;
+ } while (seq);
+ ns[i] = '~';
+
+ /* Append the number */
+ for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+ if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+ if (j == i - 1) break;
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ do {
+ dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+ } while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+ const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+ BYTE sum = 0;
+ UINT n = 11;
+
+ do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+ return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+ DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+ ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+ c = dir[DIR_Name];
+ if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+ if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
+ ord = 0xFF;
+ } else {
+ if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
+ if (dj->lfn) {
+ if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+ sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+ c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */
+ dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+ }
+ /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+ ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+ }
+ } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
+ if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */
+ ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */
+ if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+ break;
+#endif
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+ DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ while (dj->sect) {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+ c = dir[DIR_Name];
+ if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+ if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */
+ ord = 0xFF;
+ } else {
+ if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */
+ if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+ sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+ c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
+ dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+ }
+ /* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+ ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+ } else { /* An SFN entry is found */
+ if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */
+ dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+ break;
+#endif
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ }
+
+ if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+ DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ WORD n, ne, is;
+ BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+ WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+ fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+ mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+ if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+
+ if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+ fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */
+ for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+ gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */
+ res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ }
+ if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */
+ if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+ fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+ }
+
+ if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+ for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+ ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+ } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+ ne = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Reserve contiguous entries */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+ n = is = 0;
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */
+ if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */
+ if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */
+ if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
+ } else {
+ n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+ }
+ res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+
+ if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+ ne--;
+ do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+ }
+ }
+
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ c = *dj->dir;
+ if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj->dir;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */
+ mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */
+#endif
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+ DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ WORD i;
+
+ i = dj->index; /* SFN index */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ do {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ }
+
+#else /* Non LFN configuration */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+ dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
+ const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */
+ BYTE b, cf;
+ WCHAR w, *lfn;
+ UINT i, ni, si, di;
+ const TCHAR *p;
+
+ /* Create LFN in Unicode */
+ for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+ lfn = dj->lfn;
+ si = di = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */
+ if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
+ if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+ w &= 0xFF;
+ if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
+ if (!IsDBCS2(b))
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */
+ w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */
+ }
+ w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
+ if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+ if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */
+ }
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+ (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
+ lfn[di] = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+ dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+ dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */
+ return FR_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+ while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+ w = lfn[di-1];
+ if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+ di--;
+ }
+ if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
+
+ lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */
+
+ /* Create SFN in directory form */
+ mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+ for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+ if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+ while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+ b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+ for (;;) {
+ w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */
+ if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */
+ if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+ }
+
+ if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */
+ if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+ }
+ if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */
+ if (si > di) break; /* No extension */
+ si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */
+ b <<= 2; continue;
+ }
+
+ if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */
+ if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+ w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+ cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */
+ }
+
+ if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ if (i >= ni - 1) {
+ cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+ }
+ dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+ } else { /* Single byte char */
+ if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+ w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
+ } else {
+ if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */
+ b |= 2;
+ } else {
+ if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */
+ b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+ }
+
+ if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+ if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+ cf |= NS_LFN;
+ if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+ if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+ }
+
+ dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else /* Non-LFN configuration */
+ BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+ UINT ni, si, i;
+ const char *p;
+
+ /* Create file name in directory form */
+ for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */
+ sfn = dj->fn;
+ mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+ si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+ if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ }
+ if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+ return FR_OK;
+ }
+#endif
+ for (;;) {
+ c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+ if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */
+ if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+ if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ i = 8; ni = 11;
+ b <<= 2; continue;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */
+ b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+ c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
+#else
+#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+ if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */
+ if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ sfn[i++] = d;
+ } else { /* Single byte code */
+ if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+ return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */
+ b |= 2;
+ } else {
+ if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */
+ b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+ }
+ }
+ sfn[i++] = c;
+ }
+ }
+ *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */
+ c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+ if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */
+ if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+ if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+ if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
+ if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
+
+ sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+ UINT i;
+ BYTE nt, *dir;
+ TCHAR *p, c;
+
+
+ p = fno->fname;
+ if (dj->sect) {
+ dir = dj->dir;
+ nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */
+ c = dir[i];
+ if (c == ' ') break;
+ if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
+ if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+ if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+ c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+ c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+ if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ }
+ if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */
+ *p++ = '.';
+ for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+ c = dir[i];
+ if (c == ' ') break;
+ if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+ if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+ c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+ c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+ if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ }
+ }
+ fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */
+ fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */
+ fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */
+ fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */
+ }
+ *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+ if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
+ TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+ WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+ i = 0;
+ if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+ lfn = dj->lfn;
+ while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+ w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+ if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */
+ if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+ tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+ if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
+ tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
+ }
+ }
+ tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
+ }
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+ DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+ const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ BYTE *dir, ns;
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+ path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+ } else { /* No heading separator */
+ dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */
+ }
+#else
+ if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */
+ path++;
+ dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+ if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+ dj->dir = 0;
+ } else { /* Follow path */
+ for (;;) {
+ res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */
+ ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
+ if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */
+ if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */
+ /* Object not found */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */
+ dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
+ } else { /* Could not find the object */
+ if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+ dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+ if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+ res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+ }
+ dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
+ FATFS *fs, /* File system object */
+ DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */
+ return 3;
+ if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+ return 2;
+
+ if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */
+ return 0;
+ if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+ return 0;
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
+ const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+ FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+ BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+ BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
+ UINT vol;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+ DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
+ WORD nrsv;
+ const TCHAR *p = *path;
+ FATFS *fs;
+
+
+ /* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+ vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */
+ if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+ p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */
+ } else { /* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */
+#else
+ vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+ *rfs = 0;
+ if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */
+ return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */
+ if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */
+
+ ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */
+
+ *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+ if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */
+ stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
+ if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+ if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */
+ return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+ return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The file system object is not valid. */
+ /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
+
+ fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */
+ fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+ stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */
+ return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
+ if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */
+ return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
+ if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+ /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
+ fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
+ if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
+ if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
+ /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
+ pi = LD2PT(vol);
+ if (pi) pi--;
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
+ if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */
+ bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */
+ fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */
+ }
+ }
+ if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */
+
+ /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
+
+ if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
+ return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+ fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+ fs->fsize = fasize;
+
+ fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */
+ if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */
+ fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */
+
+ fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+ if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */
+
+ fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */
+ if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
+
+ tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */
+ if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+
+ nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */
+ if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
+
+ /* Determine the FAT sub type */
+ sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */
+ if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
+ nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */
+ if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */
+ fmt = FS_FAT12;
+ if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+ if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+ /* Boundaries and Limits */
+ fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */
+ fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */
+ fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
+ fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */
+ szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */
+ } else {
+ if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
+ fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */
+ szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */
+ fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
+ }
+ if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
+ return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ /* Initialize cluster allocation information */
+ fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ fs->last_clust = 0;
+
+ /* Get fsinfo if available */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+ fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+ if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+ LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+ LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+ LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+ fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+ fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */
+ fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */
+ fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */
+ fs->wflag = 0;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */
+ clear_lock(fs);
+#endif
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+ void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
+)
+{
+ FIL *fil;
+
+
+ fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
+ if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
+ return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */
+
+ if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
+ return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+ BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+ FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+ FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+ if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */
+ return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */
+
+ if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ clear_lock(rfs);
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+ if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */
+ }
+
+ if (fs) {
+ fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */
+ if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ }
+ FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */
+ BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+ fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
+#else
+ mode &= FA_READ;
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ else
+ res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* Create or Open a file */
+ if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+ DWORD dw, cl;
+
+ if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
+#else
+ res = dir_register(&dj);
+#endif
+ mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */
+ dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */
+ }
+ else { /* Any object is already existing */
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ } else {
+ if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */
+ res = FR_EXIST;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
+ dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */
+ cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */
+ st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+ dw = dj.fs->winsect;
+ res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else { /* Open an existing file */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ } else {
+ if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
+ mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */
+ fp->dir_ptr = dir;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+ if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+ }
+
+#else /* R/O configuration */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else {
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ FREE_BUF();
+
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */
+ fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */
+ fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */
+ fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */
+ fp->dsect = 0;
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */
+#endif
+ fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */
+ UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+ UINT rcnt, cc;
+ BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+ *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+ remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+ if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+ for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */
+ rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
+ } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl)
+ clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+ else
+#endif
+ clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
+ }
+ if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+ if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+ if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+ cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
+ mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+ if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
+ mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
+ continue;
+ }
+#if !_FS_TINY
+ if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ }
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+ if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+ mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */
+ UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD clst, sect;
+ UINT wcnt, cc;
+ const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+ BYTE csect;
+
+
+ *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+ if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+ for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */
+ wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */
+ if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */
+ fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */
+ } else { /* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl)
+ clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+ else
+#endif
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
+ }
+ if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+ if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+ if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+ if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */
+ cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+ mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+ fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+ mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */
+ continue;
+ }
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+ }
+#else
+ if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */
+ if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+ disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ }
+ wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+ if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
+ fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+ mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */
+ fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD tim;
+ BYTE *dir;
+
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Update the directory entry */
+ res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+ dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */
+ st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */
+ tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+ fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(fp->fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+ res = validate(fp);
+ {
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+ }
+#else
+ res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
+ res = validate(fp);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+ unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
+ }
+#else
+ res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */
+ return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+ BYTE drv /* Drive number */
+)
+{
+ if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+ CurrVol = drv;
+
+ return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (!dj.dir) {
+ dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */
+ } else {
+ if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */
+ dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
+ else
+ res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
+FRESULT f_getcwd (
+ TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */
+ UINT sz_path /* Size of path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ UINT i, n;
+ DWORD ccl;
+ TCHAR *tp;
+ FILINFO fno;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ *path = 0;
+ res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
+ dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
+ while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
+ res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ res = dir_read(&dj);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */
+ res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */
+ res = dir_read(&dj);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */
+ res = dir_next(&dj, 0);
+ } while (res == FR_OK);
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+#if _USE_LFN
+ fno.lfname = path;
+ fno.lfsize = i;
+#endif
+ get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
+ tp = fno.fname;
+ if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
+ for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
+ if (i < n + 3) {
+ res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
+ }
+ while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
+ path[--i] = '/';
+ }
+ tp = path;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */
+ *tp++ = ':';
+ if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */
+ *tp++ = '/';
+ } else { /* Sub-dir */
+ do /* Add stacked path str */
+ *tp++ = path[i++];
+ while (i < sz_path);
+ }
+ }
+ *tp = 0;
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */
+ DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
+
+ if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */
+ tbl = fp->cltbl;
+ tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */
+ cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */
+ if (cl) {
+ do {
+ /* Get a fragment */
+ tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */
+ do {
+ pcl = cl; ncl++;
+ cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
+ if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ } while (cl == pcl + 1);
+ if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */
+ *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
+ }
+ } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */
+ }
+ *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */
+ if (ulen <= tlen)
+ *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */
+ else
+ res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */
+
+ } else { /* Fast seek */
+ if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */
+ ofs = fp->fsize;
+ fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */
+ if (ofs) {
+ fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
+ dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
+ if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = dsc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+
+ /* Normal Seek */
+ {
+ DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+ if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+ ) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+ ifptr = fp->fptr;
+ fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
+ if (ofs) {
+ bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */
+ if (ifptr > 0 &&
+ (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+ fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */
+ ofs -= fp->fptr;
+ clst = fp->clust;
+ } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */
+ clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+ if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->sclust = clst;
+ }
+#endif
+ fp->clust = clst;
+ }
+ if (clst != 0) {
+ while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */
+ clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */
+ if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+ ofs = bcs; break;
+ }
+ } else
+#endif
+ clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst;
+ fp->fptr += bcs;
+ ofs -= bcs;
+ }
+ fp->fptr += ofs;
+ if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+ nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */
+ if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+ if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+ fp->dsect = nsect;
+ }
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
+ fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory Object */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+ fs = dj->fs;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(*dj);
+ res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */
+ if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */
+ dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
+ } else { /* The object is not a directory */
+ res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dj->id = fs->id;
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+ if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function failed */
+ } else {
+ dj->fs = 0;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+ DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (!fno) {
+ res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */
+ } else {
+ INIT_BUF(*dj);
+ res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */
+ dj->sect = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */
+ get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */
+ res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+ dj->sect = 0;
+ res = FR_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
+ FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */
+ if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */
+ get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+ else /* It is root dir */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+ DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+ FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+ UINT i;
+ BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+ /* Get drive number */
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+ fs = *fatfs;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
+ if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
+ *nclst = fs->free_clust;
+ } else {
+ /* Get number of free clusters */
+ fat = fs->fs_type;
+ n = 0;
+ if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+ clst = 2;
+ do {
+ stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
+ if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
+ if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
+ if (stat == 0) n++;
+ } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
+ } else {
+ clst = fs->n_fatent;
+ sect = fs->fatbase;
+ i = 0; p = 0;
+ do {
+ if (!i) {
+ res = move_window(fs, sect++);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ p = fs->win;
+ i = SS(fs);
+ }
+ if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+ if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+ p += 2; i -= 2;
+ } else {
+ if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+ p += 4; i -= 4;
+ }
+ } while (--clst);
+ }
+ fs->free_clust = n;
+ if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+ *nclst = n;
+ }
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+ FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD ncl;
+
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */
+ res = FR_DENIED;
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+ fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */
+ fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+ if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+ res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
+ fp->sclust = 0;
+ } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+ ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
+ res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj, sdj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DWORD dclst;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) {
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */
+ } else {
+ if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
+ res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */
+ }
+ dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
+ if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */
+ if (dclst < 2) {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+ sdj.sclust = dclst;
+ res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_read(&sdj);
+ if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */
+#endif
+ ) res = FR_DENIED;
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+ res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+ const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir, n;
+ DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */
+ dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
+ res = FR_OK;
+ if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */
+ if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */
+ dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
+ dir = dj.fs->win;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+ mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */
+ dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+ st_clust(dir, dcl);
+ mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */
+ dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
+ if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
+ pcl = 0;
+ st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
+ for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
+ dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+ if (res != FR_OK) break;
+ mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directory */
+ if (res != FR_OK) {
+ remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
+ } else {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */
+ ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */
+ st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Attribute */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */
+ BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */
+ BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else { /* File or sub directory */
+ mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+ const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+ const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR dj;
+ BYTE *dir;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ INIT_BUF(dj);
+ res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */
+ FREE_BUF();
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = dj.dir;
+ if (!dir) { /* Root directory */
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+ } else { /* File or sub-directory */
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+ ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+ dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+ res = sync(dj.fs);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+ const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */
+ const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DIR djo, djn;
+ BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+ DWORD dw;
+ DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+ res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ djn.fs = djo.fs;
+ INIT_BUF(djo);
+ res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */
+ if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+ res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
+#endif
+ if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */
+ if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */
+ res = FR_NO_FILE;
+ } else {
+ mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */
+ mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */
+ res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
+ if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */
+ if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
+ res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */
+ mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+ dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+ djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+ if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+ dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
+ if (!dw) {
+ res = FR_INT_ERR;
+ } else {
+ res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
+ dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+ dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
+ st_clust(dir, dw);
+ djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (res == FR_OK) {
+ res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */
+ if (res == FR_OK)
+ res = sync(djo.fs);
+ }
+ }
+/* End critical section */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ FREE_BUF();
+ }
+ LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+ FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */
+ UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */
+ UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+ FRESULT res;
+ DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+ UINT rcnt;
+ BYTE csect;
+
+
+ *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */
+
+ if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+ res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */
+ if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+ if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+ remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+ if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+ for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+ fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+ csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */
+ if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */
+ if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */
+ clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */
+ fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+ if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */
+ }
+ }
+ sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */
+ if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ sect += csect;
+ if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */
+ ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+ fp->dsect = sect;
+ rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */
+ if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+ rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+ if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+ }
+
+ LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
+#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+ BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */
+ BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+ UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+ static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0};
+ static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
+ BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
+ DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
+ UINT i;
+ DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */
+ DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */
+ FATFS *fs;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+ /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+ if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+ if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ fs = FatFs[drv];
+ if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+ fs->fs_type = 0;
+ pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */
+ part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
+
+ /* Get disk statics */
+ stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+ if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+ if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+ /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
+ if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+ if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */
+ b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */
+ n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */
+ } else {
+ /* Create a partition in this function */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */
+ n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */
+ }
+
+ if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */
+ vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
+ for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
+ au = cst[i];
+ }
+ au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */
+ if (au == 0) au = 1;
+ if (au > 128) au = 128;
+
+ /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
+ n_clst = n_vol / au;
+ fmt = FS_FAT12;
+ if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+ if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+ /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+ n_rsv = 32;
+ n_dir = 0;
+ } else {
+ n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
+ n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+ n_rsv = 1;
+ n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
+ }
+ b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */
+ b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */
+ b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */
+ if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */
+
+ /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
+ n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
+ n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
+ n_rsv += n;
+ b_fat += n;
+ } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
+ n_fat += n;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
+ n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
+ if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
+ || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
+ return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+ switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */
+ case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break;
+ case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
+ default: sys = 0x0C;
+ }
+
+ if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+ /* Update system ID in the partition table */
+ tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+ tbl[4] = sys;
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ md = 0xF8;
+ } else {
+ if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */
+ md = 0xF0;
+ } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */
+ mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+ tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
+ tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */
+ tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */
+ tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */
+ tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */
+ tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */
+ n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
+ tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */
+ tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */
+ ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ md = 0xF8;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create BPB in the VBR */
+ tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+ mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
+ i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
+ tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */
+ tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */
+ i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
+ if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
+ } else {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
+ }
+ tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */
+ n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
+ tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
+ tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
+ mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+ } else {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */
+ tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */
+ tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */
+ mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */
+ }
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
+
+ /* Initialize FAT area */
+ wsect = b_fat;
+ for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */
+ n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */
+ if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+ n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+ } else {
+ n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+ }
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
+ for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize root directory */
+ i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
+ do {
+ if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+ return FR_DISK_ERR;
+ } while (--i);
+
+#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */
+ {
+ DWORD eb[2];
+
+ eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
+ disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Create FSInfo if needed */
+ if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */
+ ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */
+ ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */
+ disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */
+ }
+
+ return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Divide Physical Drive */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_fdisk (
+ BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */
+ const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
+ void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */
+)
+{
+ UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
+ BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
+ DSTATUS stat;
+ DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
+
+
+ stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+ if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+ if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+ if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+
+ /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
+ for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
+ if (n == 256) n--;
+ e_hd = n - 1;
+ sz_cyl = 63 * n;
+ tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
+
+ /* Create partition table */
+ mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
+ p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
+ p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
+ if (!p_cyl) continue;
+ s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
+ sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
+ if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
+ s_hd = 1;
+ s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
+ } else {
+ s_hd = 0;
+ }
+ e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
+ if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+ /* Set partition table */
+ p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */
+ p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */
+ p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */
+ p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */
+ p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */
+ p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */
+ p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */
+ ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */
+ ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */
+
+ /* Next partition */
+ b_cyl += p_cyl;
+ }
+ ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
+
+ /* Write it to the MBR */
+ return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+TCHAR* f_gets (
+ TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+ int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ int n = 0;
+ TCHAR c, *p = buff;
+ BYTE s[2];
+ UINT rc;
+
+
+ while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+ f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+ if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */
+ c = s[0];
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
+ if (c >= 0x80) {
+ if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */
+ if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */
+ f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+ if (rc != 1) break;
+ c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
+ if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
+ } else {
+ if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */
+ f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
+ if (rc != 2) break;
+ c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
+ if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
+ } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */
+ c = '?';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+ if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+ *p++ = c;
+ n++;
+ if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */
+ }
+ *p = 0;
+ return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+ TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ UINT bw, btw;
+ BYTE s[3];
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+ if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
+ if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+ btw = 1;
+ } else {
+ if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
+ s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+ btw = 2;
+ } else { /* 16-bit */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
+ s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
+ s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+ btw = 3;
+ }
+ }
+#else /* Write the character without conversion */
+ s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+ btw = 1;
+#endif
+ f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */
+ return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+ const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */
+ FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+ int n;
+
+
+ for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+ if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+ }
+ return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+ FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */
+ const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */
+ ... /* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+ va_list arp;
+ BYTE f, r;
+ UINT i, j, w;
+ ULONG v;
+ TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
+ int res, chc, cc;
+
+
+ va_start(arp, str);
+
+ for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+ c = *str++;
+ if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */
+ if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */
+ cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ w = f = 0;
+ c = *str++;
+ if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */
+ f = 1; c = *str++;
+ } else {
+ if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */
+ f = 2; c = *str++;
+ }
+ }
+ while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */
+ w = w * 10 + c - '0';
+ c = *str++;
+ }
+ if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */
+ f |= 4; c = *str++;
+ }
+ if (!c) break;
+ d = c;
+ if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
+ switch (d) { /* Type is... */
+ case 'S' : /* String */
+ p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
+ for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
+ chc = 0;
+ if (!(f & 2)) {
+ while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ }
+ chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
+ while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
+ continue;
+ case 'C' : /* Character */
+ cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
+ case 'B' : /* Binary */
+ r = 2; break;
+ case 'O' : /* Octal */
+ r = 8; break;
+ case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */
+ case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */
+ r = 10; break;
+ case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */
+ r = 16; break;
+ default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */
+ cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
+ v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
+ if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
+ v = 0 - v;
+ f |= 8;
+ }
+ i = 0;
+ do {
+ d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
+ if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
+ s[i++] = d + '0';
+ } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
+ if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
+ j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+ res = 0;
+ while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
+ do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
+ while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+ if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
+ }
+
+ va_end(arp);
+ return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..627cbaabe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions of volume management */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */
+typedef struct {
+ BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */
+ BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
+} PARTITION;
+extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */
+
+#else /* Single partition configuration */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */
+#if !_USE_LFN
+#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
+#endif
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) L ## x
+#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
+#endif
+
+#else /* ANSI/OEM string */
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef char TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) x
+#define _TEXT(x) x
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
+ BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */
+ BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
+ BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
+ BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+ BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+ WORD id; /* File system mount ID */
+ WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+ WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+ _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */
+ DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */
+ DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+ DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
+#endif
+ DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
+ DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */
+ DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
+ DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
+ DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
+ DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+ BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure (FIL) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */
+ WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
+ BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
+ BYTE pad1;
+ DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
+ DWORD fsize; /* File size */
+ DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
+ DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */
+ DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+ DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */
+ BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+ DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK
+ UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+ BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+ WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */
+ WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
+ DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
+ DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */
+ DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
+ BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+ BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+ WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
+
+typedef struct {
+ DWORD fsize; /* File size */
+ WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
+ WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
+ BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
+ TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+ TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+ UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+ FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */
+ FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
+ FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */
+ FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
+ FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */
+ FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */
+ FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */
+ FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
+ FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
+ FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
+ FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
+ FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
+ FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */
+ FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
+ FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
+ FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
+ FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
+ FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
+ FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
+ FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
+int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */
+TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */
+
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
+#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Additional user defined functions */
+
+/* RTC function */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode support functions */
+#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */
+void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */
+void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
+int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */
+void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */
+int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define FA_READ 0x01
+#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00
+#define FA__ERROR 0x80
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#define FA_WRITE 0x02
+#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04
+#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08
+#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY 0x40
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12 1
+#define FS_FAT16 2
+#define FS_FAT32 3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
+#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
+#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
+#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* Fast seek feature */
+#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..243a20fa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONF
+#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY 1 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/ 0: Full function.
+/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/ are removed.
+/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
+/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE 932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/ 1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/ 437 - U.S. (OEM)
+/ 720 - Arabic (OEM)
+/ 737 - Greek (OEM)
+/ 775 - Baltic (OEM)
+/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/ 866 - Russian (OEM)
+/ 857 - Turkish (OEM)
+/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM)
+/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */
+#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
+/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
+/
+/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
+/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
+/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */
+/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
+/
+/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
+/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
+/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
+/
+/ Note that output of the f_readdir function is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _VOLUMES 1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
+/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
+/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implemented to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
+/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
+/ it can mount only first primary partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
+/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
+
+
+#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
+/ should be added to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */
+/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
+/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/ 0: Byte-by-byte access.
+/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
+/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/ performance and code size. */
+
+
+/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
+/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
+/
+/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/ function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
+/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
+ The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5408fe6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+#define _INTEGER
+
+#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+#else /* Embedded platform */
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int INT;
+typedef unsigned int UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef char CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short WORD;
+typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long LONG;
+typedef unsigned long ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long DWORD;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba5ce8b99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Simple HTTP Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack,
+ * this will serve out files to HTTP clients on port 80.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C
+#include "HTTPServerApp.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ * given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n"
+ "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n"
+ "Content-Type: ";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ * URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n"
+ "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n"
+ "Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n"
+ "Error 404: File Not Found: /";
+
+/** Default filename to fetch when a directory is requested */
+const char PROGMEM DefaultDirFileName[] = "index.htm";
+
+/** Default MIME type sent if no other MIME type can be determined. */
+const char PROGMEM DefaultMIMEType[] = "text/plain";
+
+/** List of MIME types for each supported file extension. */
+const MIME_Type_t MIMETypes[] =
+ {
+ {.Extension = "htm", .MIMEType = "text/html"},
+ {.Extension = "jpg", .MIMEType = "image/jpeg"},
+ {.Extension = "gif", .MIMEType = "image/gif"},
+ {.Extension = "bmp", .MIMEType = "image/bmp"},
+ {.Extension = "png", .MIMEType = "image/png"},
+ {.Extension = "ico", .MIMEType = "image/x-icon"},
+ {.Extension = "exe", .MIMEType = "application/octet-stream"},
+ {.Extension = "gz", .MIMEType = "application/x-gzip"},
+ {.Extension = "zip", .MIMEType = "application/zip"},
+ {.Extension = "pdf", .MIMEType = "application/pdf"},
+ };
+
+/** FATFs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
+FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+
+/** Initialization function for the simple HTTP webserver. */
+void HTTPServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Listen on port 80 for HTTP connections from hosts */
+ uip_listen(HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+ /* Mount the Dataflash disk via FatFS */
+ f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the simple HTTP webserver. This function must be called each time the
+ * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+
+ if (uip_aborted() || uip_timedout() || uip_closed())
+ {
+ /* Lock to the closed state so that no further processing will occur on the connection */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+ }
+
+ if (uip_connected())
+ {
+ /* New connection - initialize connection state values */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos = 0;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (uip_acked())
+ {
+ /* Add the amount of ACKed file data to the total sent file bytes counter */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos += AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize;
+
+ /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = AppState->HTTPServer.NextState;
+ }
+
+ if (uip_rexmit())
+ {
+ /* Return file pointer to the last ACKed position */
+ f_lseek(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos);
+ }
+
+ if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll())
+ {
+ switch (AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState)
+ {
+ case WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile:
+ HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile();
+ break;
+ case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader:
+ HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader();
+ break;
+ case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData:
+ HTTPServerApp_SendData();
+ break;
+ case WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing:
+ /* Connection is being terminated for some reason - close file handle */
+ f_close(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle);
+ AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false;
+
+ /* If connection is not already closed, close it */
+ uip_close();
+
+ AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the Request Process state. This state manages the processing of incoming HTTP
+ * GET requests to the server from the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void)
+{
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+ char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+ /* No HTTP header received from the client, abort processing */
+ if (!(uip_newdata()))
+ return;
+
+ char* RequestToken = strtok(AppData, " ");
+ char* RequestedFileName = strtok(NULL, " ");
+
+ /* Must be a GET request, abort otherwise */
+ if (strcmp_P(RequestToken, PSTR("GET")) != 0)
+ {
+ uip_abort();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy over the requested filename */
+ strlcpy(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, &RequestedFileName[1], sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName));
+
+ /* Determine the length of the URI so that it can be checked to see if it is a directory */
+ uint8_t FileNameLen = strlen(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName);
+
+ /* If the URI is a directory, append the default filename */
+ if ((AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen - 1] == '/') || !(FileNameLen))
+ {
+ strlcpy_P(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen], DefaultDirFileName,
+ (sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName) - FileNameLen));
+ }
+
+ /* Try to open the file from the Dataflash disk */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = (f_open(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName,
+ (FA_OPEN_EXISTING | FA_READ)) == FR_OK);
+
+ /* Lock to the SendResponseHeader state until connection terminated */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader;
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader;
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the HTTP Response Header Send state. This state manages the transmission of
+ * the HTTP response header to the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void)
+{
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+ char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+ char* Extension = strpbrk(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, ".");
+ bool FoundMIMEType = false;
+
+ /* If the file isn't already open, it wasn't found - send back a 404 error response and abort */
+ if (!(AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen))
+ {
+ /* Copy over the HTTP 404 response header and send it to the receiving client */
+ strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP404Header);
+ strcat(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName);
+ uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy over the HTTP 200 response header and send it to the receiving client */
+ strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Check to see if a MIME type for the requested file's extension was found */
+ if (Extension != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Look through the MIME type list, copy over the required MIME type if found */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (sizeof(MIMETypes) / sizeof(MIMETypes[0])); i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(&Extension[1], MIMETypes[i].Extension) == 0)
+ {
+ strcat(AppData, MIMETypes[i].MIMEType);
+ FoundMIMEType = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a MIME type was found and copied to the output buffer */
+ if (!(FoundMIMEType))
+ {
+ /* MIME type not found - copy over the default MIME type */
+ strcat_P(AppData, DefaultMIMEType);
+ }
+
+ /* Add the end-of-line terminator and end-of-headers terminator after the MIME type */
+ strcat_P(AppData, PSTR("\r\n\r\n"));
+
+ /* Send the MIME header to the receiving client */
+ uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+ /* When the MIME header is ACKed, progress to the data send stage */
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData;
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the Data Send state. This state manages the transmission of file chunks
+ * to the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void)
+{
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+ char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+ /* Get the maximum segment size for the current packet */
+ uint16_t MaxChunkSize = uip_mss();
+
+ /* Read the next chunk of data from the open file */
+ f_read(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppData, MaxChunkSize, &AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize);
+
+ /* Send the next file chunk to the receiving client */
+ uip_send(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize);
+
+ /* Check if we are at the last chunk of the file, if so next ACK should close the connection */
+ if (MaxChunkSize != AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize)
+ AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11c39d87e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HTTPServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+ #include <ff.h>
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** States for each HTTP connection to the webserver. */
+ enum Webserver_States_t
+ {
+ WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile, /**< Currently opening requested file */
+ WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader, /**< Currently sending HTTP response headers to the client */
+ WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData, /**< Currently sending HTTP page data to the client */
+ WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing, /**< Ready to close the connection to the client */
+ WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed, /**< Connection closed after all data sent */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a MIME type handler. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ char* Extension; /**< File extension (no leading '.' character) */
+ char* MIMEType; /**< Appropriate MIME type to send when the extension is encountered */
+ } MIME_Type_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TCP listen port for incoming HTTP traffic. */
+ #define HTTP_SERVER_PORT 80
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void HTTPServerApp_Init(void);
+ void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C)
+ static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void);
+ static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void);
+ static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fbbfd60e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f41f63b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4500a4b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * TELNET Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack,
+ * this will serve out raw TELNET to the client on port 23.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C
+#include "TELNETServerApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Welcome message to send to a TELNET client when a connection is first made. */
+const char PROGMEM WelcomeHeader[] = "********************************************\r\n"
+ "* LUFA uIP Webserver (TELNET) *\r\n"
+ "********************************************\r\n";
+
+/** Main TELNET menu, giving the user the list of available commands they may issue */
+const char PROGMEM TELNETMenu[] = "\r\n"
+ " == Available Commands: ==\r\n"
+ " c) List Active TCP Connections\r\n"
+ " =========================\r\n"
+ "\r\n>";
+
+/** Header to print before the current connections are printed to the client */
+const char PROGMEM CurrentConnectionsHeader[] = "\r\n* Current TCP Connections: *\r\n";
+
+/** Initialization function for the simple TELNET webserver. */
+void TELNETServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Listen on port 23 for TELNET connections from hosts */
+ uip_listen(HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT));
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the TELNET server. This function must be called each time the
+ * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+ char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+ if (uip_connected())
+ {
+ /* New connection - initialize connection state values */
+ AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendHeader;
+ }
+
+ if (uip_acked())
+ {
+ /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */
+ AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = AppState->TELNETServer.NextState;
+ }
+
+ if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll())
+ {
+ switch (AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState)
+ {
+ case TELNET_STATE_SendHeader:
+ /* Copy over and send the TELNET welcome message upon first connection */
+ strcpy_P(AppData, WelcomeHeader);
+ uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+ AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu;
+ break;
+ case TELNET_STATE_SendMenu:
+ /* Copy over and send the TELNET menu to the client */
+ strcpy_P(AppData, TELNETMenu);
+ uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+ AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_GetCommand;
+ break;
+ case TELNET_STATE_GetCommand:
+ if (!(uip_datalen()))
+ break;
+
+ /* Save the issued command for later processing */
+ AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand = AppData[0];
+
+ AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendResponse;
+ break;
+ case TELNET_STATE_SendResponse:
+ /* Determine which command was issued, perform command processing */
+ switch (AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand)
+ {
+ case 'c':
+ TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections();
+ break;
+ default:
+ strcpy_P(AppData, PSTR("Invalid Command.\r\n"));
+ uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Sends a list of active TCP connections to the TELNET client. */
+static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void)
+{
+ char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+ strcpy_P(AppData, CurrentConnectionsHeader);
+
+ uint16_t ResponseLen = strlen(AppData);
+ uint8_t ActiveConnCount = 0;
+
+ /* Loop through the complete uIP TCP connections list, looking for active connections */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+ {
+ struct uip_conn* CurrConnection = &uip_conns[i];
+
+ /* If the connection is not closed, it is active and must be added to the out buffer */
+ if (CurrConnection->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED)
+ {
+ /* Add the current connection's details to the out buffer */
+ ResponseLen += sprintf_P(&AppData[ResponseLen], PSTR("%u) %d.%d.%d.%d (Local Port %u <=> Remote Port %u)\r\n"),
+ ++ActiveConnCount,
+ CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[0],
+ CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[1],
+ CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[2],
+ CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[3],
+ HTONS(CurrConnection->lport), HTONS(CurrConnection->rport));
+ }
+ }
+
+ uip_send(AppData, ResponseLen);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67301ba09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TELNETServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TCP listen port for incoming TELNET traffic. */
+ #define TELNET_SERVER_PORT 23
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** States for each TELNET connection to the server. */
+ enum TELNET_States_t
+ {
+ TELNET_STATE_SendHeader, /**< Currently sending welcome header to the client */
+ TELNET_STATE_SendMenu, /**< Currently sending the command list menu to the client */
+ TELNET_STATE_GetCommand, /**< Currently waiting for a command from the client */
+ TELNET_STATE_SendResponse, /**< Processing the issued command and sending a response */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void TELNETServerApp_Init(void);
+ void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C)
+ static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..12f6c8f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * uIP Management functions. This file contains the functions and globals needed to maintain the uIP
+ * stack once an RNDIS device has been attached to the system.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C
+#include "uIPManagement.h"
+
+/** Connection timer, to retain the time elapsed since the last time the uIP connections were managed. */
+static struct timer ConnectionTimer;
+
+/** ARP timer, to retain the time elapsed since the ARP cache was last updated. */
+static struct timer ARPTimer;
+
+/** MAC address of the RNDIS device, when enumerated. */
+struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress;
+
+
+/** Configures the uIP stack ready for network traffic processing. */
+void uIPManagement_Init(void)
+{
+ /* uIP Timing Initialization */
+ clock_init();
+ timer_set(&ConnectionTimer, CLOCK_SECOND / 2);
+ timer_set(&ARPTimer, CLOCK_SECOND * 10);
+
+ /* uIP Stack Initialization */
+ uip_init();
+ uip_arp_init();
+
+ /* DHCP/Server IP Settings Initialization */
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ MACAddress.addr[0] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[0];
+ MACAddress.addr[1] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[1];
+ MACAddress.addr[2] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[2];
+ MACAddress.addr[3] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[3];
+ MACAddress.addr[4] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[4];
+ MACAddress.addr[5] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[5];
+
+ #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)
+ DHCPServerApp_Init();
+ #endif
+
+ uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress;
+ uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]);
+ uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]);
+ uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]);
+ uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress);
+ uip_setnetmask(&Netmask);
+ uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+ DHCPClientApp_Init();
+ #else
+ uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress;
+ uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]);
+ uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]);
+ uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]);
+ uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress);
+ uip_setnetmask(&Netmask);
+ uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /* Virtual Webserver Ethernet Address Configuration */
+ uip_setethaddr(MACAddress);
+
+ /* HTTP Webserver Initialization */
+ HTTPServerApp_Init();
+
+ /* TELNET Server Initialization */
+ #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER)
+ TELNETServerApp_Init();
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** uIP Management function. This function manages the uIP stack when called while an RNDIS device has been
+ * attached to the system.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void)
+{
+ if (((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host) && (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Configured)) ||
+ ((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) && (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)))
+ {
+ uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket();
+ uIPManagement_ManageConnections();
+ }
+}
+
+/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given TCP connection. This routine dispatches
+ * to the appropriate TCP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void)
+{
+ /* Call the correct TCP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */
+ switch (uip_conn->lport)
+ {
+ case HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT):
+ HTTPServerApp_Callback();
+ break;
+ #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER)
+ case HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT):
+ TELNETServerApp_Callback();
+ break;
+ #endif
+ }
+}
+
+/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given UDP connection. This routine dispatches
+ * to the appropriate UDP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void)
+{
+ /* Call the correct UDP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */
+ switch (uip_udp_conn->lport)
+ {
+ #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+ case HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT):
+ DHCPClientApp_Callback();
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)
+ case HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT):
+ DHCPServerApp_Callback();
+ break;
+ #endif
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes Incoming packets to the server from the connected RNDIS device, creating responses as needed. */
+static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void)
+{
+ /* Determine which USB mode the system is currently initialized in */
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */
+ if (!(RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device)))
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */
+ RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, &uip_len);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */
+ if (!(RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host)))
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */
+ RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, &uip_len);
+ }
+
+ /* If the packet contains an Ethernet frame, process it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ {
+ switch (((struct uip_eth_hdr*)uip_buf)->type)
+ {
+ case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP):
+ /* Filter packet by MAC destination */
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+
+ /* Process Incoming packet */
+ uip_input();
+
+ /* If a response was generated, send it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ {
+ /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+ uip_arp_out();
+
+ uip_split_output();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP):
+ /* Process ARP packet */
+ uip_arp_arpin();
+
+ /* If a response was generated, send it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ uip_split_output();
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Manages the currently open network connections, including TCP and (if enabled) UDP. */
+static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void)
+{
+ /* Poll TCP connections for more data to send back to the host */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+ {
+ uip_poll_conn(&uip_conns[i]);
+
+ /* If a response was generated, send it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ {
+ /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+ uip_arp_out();
+
+ /* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+ uip_split_output();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Manage open connections for timeouts */
+ if (timer_expired(&ConnectionTimer))
+ {
+ timer_reset(&ConnectionTimer);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+ {
+ /* Run periodic connection management for each TCP connection */
+ uip_periodic(i);
+
+ /* If a response was generated, send it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ {
+ /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+ uip_arp_out();
+
+ /* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+ uip_split_output();
+ }
+ }
+
+ #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++)
+ {
+ /* Run periodic connection management for each UDP connection */
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+
+ /* If a response was generated, send it */
+ if (uip_len > 0)
+ {
+ /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+ uip_arp_out();
+
+ /* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+ uip_split_output();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ /* Manage ARP cache refreshing */
+ if (timer_expired(&ARPTimer))
+ {
+ timer_reset(&ARPTimer);
+ uip_arp_timer();
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bdc5c96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for uIPManagement.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <uip.h>
+ #include <uip_arp.h>
+ #include <uip-split.h>
+ #include <timer.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "DHCPClientApp.h"
+ #include "DHCPServerApp.h"
+ #include "HTTPServerApp.h"
+ #include "TELNETServerApp.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void uIPManagement_Init(void);
+ void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void);
+ void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void);
+ void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C)
+ static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void);
+ static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e71f7209d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+#include "clock.h"
+
+//Counted time
+volatile clock_time_t clock_datetime = 0;
+
+//Overflow interrupt
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ clock_datetime += 1;
+}
+
+//Initialise the clock
+void clock_init()
+{
+ OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10));
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+}
+
+//Return time
+clock_time_t clock_time()
+{
+ clock_time_t time;
+
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+ time = clock_datetime;
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ return time;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbfa4ac0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef __CLOCK_ARCH_H__
+#define __CLOCK_ARCH_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <util/atomic.h>
+
+typedef uint16_t clock_time_t;
+#define CLOCK_SECOND 100
+void clock_init(void);
+clock_time_t clock_time(void);
+
+#endif /* __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eae06f43b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup timer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Timer library implementation.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: timer.c,v 1.2 2006/06/12 08:00:30 adam Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "clock.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Set a timer.
+ *
+ * This function is used to set a timer for a time sometime in the
+ * future. The function timer_expired() will evaluate to true after
+ * the timer has expired.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer
+ * \param interval The interval before the timer expires.
+ *
+ */
+void
+timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval)
+{
+ t->interval = interval;
+ t->start = clock_time();
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Reset the timer with the same interval.
+ *
+ * This function resets the timer with the same interval that was
+ * given to the timer_set() function. The start point of the interval
+ * is the exact time that the timer last expired. Therefore, this
+ * function will cause the timer to be stable over time, unlike the
+ * timer_restart() function.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer.
+ *
+ * \sa timer_restart()
+ */
+void
+timer_reset(struct timer *t)
+{
+ t->start += t->interval;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Restart the timer from the current point in time
+ *
+ * This function restarts a timer with the same interval that was
+ * given to the timer_set() function. The timer will start at the
+ * current time.
+ *
+ * \note A periodic timer will drift if this function is used to reset
+ * it. For periodic timers, use the timer_reset() function instead.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer.
+ *
+ * \sa timer_reset()
+ */
+void
+timer_restart(struct timer *t)
+{
+ t->start = clock_time();
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Check if a timer has expired.
+ *
+ * This function tests if a timer has expired and returns true or
+ * false depending on its status.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the timer has expired, zero otherwise.
+ *
+ */
+int
+timer_expired(struct timer *t)
+{
+ return (clock_time_t)(clock_time() - t->start) >= (clock_time_t)t->interval;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04917e4c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/**
+ * \defgroup timer Timer library
+ *
+ * The timer library provides functions for setting, resetting and
+ * restarting timers, and for checking if a timer has expired. An
+ * application must "manually" check if its timers have expired; this
+ * is not done automatically.
+ *
+ * A timer is declared as a \c struct \c timer and all access to the
+ * timer is made by a pointer to the declared timer.
+ *
+ * \note The timer library uses the \ref clock "Clock library" to
+ * measure time. Intervals should be specified in the format used by
+ * the clock library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Timer library header file.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: timer.h,v 1.3 2006/06/11 21:46:39 adam Exp $
+ */
+#ifndef __TIMER_H__
+#define __TIMER_H__
+
+#include "clock.h"
+
+/**
+ * A timer.
+ *
+ * This structure is used for declaring a timer. The timer must be set
+ * with timer_set() before it can be used.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+struct timer {
+ clock_time_t start;
+ clock_time_t interval;
+};
+
+void timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval);
+void timer_reset(struct timer *t);
+void timer_restart(struct timer *t);
+int timer_expired(struct timer *t);
+
+#endif /* __TIMER_H__ */
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5222a05b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the Contiki operating system.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: uip-split.c,v 1.2 2008/10/14 13:39:12 julienabeille Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "uip-split.h"
+
+
+#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_split_output(void)
+{
+#if UIP_TCP
+ u16_t tcplen, len1, len2;
+
+ /* We only try to split maximum sized TCP segments. */
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP && uip_len == UIP_BUFSIZE) {
+
+ tcplen = uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN;
+ /* Split the segment in two. If the original packet length was
+ odd, we make the second packet one byte larger. */
+ len1 = len2 = tcplen / 2;
+ if(len1 + len2 < tcplen) {
+ ++len2;
+ }
+
+ /* Create the first packet. This is done by altering the length
+ field of the IP header and updating the checksums. */
+ uip_len = len1 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+ length. */
+ BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8;
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */
+ BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+ BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* Transmit the first packet. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+ else
+ RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* Now, create the second packet. To do this, it is not enough to
+ just alter the length field, but we must also update the TCP
+ sequence number and point the uip_appdata to a new place in
+ memory. This place is determined by the length of the first
+ packet (len1). */
+ uip_len = len2 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+ length. */
+ BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8;
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ memcpy(uip_appdata, (u8_t *)uip_appdata + len1, len2);
+
+ uip_add32(BUF->seqno, len1);
+ BUF->seqno[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+ BUF->seqno[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+ BUF->seqno[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+ BUF->seqno[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+
+ /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */
+ BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+ BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* Transmit the second packet. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+ else
+ RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_TCP */
+
+ /* uip_fw_output();*/
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+ else
+ RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c768ce40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the Contiki operating system.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: uip-split.h,v 1.1 2006/06/17 22:41:19 adamdunkels Exp $
+ */
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipsplit uIP TCP throughput booster hack
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The basic uIP TCP implementation only allows each TCP connection to
+ * have a single TCP segment in flight at any given time. Because of
+ * the delayed ACK algorithm employed by most TCP receivers, uIP's
+ * limit on the amount of in-flight TCP segments seriously reduces the
+ * maximum achievable throughput for sending data from uIP.
+ *
+ * The uip-split module is a hack which tries to remedy this
+ * situation. By splitting maximum sized outgoing TCP segments into
+ * two, the delayed ACK algorithm is not invoked at TCP
+ * receivers. This improves the throughput when sending data from uIP
+ * by orders of magnitude.
+ *
+ * The uip-split module uses the uip-fw module (uIP IP packet
+ * forwarding) for sending packets. Therefore, the uip-fw module must
+ * be set up with the appropriate network interfaces for this module
+ * to work.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Module for splitting outbound TCP segments in two to avoid the
+ * delayed ACK throughput degradation.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_SPLIT_H__
+#define __UIP_SPLIT_H__
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <uip.h>
+
+#include "../../USBHostMode.h"
+
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+/**
+ * Handle outgoing packets.
+ *
+ * This function inspects an outgoing packet in the uip_buf buffer and
+ * sends it out using the uip_fw_output() function. If the packet is a
+ * full-sized TCP segment it will be split into two segments and
+ * transmitted separately. This function should be called instead of
+ * the actual device driver output function, or the uip_fw_output()
+ * function.
+ *
+ * The headers of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the uip_buf
+ * buffer and the payload is assumed to be wherever uip_appdata
+ * points. The length of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the
+ * uip_len variable.
+ *
+ */
+void uip_split_output(void);
+void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16);
+#endif /* __UIP_SPLIT_H__ */
+
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fead75775
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1941 @@
+#define DEBUG_PRINTF(...) /*printf(__VA_ARGS__)*/
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack code.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip.c,v 1.15 2008/10/15 08:08:32 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * uIP is a small implementation of the IP, UDP and TCP protocols (as
+ * well as some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP,
+ * UDP, TCP and the application layers very tightly. To keep the size
+ * of the compiled code down, this code frequently uses the goto
+ * statement. While it would be possible to break the uip_process()
+ * function into many smaller functions, this would increase the code
+ * size because of the overhead of parameter passing and the fact that
+ * the optimizer would not be as efficient.
+ *
+ * The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf,
+ * in which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP
+ * stack parses the headers in the packet, and calls the
+ * application. If the remote host has sent data to the application,
+ * this data is present in the uip_buf and the application read the
+ * data from there. It is up to the application to put this data into
+ * a byte stream if needed. The application will not be fed with data
+ * that is out of sequence.
+ *
+ * If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put
+ * its data into the uip_buf. The uip_appdata pointer points to the
+ * first available byte. The TCP/IP stack will calculate the
+ * checksums, and fill in the necessary header fields and finally send
+ * the packet back to the peer.
+*/
+
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "uipopt.h"
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 /* If UIP_CONF_IPV6 is defined, we compile the
+ uip6.c file instead of this one. Therefore
+ this #ifndef removes the entire compilation
+ output of the uip.c file */
+
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#include "net/uip-neighbor.h"
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable definitions. */
+
+
+/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by
+ setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set
+ here. Otherwise, the address */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr =
+ { UIP_IPADDR0, UIP_IPADDR1, UIP_IPADDR2, UIP_IPADDR3 };
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_draddr =
+ { UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3 };
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_netmask =
+ { UIP_NETMASK0, UIP_NETMASK1, UIP_NETMASK2, UIP_NETMASK3 };
+#else
+uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_draddr, uip_netmask;
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr =
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+ 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } };
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } };
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr = { { 0x0, /* rest is 0 */ } };
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR
+const struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0,
+ UIP_ETHADDR1,
+ UIP_ETHADDR2,
+ UIP_ETHADDR3,
+ UIP_ETHADDR4,
+ UIP_ETHADDR5}};
+#else
+struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{0,0,0,0,0,0}};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER
+u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE + 2]; /* The packet buffer that contains
+ incoming packets. */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER */
+
+void *uip_appdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
+ application data. */
+void *uip_sappdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
+ the application data which is to
+ be sent. */
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+void *uip_urgdata; /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to
+ urgent data (out-of-band data), if
+ present. */
+u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+u16_t uip_len, uip_slen;
+ /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits,
+ depending on the maximum packet
+ size. */
+
+u8_t uip_flags; /* The uip_flags variable is used for
+ communication between the TCP/IP stack
+ and the application program. */
+struct uip_conn *uip_conn; /* uip_conn always points to the current
+ connection. */
+
+struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
+ /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP
+ connections. */
+u16_t uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS];
+ /* The uip_listenports list all currently
+ listening ports. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+static u16_t ipid; /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing
+ number that is used for the IP ID
+ field. */
+
+void uip_setipid(u16_t id) { ipid = id; }
+
+static u8_t iss[4]; /* The iss variable is used for the TCP
+ initial sequence number. */
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+static u16_t lastport; /* Keeps track of the last port used for
+ a new connection. */
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+/* Temporary variables. */
+u8_t uip_acc32[4];
+static u8_t c, opt;
+static u16_t tmp16;
+
+/* Structures and definitions. */
+#define TCP_FIN 0x01
+#define TCP_SYN 0x02
+#define TCP_RST 0x04
+#define TCP_PSH 0x08
+#define TCP_ACK 0x10
+#define TCP_URG 0x20
+#define TCP_CTL 0x3f
+
+#define TCP_OPT_END 0 /* End of TCP options list */
+#define TCP_OPT_NOOP 1 /* "No-operation" TCP option */
+#define TCP_OPT_MSS 2 /* Maximum segment size TCP option */
+
+#define TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN 4 /* Length of TCP MSS option. */
+
+#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0
+#define ICMP_ECHO 8
+
+#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE 3
+#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE 3
+
+#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY 129
+#define ICMP6_ECHO 128
+#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION 135
+#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT 136
+
+#define ICMP6_FLAG_S (1 << 6)
+
+#define ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS 1
+#define ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS 2
+
+
+/* Macros. */
+#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define FBUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0])
+#define ICMPBUF ((struct uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define UDPBUF ((struct uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+
+
+#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
+struct uip_stats uip_stat;
+#define UIP_STAT(s) s
+#else
+#define UIP_STAT(s)
+#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
+
+#if UIP_LOGGING == 1
+#include <stdio.h>
+void uip_log(char *msg);
+#define UIP_LOG(m) uip_log(m)
+#else
+#define UIP_LOG(m)
+#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */
+
+#if ! UIP_ARCH_ADD32
+void
+uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16)
+{
+ uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff);
+ uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8);
+ uip_acc32[1] = op32[1];
+ uip_acc32[0] = op32[0];
+
+ if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) {
+ ++uip_acc32[1];
+ if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[0];
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) {
+ ++uip_acc32[2];
+ if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[1];
+ if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+ ++uip_acc32[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* UIP_ARCH_ADD32 */
+
+#if ! UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static u16_t
+chksum(u16_t sum, const u8_t *data, u16_t len)
+{
+ u16_t t;
+ const u8_t *dataptr;
+ const u8_t *last_byte;
+
+ dataptr = data;
+ last_byte = data + len - 1;
+
+ while(dataptr < last_byte) { /* At least two more bytes */
+ t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + dataptr[1];
+ sum += t;
+ if(sum < t) {
+ sum++; /* carry */
+ }
+ dataptr += 2;
+ }
+
+ if(dataptr == last_byte) {
+ t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + 0;
+ sum += t;
+ if(sum < t) {
+ sum++; /* carry */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return sum in host byte order. */
+ return sum;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_chksum(u16_t *data, u16_t len)
+{
+ return htons(chksum(0, (u8_t *)data, len));
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef UIP_ARCH_IPCHKSUM
+u16_t
+uip_ipchksum(void)
+{
+ u16_t sum;
+
+ sum = chksum(0, &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_IPH_LEN);
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("uip_ipchksum: sum 0x%04x\n", sum);
+ return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum);
+}
+#endif
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static u16_t
+upper_layer_chksum(u8_t proto)
+{
+ u16_t upper_layer_len;
+ u16_t sum;
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - UIP_IPH_LEN;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* First sum pseudo-header. */
+
+ /* IP protocol and length fields. This addition cannot carry. */
+ sum = upper_layer_len + proto;
+ /* Sum IP source and destination addresses. */
+ sum = chksum(sum, (u8_t *)&BUF->srcipaddr, 2 * sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+
+ /* Sum TCP header and data. */
+ sum = chksum(sum, &uip_buf[UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN],
+ upper_layer_len);
+
+ return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+u16_t
+uip_icmp6chksum(void)
+{
+ return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_ICMP6);
+
+}
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_tcpchksum(void)
+{
+ return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_TCP);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+u16_t
+uip_udpchksum(void)
+{
+ return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_UDP);
+}
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+#endif /* UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_init(void)
+{
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = 0;
+ }
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ }
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ lastport = 1024;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+
+ /* IPv4 initialization. */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0
+ /* uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;*/
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+struct uip_conn *
+uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport)
+{
+ register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn;
+
+ /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+ ++lastport;
+
+ if(lastport >= 32000) {
+ lastport = 4096;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find
+ another one. */
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ conn = &uip_conns[c];
+ if(conn->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED &&
+ conn->lport == htons(lastport)) {
+ goto again;
+ }
+ }
+
+ conn = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ cconn = &uip_conns[c];
+ if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) {
+ conn = cconn;
+ break;
+ }
+ if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) {
+ if(conn == 0 ||
+ cconn->timer > conn->timer) {
+ conn = cconn;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(conn == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_SENT;
+
+ conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+ conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+ conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+ conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+
+ conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS;
+
+ conn->len = 1; /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */
+ conn->nrtx = 0;
+ conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */
+ conn->rto = UIP_RTO;
+ conn->sa = 0;
+ conn->sv = 16; /* Initial value of the RTT variance. */
+ conn->lport = htons(lastport);
+ conn->rport = rport;
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr);
+
+ return conn;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *
+uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport)
+{
+ register struct uip_udp_conn *conn;
+
+ /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+ ++lastport;
+
+ if(lastport >= 32000) {
+ lastport = 4096;
+ }
+
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == htons(lastport)) {
+ goto again;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ conn = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) {
+ conn = &uip_udp_conns[c];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(conn == 0) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ conn->lport = HTONS(lastport);
+ conn->rport = rport;
+ if(ripaddr == NULL) {
+ memset(&conn->ripaddr, 0, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+ } else {
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr);
+ }
+ conn->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+
+ return conn;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_unlisten(u16_t port)
+{
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_listenports[c] == port) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_listen(u16_t port)
+{
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) {
+ uip_listenports[c] = port;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */
+
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN)
+static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE];
+static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)];
+static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f,
+ 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
+static u16_t uip_reasslen;
+static u8_t uip_reassflags;
+#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
+static u8_t uip_reasstmr;
+
+#define IP_MF 0x20
+
+static u8_t
+uip_reass(void)
+{
+ u16_t offset, len;
+ u16_t i;
+
+ /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we
+ write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly
+ buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */
+ if(uip_reasstmr == 0) {
+ memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, UIP_IPH_LEN);
+ uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE;
+ uip_reassflags = 0;
+ /* Clear the bitmap. */
+ memset(uip_reassbitmap, 0, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap));
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
+ in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
+ fragment into the buffer. */
+ if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] &&
+ BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] &&
+ BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] &&
+ BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) {
+
+ len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4;
+ offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8;
+
+ /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the
+ reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */
+ if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE ||
+ offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) {
+ uip_reasstmr = 0;
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right
+ offset. */
+ memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[UIP_IPH_LEN + offset],
+ (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4),
+ len);
+
+ /* Update the bitmap. */
+ if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) {
+ /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update
+ that byte. */
+
+ uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+ bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] &
+ ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+ } else {
+ /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the
+ bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff in-between with
+ 0xff. */
+ uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+ bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7];
+ for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) {
+ uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff;
+ }
+ uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |=
+ ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+ }
+
+ /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we
+ know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the
+ size of the entire packet. We also set the
+ IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received
+ the final fragment. */
+
+ if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) {
+ uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
+ uip_reasslen = offset + len;
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do
+ this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits
+ in the bitmap are set. */
+ if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) {
+ /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in
+ the bitmap. */
+ for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) {
+ if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) {
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the
+ right amount of bits. */
+ if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] !=
+ (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) {
+ goto nullreturn;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the
+ buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We
+ also reset the timer. */
+ uip_reasstmr = 0;
+ memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen);
+
+ /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet
+ from now on. */
+ BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+ BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8;
+ BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff;
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+
+ return uip_reasslen;
+ }
+ }
+
+ nullreturn:
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+uip_add_rcv_nxt(u16_t n)
+{
+ uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n);
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+ uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_process(u8_t flag)
+{
+ register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn;
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ if(flag == UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN) {
+ goto udp_send;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+ uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN];
+
+ /* Check if we were invoked because of a poll request for a
+ particular connection. */
+ if(flag == UIP_POLL_REQUEST) {
+ if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED &&
+ !uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
+ }
+ goto drop;
+
+ /* Check if we were invoked because of the periodic timer firing. */
+ } else if(flag == UIP_TIMER) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+ if(uip_reasstmr != 0) {
+ --uip_reasstmr;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+ /* Increase the initial sequence number. */
+ if(++iss[3] == 0) {
+ if(++iss[2] == 0) {
+ if(++iss[1] == 0) {
+ ++iss[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the length variables. */
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+
+ /* Check if the connection is in a state in which we simply wait
+ for the connection to time out. If so, we increase the
+ connection's timer and remove the connection if it times
+ out. */
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT ||
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_FIN_WAIT_2) {
+ ++(uip_connr->timer);
+ if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ }
+ } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) {
+ /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the
+ connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value
+ in which case we retransmit. */
+ if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) {
+ if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX ||
+ ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_SENT ||
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_RCVD) &&
+ uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+
+ /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to
+ UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the
+ connection has timed out. */
+ uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+
+ /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
+
+ /* Exponential back-off. */
+ uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4?
+ 4:
+ uip_connr->nrtx);
+ ++(uip_connr->nrtx);
+
+ /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently
+ depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we
+ call upon the application so that it may prepare the
+ data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the
+ SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to
+ retransmit our FINACK. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit);
+ switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) {
+ case UIP_SYN_RCVD:
+ /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our
+ SYNACK. */
+ goto tcp_send_synack;
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ case UIP_SYN_SENT:
+ /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */
+ BUF->flags = 0;
+ goto tcp_send_syn;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ case UIP_ESTABLISHED:
+ /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application
+ to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into
+ the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit
+ label). */
+ uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto apprexmit;
+
+ case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1:
+ case UIP_CLOSING:
+ case UIP_LAST_ACK:
+ /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */
+ goto tcp_send_finack;
+
+ }
+ }
+ } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED) {
+ /* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the
+ application for new data. */
+ uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#if UIP_UDP
+ if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) {
+ if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) {
+ uip_conn = NULL;
+ uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+ uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+ UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+ goto udp_send;
+ } else {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* This is where the input processing starts. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv);
+
+ /* Start of IP input header processing code. */
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* Check validity of the IP header. */
+ if((BUF->vtc & 0xf0) != 0x60) { /* IP version and header length. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ipv6: invalid version.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* Check validity of the IP header. */
+ if(BUF->vhl != 0x45) { /* IP version and header length. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in
+ uip_len is smaller the size reported in the IP header, we assume
+ that the packet has been corrupted in transit. If the size of
+ uip_len is larger than the size reported in the IP packet header,
+ the packet has been padded and we set uip_len to the correct
+ value.. */
+
+ if((BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] <= uip_len) {
+ uip_len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1];
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ uip_len += 40; /* The length reported in the IPv6 header is the
+ length of the payload that follows the
+ header. However, uIP uses the uip_len variable
+ for holding the size of the entire packet,
+ including the IP header. For IPv4 this is not a
+ problem as the length field in the IPv4 header
+ contains the length of the entire packet. But
+ for IPv6 we need to add the size of the IPv6
+ header (40 bytes). */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ } else {
+ UIP_LOG("ip: packet shorter than reported in IP header.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* Check the fragment flag. */
+ if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 ||
+ BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+ uip_len = uip_reass();
+ if(uip_len == 0) {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#else /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped.");
+ goto drop;
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+ /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and
+ hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP
+ packets. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) {
+ UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received.");
+ goto icmp_input;
+ } else {
+ UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+ } else {
+ /* If IP broadcast support is configured, we check for a broadcast
+ UDP packet, which may be destined to us. */
+#if UIP_BROADCAST
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("UDP IP checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum());
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP &&
+ uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr))
+ {
+ if (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr))
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr);
+
+ goto udp_input;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_BROADCAST */
+
+ /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* For IPv6, packet reception is a little trickier as we need to
+ make sure that we listen to certain multicast addresses (all
+ hosts multicast address, and the solicited-node multicast
+ address) as well. However, we will cheat here and accept all
+ multicast packets that are sent to the ff02::/16 addresses. */
+ if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr) &&
+ BUF->destipaddr.u16[0] != HTONS(0xff02)) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ }
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header
+ checksum. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP) { /* Check for TCP packet. If so,
+ proceed with TCP input
+ processing. */
+ goto tcp_input;
+ }
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP) {
+ goto udp_input;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* ICMPv4 processing code follows. */
+ if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from
+ here. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+ icmp_input:
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
+
+ /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change
+ the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP
+ checksum before we return the packet. */
+ if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
+ UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use
+ the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to
+ yourself. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+ uip_hostaddr = BUF->destipaddr;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+ ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY;
+
+ if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
+ } else {
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
+ }
+
+ /* Swap IP addresses. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
+ BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+ goto ip_send_nolen;
+
+ /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */
+#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* This is IPv6 ICMPv6 processing code. */
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("icmp6_input: length %d\n", uip_len);
+
+ if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP6) { /* We only allow ICMPv6 packets from
+ here. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
+ UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp6.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
+
+ /* If we get a neighbor solicitation for our address we should send
+ a neighbor advertisement message back. */
+ if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION) {
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ICMPBUF->icmp6data, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+
+ if(ICMPBUF->options[0] == ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS) {
+ /* Save the sender's address in our neighbor list. */
+ uip_neighbor_add(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &(ICMPBUF->options[2]));
+ }
+
+ /* We should now send a neighbor advertisement back to where the
+ neighbor solicitation came from. */
+ ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT;
+ ICMPBUF->flags = ICMP6_FLAG_S; /* Solicited flag. */
+
+ ICMPBUF->reserved1 = ICMPBUF->reserved2 = ICMPBUF->reserved3 = 0;
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->destipaddr, &ICMPBUF->srcipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+ ICMPBUF->options[0] = ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS;
+ ICMPBUF->options[1] = 1; /* Options length, 1 = 8 bytes. */
+ memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->options[2]), &uip_ethaddr, sizeof(uip_ethaddr));
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum();
+
+ goto send;
+
+ }
+ goto drop;
+ } else if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_ECHO) {
+ /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only
+ change the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and update the
+ ICMP checksum before we return the packet. */
+
+ ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY;
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum();
+
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
+ goto send;
+ } else {
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("Unknown icmp6 message type %d\n", ICMPBUF->type);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
+ UIP_LOG("icmp: unknown ICMP message.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ /* End of IPv6 ICMP processing. */
+
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+ /* UDP input processing. */
+ udp_input:
+ /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the
+ UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard
+ work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to
+ send. */
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+ uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+ if(UDPBUF->udpchksum != 0 && uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) {
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+#else /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+ uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+
+ /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */
+ for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0];
+ uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+ ++uip_udp_conn) {
+ /* If the local UDP port is non-zero, the connection is considered
+ to be used. If so, the local port number is checked against the
+ destination port number in the received packet. If the two port
+ numbers match, the remote port number is checked if the
+ connection is bound to a remote port. Finally, if the
+ connection is bound to a remote IP address, the source IP
+ address of the packet is checked. */
+ if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 &&
+ UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport &&
+ (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 ||
+ UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) &&
+ (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) ||
+ uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr) ||
+ uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr))) {
+ goto udp_found;
+ }
+ }
+ UIP_LOG("udp: no matching connection found");
+#if UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* Copy fields from packet header into payload of this ICMP packet. */
+ memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->payload[0]), ICMPBUF, UIP_IPH_LEN + 8);
+
+ /* Set the ICMP type and code. */
+ ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE;
+ ICMPBUF->icode = ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE;
+
+ /* Calculate the ICMP checksum. */
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+ ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_chksum((u16_t *)&(ICMPBUF->type), 36);
+
+ /* Set the IP destination address to be the source address of the
+ original packet. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+
+ /* Set our IP address as the source address. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+ /* The size of the ICMP destination unreachable packet is 36 + the
+ size of the IP header (20) = 56. */
+ uip_len = 36 + UIP_IPH_LEN;
+ ICMPBUF->len[0] = 0;
+ ICMPBUF->len[1] = (u8_t)uip_len;
+ ICMPBUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+ ICMPBUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_ICMP;
+
+ goto ip_send_nolen;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */
+ goto drop;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */
+
+ udp_found:
+ uip_conn = NULL;
+ uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+
+ udp_send:
+ if(uip_slen == 0) {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ uip_len = uip_slen + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+ length. */
+ BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ BUF->ttl = uip_udp_conn->ttl;
+ BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP;
+
+ UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + UIP_UDPH_LEN);
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0;
+
+ BUF->srcport = uip_udp_conn->lport;
+ BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport;
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr);
+
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPTCPH_LEN];
+
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+ /* Calculate UDP checksum. */
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum());
+ if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) {
+ UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff;
+ }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+
+ goto ip_send_nolen;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+ /* TCP input processing. */
+ tcp_input:
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv);
+
+ /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */
+
+ if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the TCP
+ checksum. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop);
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr);
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ /* Demultiplex this segment. */
+ /* First check any active connections. */
+ for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr <= &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS - 1];
+ ++uip_connr) {
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED &&
+ BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport &&
+ BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport &&
+ uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr)) {
+ goto found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet,
+ either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet
+ destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set,
+ it is an old packet and we send a RST. */
+ if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN) {
+ goto reset;
+ }
+
+ tmp16 = BUF->destport;
+ /* Next, check listening connections. */
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+ if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c]) {
+ goto found_listen;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst);
+
+ reset:
+ /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst);
+
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN;
+ BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
+
+ /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */
+ c = BUF->seqno[3];
+ BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3];
+ BUF->ackno[3] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[2];
+ BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2];
+ BUF->ackno[2] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[1];
+ BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1];
+ BUF->ackno[1] = c;
+
+ c = BUF->seqno[0];
+ BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0];
+ BUF->ackno[0] = c;
+
+ /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are
+ acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need
+ to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */
+ if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) {
+ if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) {
+ if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) {
+ ++BUF->ackno[0];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Swap port numbers. */
+ tmp16 = BUF->srcport;
+ BUF->srcport = BUF->destport;
+ BUF->destport = tmp16;
+
+ /* Swap IP addresses. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+ /* And send out the RST packet! */
+ goto tcp_send_noconn;
+
+ /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet
+ with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new
+ connection and send a SYNACK in return. */
+ found_listen:
+ /* First we check if there are any connections available. Unused
+ connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but
+ unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in
+ TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no
+ CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very
+ nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */
+ uip_connr = 0;
+ for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+ if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) {
+ uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+ break;
+ }
+ if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) {
+ if(uip_connr == 0 ||
+ uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) {
+ uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(uip_connr == 0) {
+ /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that
+ the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we
+ have more spare connections. */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop);
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections.");
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ uip_conn = uip_connr;
+
+ /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */
+ uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO;
+ uip_connr->sa = 0;
+ uip_connr->sv = 4;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport;
+ uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport;
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_connr->ripaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_RCVD;
+
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
+
+ /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+
+ /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+ if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+ for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+ opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+ if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) {
+ /* End of options. */
+ break;
+ } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) {
+ ++c;
+ /* NOP option. */
+ } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS &&
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) {
+ /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+ tmp16 = ((u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+ (u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+ uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss =
+ tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
+
+ /* And we are done processing options. */
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+ can skip past them. */
+ if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+ /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+ and we don't process them further. */
+ break;
+ }
+ c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ tcp_send_synack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+
+ tcp_send_syn:
+ BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN;
+#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+ tcp_send_synack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our
+ SYNACK. */
+ BUF->optdata[0] = TCP_OPT_MSS;
+ BUF->optdata[1] = TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
+ BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256;
+ BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255;
+ uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
+ BUF->tcpoffset = ((UIP_TCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) / 4) << 4;
+ goto tcp_send;
+
+ /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */
+ found:
+ uip_conn = uip_connr;
+ uip_flags = 0;
+ /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept
+ any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the
+ sequence number of this reset is within our advertised window
+ before we accept the reset. */
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection.");
+ uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ /* Calculate the length of the data, if the application has sent
+ any data to us. */
+ c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2;
+ /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is
+ calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in
+ c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */
+ uip_len = uip_len - c - UIP_IPH_LEN;
+
+ /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is
+ what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the
+ correct numbers in. */
+ if(!(((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_SYN_SENT) &&
+ ((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)))) {
+ if((uip_len > 0 || ((BUF->flags & (TCP_SYN | TCP_FIN)) != 0)) &&
+ (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] ||
+ BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] ||
+ BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] ||
+ BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding
+ data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of
+ the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the
+ retransmission timer. */
+ if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len);
+
+ if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] &&
+ BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] &&
+ BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] &&
+ BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) {
+ /* Update sequence number. */
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+ uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+
+ /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */
+ if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) {
+ signed char m;
+ m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer;
+ /* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */
+ m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3);
+ uip_connr->sa += m;
+ if(m < 0) {
+ m = -m;
+ }
+ m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2);
+ uip_connr->sv += m;
+ uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv;
+
+ }
+ /* Set the acknowledged flag. */
+ uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA;
+ /* Reset the retransmission timer. */
+ uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto;
+
+ /* Reset length of outstanding data. */
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */
+ switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) {
+ /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not
+ implemented, since we force the application to close when the
+ peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from
+ ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */
+ case UIP_SYN_RCVD:
+ /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and
+ we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent
+ out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA
+ flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED;
+ uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+ }
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
+ }
+ goto drop;
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ case UIP_SYN_SENT:
+ /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to
+ our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK
+ plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED
+ state. */
+ if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) &&
+ (BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) {
+
+ /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+ if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+ for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+ opt = uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+ if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) {
+ /* End of options. */
+ break;
+ } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) {
+ ++c;
+ /* NOP option. */
+ } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS &&
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) {
+ /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+ tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+ uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+ uip_connr->initialmss =
+ uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
+
+ /* And we are done processing options. */
+ break;
+ } else {
+ /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+ can skip past them. */
+ if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+ /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+ and we don't process them further. */
+ break;
+ }
+ c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED;
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+ uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto appsend;
+ }
+ /* Inform the application that the connection failed */
+ uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ /* The connection is closed after we send the RST */
+ uip_conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ goto reset;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+ case UIP_ESTABLISHED:
+ /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed
+ data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the
+ application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are
+ retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that
+ data into the buffer.
+
+ If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on
+ this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK
+ state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the
+ sequence numbers will be screwed up. */
+
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
+ if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len);
+ uip_flags |= UIP_CLOSE;
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+ }
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_LAST_ACK;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ tcp_send_finack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent
+ data that we must pass to the application. */
+ if((BUF->flags & TCP_URG) != 0) {
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+ uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+ if(uip_urglen > uip_len) {
+ /* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */
+ uip_urglen = uip_len;
+ }
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen);
+ uip_len -= uip_urglen;
+ uip_urgdata = uip_appdata;
+ uip_appdata += uip_urglen;
+ } else {
+ uip_urglen = 0;
+#else /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+ uip_appdata = ((char *)uip_appdata) + ((BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]);
+ uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+ }
+
+ /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this
+ by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number
+ we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow
+ using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the
+ remote host. */
+ if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
+ uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end
+ is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we
+ set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the
+ application does not send more data than the other end can
+ handle.
+
+ If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to
+ the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS
+ of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver,
+ and the application will retransmit it. This is called the
+ "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanism.
+ */
+ tmp16 = ((u16_t)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (u16_t)BUF->wnd[1];
+ if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss ||
+ tmp16 == 0) {
+ tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss;
+ }
+ uip_connr->mss = tmp16;
+
+ /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged
+ by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it
+ might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data
+ from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the
+ application must also be notified.
+
+ When the application is called, the global variable uip_len
+ contains the length of the incoming data. The application can
+ access the incoming data through the global pointer
+ uip_appdata, which usually points UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN
+ bytes into the uip_buf array.
+
+ If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be
+ put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be
+ put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to
+ send, uip_len must be set to 0. */
+ if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+
+ appsend:
+
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
+
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) {
+ uip_slen = 0;
+ uip_connr->len = 1;
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_1;
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_nodata;
+ }
+
+ /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */
+ if(uip_slen > 0) {
+
+ /* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of
+ the ->len variable should be discarded. */
+ if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) {
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has
+ already data in transit and cannot send anymore right
+ now. */
+ if(uip_connr->len == 0) {
+
+ /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by
+ the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available
+ window). */
+ if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) {
+ uip_slen = uip_connr->mss;
+ }
+
+ /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know
+ when everything has been acknowledged. */
+ uip_connr->len = uip_slen;
+ } else {
+
+ /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we
+ make sure that the application does not send (i.e.,
+ retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */
+ uip_slen = uip_connr->len;
+ }
+ }
+ uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+ apprexmit:
+ uip_appdata = uip_sappdata;
+
+ /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming
+ packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */
+ if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) {
+ /* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */
+ uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+ /* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH;
+ /* Send the packet. */
+ goto tcp_send_noopts;
+ }
+ /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if
+ there is newdata. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) {
+ uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+ goto tcp_send_noopts;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
+ case UIP_LAST_ACK:
+ /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our
+ FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1:
+ /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host
+ hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a
+ FIN from the other side. */
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+ }
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ } else {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSING;
+ }
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_2;
+ uip_connr->len = 0;
+ goto drop;
+ }
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ goto drop;
+
+ case UIP_FIN_WAIT_2:
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+ }
+ if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+ uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+ UIP_APPCALL();
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+ }
+ goto drop;
+
+ case UIP_TIME_WAIT:
+ goto tcp_send_ack;
+
+ case UIP_CLOSING:
+ if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+ uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+ uip_connr->timer = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ goto drop;
+
+ /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want
+ to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */
+ tcp_send_ack:
+ BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+
+ tcp_send_nodata:
+ uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN;
+
+ tcp_send_noopts:
+ BUF->tcpoffset = (UIP_TCPH_LEN / 4) << 4;
+
+ /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a
+ reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP
+ headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the
+ packet. */
+ tcp_send:
+ BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0];
+ BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1];
+ BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2];
+ BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3];
+
+ BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0];
+ BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1];
+ BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2];
+ BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3];
+
+ BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP;
+
+ BUF->srcport = uip_connr->lport;
+ BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport;
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr);
+
+ if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) {
+ /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero
+ window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */
+ BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0;
+ } else {
+ BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8);
+ BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff);
+ }
+
+ tcp_send_noconn:
+ BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+ length. */
+ BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+ BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ BUF->urgp[0] = BUF->urgp[1] = 0;
+
+ /* Calculate TCP checksum. */
+ BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+ BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+ ip_send_nolen:
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ BUF->vtc = 0x60;
+ BUF->tcflow = 0x00;
+ BUF->flow = 0x00;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ BUF->vhl = 0x45;
+ BUF->tos = 0;
+ BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+ ++ipid;
+ BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8;
+ BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff;
+ /* Calculate IP checksum. */
+ BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+ BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("uip ip_send_nolen: checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent);
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ send:
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ DEBUG_PRINTF("Sending packet with length %d (%d)\n", uip_len,
+ (BUF->len[0] << 8) | BUF->len[1]);
+
+ UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent);
+ /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */
+ uip_flags = 0;
+ return;
+
+ drop:
+ uip_len = 0;
+ uip_flags = 0;
+ return;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+htons(u16_t val)
+{
+ return HTONS(val);
+}
+
+u32_t
+htonl(u32_t val)
+{
+ return HTONL(val);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_send(const void *data, int len)
+{
+ int copylen;
+#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b))
+ copylen = MIN(len, UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN -
+ (int)((char *)uip_sappdata - (char *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN]));
+ if(copylen > 0) {
+ uip_slen = copylen;
+ if(data != uip_sappdata) {
+ memcpy(uip_sappdata, (data), uip_slen);
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @} */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b87a2c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2130 @@
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ * \author Julien Abeille <jabeille@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code)
+ * \author Mathilde Durvy <mdurvy@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code)
+ *
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number
+ * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP
+ * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip.h,v 1.24 2009/04/06 13:18:50 nvt-se Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_H__
+#define __UIP_H__
+
+#include "uipopt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Representation of an IP address.
+ *
+ */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+typedef union uip_ip6addr_t {
+ u8_t u8[16]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */
+ u16_t u16[8];
+} uip_ip6addr_t;
+
+typedef uip_ip6addr_t uip_ipaddr_t;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+typedef union uip_ip4addr_t {
+ u8_t u8[4]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */
+ u16_t u16[2];
+#if 0
+ u32_t u32;
+#endif
+} uip_ip4addr_t;
+typedef uip_ip4addr_t uip_ipaddr_t;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** \brief 16 bit 802.15.4 address */
+struct uip_802154_shortaddr {
+ u8_t addr[2];
+};
+/** \brief 64 bit 802.15.4 address */
+struct uip_802154_longaddr {
+ u8_t addr[8];
+};
+
+/** \brief 802.11 address */
+struct uip_80211_addr {
+ u8_t addr[6];
+};
+
+/** \brief 802.3 address */
+struct uip_eth_addr {
+ u8_t addr[6];
+};
+
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154
+/** \brief 802.15.4 address */
+typedef struct uip_802154_longaddr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_802154_SHORTADDR_LEN 2
+#define UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN 8
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN
+#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_80211
+/** \brief 802.11 address */
+typedef struct uip_80211_addr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6
+#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/
+/** \brief Ethernet address */
+typedef struct uip_eth_addr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* First, the functions that should be called from the
+ * system. Initialization, the periodic timer, and incoming packets are
+ * handled by the following three functions.
+ */
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time
+ * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Set the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+
+ uip_ipaddr_t addr;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,1,2);
+ uip_sethostaddr(&addr);
+
+ \endcode
+ * \param addr A pointer to an IP address of type uip_ipaddr_t;
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_hostaddr, (addr))
+
+/**
+ * Get the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t hostaddr;
+
+ uip_gethostaddr(&hostaddr);
+ \endcode
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the currently configured IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_hostaddr)
+
+/**
+ * Set the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP
+ * address of the default router.
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_draddr, (addr))
+
+/**
+ * Set the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP
+ * address of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_netmask, (addr))
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the IP address of the default router.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_draddr)
+
+/**
+ * Get the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the value of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_netmask)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * uIP initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function should be called at boot up to initialize the uIP
+ * TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+void uip_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * uIP initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function may be used at boot time to set the initial ip_id.
+ */
+void uip_setipid(u16_t id);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting
+ * with uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Process an incoming packet.
+ *
+ * This function should be called when the device driver has received
+ * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must
+ * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet
+ * should be placed in the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed
+ * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to
+ * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the
+ * uip_len variable is set to 0.
+ *
+ * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source
+ * code below.
+ \code
+ uip_len = devicedriver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling
+ * this function:
+ \code
+ #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+ uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
+ uip_arp_arpin();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_input() uip_process(UIP_DATA)
+
+
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers,
+ * polling) for a uIP TCP connection, and should be called when the
+ * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every
+ * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting
+ * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len
+ * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver
+ * should be called to send out the packet.
+ *
+ * The usual way of calling the function is through a for() loop like
+ * this:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before
+ * calling the device driver:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if UIP_TCP
+#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn]; \
+ uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+/**
+ *
+ *
+ */
+#define uip_conn_active(conn) (uip_conns[conn].tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED)
+
+/**
+ * Perform periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer
+ * to its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn
+ * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be
+ * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
+ * be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \
+ uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * Request that a particular connection should be polled.
+ *
+ * Similar to uip_periodic_conn() but does not perform any timer
+ * processing. The application is polled for new data.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
+ * be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_poll_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \
+ uip_process(UIP_POLL_REQUEST); } while (0)
+
+#endif /* UIP_TCP */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function is essentially the same as uip_periodic(), but for
+ * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the
+ * uip_periodic() function:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be
+ * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \
+ uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to
+ * its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual
+ * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This
+ * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection
+ * to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn; \
+ uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0)
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+/** \brief Abandon the reassembly of the current packet */
+void uip_reass_over(void);
+
+/**
+ * The uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing
+ * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this
+ * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link
+ * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of
+ * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define.
+ *
+ * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so
+ * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the
+ * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example:
+ \code
+ void
+ devicedriver_send(void)
+ {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ if(uip_len <= UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ } else {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_TCPIP_HLEN);
+ hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+*/
+extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2];
+
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and
+ * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all
+ * handled by the functions below.
+ */
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Start listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_listen(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_listen(u16_t port);
+
+/**
+ * Stop listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_unlisten(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_unlisten(u16_t port);
+
+/**
+ * Connect to a remote host using TCP.
+ *
+ * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified
+ * port on the specified host. It allocates a new connection identifier,
+ * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the
+ * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be
+ * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed,
+ * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to
+ * uip_connect().
+ *
+ * \note This function is available only if support for active open
+ * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network
+ * byte order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host.
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection,
+ * or NULL if no connection could be allocated.
+ *
+ */
+struct uip_conn *uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t port);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * \internal
+ *
+ * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len)
+
+/**
+ * Send data on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP
+ * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event
+ * processing can send data.
+ *
+ * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this
+ * function is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP
+ * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate
+ * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query
+ * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will
+ * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the
+ * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being
+ * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+void uip_send(const void *data, int len);
+
+/**
+ * The length of any incoming data that is currently available (if available)
+ * in the uip_appdata buffer.
+ *
+ * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there
+ * is any data available at all.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+/*void uip_datalen(void);*/
+#define uip_datalen() uip_len
+
+/**
+ * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived
+ * on the connection.
+ *
+ * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this
+ * function to be enabled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_urgdatalen() uip_urglen
+
+/**
+ * Close the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will close the current connection in a nice way.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_close() (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE)
+
+/**
+ * Abort the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is
+ * usually used when an error has occurred that prevents using the
+ * uip_close() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_abort() (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT)
+
+/**
+ * Tell the sending host to stop sending data.
+ *
+ * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop
+ * receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stop() (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED)
+
+/**
+ * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with
+ * uip_stop().
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stopped(conn) ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)
+
+/**
+ * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped
+ * with uip_stop().
+ *
+ * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we
+ * start receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_restart() do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; \
+ uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED; \
+ } while(0)
+
+
+/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current
+ connection is, and what the application function should do. */
+
+/**
+ * Is the current connection a UDP connection?
+ *
+ * This function checks whether the current connection is a UDP connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ */
+#define uip_udpconnection() (uip_conn == NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Is new incoming data available?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application
+ * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is
+ * available through the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_newdata() (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA)
+
+/**
+ * Has previously sent data been acknowledged?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been
+ * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application
+ * can send new data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_acked() (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection just been connected?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to
+ * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been
+ * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with
+ * uip_listen()).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection been closed by the other end?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote
+ * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_closed() (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection been aborted by the other end?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the
+ * remote host.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_aborted() (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection timed out?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many
+ * retransmissions.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_timedout() (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT)
+
+/**
+ * Do we need to retransmit previously data?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in
+ * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The
+ * application should send the exact same data as it did the last
+ * time, using the uip_send() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_rexmit() (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT)
+
+/**
+ * Is the connection being polled by uIP?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the
+ * current connection has been idle for a while and should be
+ * polled.
+ *
+ * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to
+ * wait for the remote host to send data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_poll() (uip_flags & UIP_POLL)
+
+/**
+ * Get the initial maximum segment size (MSS) of the current
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_initialmss() (uip_conn->initialmss)
+
+/**
+ * Get the current maximum segment size that can be sent on the current
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * The current maximum segment size that can be sent on the
+ * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of
+ * the connection (which also is available by calling
+ * uip_initialmss()).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_mss() (uip_conn->mss)
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new UDP connection.
+ *
+ * This function sets up a new UDP connection. The function will
+ * automatically allocate an unused local port for the new
+ * connection. However, another port can be chosen by using the
+ * uip_udp_bind() call, after the uip_udp_new() function has been
+ * called.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t addr;
+ struct uip_udp_conn *c;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,2,1);
+ c = uip_udp_new(&addr, HTONS(12345));
+ if(c != NULL) {
+ uip_udp_bind(c, HTONS(12344));
+ }
+ \endcode
+ * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host.
+ *
+ * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL
+ * if no connection could be allocated.
+ */
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport);
+
+/**
+ * Removed a UDP connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0
+
+/**
+ * Bind a UDP connection to a local port.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \param port The local port number, in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_bind(conn, port) (conn)->lport = port
+
+/**
+ * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll
+ * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the
+ * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_send((char *)uip_appdata, len)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These functions can be used for converting between different data
+ * formats used by uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert an IP address to four bytes separated by commas.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ printf("ipaddr=%d.%d.%d.%d\n", uip_ipaddr_to_quad(&ipaddr));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param a A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t.
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr_to_quad(a) (a)->u8[0],(a)->u8[1],(a)->u8[2],(a)->u8[3]
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IP address from four bytes.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IP address of the type that uIP handles
+ * internally from four bytes. The function is handy for specifying IP
+ * addresses to use with e.g. the uip_connect() function.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ struct uip_conn *c;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ c = uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do { \
+ (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \
+ (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \
+ (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \
+ (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \
+ } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IPv6 address from eight 16-bit words.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IPv6 address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ip6addr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7) do { \
+ (addr)->u16[0] = HTONS(addr0); \
+ (addr)->u16[1] = HTONS(addr1); \
+ (addr)->u16[2] = HTONS(addr2); \
+ (addr)->u16[3] = HTONS(addr3); \
+ (addr)->u16[4] = HTONS(addr4); \
+ (addr)->u16[5] = HTONS(addr5); \
+ (addr)->u16[6] = HTONS(addr6); \
+ (addr)->u16[7] = HTONS(addr7); \
+ } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IPv6 address from sixteen 8-bit words.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IPv6 address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ip6addr_u8(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7,addr8,addr9,addr10,addr11,addr12,addr13,addr14,addr15) do { \
+ (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \
+ (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \
+ (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \
+ (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \
+ (addr)->u8[4] = addr4; \
+ (addr)->u8[5] = addr5; \
+ (addr)->u8[6] = addr6; \
+ (addr)->u8[7] = addr7; \
+ (addr)->u8[8] = addr8; \
+ (addr)->u8[9] = addr9; \
+ (addr)->u8[10] = addr10; \
+ (addr)->u8[11] = addr11; \
+ (addr)->u8[12] = addr12; \
+ (addr)->u8[13] = addr13; \
+ (addr)->u8[14] = addr14; \
+ (addr)->u8[15] = addr15; \
+ } while(0)
+
+
+/**
+ * Copy an IP address to another IP address.
+ *
+ * Copies an IP address from one place to another.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param dest The destination for the copy.
+ * \param src The source from where to copy.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef uip_ipaddr_copy
+#define uip_ipaddr_copy(dest, src) (*(dest) = *(src))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Compare two IP addresses
+ *
+ * Compares two IP addresses.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1)) {
+ printf("They are the same");
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr1 The first IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The second IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->u16[0] == (addr2)->u16[0] && \
+ (addr1)->u16[1] == (addr2)->u16[1])
+#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, sizeof(uip_ip6addr_t)) == 0)
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+/**
+ * Compare two IP addresses with netmasks
+ *
+ * Compares two IP addresses with netmasks. The masks are used to mask
+ * out the bits that are to be compared.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, mask;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&mask, 255,255,255,0);
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr2, 192,16,1,3);
+ if(uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&ipaddr1, &ipaddr2, &mask)) {
+ printf("They are the same");
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr1 The first IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The second IP address.
+ * \param mask The netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) \
+ (((((u16_t *)addr1)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]) == \
+ (((u16_t *)addr2)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0])) && \
+ ((((u16_t *)addr1)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]) == \
+ (((u16_t *)addr2)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1])))
+#else
+#define uip_ipaddr_prefixcmp(addr1, addr2, length) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, length>>3) == 0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Check if an address is a broadcast address for a network.
+ *
+ * Checks if an address is the broadcast address for a network. The
+ * network is defined by an IP address that is on the network and the
+ * network's netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr The IP address.
+ * \param netaddr The network's IP address.
+ * \param netmask The network's netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+/*#define uip_ipaddr_isbroadcast(addr, netaddr, netmask)
+ ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16 & ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16*/
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Mask out the network part of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Masks out the network part of an IP address, given the address and
+ * the netmask.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, netmask;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr(&netmask, 255,255,255,0);
+ uip_ipaddr_mask(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1, &netmask);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "ipaddr2" will contain the IP
+ * address 192.168.1.0.
+ *
+ * \param dest Where the result is to be placed.
+ * \param src The IP address.
+ * \param mask The netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr_mask(dest, src, mask) do { \
+ ((u16_t *)dest)[0] = ((u16_t *)src)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]; \
+ ((u16_t *)dest)[1] = ((u16_t *)src)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]; \
+ } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Pick the first octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the first octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr1(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 1.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr1(addr) ((addr)->u8[0])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the second octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the second octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr2(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 2.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr2(addr) ((addr)->u8[1])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the third octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the third octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr3(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 3.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr3(addr) ((addr)->u8[2])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the fourth octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the fourth octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr4(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 4.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr4(addr) ((addr)->u8[3])
+
+/**
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
+ *
+ * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to
+ * network byte order, use the htons() function instead.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef HTONS
+# if UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN
+# define HTONS(n) (n)
+# define HTONL(n) (n)
+# else /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+# define HTONS(n) (u16_t)((((u16_t) (n)) << 8) | (((u16_t) (n)) >> 8))
+# define HTONL(n) (((u32_t)HTONS(n) << 16) | HTONS((u32_t)(n) >> 16))
+# endif /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+#else
+#error "HTONS already defined!"
+#endif /* HTONS */
+
+/**
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
+ *
+ * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to
+ * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead.
+ */
+#ifndef htons
+u16_t htons(u16_t val);
+#endif /* htons */
+#ifndef ntohs
+#define ntohs htons
+#endif
+
+#ifndef htonl
+u32_t htonl(u32_t val);
+#endif /* htonl */
+#ifndef ntohl
+#define ntohl htonl
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer.
+ *
+ * This pointer points to the application data when the application is
+ * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may
+ * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send().
+ */
+extern void *uip_appdata;
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+/* u8_t *uip_urgdata:
+ *
+ * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only
+ * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA).
+ */
+extern void *uip_urgdata;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipdrivervars Variables used in uIP device drivers
+ * @{
+ *
+ * uIP has a few global variables that are used in device drivers for
+ * uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The length of the packet in the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * The global variable uip_len holds the length of the packet in the
+ * uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * When the network device driver calls the uIP input function,
+ * uip_len should be set to the length of the packet in the uip_buf
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * When sending packets, the device driver should use the contents of
+ * the uip_len variable to determine the length of the outgoing
+ * packet.
+ *
+ */
+extern u16_t uip_len;
+
+/**
+ * The length of the extension headers
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_ext_len;
+/** @} */
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+extern u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a uIP TCP connection.
+ *
+ * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All
+ * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an
+ * application. The only exception is the appstate field whose purpose
+ * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g.,
+ * file pointers) for the connection. The type of this field is
+ * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file.
+ */
+struct uip_conn {
+ uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote host. */
+
+ u16_t lport; /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */
+ u16_t rport; /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte
+ order. */
+
+ u8_t rcv_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that we expect to
+ receive next. */
+ u8_t snd_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that was last sent by
+ us. */
+ u16_t len; /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */
+ u16_t mss; /**< Current maximum segment size for the
+ connection. */
+ u16_t initialmss; /**< Initial maximum segment size for the
+ connection. */
+ u8_t sa; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+ variable. */
+ u8_t sv; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+ variable. */
+ u8_t rto; /**< Retransmission time-out. */
+ u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */
+ u8_t timer; /**< The retransmission timer. */
+ u8_t nrtx; /**< The number of retransmissions for the last
+ segment sent. */
+
+ /** The application state. */
+ uip_tcp_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Pointer to the current TCP connection.
+ *
+ * The uip_conn pointer can be used to access the current TCP
+ * connection.
+ */
+
+extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn;
+#if UIP_TCP
+/* The array containing all uIP connections. */
+extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uiparch
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations.
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_acc32[4];
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a uIP UDP connection.
+ */
+struct uip_udp_conn {
+ uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */
+ u16_t lport; /**< The local port number in network byte order. */
+ u16_t rport; /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */
+ u8_t ttl; /**< Default time-to-live. */
+
+ /** The application state. */
+ uip_udp_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The current UDP connection.
+ */
+extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+
+struct uip_router {
+ int (*activate)(void);
+ int (*deactivate)(void);
+ uip_ipaddr_t *(*lookup)(uip_ipaddr_t *destipaddr, uip_ipaddr_t *nexthop);
+};
+
+#if UIP_CONF_ROUTER
+extern const struct uip_router *uip_router;
+
+/**
+ * uIP routing driver registration function.
+ */
+void uip_router_register(const struct uip_router *router);
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_ROUTER*/
+
+#if UIP_CONF_ICMP6
+struct uip_icmp6_conn {
+ uip_icmp6_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+extern struct uip_icmp6_conn uip_icmp6_conns;
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_ICMP6*/
+
+/**
+ * The uIP TCP/IP statistics.
+ *
+ * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered.
+ */
+#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
+extern struct uip_stats uip_stat;
+#define UIP_STAT(s) s
+#else
+#define UIP_STAT(s)
+#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
+
+/**
+ * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if
+ * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1.
+ *
+ */
+struct uip_stats {
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t forwarded;/**< Number of forwarded packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP
+ layer. */
+ uip_stats_t vhlerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP version or header length. */
+ uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP length, high byte. */
+ uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+ IP length, low byte. */
+ uip_stats_t fragerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+ were IP fragments. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP
+ checksum errors. */
+ uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+ were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */
+ } ip; /**< IP statistics. */
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */
+ uip_stats_t typeerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong
+ type. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a bad
+ checksum. */
+ } icmp; /**< ICMP statistics. */
+#if UIP_TCP
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad
+ checksum. */
+ uip_stats_t ackerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK
+ number. */
+ uip_stats_t rst; /**< Number of received TCP RST (reset) segments. */
+ uip_stats_t rexmit; /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t syndrop; /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few
+ connections was available. */
+ uip_stats_t synrst; /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports,
+ triggering a RST. */
+ } tcp; /**< TCP statistics. */
+#endif
+#if UIP_UDP
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped UDP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received UDP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent UDP segments. */
+ uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of UDP segments with a bad
+ checksum. */
+ } udp; /**< UDP statistics. */
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ struct {
+ uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ND6 packets. */
+ uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ND6 packets */
+ uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ND6 packets */
+ } nd6;
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+};
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be
+ * used directly by an application or by a device driver.
+ */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/* u8_t uip_flags:
+ *
+ * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags
+ * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more
+ * information.
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_flags;
+
+/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags
+ before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA,
+ UIP_NEWDATA, and UIP_CLOSE flags may both be set at the same time,
+ whereas the others are mutually exclusive. Note that these flags
+ should *NOT* be accessed directly, but only through the uIP
+ functions/macros. */
+
+#define UIP_ACKDATA 1 /* Signifies that the outstanding data was
+ acked and the application should send
+ out new data instead of retransmitting
+ the last data. */
+#define UIP_NEWDATA 2 /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent
+ us new data. */
+#define UIP_REXMIT 4 /* Tells the application to retransmit the
+ data that was last sent. */
+#define UIP_POLL 8 /* Used for polling the application, to
+ check if the application has data that
+ it wants to send. */
+#define UIP_CLOSE 16 /* The remote host has closed the
+ connection, thus the connection has
+ gone away. Or the application signals
+ that it wants to close the
+ connection. */
+#define UIP_ABORT 32 /* The remote host has aborted the
+ connection, thus the connection has
+ gone away. Or the application signals
+ that it wants to abort the
+ connection. */
+#define UIP_CONNECTED 64 /* We have got a connection from a remote
+ host and have set up a new connection
+ for it, or an active connection has
+ been successfully established. */
+
+#define UIP_TIMEDOUT 128 /* The connection has been aborted due to
+ too many retransmissions. */
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief process the options within a hop by hop or destination option header
+ * \retval 0: nothing to send,
+ * \retval 1: drop pkt
+ * \retval 2: ICMP error message to send
+*/
+/*static u8_t
+uip_ext_hdr_options_process(); */
+
+/* uip_process(flag):
+ *
+ * The actual uIP function which does all the work.
+ */
+void uip_process(u8_t flag);
+
+ /* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process()
+ function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where
+ uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have
+ incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic
+ timer has fired. These values are never used directly, but only in
+ the macros defined in this file. */
+
+#define UIP_DATA 1 /* Tells uIP that there is incoming
+ data in the uip_buf buffer. The
+ length of the data is stored in the
+ global variable uip_len. */
+#define UIP_TIMER 2 /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer
+ has fired. */
+#define UIP_POLL_REQUEST 3 /* Tells uIP that a connection should
+ be polled. */
+#define UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN 4 /* Tells uIP that a UDP datagram
+ should be constructed in the
+ uip_buf buffer. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+#define UIP_UDP_TIMER 5
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */
+#define UIP_CLOSED 0
+#define UIP_SYN_RCVD 1
+#define UIP_SYN_SENT 2
+#define UIP_ESTABLISHED 3
+#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_1 4
+#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_2 5
+#define UIP_CLOSING 6
+#define UIP_TIME_WAIT 7
+#define UIP_LAST_ACK 8
+#define UIP_TS_MASK 15
+
+#define UIP_STOPPED 16
+
+/* The TCP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_tcpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* IPv6 header. */
+ u8_t vtc,
+ tcflow;
+ u16_t flow;
+ u8_t len[2];
+ u8_t proto, ttl;
+ uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* IPv4 header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* TCP header. */
+ u16_t srcport,
+ destport;
+ u8_t seqno[4],
+ ackno[4],
+ tcpoffset,
+ flags,
+ wnd[2];
+ u16_t tcpchksum;
+ u8_t urgp[2];
+ u8_t optdata[4];
+};
+
+/* The ICMP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_icmpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* IPv6 header. */
+ u8_t vtc,
+ tcf;
+ u16_t flow;
+ u8_t len[2];
+ u8_t proto, ttl;
+ uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* IPv4 header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* ICMP header. */
+ u8_t type, icode;
+ u16_t icmpchksum;
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ u16_t id, seqno;
+ u8_t payload[1];
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/* The UDP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_udpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* IPv6 header. */
+ u8_t vtc,
+ tcf;
+ u16_t flow;
+ u8_t len[2];
+ u8_t proto, ttl;
+ uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+ /* UDP header. */
+ u16_t srcport,
+ destport;
+ u16_t udplen;
+ u16_t udpchksum;
+};
+
+/*
+ * In IPv6 the length of the L3 headers before the transport header is
+ * not fixed, due to the possibility to include extension option headers
+ * after the IP header. hence we split here L3 and L4 headers
+ */
+/* The IP header */
+struct uip_ip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ /* IPV6 header */
+ u8_t vtc;
+ u8_t tcflow;
+ u16_t flow;
+ u8_t len[2];
+ u8_t proto, ttl;
+ uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+ /* IPV4 header */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * IPv6 extension option headers: we are able to process
+ * the 4 extension headers defined in RFC2460 (IPv6):
+ * - Hop by hop option header, destination option header:
+ * These two are not used by any core IPv6 protocol, hence
+ * we just read them and go to the next. They convey options,
+ * the options defined in RFC2460 are Pad1 and PadN, which do
+ * some padding, and that we do not need to read (the length
+ * field in the header is enough)
+ * - Routing header: this one is most notably used by MIPv6,
+ * which we do not implement, hence we just read it and go
+ * to the next
+ * - Fragmentation header: we read this header and are able to
+ * reassemble packets
+ *
+ * We do not offer any means to send packets with extension headers
+ *
+ * We do not implement Authentication and ESP headers, which are
+ * used in IPSec and defined in RFC4302,4303,4305,4385
+ */
+/* common header part */
+struct uip_ext_hdr {
+ u8_t next;
+ u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* Hop by Hop option header */
+struct uip_hbho_hdr {
+ u8_t next;
+ u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* destination option header */
+struct uip_desto_hdr {
+ u8_t next;
+ u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* We do not define structures for PAD1 and PADN options */
+
+/*
+ * routing header
+ * the routing header as 4 common bytes, then routing header type
+ * specific data there are several types of routing header. Type 0 was
+ * deprecated as per RFC5095 most notable other type is 2, used in
+ * RFC3775 (MIPv6) here we do not implement MIPv6, so we just need to
+ * parse the 4 first bytes
+ */
+struct uip_routing_hdr {
+ u8_t next;
+ u8_t len;
+ u8_t routing_type;
+ u8_t seg_left;
+};
+
+/* fragmentation header */
+struct uip_frag_hdr {
+ u8_t next;
+ u8_t res;
+ u16_t offsetresmore;
+ u32_t id;
+};
+
+/*
+ * an option within the destination or hop by hop option headers
+ * it contains type an length, which is true for all options but PAD1
+ */
+struct uip_ext_hdr_opt {
+ u8_t type;
+ u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* PADN option */
+struct uip_ext_hdr_opt_padn {
+ u8_t opt_type;
+ u8_t opt_len;
+};
+
+/* TCP header */
+struct uip_tcp_hdr {
+ u16_t srcport;
+ u16_t destport;
+ u8_t seqno[4];
+ u8_t ackno[4];
+ u8_t tcpoffset;
+ u8_t flags;
+ u8_t wnd[2];
+ u16_t tcpchksum;
+ u8_t urgp[2];
+ u8_t optdata[4];
+};
+
+/* The ICMP headers. */
+struct uip_icmp_hdr {
+ u8_t type, icode;
+ u16_t icmpchksum;
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ u16_t id, seqno;
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/* The UDP headers. */
+struct uip_udp_hdr {
+ u16_t srcport;
+ u16_t destport;
+ u16_t udplen;
+ u16_t udpchksum;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * The buffer size available for user data in the \ref uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * This macro holds the available size for user data in the \ref
+ * uip_buf buffer. The macro is intended to be used for checking
+ * bounds of available user data.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ snprintf(uip_appdata, UIP_APPDATA_SIZE, "%u\n", i);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_APPDATA_SIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN)
+#define UIP_APPDATA_PTR (void *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN]
+
+#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP 1
+#define UIP_PROTO_TCP 6
+#define UIP_PROTO_UDP 17
+#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP6 58
+
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/** @{ */
+/** \brief extension headers types */
+#define UIP_PROTO_HBHO 0
+#define UIP_PROTO_DESTO 60
+#define UIP_PROTO_ROUTING 43
+#define UIP_PROTO_FRAG 44
+#define UIP_PROTO_NONE 59
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ */
+/** \brief Destination and Hop By Hop extension headers option types */
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PAD1 0
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PADN 1
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ */
+/**
+ * \brief Bitmaps for extension header processing
+ *
+ * When processing extension headers, we should record somehow which one we
+ * see, because you cannot have twice the same header, except for destination
+ * We store all this in one u8_t bitmap one bit for each header expected. The
+ * order in the bitmap is the order recommended in RFC2460
+ */
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_HBHO 0x01
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO1 0x02
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ROUTING 0x04
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_FRAG 0x08
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_AH 0x10
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ESP 0x20
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO2 0x40
+/** @} */
+
+
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+
+/* Header sizes. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define UIP_IPH_LEN 40
+#define UIP_FRAGH_LEN 8
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+#define UIP_IPH_LEN 20 /* Size of IP header */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#define UIP_UDPH_LEN 8 /* Size of UDP header */
+#define UIP_TCPH_LEN 20 /* Size of TCP header */
+#ifdef UIP_IPH_LEN
+#define UIP_ICMPH_LEN 4 /* Size of ICMP header */
+#endif
+#define UIP_IPUDPH_LEN (UIP_UDPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP +
+ * UDP
+ * header */
+#define UIP_IPTCPH_LEN (UIP_TCPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP +
+ * TCP
+ * header */
+#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN UIP_IPTCPH_LEN
+#define UIP_IPICMPH_LEN (UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) /* size of ICMP
+ + IP header */
+#define UIP_LLIPH_LEN (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* size of L2
+ + IP header */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/**
+ * The sums below are quite used in ND. When used for uip_buf, we
+ * include link layer length when used for uip_len, we do not, hence
+ * we need values with and without LLH_LEN we do not use capital
+ * letters as these values are variable
+ */
+#define uip_l2_l3_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len)
+#define uip_l2_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN)
+#define uip_l3_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len)
+#define uip_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN)
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr;
+#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+extern uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr;
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr;
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr;
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR
+extern const uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr;
+#else
+extern uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr;
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/**
+ * \brief Is IPv6 address a the unspecified address
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_unspecified(a) \
+ ((((a)->u16[0]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[7]) == 0))
+
+/** \brief Is IPv6 address a the link local all-nodes multicast address */
+#define uip_is_addr_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) \
+ ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xff) && \
+ (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \
+ (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[15]) == 0x01))
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to unspecified */
+#define uip_create_unspecified(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-nodes multicast address */
+#define uip_create_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0001)
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-routers multicast address */
+#define uip_create_linklocal_allrouters_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0002)
+
+/**
+ * \brief is addr (a) a solicited node multicast address, see RFC3513
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_solicited_node(a) \
+ ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) && \
+ (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \
+ (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[5]) == 1) && \
+ (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xFF))
+
+/**
+ * \briefput in b the solicited node address corresponding to address a
+ * both a and b are of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ * */
+#define uip_create_solicited_node(a, b) \
+ (((b)->u8[0]) = 0xFF); \
+ (((b)->u8[1]) = 0x02); \
+ (((b)->u16[1]) = 0); \
+ (((b)->u16[2]) = 0); \
+ (((b)->u16[3]) = 0); \
+ (((b)->u16[4]) = 0); \
+ (((b)->u8[10]) = 0); \
+ (((b)->u8[11]) = 0x01); \
+ (((b)->u8[12]) = 0xFF); \
+ (((b)->u8[13]) = ((a)->u8[13])); \
+ (((b)->u16[7]) = ((a)->u16[7]))
+
+/**
+ * \brief is addr (a) a link local unicast address, see RFC3513
+ * i.e. is (a) on prefix FE80::/10
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_link_local(a) \
+ ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFE) && \
+ (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x80))
+
+/**
+ * \brief was addr (a) forged based on the mac address m
+ * a type is uip_ipaddr_t
+ * m type is uiplladdr_t
+ */
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154
+#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \
+ ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) ^ 0x02)) && \
+ (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[11]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[12]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[5]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[6]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[7]))
+#else
+
+#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \
+ ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) | 0x02)) && \
+ (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[11]) == 0xff) && \
+ (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xfe) && \
+ (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \
+ (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[5]))
+
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief is address a multicast address, see RFC 3513
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ * */
+#define uip_is_addr_mcast(a) \
+ (((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * \brief is group-id of multicast address a
+ * the all nodes group-id
+ */
+#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_nodes(a) \
+ ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[15]) == 1))
+
+/**
+ * \brief is group-id of multicast address a
+ * the all routers group-id
+ */
+#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_routers(a) \
+ ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \
+ (((a)->u8[15]) == 2))
+
+
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer.
+ *
+ * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's
+ * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer.
+ *
+ * See RFC1071.
+ *
+ * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be
+ * computed.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to
+ * be computed.
+ *
+ * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer.
+ */
+u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf.
+ *
+ * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of
+ * the IP header.
+ *
+ * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf
+ * buffer.
+ */
+u16_t uip_ipchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
+ *
+ * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
+ * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793.
+ *
+ * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed
+ * to by uip_appdata.
+ */
+u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the UDP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
+ *
+ * The UDP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
+ * UDP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC768.
+ *
+ * \return The UDP checksum of the UDP segment in uip_buf and pointed
+ * to by uip_appdata.
+ */
+u16_t uip_udpchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the ICMP checksum of the packet in uip_buf.
+ *
+ * \return The ICMP checksum of the ICMP packet in uip_buf
+ */
+u16_t uip_icmp6chksum(void);
+
+
+#endif /* __UIP_H__ */
+
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fcb783b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP
+ * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC
+ * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level
+ * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with
+ * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its
+ * link level address.
+ *
+ * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.5 2008/02/07 01:35:00 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct arp_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+ u16_t hwtype;
+ u16_t protocol;
+ u8_t hwlen;
+ u8_t protolen;
+ u16_t opcode;
+ struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr;
+ uip_ipaddr_t sipaddr;
+ struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr;
+ uip_ipaddr_t dipaddr;
+};
+
+struct ethip_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+ /* IP header. */
+ u8_t vhl,
+ tos,
+ len[2],
+ ipid[2],
+ ipoffset[2],
+ ttl,
+ proto;
+ u16_t ipchksum;
+ uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+};
+
+#define ARP_REQUEST 1
+#define ARP_REPLY 2
+
+#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1
+
+struct arp_entry {
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr;
+ u8_t time;
+};
+
+static const struct uip_eth_addr broadcast_ethaddr =
+ {{0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff}};
+static const u16_t broadcast_ipaddr[2] = {0xffff,0xffff};
+
+static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE];
+static uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+static u8_t i, c;
+
+static u8_t arptime;
+static u8_t tmpage;
+
+#define BUF ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+
+#define DEBUG 0
+#if DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define PRINTF(...) printf(__VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define PRINTF(...)
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Initialize the ARP module.
+ *
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_init(void)
+{
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ memset(&arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4);
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Periodic ARP processing function.
+ *
+ * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module
+ * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval
+ * is 10 seconds between the calls.
+ *
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_timer(void)
+{
+ struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+
+ ++arptime;
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) &&
+ arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) {
+ memset(&tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+uip_arp_update(uip_ipaddr_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr)
+{
+ register struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+ /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to
+ update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is
+ inserted in the ARP table. */
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */
+ if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+
+ /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches
+ the IP address in this ARP table entry. */
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) {
+
+ /* An old entry found, update this and return. */
+ memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+ tabptr->time = arptime;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we
+ create one. */
+
+ /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and
+ throw it away. */
+ if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+ tmpage = 0;
+ c = 0;
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) {
+ tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time;
+ c = i;
+ }
+ }
+ i = c;
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ }
+
+ /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new
+ information. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr);
+ memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+ tabptr->time = arptime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * ARP processing for incoming IP packets
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP
+ * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is
+ * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be
+ * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created.
+ *
+ * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header
+ * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global
+ * variable uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if 0
+void
+uip_arp_ipin(void)
+{
+ uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+
+ /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the
+ incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */
+ if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0])) {
+ return;
+ }
+ if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1]) !=
+ (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1])) {
+ return;
+ }
+ uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src));
+
+ return;
+}
+#endif /* 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets.
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP
+ * packet has been received. The function will act differently
+ * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request
+ * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with
+ * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP
+ * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put
+ * into the uip_buf[] buffer.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len
+ * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or
+ * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is
+ * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is
+ * present in the uip_buf[] buffer.
+ *
+ * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet
+ * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the
+ * global variable uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_arpin(void)
+{
+ if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) {
+ uip_len = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ uip_len = 0;
+
+ switch(BUF->opcode) {
+ case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST):
+ /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a
+ reply. */
+ /* if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
+ BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {*/
+ PRINTF("uip_arp_arpin: request for %d.%d.%d.%d (we are %d.%d.%d.%d)\n",
+ BUF->dipaddr.u8[0], BUF->dipaddr.u8[1],
+ BUF->dipaddr.u8[2], BUF->dipaddr.u8[3],
+ uip_hostaddr.u8[0], uip_hostaddr.u8[1],
+ uip_hostaddr.u8[2], uip_hostaddr.u8[3]);
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+ /* First, we register the one who made the request in our ARP
+ table, since it is likely that we will do more communication
+ with this host in the future. */
+ uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
+
+ BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REPLY);
+
+ memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6);
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &BUF->sipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+ BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
+ uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+ }
+ break;
+ case HTONS(ARP_REPLY):
+ /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant
+ for us. */
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+ uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need
+ * to send out an ARP request.
+ *
+ * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The
+ * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see
+ * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC
+ * address on the Ethernet.
+ *
+ * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined
+ * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function
+ * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP
+ * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the
+ * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the
+ * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by
+ * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped
+ * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP)
+ * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet.
+ *
+ * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP
+ * address of the default router is used instead.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[]
+ * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable
+ * uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_out(void)
+{
+ struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+
+ /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct
+ the Ethernet header. If the destination IP address isn't on the
+ local network, we use the default router's IP address instead.
+
+ If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP
+ packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */
+
+ /* First check if destination is a local broadcast. */
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) {
+ memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, broadcast_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ } else {
+ /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */
+ if(!uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr, &uip_netmask)) {
+ /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to
+ use the default router's IP address instead of the destination
+ address when determining the MAC address. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &uip_draddr);
+ } else {
+ /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &IPBUF->destipaddr);
+ }
+
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+ tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+ /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we
+ overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */
+
+ memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6);
+ memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &ipaddr);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+ BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */
+ BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH);
+ BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
+ BUF->hwlen = 6;
+ BUF->protolen = 4;
+ BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
+
+ uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN];
+
+ uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Build an ethernet header. */
+ memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6);
+ }
+ memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+
+ IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
+
+ uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e78ce7b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uiparp
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Macros and definitions for the ARP module.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.2 2006/08/26 23:58:45 oliverschmidt Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__
+#define __UIP_ARP_H__
+
+#include "uip.h"
+
+
+extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr;
+
+/**
+ * The Ethernet header.
+ */
+struct uip_eth_hdr {
+ struct uip_eth_addr dest;
+ struct uip_eth_addr src;
+ u16_t type;
+};
+
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IPV6 0x86dd
+
+
+/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other
+ ARP functions. */
+void uip_arp_init(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet
+ arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or
+ inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an
+ IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer
+ and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */
+/*void uip_arp_ipin(void);*/
+#define uip_arp_ipin()
+
+/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received
+ by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the
+ Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the
+ uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf
+ buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable
+ is > 0. */
+void uip_arp_arpin(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet
+ should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an
+ Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The
+ Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination
+ address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP
+ address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no
+ such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP
+ request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was
+ overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of
+ the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */
+void uip_arp_out(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It
+ is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */
+void uip_arp_timer(void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uipconffunc
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address.
+ *
+ * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in
+ * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working
+ * Ethernet headers.
+ *
+ * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP
+ * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet
+ * card.
+ *
+ * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the
+ * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\
+ uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0)
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..520c03f25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP
+ * @{
+ *
+ * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file
+ * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and
+ * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP
+ * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be
+ * copied and modified for each project.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Configuration options for uIP.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for
+ * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's
+ * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that
+ * comes with the uIP distribution.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ * products derived from this software without specific prior
+ * written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.11 2009/04/10 00:37:48 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__
+#define __UIPOPT_H__
+
+#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+#ifndef UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3412
+#endif /* UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN */
+#ifndef UIP_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define UIP_BIG_ENDIAN 1234
+#endif /* UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address
+ * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The
+ * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address,
+ * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The
+ * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are applicable only
+ * if uIP should be run over Ethernet.
+ *
+ * This options are meaningful only for the IPv4 code.
+ *
+ * All of these should be changed to suit your project.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not.
+ *
+ * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the
+ * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(),
+ * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDADDR 0
+
+/**
+ * Ping IP address assignment.
+ *
+ * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this
+ * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and
+ * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo)
+ * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address.
+ *
+ * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF
+#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF
+#else /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */
+#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+
+/**
+ * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed
+ * Ethernet MAC address or not.
+ *
+ * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can
+ * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP.
+ *
+ * This should normally not be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_TTL 64
+
+/**
+ * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly
+ * buffer before it is dropped.
+ *
+ */
+#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 60 /*60s*/
+
+/**
+ * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly.
+ *
+ * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features
+ * requires an additional amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer
+ * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes. The
+ * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer
+ * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE).
+ *
+ * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY
+#define UIP_REASSEMBLY UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY
+#else /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */
+#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptipv6 IPv6 configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+
+/** The maximum transmission unit at the IP Layer*/
+#define UIP_LINK_MTU 1280
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/** Do we use IPv6 or not (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT
+/** Do we do per %neighbor queuing during address resolution (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS
+/** Do we do IPv6 consistency checks (highly recommended, default: yes) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY
+/** Do we do IPv6 fragmentation (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES
+/** Default number of IPv6 addresses associated to the node's interface */
+#define UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES 3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES
+/** Default number of IPv6 prefixes associated to the node's interface */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES 3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS
+/** Default number of neighbors that can be stored in the %neighbor cache */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS 4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS
+/** Minimum number of default routers */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS 2
+#endif
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there
+ * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast
+ * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital
+ * applications such as DNS queries, though
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles whether UDP support should be compiled in or not.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP
+#define UIP_UDP UIP_CONF_UDP
+#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP */
+#define UIP_UDP 1
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not.
+ *
+ * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP,
+ * so this option has no function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+#else
+#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS
+#define UIP_UDP_CONNS UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS
+#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */
+#define UIP_UDP_CONNS 10
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */
+
+/**
+ * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles whether TCP support should be compiled in or not.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP
+#define UIP_TCP UIP_CONF_TCP
+#else /* UIP_CONF_TCP */
+#define UIP_TCP 1
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project
+ * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configuration
+ * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN
+#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1
+#else /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections.
+ *
+ * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this
+ * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP
+ * connection requires approximately 30 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS
+#define UIP_CONNS 10
+#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */
+#define UIP_CONNS UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */
+
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports.
+ *
+ * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS
+#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 20
+#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */
+#define UIP_LISTENPORTS UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that
+ * very seldom would be required.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_URGDATA)
+#define UIP_URGDATA 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_RTO)
+#define UIP_RTO 3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted
+ * before the connection should be aborted.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_MAXRTX)
+#define UIP_MAXRTX 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted
+ * before a connection request should be deemed to have been
+ * unsuccessful.
+ *
+ * This should not need to be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_MAXSYNRTX)
+#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX 5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The TCP maximum segment size.
+ *
+ * This is should not be to set to more than
+ * UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN.
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS
+#define UIP_TCP_MSS UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS
+#else
+#define UIP_TCP_MSS (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The size of the advertised receiver's window.
+ *
+ * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) if the
+ * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes)
+ * if the application processes data quickly.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW
+#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_TCP_MSS
+#else
+#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state.
+ *
+ * This configuration option has no real implication, and it should be
+ * left untouched.
+ */
+#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the ARP table.
+ *
+ * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will
+ * have many connections from the local network.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE
+#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE
+#else
+#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds.
+ *
+ * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD
+ * default).
+ */
+#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptmac layer 2 options (for ipv6)
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define UIP_DEFAULT_PREFIX_LEN 64
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptsics 6lowpan options (for ipv6)
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * Timeout for packet reassembly at the 6lowpan layer
+ * (should be < 60s)
+ */
+#ifdef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE
+#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE
+#else
+#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Do we compress the IP header or not (default: no)
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * If we use IPHC compression, how many address contexts do we support
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Do we support 6lowpan fragmentation
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG 0
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does
+ * not need to be larger than 1514 bytes. Lower size results in lower
+ * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE
+#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_LINK_MTU + UIP_LLH_LEN
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */
+#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */
+
+
+/**
+ * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_STATISTICS
+#define UIP_STATISTICS 0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */
+#define UIP_STATISTICS UIP_CONF_STATISTICS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log()
+ * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if
+ * logging is turned on.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_LOGGING
+#define UIP_LOGGING 0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */
+#define UIP_LOGGING UIP_CONF_LOGGING
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */
+
+/**
+ * Broadcast support.
+ *
+ * This flag configures IP broadcast support. This is useful only
+ * together with UDP.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_BROADCAST
+#define UIP_BROADCAST 0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */
+#define UIP_BROADCAST UIP_CONF_BROADCAST
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */
+
+/**
+ * Print out a uIP log message.
+ *
+ * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and
+ * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated.
+ */
+void uip_log(char *msg);
+
+/**
+ * The link level header length.
+ *
+ * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be
+ * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this
+ * should be set to 0.
+ *
+ * \note we probably won't use this constant for other link layers than
+ * ethernet as they have variable header length (this is due to variable
+ * number and type of address fields and to optional security features)
+ * E.g.: 802.15.4 -> 2 + (1/2*4/8) + 0/5/6/10/14
+ * 802.11 -> 4 + (6*3/4) + 2
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN
+#define UIP_LLH_LEN UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN
+#else /* UIP_LLH_LEN */
+#define UIP_LLH_LEN 14
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the
+ * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are
+ * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas
+ * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to
+ * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ *
+ * This option can be either UIP_BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or
+ * UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER
+#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */
+#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <ff.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "timer.h"
+
+typedef uint8_t u8_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+typedef uint32_t u32_t;
+typedef uint32_t uip_stats_t;
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptapp Application specific configurations
+ * @{
+ *
+ * An uIP application is implemented using a single application
+ * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The
+ * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time
+ * using the UIP_APPCALL definition.
+ *
+ * uIP applications can store the application state within the
+ * uip_conn structure by specifying the type of the application
+ * structure by typedef:ing the type uip_tcp_appstate_t and uip_udp_appstate_t.
+ *
+ * The file containing the definitions must be included in the
+ * uipopt.h file.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates how this can look.
+ \code
+
+ void httpd_appcall(void);
+ #define UIP_APPCALL httpd_appcall
+
+ struct httpd_state {
+ u8_t state;
+ u16_t count;
+ char *dataptr;
+ char *script;
+ };
+ typedef struct httpd_state uip_tcp_appstate_t
+ \endcode
+*/
+#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL uIPManagement_UDPCallback
+void UIP_UDP_APPCALL(void);
+
+/**
+ * \var #define UIP_APPCALL
+ *
+ * The name of the application function that uIP should call in
+ * response to TCP/IP events.
+ *
+ */
+#define UIP_APPCALL uIPManagement_TCPCallback
+void UIP_APPCALL(void);
+
+/**
+ * \var typedef uip_tcp_appstate_t
+ *
+ * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the
+ * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding
+ * application state information.
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t CurrentState;
+ uint8_t NextState;
+
+ char FileName[MAX_URI_LENGTH];
+ FIL FileHandle;
+ bool FileOpen;
+ uint32_t ACKedFilePos;
+ uint16_t SentChunkSize;
+ } HTTPServer;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t CurrentState;
+ uint8_t NextState;
+
+ uint8_t IssuedCommand;
+ } TELNETServer;
+} uip_tcp_appstate_t;
+
+/**
+ * \var typedef uip_udp_appstate_t
+ *
+ * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the
+ * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding
+ * application state information.
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t CurrentState;
+ struct timer Timeout;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t AllocatedIP[4];
+ uint8_t Netmask[4];
+ uint8_t GatewayIP[4];
+ uint8_t ServerIP[4];
+ } DHCPOffer_Data;
+ } DHCPClient;
+} uip_udp_appstate_t;
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c b/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c883f1441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to
+ * manage the USB Mass Storage device mode.
+ */
+
+#include "USBDeviceMode.h"
+
+/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */
+static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192];
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .AdapterVendorDescription = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter",
+ .AdapterMACAddress = {{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}},
+ .MessageBuffer = RNDIS_Message_Buffer,
+ .MessageBufferLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = 1,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** USB device mode management task. This function manages the Mass Storage Device class driver when the device is
+ * initialized in USB device mode.
+ */
+void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void)
+{
+ if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Device)
+ return;
+
+ uIPManagement_ManageNetwork();
+
+ RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uIPManagement_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h b/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f71490333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for USBDeviceMode.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USBDEVICEMODE_H_
+#define _USBDEVICEMODE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Webserver.h"
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c b/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04190bfe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Host Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to
+ * manage the USB RNDIS host mode.
+ */
+
+#include "USBHostMode.h"
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HostMaxPacketSize = UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** USB host mode management task. This function manages the RNDIS Host class driver and uIP stack when the device is
+ * initialized in USB host mode.
+ */
+void USBHostMode_USBTask(void)
+{
+ if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host)
+ return;
+
+ uIPManagement_ManageNetwork();
+
+ RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST);
+ if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
+ &MACAddress, sizeof(MACAddress)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize uIP stack */
+ uIPManagement_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h b/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2c8d66ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for USBHostMode.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USBHOSTMODE_H_
+#define _USBHOSTMODE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Webserver.h"
+ #include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USBHostMode_USBTask(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd8fa24ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Webserver project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ USBHostMode_USBTask();
+ else
+ USBDeviceMode_USBTask();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0438fe0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "USBDeviceMode.h"
+ #include "USBHostMode.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10aa71652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage uIP Powered Webserver Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ * Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard) \n
+ * Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification \n
+ * USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Simple HTTP webserver project. This project combines the LUFA library with the uIP TCP/IP full network stack and FatFS
+ * library to create a RNDIS host capable of serving out HTTP web pages to multiple hosts simultaneously. This project
+ * demonstrates how the libraries can be combined into a robust network enabled application, with the addition of a RNDIS
+ * network device.
+ *
+ * To use this project, plug the USB AVR into a computer, so that it enumerates as a standard Mass Storage and RNDIS composite
+ * device. Load HTML files onto the disk, so that they can be served out to clients -- the default file to serve should be called
+ * <i>index.htm</i>. Filenames must be in 8.3 format for them to be retrieved correctly by the webserver, and the total
+ * requested file path must be equal to or less than the maximum URI length (\see \ref Sec_Options). Supply the included INF
+ * file when requested on Windows machines to enable the RNDIS interface, and allow the files to be viewed on a standard web-browser
+ * using the IP address 10.0.0.2.
+ *
+ * When attached to a RNDIS class device, such as a USB (desktop) modem, the system will enumerate the device, set the
+ * appropriate parameters needed for connectivity and begin listening for new HTTP connections on port 80 and TELNET
+ * connections on port 23. The device IP, netmask and default gateway IP must be set to values appropriate for the RNDIS
+ * device being used for this project to work if the DHCP client is disabled (see \ref Sec_Options) - otherwise, the device
+ * will query the network's DHCP server for these parameters automatically.
+ *
+ * When properly configured, the webserver can be accessed from any HTTP web browser by typing in the device's statically or
+ * dynamically allocated IP address. The TELNET client can be accessed via any network socket app by connecting to the device
+ * on port 23 on the device's statically or dynamically allocated IP address.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this enables the TELNET server in addition to the HTTP webserver, which listens for incoming connections
+ * and processes user commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP client for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings from a DHCP server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP server for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings to a DHCP client.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>IP address that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DEVICE_NETMASK</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Netmask that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DEVICE_GATEWAY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Default routing gateway that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
+ * is not defined).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MAX_URI_LENGTH</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Maximum length of a URI for the Webserver. This is the maximum file path, including subdirectories and separators.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>MAC address of the server used when sending Ethernet packets onto the bus.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml b/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea6b4c66f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Webserver" id="lufa.projects.webserver.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.webserver"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.webserver" caption="RNDIS Webserver">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ RNDIS Webserver project, using the open source uIP network stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Webserver.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="USBDeviceMode.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="USBHostMode.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="USBDeviceMode.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="USBHostMode.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uIPManagement.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uIPManagement.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib/uip/"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/clock.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/clock.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/timer.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/timer.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uipopt.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile b/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f01c93b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - uIP Powered Webserver Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */uip/* \
+ */FATFs/*
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/Webserver/makefile b/Projects/Webserver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..852d011bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/Webserver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Webserver
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c USBDeviceMode.c USBHostMode.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/DataflashManager.c \
+ Lib/uIPManagement.c Lib/DHCPCommon.c Lib/DHCPClientApp.c Lib/DHCPServerApp.c Lib/HTTPServerApp.c \
+ Lib/TELNETServerApp.c Lib/uip/uip.c Lib/uip/uip_arp.c Lib/uip/timer.c Lib/uip/clock.c \
+ Lib/uip/uip-split.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -ILib/uip/ -ILib/FATFs/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce9caaf61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUX_LINE_PORT PORTB
+ #define AUX_LINE_PIN PINB
+ #define AUX_LINE_DDR DDRB
+ #define AUX_LINE_MASK (1 << 4)
+
+// #define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+ #define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+
+ #define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+ #define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 3.3
+ #define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR 2
+// #define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
+// #define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
+// #define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
+// #define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
+
+// #define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0x11
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2767f33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 16
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45840e8bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c0e3c8cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Danneger
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Software UART for both data transmission and reception. This
+ * code continuously monitors the ring buffers set up by the main
+ * project source file and reads/writes data as it becomes available.
+ */
+
+#include "SoftUART.h"
+
+/** Total number of bits remaining to be sent in the current frame */
+static uint8_t TX_BitsRemaining;
+
+/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being transmitted as it is shifted out */
+static uint8_t TX_Data;
+
+/** Total number of bits remaining to be received in the current frame */
+static uint8_t RX_BitsRemaining;
+
+/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being received as it is shifted in */
+static uint8_t RX_Data;
+
+
+/** Initializes the software UART, ready for data transmission and reception into the global ring buffers. */
+void SoftUART_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Set TX pin to output high, enable RX pull-up */
+ STXPORT |= (1 << STX);
+ STXDDR |= (1 << STX);
+ SRXPORT |= (1 << SRX);
+
+ /* Enable INT0 for the detection of incoming start bits that signal the start of a byte */
+ EICRA = (1 << ISC01);
+ EIMSK = (1 << INT0);
+
+ /* Set the transmission and reception timer compare values for the default baud rate */
+ SoftUART_SetBaud(9600);
+
+ /* Setup reception timer compare ISR */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+ /* Setup transmission timer compare ISR and start the timer */
+ TIMSK3 = (1 << OCIE3A);
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << CS30) | (1 << WGM32));
+}
+
+/** ISR to detect the start of a bit being sent to the software UART. */
+ISR(INT0_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ /* Reset the number of reception bits remaining counter */
+ RX_BitsRemaining = 8;
+
+ /* Reset the bit reception timer to -(1/2) of the total bit time, so that the first data bit is
+ * sampled mid way through the total bit time, making reception more robust.
+ */
+ TCNT1 = -(OCR1A >> 1);
+
+ /* Check to see that the pin is still low (prevents glitches from starting a frame reception) */
+ if (!(SRXPIN & (1 << SRX)))
+ {
+ /* Disable start bit detection ISR while the next byte is received */
+ EIMSK = 0;
+
+ /* Start the reception timer */
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS10) | (1 << WGM12));
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of bits to the software UART. */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ /* Cache the current RX pin value for later checking */
+ uint8_t SRX_Cached = (SRXPIN & (1 << SRX));
+
+ /* Check if reception has finished */
+ if (RX_BitsRemaining)
+ {
+ /* Shift the current received bit mask to the next bit position */
+ RX_Data >>= 1;
+ RX_BitsRemaining--;
+
+ /* Store next bit into the received data variable */
+ if (SRX_Cached)
+ RX_Data |= (1 << 7);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the reception timer as all data has now been received, re-enable start bit detection ISR */
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+ EIFR = (1 << INTF0);
+ EIMSK = (1 << INT0);
+
+ /* Reception complete, store the received byte if stop bit valid */
+ if (SRX_Cached)
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, RX_Data);
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the transmission of bits via the software UART. */
+ISR(TIMER3_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ /* Check if transmission has finished */
+ if (TX_BitsRemaining)
+ {
+ /* Set the TX line to the value of the next bit in the byte to send */
+ if (TX_Data & (1 << 0))
+ STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX);
+ else
+ STXPORT |= (1 << STX);
+
+ /* Shift the transmission byte to move the next bit into position and decrement the bits remaining counter */
+ TX_Data >>= 1;
+ TX_BitsRemaining--;
+ }
+ else if (!(RX_BitsRemaining) && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUART_Buffer)))
+ {
+ /* Start bit - TX line low */
+ STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX);
+
+ /* Transmission complete, get the next byte to send (if available) */
+ TX_Data = ~RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUART_Buffer);
+ TX_BitsRemaining = 9;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b27396781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2010 David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Danneger
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SoftUART.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SOFT_UART_
+#define _SOFT_UART_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "../XPLAINBridge.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SRX PD0
+ #define SRXPIN PIND
+ #define SRXPORT PORTD
+
+ #define STX PD1
+ #define STXPORT PORTD
+ #define STXDDR DDRD
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void SoftUART_SetBaud(const uint32_t Baud)
+ {
+ uint16_t BitTime = ((F_CPU / Baud) - 1);
+
+ OCR1A = BitTime;
+ OCR3A = BitTime;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SoftUART_Init(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54f0d96fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "USARTDescriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM USART_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204B,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = USART_STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM USART_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA XPLAIN Bridge");
+
+/** Descriptor retrieval function for the USART Bridge descriptors. This function is in turn called by the GetDescriptor
+ * callback function in the main source file, to retrieve the device's descriptors when in USART bridge mode.
+ */
+uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &USART_DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &USART_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case USART_STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &USART_LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &USART_ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case USART_STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &USART_ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f165a1e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for USARTDescriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum USART_InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum USART_StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ USART_STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ USART_STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d901af819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the XPLAINBridge project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "XPLAINBridge.h"
+
+/** Current firmware mode, making the device behave as either a programmer or a USART bridge */
+bool CurrentFirmwareMode = MODE_USART_BRIDGE;
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */
+RingBuffer_t USBtoUART_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t USBtoUART_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+RingBuffer_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref UARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+ UARTBridge_Task();
+ else
+ AVRISP_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+void AVRISP_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Must be in the configured state for the AVRISP code to process data */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+ /* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
+ V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
+void UARTBridge_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Must be in the configured state for the USART Bridge code to process data */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+ if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUART_Buffer)))
+ {
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the UART transmit buffer */
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUART_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the UART receive buffer flush timer has expired or buffer is nearly full */
+ uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ if ((TIFR0 & (1 << TOV0)) || (BufferCount > 200))
+ {
+ /* Clear flush timer expiry flag */
+ TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0);
+
+ /* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */
+ while (BufferCount--)
+ {
+ /* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+ if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+ RingBuffer_Peek(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+ RingBuffer_Remove(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ MCUCR |= (1 << JTD);
+ MCUCR |= (1 << JTD);
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TDI pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* Select the firmware mode based on the JTD pin's value */
+ CurrentFirmwareMode = (PINF & (1 << 7)) ? MODE_USART_BRIDGE : MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER;
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD);
+ MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ SoftUART_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ #if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
+ UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
+ #endif
+
+ /* USB Stack Initialization */
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Configure the device endpoints according to the selected mode */
+ if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+ {
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Configure the UART flush timer - run at Fcpu/1024 for maximum interval before overflow */
+ TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
+
+ /* Initialize ring buffers used to hold serial data between USB and software UART interfaces */
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUART_Buffer, USBtoUART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUART_Buffer_Data));
+ RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+ /* Start the software USART */
+ SoftUART_Init();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the V2 protocol packet handler */
+ V2Protocol_Init();
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Change the software UART's baud rate to match the new baud rate */
+ SoftUART_SetBaud(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+}
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] wValue Descriptor type and index to retrieve
+ * \param[in] wIndex Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
+ * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Address of the retrieved descriptor
+ *
+ * \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ /* Return the correct descriptors based on the selected mode */
+ if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+ return USART_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+ else
+ return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc7d5b499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for XPLAINBridge.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_
+#define _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ #include "USARTDescriptors.h"
+
+ #include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
+ #include "Lib/SoftUART.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY LEDS_NO_LEDS
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_BUSY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** Firmware mode define for the USART Bridge mode. */
+ #define MODE_USART_BRIDGE false
+
+ /** Firmware mode define for the AVRISP Programmer mode. */
+ #define MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER true
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern bool CurrentFirmwareMode;
+ extern RingBuffer_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+ extern RingBuffer_t USBtoUART_Buffer;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AVRISP_Task(void);
+ void UARTBridge_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint16_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0cf59a67d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage XPLAIN UART Bridge/PDI Programmer Project
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ * \li AT90USB1287
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>1) Device</td>
+ * <td>2) Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>1) Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * <td>2) Vendor Specific Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>1) Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * <td>2) N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>1) USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * <td>2) Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>1) Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * <td>2) Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This project serves a dual purpose. When loaded into the USB AVR on the XPLAIN board, it will act as either a USB to Serial
+ * converter for the XPLAIN's hardware USART (at a speed of 9600 baud), or an AVRStudio compatible PDI programmer for the XMEGA.
+ * This project replaces the firmware preloaded onto the XPLAIN's onboard AT90USB1287 microcontroller.
+ *
+ * When power to the board is applied, the TDI pin (pin 9) of the USB AVR's JTAG port is read. If the pin is left high, the device
+ * will enumerate as a regular COM port on the host, which can then be opened and data exchanged between the XMEGA and Host as if
+ * the XMEGA was connected directly to the host's serial port. If the pin is pulled low by shorting it to GND (pin 10), the device
+ * will enumerate as an AVRISP-MKII to the host, so that the XMEGA can be reprogrammed by AVRStudio or other compatible software
+ * such as avrdude by connecting to the board as if it was an Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
+ *
+ * After running this project in serial bridge mode for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file
+ * located in this project project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
+ * its inbuilt CDC virtual serial drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
+ * automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * In serial bridge mode, the UART baud rate can be altered through the host terminal software to select a new baud rate - the default
+ * baud is 9600. Note that parity, data bits and stop bits are fixed at none, eight and one respectively can cannot be altered. Changes
+ * to the connection's parity, data bits or stop bits are ignored by the firmware. As the serial link between the controllers on the
+ * XPLAIN is software emulated by the USB AVR, not all baud rates will work correctly.
+ *
+ * This project relies on files from the LUFA AVRISP-MKII project for compilation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
+ * with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfdf46b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="XPLAIN Bridge" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="xplain"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge" caption="XPLAIN Bridge">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Bridge firmware for the original (green) XPLAIN board, for programming and USB virtual serial communications.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="XPLAINBridge.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="XPLAINBridge.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="USARTDescriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="XPLAINBridge.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="USARTDescriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SoftUART.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SoftUART.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15ae5a0d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - XPLAIN Serial Bridge/PDI Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c38917cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+AVRISP_PATH = ../AVRISP-MKII
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = XPLAIN
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = XPLAINBridge
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Lib/SoftUART.c USARTDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/AVRISPDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2Protocol.c \
+ $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c \
+ $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c \
+ $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -I$(AVRISP_PATH)
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Since this project borrows files from the AVRISP-MKII project which may also have an
+# identical OBJDIR directory, we need to enforce the use of this project's object file
+# directory as the one where the build object files are to be stored, by giving it a
+# path relative to the current folder.
+OBJDIR := ./obj
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/Projects/makefile b/Projects/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..168158424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Projects/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Projects. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all projects.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+
diff --git a/README.txt b/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80a5c81d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+
+ _ _ _ ___ _
+ | | | | | __/ \
+ | |_| U | _| o | - The Lightweight USB
+ |___|___|_||_n_| Framework for AVRs
+ =========================================
+ Written by Dean Camera
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+
+ http://www.lufa-lib.org
+ =========================================
+
+ LUFA is donation supported. To support LUFA,
+ please donate at http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate
+
+ Released under a modified MIT license - see
+ LUFA/License.txt for license details.
+
+ For Commercial Licensing information, see
+ http://www.lufa-lib.org/license
+
+
+This package contains the complete LUFA library, demos, user-submitted
+projects and bootloaders for use with compatible microcontroller models.
+LUFA is a simple to use, lightweight framework which sits atop the hardware
+USB controller in specific AVR microcontroller models, and allows for the
+quick and easy creation of complex USB devices and hosts.
+
+To get started, you will need to install the "Doxygen" documentation
+generation tool. If you use Linux, this can be installed via the "doxygen"
+package in your chosen package management tool - under Ubuntu, this can be
+achieved by running the following command in the terminal:
+
+ sudo apt-get install doxygen
+
+Other package managers and distributions will have similar methods to
+install Doxygen. In Windows, you can download a prebuilt installer for
+Doxygen from its website, www.doxygen.org.
+
+Once installed, you can then use the Doxygen tool to generate the library
+documentation from the command line or terminal of your operating system. To
+do this, open your terminal or command line to the root directory of the
+LUFA package, and type the following command:
+
+ make doxygen
+
+Which will recursively generate documentation for all elements in the
+library - the core, plus all demos, projects and bootloaders. Generated
+documentation will then be available by opening the file "index.html" of the
+created Documentation/html/ subdirectories inside each project folder.
+
+The documentation for the library itself (but not the documentation for the
+individual demos, projects or bootloaders) is also available as a separate
+package from the project webpage for convenience if Doxygen cannot be
+installed.
+
diff --git a/makefile b/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56d40086c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build the LUFA library, projects and demos.
+
+# Call with "make all" to rebuild everything, "make clean" to clean everything,
+# "make mostlyclean" to remove all intermediary files but preserve any binaries,
+# "make doxygen" to document everything with Doxygen (if installed). Call
+# "make help" for additional target build information within a specific project.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ @echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA library elements.
+ @echo
+ $(MAKE) -C LUFA $@
+ $(MAKE) -C Demos $@
+ $(MAKE) -C Projects $@
+ $(MAKE) -C Bootloaders $@
+ @echo
+ @echo LUFA \"make $@\" operation complete.